BOARD POLICIES

BOARD POLICIES

Click on the "Board Policies" header to expand the list and navigate to the policy you wish to view. Or, use the Search function in the upper right-hand corner of the site to search for a word or phrase in the policy manual, agenda or minutes.

 

jen@iowaschool… Thu, 09/19/2019 - 12:29

100 - SCHOOL DISTRICT

100 - SCHOOL DISTRICT jen@iowaschool… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 09:42

100 - Legal Status of the School District

100 - Legal Status of the School District

Iowa law authorizes the creation of a Common Schools System.  As part of this Common Schools System, this school district is a school corporation created and organized under Iowa law.  This school district will be known as the Independence Community School District.

This school corporation is located in Buchanan County, and its affairs are conducted by elected school officials, the Independence Community School District Board of Directors.  This school corporation has exclusive jurisdiction over school matters in the territory of the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 274.1, .2, .6, .7; 279.8; 594A.

Cross Reference:  200      Legal Status of the Board of Directors

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 11/17/2008                           Revised 10/17/2022
                                                                              09/17/2012
                                                                              08/21/2017                                                                                                                                                                                    10/17/2022 

                                                                                                      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 13:50

101 - Educational Philosophy of the School District

101 - Educational Philosophy of the School District

As a school corporation of Iowa, the Independence Community School District, acting through its board of directors, is dedicated to promoting an equal opportunity for a quality public education to its students within the limitations of the school district's ability and willingness to furnish financial support to provide for students in cooperation with their parents and the school district community, the opportunity to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in a learning environment that provides guidance to and encourages critical thinking in the students for a lifetime.

The board endeavors through the dedication of the school district's resources, to encourage students, who come to the school district from a variety of backgrounds, to look forward to the time when they will have jobs, homes, families, places in the school district community, and attain recognition as individuals.  In order to achieve this goal, the board will seek qualified employees dedicated to development of their professional skills for the betterment of the education program and for the expertise for educational productivity.

Instruction and curriculum are the key elements of a public education.  Critical thinking and problem-solving skills that will assist the students' preparation for life will be instructed as part of a sequentially coordinated curriculum.  The school district strives to prepare students for employment, to discover and nurture creative talent and to prepare them to meet and cope with social change in an atmosphere conducive to learning.

The support and involvement of the home and the school district community are essential to achieve educational excellence in the school district.  The school district strives to maintain an active relationship with the home and the school district community to create within the students an awareness of dignity and worth of the individual, civic responsibility and respect for authority.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A (2003).

Cross Reference:          103      Equal Educational Opportunity
  
                                    105      Long-Range Needs Assessment
  
                                    210      Board of Directors' Management Procedures
  
                                    600      Goals and Objectives of the Education Program
  
                                    602      Curriculum Development

 

 

 

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 11/17/2008                           Revised 10/17/2022

                                                                             09/17/2012

                                                                             08/21/2017

                                                                                  10/17/2022

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 13:51

102 - School District Instructional Organization

102 - School District Instructional Organization

The Independence Community School District offers an education program for grades pre-kindergarten through twelve.  The levels of instruction are organized by the following levels:

Pre-kindergarten will attend the Early Childhood Center in Independence.

Grades junior kindergarten and kindergarten through second will attend East Elementary School in Independence.

Grades three through six will attend West Elementary School in Independence.

Grades seven through twelve will attend the Jr/Sr High School in Independence.  The Buchanan County Success Center is an Alternative High School Program that is a part of the Jr/Sr High School but is located off campus at another site.

Each school building will have a principal responsible for the administration and management of the school building, the school building employees and the education program.  The principals will work closely with the superintendent, who will oversee the administration and management of the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 275.1; 279.11; 280.14 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.1; .3(11); .5.

Cross Reference:  501      Student Attendance

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 11/17/2008                           Revised 11/17/2008
                                                                              07/19/2010                                        07/19/2010
                                                                              09/17/2012                                        08/21/2017                                                                                                                          08/21/2017                                        10/17/2022                                                                                                                          10/17/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 13:52

103 - Equal Educational Opportunity

103 - Equal Educational Opportunity

It is the goal of the board to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in the students enrolled in the school district.  Each student attending school will have the opportunity to use its education program and services as a means for self-improvement and individual growth.  In so doing, the students are expected to conduct themselves in a manner that assures each student the same educational opportunity.

The Independence Community School District does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. The belief in equal educational opportunity serves as a guide for the board and employees in making decisions relating to school district facilities, employment, selection of educational materials, equipment, curriculum, and regulations affecting students.  There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact:

Equity Coordinator:

Erin Burmeister, Director of School Improvement

Contact Address:

1207 1st Street West, Independence, IA  50644

Contact Telephone Number:

(319) 334-7400

Contact Email Address:

eburmeister@indeek12.org

 

Board policies, rules and regulations affect students while they are on school property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.

The board requires all persons, agencies, vendors, contractors and other persons and organizations doing business with or performing services for the school district to subscribe to all applicable federal and state laws, executive orders, rules and regulations pertaining to contract compliance and equal opportunity.

Inquiries by students regarding compliance with equal educational opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, are directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator by writing to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, Independence Community School District, 1207 1st Street West, Independence, Iowa 50644; or by telephoning (319) 334-7400.

Inquiries by students regarding compliance with equal educational opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, may also be directed in writing to the Director of the Region VII office of Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, John C. Kluczynski Federal Building, 230 S. Dearborn St., 37th Floor, Chicago, IL, 60604 (312) 730-1560, fax (312) 730-1576 OCR.Chicago@ed.gov, the Iowa Civil Rights Commissioner, https://icrc.iowa.gov, (515) 281-4121 or Iowa Dept. of Education, Grimes State Office Bldg., Des Moines, IA 50319. (515) 281-5294.  This inquiry or complaint to the federal or state office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. §§ 1221 et seq. 
  
                                    20 U.S.C. §§ 1681 et seq.
  
                                    20 U.S.C. §§ 1701 et seq.
  
                                    29 U.S.C. § 206 et seq.

                                       29 U.S.C. § 794
  
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d and 2000e.
  
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq.
  
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 100.
  
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 104.
                                     
Iowa Code §§ 216.6; 216.9; 256.11, .11; 280.3.
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.

Cross Reference:  101      Educational Philosophy of the School District
  
                                    401.1   Equal Employment Opportunity
  
                                    506.1   Student Records

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 06/19/2007                           Revised 06/19/2007                                                                                                                     11/17/2008                                         04/26/2010
                                                                              04/26/2010              
                           09/17/2012                   
                                                                                   09/17/2012                                          03/17/2014                                                                                                                     03/17/2014                                         09/15 2014
                                                                              09/15/2014          
                               04/18/2016
                                                                              04/18/2016                                         09/21/2020                                                                                                                      09/18/2017                                         01/18/2021                                                                                                                      09/21/2020                                         10/17/2022                                                                                                                      01/18/2021                                                                                                                                                                                10/17/2022 

                                                                               

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 13:54

103.E1 - Annual Notice of Nondiscrimination

103.E1 - Annual Notice of Nondiscrimination

The Independence Community School District offers career and technical programs in the following areas of study:

  • Agriculture, Food and Natural Resources
  • Business, Finance, Marketing and Management
  • Human Services
  • Applied Sciences, Technology, Engineering, and Manufacturing

It is the policy of the Independence Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact:

Equity Coordinator:

Erin Burmeister, Director of School Improvement

Contact Address:

1207 1st Street West, Independence, IA  50644

Contact Telephone Number:

(319) 334-7400

Contact Email Address:

eburmeister@indeek12.org

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 14:03

103.E2 - Continuous Notice of Nondiscrimination

103.E2 - Continuous Notice of Nondiscrimination

It is the policy of the Independence School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices.  There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination.  If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy, please contact:

Equity Coordinator:

Erin Burmeister, Director of School Improvement

Contact Address:

1207 1st Street West, Independence, IA  50644

Contact Telephone Number:

(319) 334-7400

Contact Email Address:

eburmeister@indeek12.org

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 14:04

103.E3 - Section 504 Student and Parental Rights

103.E3 - Section 504 Student and Parental Rights

The Independence Community School District does not discriminate in its educational programs and activities on the basis of a student's disability.  It has been determined that your child has a qualifying disability for which accommodations may need to be made to meet his or her individual needs as adequately as the needs of other students.  As a parent, you have the right to the following:

  • participation of your child in school district programs and activities, including extracurricular programs and activities, to the maximum extent appropriate, free of discrimination based upon the student's disability and at the same level as students without disabilities;
  • receipt of free educational services to the extent they are provided students without disabilities;
  • receipt of information about your child and your child's educational programs and activities in your native language;
  • notice of identification of your child as having a qualifying disability for which accommodations may need to be made and notice prior to evaluation and placement of your child and right to periodically request a re-evaluation of your child;
  • inspect and review your child's educational records including a right to copy those records for a reasonable fee; you also have a right to ask the school district to amend your child's educational records if you feel the information in the records is misleading or inaccurate; should the school district refuse to amend the records, you have a right to a hearing and to place an explanatory letter in your child's file explaining why you feel the records are misleading or inaccurate; and
  • hearing before an impartial hearing officer if you disagree with your child's evaluation or placement; you have a right to counsel at the hearing and have the decision of the impartial hearing officer reviewed.

It is the policy of the Independence Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact:

Equity Coordinator:

Erin Burmeister, Director of School Improvement

Contact Address:

1207 1st Street West, Independence, IA  50644

Contact Telephone Number:

(319) 334-7400

Contact Email Address:

eburmeister@indeek12.org

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 14:05

103.E4 - Complaint Form (Discrimination, Anti-Bullying, and Anti-Harassment)

103.E4 - Complaint Form (Discrimination, Anti-Bullying, and Anti-Harassment)

 

Date of complaint:

 

_____________________________________________________

Name of Complainant:

 

_____________________________________________________

Are you filling out this form for yourself or someone else (please identify the individual if you are submitting on behalf of someone else):

 

_____________________________________________________

 

_____________________________________________________

Who or what entity do you believe discriminated against, harassed, or bullied you (or someone else)?

 

_____________________________________________________

Date and place of alleged incident(s):

_____________________________________________________

 

_____________________________________________________

 

_____________________________________________________

 

Names of any witnesses (if any):

 

_____________________________________________________

 

Nature of discrimination, harassment, or bullying alleged (check all that apply):

 

Age

 

Physical Attribute

 

Sex

 

Disability

 

Physical/Mental Ability

 

Sexual Orientation

 

Familial Status

 

Political Belief

 

Socio-economic Background

 

Gender Identity

 

Political Party Preference

 

Other – Please Specify:

 

Marital Status

 

Race/Color

 

 

National Origin/Ethnic Background/Ancestry

 

Religion/Creed

 

 

In the space below, please describe what happened and why you believe that you or someone else has been discriminated against, harassed, or bullied. Please be as specific as possible and attach additional pages if necessary.

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________

 

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

 

Signature: _____________________________________            Date:  ___________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 14:07

103.E5 - Witness Disclosure Form

103.E5 - Witness Disclosure Form

 

Name of Witness:

­­­­­­­­­­­

_____________________________________________________

 

Date of interview:

 

_____________________________________________________

Date of initial complaint:

 

_____________________________________________________

Name of Complainant (include whether the Complainant is a student or employee): 

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

 

 

Date and place of alleged incident(s):

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

 

 

Nature of discrimination, harassment, or bullying alleged (check all that apply):

 

Age

 

Physical Attribute

 

Sex

 

Disability

 

Physical/Mental Ability

 

Sexual Orientation

 

Familial Status

 

Political Belief

 

Socio-economic Background

 

Gender Identity

 

Political Party Preference

 

Other – Please Specify:

 

Marital Status

 

Race/Color

 

 

National Origin/Ethnic Background/Ancestry

 

Religion/Creed

 

 

Description of incident witnessed: _________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

 

Additional information: _________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________

 

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

 

Signature: _____________________________________            Date:  ___________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 14:08

103.E6 - Disposition of Complaint Form

103.E6 - Disposition of Complaint Form

 

Date:

 

_____________________________________________________

Date of initial complaint:

 

_____________________________________________________

Name of Complainant (include whether the Complainant is a student or employee): 

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

 

 

Date and place of alleged incident(s):

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

Name of Respondent (include whether the Respondent is a student or employee):

­­­­­­­­­­­

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

 

 

 

Nature of discrimination, harassment, or bullying alleged (check all that apply):

 

Age

 

Physical Attribute

 

Sex

 

Disability

 

Physical/Mental Ability

 

Sexual Orientation

 

Familial Status

 

Political Belief

 

Socio-economic Background

 

Gender Identity

 

Political Party Preference

 

Other – Please Specify:

 

Marital Status

 

Race/Color

 

 

National Origin/Ethnic Background/Ancestry

 

Religion/Creed

 

 

Summary of Investigation: _______________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
_____
_______________________________________________________________________________

 

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

 

Signature: _____________________________________            Date:  ___________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 14:11

103.R1 - Grievance Procedure

103.R1 - Grievance Procedure

It is the policy of the Independence Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact:

Equity Coordinator:

Erin Burmeister, Director of School Improvement

Contact Address:

1207 1st Street West, Independence, IA  50644

Contact Telephone Number:

(319) 334-7400

Contact Email Address:

eburmeister@indeek12.org

Students, parents of students, employees, and applicants for employment in the school district have the right to file a formal complaint alleging discrimination. The district has policies and procedures in place to identify and investigate complaints alleging discrimination. If appropriate, the district will take steps to prevent the recurrence of discrimination and to correct its discriminatory effects on the Complainant and others.

A Complainant may attempt to resolve the problem informally by discussing the matter with a building principal or a direct supervisor. However, the Complainant has the right to end the informal process at any time and pursue the formal grievance procedures outlined below. Use of the informal or formal grievance procedure is not a prerequisite to the pursuit of other remedies. Please note that informal processes and procedures are not to be used in certain circumstances (e.g., sexual harassment and sexual assault).

 

Filing a Complaint

A Complainant who wishes to avail himself/herself of this grievance procedure may do so by filing a complaint with the equity coordinator(s). An alternate will be designated in the event it is claimed that the equity coordinator or superintendent committed the alleged discrimination or some other conflict of interest exists. Complaints will be filed within 15 working days of the event giving rise to the complaint or from the date the Complainant could reasonably become aware of such occurrence. The Complainant will state the nature of the complaint and the remedy requested. The equity coordinator(s) will assist the Complainant as needed.

 

Investigation

Within 15 working days, the equity coordinator will begin the investigation of the complaint or appoint a qualified person to undertake the investigation (hereinafter “equity coordinator”).  If the Complainant is under 18 years of age, the equity coordinator will notify his or her parent(s)/guardian(s) that they may attend investigatory meetings in which the Complainant is involved. The complaint and identity of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses will only be disclosed as reasonably necessary in connection with the investigation or as required by law or policy. The investigation may include, but is not limited to the following:

  • A request for the Complainant to provide a written statement regarding the nature of the complaint;
  • A request for the individual named in the complaint to provide a written statement;
  • A request for witnesses identified during the course of the investigation to provide a written statement;
  • Interviews of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses;
  • An opportunity to present witnesses or other relevant information; and
  • Review and collection of documentation or information deemed relevant to the investigation.

Within 15 working days, the equity coordinator will complete the investigation and issue a report with respect to the findings.

The equity coordinator will notify the Complainant and Respondent of the decision within 5 working days of completing the written report. Notification will be by U.S. mail, first class.

 

Decision and Appeal

The complaint is closed after the equity coordinator has issued the report, unless within 15 working days after receiving the decision, either party appeals the decision to the superintendent by making a written request detailing why he/she believes the decision should be reconsidered. The equity coordinator will promptly forward all materials relative to the complaint and appeal to the superintendent. Within 10 working days, the superintendent will affirm, reverse, amend the decision, or direct the equity coordinator to gather additional information. The superintendent will notify the Complainant, Respondent, and the equity coordinator of the decision within 5 working days of the decision. Notification will be by U.S. mail, first class.

The decision of the superintendent will be final.

The decision of the superintendent in no way prejudices a party from seeking redress through state or federal agencies as provided by in law.

This policy and procedures are to be used for complaints of discrimination, in lieu of any other general complaint policies or procedures that may be available.

If any of the stated timeframes cannot be met by the district, the district will notify the parties and pursue completion as promptly as possible.

Retaliation against any person, because the person has filed a complaint or assisted or participated in an investigation, is prohibited. Persons found to have engaged in retaliation will be subject to discipline by appropriate measures.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 14:12

104 - The People and Their School District

104 - The People and Their School District

The board recognizes the value of interaction and participation of the citizens of the school district community with the school district.  The board will cooperate and participate, whenever possible, in the school district community while carrying out its elected responsibilities.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board apprised of opportunities for involvement with the school district community.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  209      Committees of the Board of Directors
  
                                    215      Public Participation in Board Meetings
  
                                    703.1   Budget Planning
  
                                    901      Public Communications
  
                                    904      Public Participation in the School District

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 11/17/2008                           Revised 10/17/2022
                                                                              09/17/2012                                                                                                                                                                                    09/18/2017                                                                                                                                                                                    10/17/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 14:14

104.01 - Independence Community Schools Operating Principles for the Administration and Staff

104.01 - Independence Community Schools Operating Principles for the Administration and Staff

Introduction

Providing a quality education for each student requires a commitment to excellence from the board of education, the superintendent, and all the employees of the district.  Each individual employed by the district has a significant part to play, however for our efforts to be successful; all must work together as a team.  Just as it is crucial for the superintendent and board to work in harmony in a leadership role, it is equally important for the PK-12 staff and building administrators to work together in a collegial manner to ensure that we achieve our mission, which is to prepare students to become productive citizens and lifelong learners by providing a positive educational environment.

We agree that adherence to the following set of principles will ensure effective guidance and operation of the school district, and will accentuate a positive, open, and productive environment for all.

Positiveness

  1. The staff and administration recognize that it is essential to remain positive in working together as a team.  Each staff member will strive to develop and maintain a positive atmosphere by:
    1. Showing confidence in fellow staff members;
    2. Assuming others are doing the best they can;
    3. Giving more positive reinforcement than negative criticism;
    4. Focusing on how to make things work, rather than dwelling on reasons why things can’t work.

Responsibility to the Team

  1. Cooperation, support, and loyalty do not mean we will agree on all issues.  Open and honest discussion will bring out our best thinking and produce the best results.  Each person can be a good team member by:
    1. Remembering that each person is accountable to the team for his/her own actions;
    2. Being cooperative;
    3. Responding to situations based on fact, not rumor;
    4. Being willing to express one’s concerns in an open and honest manner, but only if you have a positive solution to the problem;
    5. Handling concerns with another team member in a professional manner and on a one-to-one basis;
    6. Being willing to compromise, i.e., always keeping in mind that the welfare of the students, and the district as a whole will be our priorities;
    7. Exhibiting an attitude of trust and appreciation for one another, as well as a commitment to work toward the resolution of problems;
    8. Being willing to share our good ideas with others, again remembering that we are working as a team, not a group of individuals.

Handling Public Concerns

  1. All school employees are encouraged to maintain good communications with patrons of the district.  When approached by a district patron with a concern, a staff member should follow these procedures:
    1. Listen to the individual’s concern;
    2. Ask if he/she has discussed the issue with the person immediately responsible; if not, encourage him/her to do so;
    3. Affirm the desire to reach a satisfactory solution, while reinforcing the need to resolve the issue with the person(s) immediately responsible.  If unsuccessful, the staff member will assist the individual in proceeding to the next level of responsibility;
    4. Inform other staff members as soon as possible of unusual happenings which could affect their areas of responsibility;
    5. Refrain from speaking negatively about another team member.  If you have strong personal convictions about the inappropriateness of a fellow team member’s performance or deeds, it is best to act professionally and privately share your concerns with the fellow team member in a direct manner.

Communication

  1. Independence staff and administration will always support communication in order to enhance understanding.
    1. Effective communication requires high levels of trust.  To achieve this trust, communications must be open, straightforward, and honest.  We will never  knowingly deceive one another;
    2. Open channels of communication must be established and maintained, i.e., make deliberate efforts to share information and data with those whom it affects;
    3. Listen attentively to all audiences, i.e., other staff, students, parents, administrators, patrons;
    4. Eliminate rumors by checking out the facts and then informing those involved of the true facts;
    5. When differences of opinion occur, timing and setting are key elements to consider when expressing those differences;
    6. Each staff member must have the freedom and opportunity to express his/her own beliefs, and has the responsibility to do so in a timely manner;
    7. A good team member does not put a colleague on the spot in a public setting or in a group meeting, unless the uniformly understood ground rules of the meeting permit such action;
    8. When a disagreement arises with a fellow staff member, it is best to deal with the matter in a private, one-on-one situation.

Decision-Making

  1. Once a decision or recommendation is made utilizing the following process, everyone on the staff will consistently support the decision:
    1. Gather facts pertinent to the issue;
    2. Analyze the facts;
    3. Consider alternatives;
    4. Involve a representative number of those who will be affected by the decision;
    5. Engage in open and honest discussion regarding the facts and options;
    6. Make a decision;
    7. Communicate to others the decision and the rationale behind the decision;
    8. Provide a plan to implement the decision, which contains an ongoing monitoring system;
    9. Keep lines of communication open and listen to those who may have concerns;
    10. Evaluate the “plan” , and if needed make revisions to the plan.  In addition, we cannot be afraid to simply stop and reexamine the plan if we do not think it is working.  More harm is done in perpetuating a “bad” plan than starting over and using what we learned to create a new, more effective plan.

 

Cross Reference:  401.5   Employee Complaints
  
                                    307      Administrator Code of Ethics

 

Approved:  08/20/2007

Reviewed:  09/17/2012, 09/18/2017

Revised:  10/17/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 14:15

104.02 - Independence Community Schools Operating Principles for the Board of Education and Superintendent

104.02 - Independence Community Schools Operating Principles for the Board of Education and Superintendent

Introduction

Providing a quality education for each student requires a commitment to excellence from the board of education, the superintendent, and all the employees of the district.  Each individual employed by the district has a significant part to play, however for our efforts to be successful; all must work together as a team.  A special obligation rests with the board and superintendent to set an example of the kind of leadership that promotes harmony and teamwork. 

The mission of the Independence Schools, in partnership with the community, is to prepare students to become productive citizens and lifelong learners by providing a positive educational environment.  The board/superintendent team will provide leadership in our commitment to excellence by exhibiting the highest standards of professional conduct and personal responsibility.  The board/superintendent team will strive for high standards of behavior and performance that we believe will benefit not only our students and staff, but all people in the community.

We agree that adherence to the following set of principles will ensure effective guidance and operation of the school district, and will accentuate a positive, open, and productive environment for all.

Positiveness

  1. The board and superintendent recognize that it is absolutely necessary to remain positive in working together as a team.  As such, we will:
  1. Strive to see the good in others;
  2. Look for, recognize, and promote the positive contributions of each team member;
  3. Refrain from speaking negatively about the character of another team member;
  4. Seek ways to turn obstacles into opportunities;
  5. Maintain a sense of hope, optimism, and humor in working together;
  6. Strive toward increasingly high levels of citizenship in our personal and working relationships.

Team Cooperation

  1. The board and superintendent must work as a team to find the best ways to meet the needs of our students.
  2. It is essential that we trust and appreciate one another, as well as being committed to work toward a resolution of any conflicts or problems.
  3. Each individual must have the freedom and opportunity to express his/her own beliefs.
    1. This must be done in an open and honest manner, and early in the discussion of basic issues.

Individual Responsibility to Board/Superintendent Team

  1. Each person is accountable to the team for his/her own actions.
  2. Each team member will keep an open mind toward the views and opinions of others.
  3. Should concerns about another team member arise, the person with the concern will share privately his/her concerns with the individual on a one-on-one basis.
  4. When a member has an idea on how the team can work more effectively, the person is encouraged to present the idea to the team.
  5. Expressing one’s concerns is a necessary part of team building, but only if one has a positive solution to a problem.

Planning, Goal Setting, and Accountability of the Superintendent and Board

  1. The team must be oriented to a comprehensive planning process leading to mutually developed goals and their accountability. 
  2. The plan shall prescribe responsibilities for each individual along with an assurance of progress in measurable terms at specified levels.

Human Resource Development

  1. The team will support specific plans which will encourage continued growth of team members.
  2. The team will be an example to the school community that life-long learning is essential.

Communication

  1. Effective communication requires high levels of trust.
  2. Open channels of formal and informal communication must be established and maintained among all members of the team.
  3. Team members must refrain from knowingly deceiving one another and must replace rumors with facts.
  4. Board members should offer praise to employees on a personal basis.
  5. Criticisms of employees should not be communicated personally to them without consulting the superintendent and should not be aired at meetings.
  6. This team believes strongly in open communications and the publics’ right to know.
  7. Information cited by statute to be discussed in executive session and so discussed must remain confidential.  Sharing of such information with unauthorized persons at any time is totally unacceptable.  If a public statement is appropriate, the team will agree upon a specific statement to be made by the superintendent or his/her designee.

Handling of Public Concerns

When a board member is contacted by a constituent with a concern, he/she will follow these procedures:

  1. Listen to the individual’s concern.
  2. Ask if the person has discussed the issue with the person immediately responsible; if not, encourage him/her to do so.
  3. Affirm the desire to reach a satisfactory solution.
  4. Assure the person that the superintendent will be informed of the concern, if appropriate.
  5. Ask the person to report back on the progress or resolution of the concern, if appropriate.
  6. Express appreciation to the individual for presenting the concern.

Decision Making

The board and superintendent will use the following guidelines prior to a board decision:

  1. Gather pertinent facts regarding the situation.
  2. Receive input from persons/groups affected by the decision.
  3. Analyze and organize the collected data.
  4. Develop multiple solutions where appropriate, including cost estimates.
  5. Review the superintendent’s recommendations.
  6. Make a decision.
  7. Provide a plan to implement and evaluate the decision.
  8. Keep lines of communication open with those who continue to have concerns about the issue and/or the decision.
  9. Acknowledge the decision and support its effective implementation.

Meeting Agendas

  1. Board meeting agendas must be open and publicized to encourage meaningful dialogue.
  2. Surprises at decision-making meetings from board members or administrators are unwelcome, unethical, and counterproductive.
  3. Information upon which decisions are to be made must be publicized prior to decision-making meetings to provide adequate time for discussion.

 

Cross Reference:  401.5   Employee Complaints
  
                                    204      Code of Ethics
  
                                    307      Administrator Code of Ethics

 

Approved:  08/20/2007

Reviewed:  09/17/2012, 09/18/2017, 10/17/2022

Revised:

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 14:19

105 - Long-Range Needs Assessment

105 - Long-Range Needs Assessment

Long-range needs assessment enables the school district to analyze assessment data, get feedback from the community about its expectations of students and determines how well students are meeting student learning goals.  The board will conduct ongoing and in-depth needs assessment, soliciting information from business, labor, industry, higher education and community members, regarding their expectations for adequate student preparation as responsible citizens and successful wage earners.

In conjunction with the in-depth needs assessment of the school district, the board will authorize the appointment of a committee, representing administrators, employees, parents, students and community members, to make recommendations and assist the board in determining the priorities of the school district in addition to the basic skills areas of the education program.

Every five years, the school district will conduct an assessment of needs from its stakeholders.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure the school district community is informed of students’ progress on state and locally determined indicators.  The superintendent will report annually to the board about the means used to keep the community informed.

As a result of the board and committee's work, the board will determine major educational needs and rank them in priority order; develop long-range goals and plans to meet the needs; establish and implement short-range and intermediate-range plans to meet the goals and to attain the desired levels of student performance; evaluate progress toward meeting the goals and maintain a record of progress under the plan that includes reports of student performance and results of school improvement projects; and annually report the school district's progress made under the plan to the committee, community and Iowa Department of Education.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 256.7; 280.12, .18 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.8(1)(b).

Cross Reference:  101      Educational Philosophy of the School District
  
                                    200      Legal Status of the Board of Directors
  
                                    208      Committees of the Board of Directors
  
                                    603.1   Basic Instruction Program
  
                                    801.1   Buildings and Sites Long Range Planning
  
                                    801.2   Buildings and Sites Surveys

Approved 11/01/2004                      Reviewed 10/15/2007                                 Revised 10/17/2022
                                                                         09/17/2012
                                                                         09/18/2017                                                                                                                                                                                   10/17/2022 

                        

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 14:21

105.R1 - Long Range Needs Assessment Regulation

105.R1 - Long Range Needs Assessment Regulation

School districts need to develop a process for long–range needs assessment. The process needs to include three items:

  1. provisions for collecting, analyzing and reporting information derived from local, state and national sources;
  2. provisions for reviewing information acquired on the following
    1. state indicators and other locally determined indicators,
    2. locally established student learning goals,
    3. specific data collection required by state and federal programs;

3.   provisions for collecting and analyzing assessment data on the following:

  1. state indicators,
  2. locally determined indicators,
  3. locally established student learning goals.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 14:22

106 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy

106 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy

The Independence Community School District is committed to providing all students, employees, and volunteers with a safe and civil school environment in which all members of the school community are treated with dignity and respect.  Bullying and/or harassing behavior can seriously disrupt the ability of school employees to maintain a safe and civil environment, and the ability of students to learn and succeed. 

Bullying and/or harassment of or by students, employees, and volunteers is against federal, state, and local policy and is not tolerated by the board.

Accordingly, school employees, volunteers, and students will not engage in bullying or harassing behavior while on school property, while on school-owned or school-operated vehicles, while attending or participating in school-sponsored or sanctioned activities, and while away from school grounds if the conduct materially interferes with the orderly operation of the educational environment or is likely to do so.

Complaints may be filed with the superintendent or superintendent’s designee pursuant to the regulation accompanying this policy.  The superintendent is responsible for implementation of this policy and all accompanying procedures.  Complaints will be investigated within a reasonable time frame.  Within 24 hours of receiving a report that a student may have been the victim of conduct that constitutes bullying and/or harassment, the district will notify the parent or guardian of the student.

 

If as a result of viewing surveillance system data or based on a report from a school district employee, the district determines that a student has suffered bullying or harassment by another student enrolled in the district; a parent or guardian of the student may enroll the student in another attendance center within the district that offers classes at the student’s grade level, subject to the requirements and limitations established in Iowa law related to this topic.

A school employee, volunteer, or student, or a student’s parent or guardian who promptly, reasonably, and in good faith reports an incident of bullying or harassment, in compliance with the procedures in the regulation, to the appropriate school official designated by the school district, shall be immune from civil or criminal liability relating to such report and to participation in any administrative or judicial proceeding resulting from or relating to the report.

Retaliation Prohibited

Individuals who knowingly file false bullying or harassment complaints and any person who gives false statements in an investigation may be subject to discipline by appropriate measures.

Any student found to have violated or retaliated in violation of this policy will be subject to measures up to, and including, suspension and expulsion.  Any school employee found to have violated or retaliated in violation of this policy will be subject to measures up to, and including, termination of employment.  Any school volunteer found to have violated or retaliated in violation of this policy will be subject to measures up to, and including, removal from service and exclusion from school grounds. 

Definitions

For the purposes of this policy, the defined words shall have the following meaning: 

  • “Electronic” means any communication involving the transmission of information by wire, radio, optic cable, electromagnetic, or other similar means.  “Electronic” includes but is not limited to communication via electronic mail, internet-based communications, pager service, cell phones, and electronic text messaging. 
  • “Harassment” and “bullying” mean any repeated or potentially repeated electronic, written, verbal, or physical act or other ongoing conduct toward an individual based on any trait or characteristic of the individual which creates an objectively hostile school environment that meets one or more of the following conditions:

            (1)        Places the individual in reasonable fear of harm to the individual’s person or property.

            (2)        Has a substantial detrimental effect on the individual’s physical or mental health. 

            (3)        Has the effect of substantially interfering with the individual’s academic or career performance.             

            (4)        Has the effect of substantially interfering with the individual’s ability to participate in or benefit from the services, activities, or                                   privileges provided by a school.

•     “Trait or characteristic of the individual” includes but is not limited to age, color, creed, national origin, race, religion, marital status,                   sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, physical attributes, physical or mental ability or disability, ancestry, political party preference,                 political belief, socioeconomic status, or familial status.

•     “Volunteer” means an individual who has regular, significant contact with students.

 

Publication of Policy

The board will annually publish this policy. The policy may be publicized by the following means:

·     Inclusion in the student handbook,

·     Inclusion in the employee handbook,

·     Inclusion in the registration materials,

·     Inclusion on the school or school district’s website, and

·     a copy will be made to any person making a request at the Central Administrative Office located at 1207 1st Street West, Independence,            IA.

 

Legal References:         20 U.S.C. §§ 1221-1234i.

                                    29 U.S.C. § 794.

                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d-2000d-7.

                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 2et. seq.

                                    Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 280.3, .28

                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).

                                    Morse v. Frederick, 551 U.S. 393 (2007)

 

Cross References:         103      Equal Educational Opportunity

                                    502      Student Rights and Responsibilities

                                    503      Student Discipline

                                    506      Student Records

Approved:  09/21/2020

Reviewed: 

Revised:  10/17/2022, 10/16/2023

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 14:23

106.E1 - Complaint Form (Discrimination, Anti-Bullying, and Anti-Harassment)

106.E1 - Complaint Form (Discrimination, Anti-Bullying, and Anti-Harassment)

 

Date of complaint:

_____________________________________________________

Name of Complainant:

_____________________________________________________

Are you filling out this form for yourself or someone else (please identify the individual if you are submitting on behalf of someone else):

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

Who or what entity do you believe discriminated against, harassed, or bullied you (or someone else)?

_____________________________________________________

Date and place of alleged incident(s):

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

Names of any witnesses (if any):

_____________________________________________________

 

Nature of discrimination, harassment, or bullying alleged (check all that apply):

 

Age

 

Physical Attribute

 

Sex

 

Disability

 

Physical/Mental Ability

 

Sexual Orientation

 

Familial Status

 

Political Belief

 

Socio-economic Background

 

Gender Identity

 

Political Party Preference

 

Other – Please Specify:

 

Marital Status

 

Race/Color

 

 

National Origin/Ethnic Background/Ancestry

 

Religion/Creed

 

 

In the space below, please describe what happened and why you believe that you or someone else has been discriminated against, harassed, or bullied. Please be as specific as possible and attach additional pages if necessary.

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________

 

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

Signature: _____________________________________            Date:  ___________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 14:27

106.E2 - Witness Disclosure Form

106.E2 - Witness Disclosure Form

 

Name of Witness:

­­­­­­­­­­­

_____________________________________________________

Date of interview:

_____________________________________________________

Date of initial complaint:

_____________________________________________________

Name of Complainant (include whether the Complainant is a student or employee): 

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

 

 

Date and place of alleged incident(s):

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

 

 

Nature of discrimination, harassment, or bullying alleged (check all that apply):

 

Age

 

Physical Attribute

 

Sex

 

Disability

 

Physical/Mental Ability

 

Sexual Orientation

 

Familial Status

 

Political Belief

 

Socio-economic Background

 

Gender Identity

 

Political Party Preference

 

Other – Please Specify:

 

Marital Status

 

Race/Color

 

 

National Origin/Ethnic Background/Ancestry

 

Religion/Creed

 

 

 

Description of incident witnessed: _________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

 

Additional information: ___________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________

 

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

Signature: _____________________________________            Date:  ___________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 14:29

106.E3 - Disposition of Complaint Form

106.E3 - Disposition of Complaint Form

 

Date:

_____________________________________________________

Date of initial complaint:

_____________________________________________________

Name of Complainant (include whether the Complainant is a student or employee): 

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

 

 

Date and place of alleged incident(s):

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

Name of Respondent (include whether the Respondent is a student or employee):

­­­­­­­­­­­

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

 

 

 

Nature of discrimination, harassment, or bullying alleged (check all that apply):

 

Age

 

Physical Attribute

 

Sex

 

Disability

 

Physical/Mental Ability

 

Sexual Orientation

 

Familial Status

 

Political Belief

 

Socio-economic Background

 

Gender Identity

 

Political Party Preference

 

Other – Please Specify:

 

Marital Status

 

Race/Color

 

 

National Origin/Ethnic Background/Ancestry

 

Religion/Creed

 

 

 

Summary of Investigation: _______________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
_____
_______________________________________________________________________________

 

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

Signature: _____________________________________            Date:  ___________________________

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 14:31

106.R1 - Anti-Bullying Harassment Investigation Procedures

106.R1 - Anti-Bullying Harassment Investigation Procedures

Filing a Complaint

An individual who believes that the individual has been harassed or bullied may file a complaint with the building principal or principal’s designee.  The complaint form is available as an exhibit of this policy 106.E1        https://independence.iowaschoolfinance.com/policy/board-policies.  If the complainant is a school employee, after filing the complaint with the building principal or principal’s designee, the employee may separately notify the parent or guardian of the student alleged to have been harassed or bullied.

An alternate investigator will be designated in the event it is claimed that the building principal or principal’s designee committed the alleged bullying or harassment or some other conflict of interest exists.  Complaints will be filed within 15 working days of the event giving rise to the complaint or from the date the Complainant could reasonably become aware of such occurrence. The Complainant will state the nature of the complaint and the remedy requested. The Complainant will receive assistance as needed.

Investigation

The school district will promptly and reasonably investigate allegations of bullying or harassment upon receipt of a written complaint.  The building principal or principal’s designee (hereinafter “Investigator”) will be responsible for handling all complaints alleging bullying or harassment. 

The investigation may include, but is not limited to the following:

•     Interviews with the Complainant and the individual named in the complaint (“Respondent”)

•     A request for the Complainant to provide a written statement regarding the nature of the complaint;

•     A request for the Respondent to provide a written statement;

•     Interviews with witnesses identified during the course of the investigation;

•     A request for witnesses identified during the course of the investigation to provide a written statement; and

•     Review and collection of documentation or information deemed relevant to the investigation.

The Investigator will consider the totality of circumstances presented in determining whether conduct objectively constitutes bullying or harassment as defined in Board policy.  Upon completion of the investigation, the Investigator will issue a report with respect to the findings and provide a copy of the report to the appropriate supervisor or superintendent if the investigation involved the building principal.

The complaint and identity of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses will only be disclosed as reasonably necessary in connection with the investigation or as required by law or policy.  Similarly, evidence uncovered in the investigation will be kept confidential to the extent reasonably possible.

Additional suggestions for administrative procedures regarding this policy include:

•     Organizing training programs for students, school employees, and volunteers regarding how to recognize                        bullying and harassing behavior and what to do if this behavior is witnessed; and

•     Developing a process for evaluating the effectiveness of this policy in reducing bullying and harassing       behavior.

 Decision

The investigator, building principal or superintendent, depending on the individuals involved, will inform the Complainant and the accused about the outcome of the investigation.  If, after an investigation, a student is found to be in violation of the policy, the student will be disciplined by appropriate measures, which may include suspension and expulsion.  If after an investigation a school employee is found to be in violation of this policy, the employee will be disciplined by appropriate measures, which may include termination.  If after an investigation a school volunteer is found to be in violation of this policy, the volunteer will be subject to appropriate measures, which may include exclusion from school grounds.

Individuals who knowingly file false bullying and/or harassment complaints and any person who gives false statements in an investigation may be subject to discipline by appropriate measures, as will any person who is found to have retaliated against another in violation of this policy.  Any student found to have retaliated in violation of this policy will be subject to measures up to, and including, suspension and expulsion.  Any school employee found to have retaliated in violation of this policy will be subject to measures up to, and including, termination of employment.  Any school volunteer found to have retaliated in violation of this policy will be subject to measures up to, and including, exclusion from school grounds. 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 14:33

107 - Assistance Animals

107 - Assistance Animals

It is the policy of the Independence Community School District to foster an equal education environment for all students, employees and community members within the district.  The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance to the district on the proper use of assistance animals while on district property.  The district will allow the use of qualified service animals to accompany individuals with disabilities in all areas of district buildings where the public is normally allowed to go.  This can include classrooms, cafeteria and school buses.  Individuals with disabilities are people who have a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities.  Service animals are dogs and in some instances miniature horses trained to do work or perform tasks for individuals with disabilities. 

Service animals must be current on all required vaccinations.  Service animals also must be under control while on district grounds.  The animal may be under control by either the individual with a disability, or a handler of the service animal.  Under control means harnessed, leashed or tethered, unless these devices interfere with the animal’s work, in which case under voice or other directive control.

 

Miniature Horses as Service Animals

Miniature horses will be allowed as service animals within the district whenever it is reasonable to allow them.  Factors to consider when determining reasonableness include: whether the miniature horse is house broken; whether the miniature horse is under the owner’s control; whether the facility can accommodate the miniature horse’s type, size, and weight; and whether the miniature horse’s presence will not compromise legitimate safety requirements necessary for safe operation of the facility.

 

Establishing the Need for a Service Animal

When no prior notice is given to the district of the use of a service animal, the superintendent and/or school administrators are permitted to ask the following questions: 

“Do you need/require this animal because of a disability?”

If the animal’s trained tasks are not readily apparent, the administrator may ask: 

“What work or task has the animal been trained to perform?”

 

Service Animals in Training

Assuming the handler and animal are otherwise allowed, individuals who train service animals will also be allowed access with their service animal in training to public areas of district buildings and property.  The service animal in training is expected to abide by the same requirements as a service animal.

 

Exclusion of Service Animals

In certain limited circumstances, it may be reasonable to exclude the use of a service animal from district property.  The superintendent is permitted to exclude service animals from district buildings and property in the following circumstances:  The presence of the animal poses a direct threat to the health and safety of others; the owner or handler is unable to control the animal; the animal is not house broken; the presence of the animal significantly disrupts or interferes with the educational process; or the presence of the animal would require a fundamental alteration to the program.  If a service animal is properly excluded from district property, the district shall provide the student served by the animal the opportunity to participate in the program, service or activity without having the service animal on district property. 

 

Emotional Support Animals and Therapy Animals

Emotional support animals are medically prescribed to provide therapeutic benefit through dedicated companionship.  Emotional support animals’ sole function is to provide emotional support or comfort. 

Therapy animals are involved in an animal-assisted therapy program involving animals as a form of treatment.

Emotional support animals and therapy animals do not meet the definition of service animals.  However, the district recognizes their value in our community.  The superintendent will evaluate the use of emotional support animals and therapy animals on a case-by-case basis.  District employees may use therapy animals in the course of their regular duties only after receiving permission from the superintendent. 

 

Student use of Emotional Support Animals and Therapy Animals

Factors the superintendent should consider in making the determination include but are not limited to: 

  1. Whether the animal is housebroken
  2. Whether the animal has a current vaccination certificate
  3. Whether the animal has been recommended through an individual education plan (IEP) or a 504 plan as necessary for the student to receive free access to public education
  4. Whether the facility can accommodate the animal’s type, size, and weight, and
  5. Whether the animal’s presence will not compromise legitimate safety requirements necessary for safe operation of the facility 

 

Employee use of Therapy Animals as part of Education Environment

Before permission to use therapy animals is granted, staff members must provide: 

  1. Proof that the animal is certified to be a therapy animal;
  2. An explanation of how the animal will be used, including research supporting the use of therapy animals;
  3. A plan for how the staff member will provide for the care and control of the animal;
  4. A plan for how the staff member will accommodate students with allergies to the animal; and
  5. A current vaccination certificate for the animal.

 

 

Legal References:       29 U.S.C. §794

                                    42 U.S.C. §12132

                                    28 C.F.R.   35

                                    Iowa Code §216C

 

Cross References:      606.5   Animals in the Classroom

 

 

Approved 05/20/2019                         Reviewed 05/20/2019                              Revised 01/17/2022

                                                                            01/17/2022                                                                                                                                                                                10/17/2022    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 14:34

108 - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited

108 - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited

In accordance with Title IX of the Education Amendments Act of 1972, the Independence Community School District prohibits sex discrimination, including sexual harassment as defined by the regulations implementing Title IX (34 C.F.R. § 106.30), against any individual participating in any education program or activity of the District.  This prohibition on discrimination applies to students, employees, and applicants for employment.

 The board authorizes the superintendent to adopt procedures for any individual to report sexual harassment to the District’s Title IX Coordinator, for the provision of supportive measures to anyone who has been subjected to sexual harassment whether or not they proceed with a formal complaint under those procedures, and for the investigation and resolution of such complaints, as required by Title IX.  This Title IX grievance process will be used to respond to all complaints of sexual harassment that fall within the scope of Title IX.  For complaints of sexual harassment that do not fall within the scope of Title IX, the District may still offer supportive measures to the subject of such conduct and will apply any other policy or procedure applicable to the alleged conduct.

Any individual with questions about the District’s Title IX policy and procedures, or who would like to make a report or file a formal complaint of sex discrimination or sexual harassment may contact the District’s designated Title Coordinator:

Title IX Coordinator:

Justin Putz, Activities Director

Contact Address:

700 20th Ave SW, Independence, IA  50644

Contact Telephone Number:

(319) 334-7405

Contact Email Address:

jputz@indeek12.org

Retaliation against a person who made a report or complaint of sexual harassment, assisted, or participated in any manner in an investigation or resolution of a sexual harassment report or complaint is strictly prohibited. Retaliation includes threats, coercion, discrimination, intimidation, reprisals, and/or adverse actions related to employment or education.  Any individual who believed they have been retaliated against in violation of this policy should immediately contact the District’s Title IX Coordinator.

 

 

Legal References:  20 U.S.C. § 1681 et seq.
  
                                     34 C.F.R. § 106 et seq.

Approved 09/21/2020               Reviewed 09/21/2020                           Revised 10/17/2022                                                                                                                  10/17/2022 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 14:35

200 - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

200 - BOARD OF DIRECTORS jen@iowaschool… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 09:43

200 - Legal Status of the Board of Directors

200 - Legal Status of the Board of Directors dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 09:45

200.01 - Role of the Board of Directors

200.01 - Role of the Board of Directors

In this series of the board policy manual, the board defines its role in the governance of the school district and how it will carry out that role in the school district.

The ultimate goal of the board is to achieve the educational philosophy of the school district.  As school officials elected by the members of the school district community, the board shall strive to represent the needs and wishes of the members of the school district community in its deliberations and actions.

While the board shall be aware of the desires of the school district community, the needs of the students in the Independence Community School District shall be considered above others.  The board strives to meet the needs of the students through evaluation of the financial and educational benefits of the various alternatives available to the board and the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 279.8; 280.12 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.1(2), 12.3(3).

Cross Reference:  101      Educational Philosophy of the School District
  
                                    105      Long-Range Needs Assessment
  
                                    210      Board of Directors' Management Procedures

Approved:  11/012004

Reviewed:  07/18/2005, 08/16/2010, 07/28/2015, 03/17/2020

Revised:  

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 09:46

200.02 - Organization of the Board of Directors

200.02 - Organization of the Board of Directors

 

The Independence Community School District board is authorized by and derives its organization from Iowa law.  The board shall consist of five board members.  Board members will be elected at-large with four by director districts and one at-large.

The board is organized for the purpose of setting policy and providing general direction for the school district.  The board will hold its organizational meeting at or before the first regular meeting following the canvass of votes.  The retiring board will transfer materials and responsibility to the new board.

The organizational meeting allows the outgoing board to approve minutes of its previous meetings, complete unfinished business and review the school election results.  The retiring board will adjourn and the new board will then begin.  The board secretary will administer the oath of office to the newly-elected board members.  The board secretary will preside while the new board elects the president of the new board. 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 274.2; 275.23A; 277.23, .28, .31; 279.1, .5, .7, .8, 33.

                                     281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

 

 

Cross Reference:         202      Board of Directors Members

                                     206.1   President

                                    206.2   Vice President

                                    211      Board of Directors' Meetings

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  07/18/2005, 08/16/2010

Revised:  11/17/2008, 07/28/2015, 02/20/2017, 07/15/2019, 03/17/2020, 01/17/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 09:47

200.02R1 - Organizational Meeting Procedures

200.02R1 - Organizational Meeting Procedures

The board will hold its organizational meeting in odd-numbered years at or before the first regular meeting following the canvass of votes. Notice of the meeting's place and time will be given by the board secretary to each member, member-elect and the public.

The purpose of the meeting is to transfer material and responsibility from the outgoing board to the new board. At the meeting, the board will elect a president and vice president who will hold office for one year. Once elected, the president and vice president will be entitled to vote on all matters before the board.

 

Meeting Procedure

The organizational meeting of the board will be held in two parts:  the final meeting of the outgoing board and the organizational meeting of the new board.

1.     Final Meeting of the Retiring Board (Regular/Annual Meeting)

        (1)      Pledge of Allegiance.

                  (a)  Call to order

        (2)      Friends of Education/Spotlight on Education

        (3)      Approval of Agenda

        (4)      Consideration of Action on Consent Items

                  (a)  Approval of minutes of previous meeting(s)

                  (b)  Approval of Board Policies (second reads only)

                  (c)  Resignation

                  (d)  Transfers/Reassignments

                  (e)  New Hires

                  (f)  Approval of Financial Reports including Financial Settlement Statement from Previous Fiscal Year

        (5)      Announcements, Communications and Presentations

                  (a)  Comments from the Public

                  (b)  Comments from the Board/Superintendent

                  (c)  Presentations

        (6)      Reports

                  (a)  Building Administrator Reports

                  (b)  District Director Reports

        (7)      Old Business

        (8)      New Business

          (a)  Review of election results. The board secretary will present the county auditor's official report on 

                 the latest elections. Official results are recorded in the minutes.

          (b)  Adjournment of the retiring board

                 

2.     Organizational Meeting of the New Board

        (1)      Board Secretary, as president pro-tem, will preside over the meeting until a new board president is elected

        (2)      Call to order

                  (a)  Oath of office. The board secretary will administer the oath to new members.

                  (b)  Election of a president of the board. All board members are considered nominated for the 

                          position.  The president pro-tem will ask if anyone does not want to be considered nominated for

                          president.  Ballots will be distributed to the board members to vote for president of the school  

                        board.  Members must sign the ballots so the votes can be recorded.  A         

                  majority of those voting is necessary to elect.  The secretary will announce the result of the vote, and the board secretary will administer the oath of office to the newly elected president.

                  (c)  Election of the vice-president. All remaining board members are considered nominated for the

                        position.  The president will ask if anyone does not want to be considered nominated for vice-

                          president.  Ballots will be distributed to the board members to vote for vice

                  president of the school board.  Members must sign the ballots so the votes can be recorded.  A majority of those voting is necessary to elect.  The secretary will announce the results and administer the oath of office to the vice-president.

                  (d)  Determination of dates, times, and places for regular meetings of the board

                  (e)  Roll call vote order

                  (f)  Committee Assignments

        (3)      New Business

                  (a)  Legal Counsel for the District and Board of Directors

                  (b)  Resolution Naming Depositories

                  (c)  Resolution to Pay Bills when the Board is not in Session

                  (d)  Resolution to Issue Payroll

                  (e)  Resolution to Authorize the Use of a Check Protector and Signer and the Proper Control of the

                        Signer

                  (f)  Other new business

        (4)      Adjournment 

                           

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 09:51

200.03 - Powers of the Board of Directors

200.03 - Powers of the Board of Directors

The board of the Independence Community School District, acting on behalf of the school district, shall have jurisdiction over school matters within the territory of the school district.

The board is empowered to make policy for its own governance, for employees, for students and for school district facilities.  The board is also empowered to enforce its policies.  The board may, through its quasi-judicial power, conduct hearings and rule on issues and disputes confronting the school district.

The board has these powers and all other powers expressly granted to it in federal and state law as well as the powers that can be reasonably implied from the express powers.

 

Legal Reference:  Board of Directors of Ind. School Dist. of Waterloo v. Green, 259 Iowa 1260, 147 N.W.2d 854 (1967).
 
                                    Iowa Code §§ 28E; 274.1-.2; 279.8 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.1(2).
  
                                    1990 Op. Att'y Gen. 66.

Cross Reference:  210      Board of Directors' Management Procedures

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  07/18/2005, 08/16/2010, 07/28/2015, 03/17/2020

Revised:

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 09:52

200.04 - Responsibilities of the Board of Directors

200.04 - Responsibilities of the Board of Directors

 

The board is authorized to govern the school district which it oversees.  The board is entrusted with public funds and is responsible for overseeing the improvement of student outcomes, including student academic achievement and skill proficiency.  As the governing board of the school district, the board has four duties to perform:  legislative duty, executive duty, evaluative duty, and quasi-judicial duty.

As a representative of the citizens of the school district community, the board is responsible for legislating policy for the school district.  As a policy making body, the board has jurisdiction to enact policy with the force and effect of law for the management and operation of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the board, under the board's executive duty, to select its chief executive officer, the superintendent, to operate the school district on the board's behalf.  The board delegates to the superintendent its authority to carry out board policy, to formulate and carry out rules and regulations and to handle the administrative details in a manner which supports and is consistent with board policy.

The board has a responsibility to review the education program's performance under its evaluative duty.  The board regularly reviews the education program and ancillary services.  The review includes a careful study and examination of the facts, conditions and circumstances surrounding the amount of funds received or expended and the education program's ability to achieve the board's educational philosophy for the school district.

The board fulfills its quasi-judicial duties in serving as a neutral arbiter for hearings related to student suspension or expulsion proceedings and certain employment termination hearings and appeals.  This important power was granted by the Iowa Legislature and cannot be delegated.  To preserve the board’s neutrality to hear and decide upon these matters, the board does not investigate or become involved in student disciplinary matters or employment matters that may come before it and would require the board to serve in its quasi-judicial role. 

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 274.1; 279; 280.12.

                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

 

Cross Reference:          101      Educational Philosophy of the School District

                                    105      Long-Range Needs Assessment

                                    210      Board of Directors' Management Procedures

                                    600      Goals and Objectives of the Education Program

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  07/18/2005, 08/16/2010, 07/28/2015, 03/17/2020, 01/16/2024

Revised:  09/20/2021, 08/15/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 09:54

200.05 Board Member Media Engagement

200.05 Board Member Media Engagement

The board sees the value in promoting the excellent work and accomplishments of the district’s students and staff. Social media is one of many effective communication tools that the district may utilize. Board members have been publicly elected to govern the district and accept a fiduciary responsibility. That responsibility means board members agree to always act in the best interests of the district. For this reason, the board shall expect that individual communications and social media posts made by board members will reflect the values and decorum expected of elected officials in the school community.

All board members enjoy rights to freedom of speech under both the U.S. and Iowa Constitutions.  As such, the district will not limit protected speech of any board members. Certain categories of speech are not protected and may be subject to regulation.  Additionally, board members should be aware that protected speech can still subject individuals to legal liability.  If using social media to discuss district related matters, board members should be aware that they may be prohibited from blocking individual communications and posters based upon the content of their posts.

The board as a whole and individual board members in their governance role have legal obligations to safeguard the privacy of information related to student and employee matters. Board members will refrain from posting or communicating on social media in a way that violates the district’s obligation to protect the privacy of its students and employees.

Board members are uniquely positioned in the school community to be both accessible and responsive to community concerns about the effective governance of the district.  As a result, the board will remember their obligations to safeguard student and employee privacy when responding to any social media posts or communications, even if the response is intended to correct information for the rest of the school community.  Board members will direct concerned individuals to the appropriate district staff to address their inquiry or complaint in accordance with board policy. 

 

 

Legal Reference:          U.S. Const. Amend. I

                                    Iowa Const. Art. I, sec. 7

                                    20 U.S.C. 1417(c)

                                    34 C.F.R. 99.3

                                    Iowa Code §§ 21; 22

                                   

Cross Reference:          200.03 Responsibilities of the Board

                                    902.01 News Media Relations

 

Approved:  06/19/2023

Reviewed: 01/16/2024

Revised: 

lschaul@indeek12.org Mon, 07/03/2023 - 14:39

201 - Board of Directors' Elections

201 - Board of Directors' Elections

The annual school election takes place on the first Tuesday after the first Monday in November of odd-numbered years.  Each annual school election shall be used to elect citizens to the board to maintain a five-member board and to address questions that must be submitted to the voters.

Citizens of the school district community seeking a seat on the board must file their nomination papers with the board secretary, or the board secretary's designee, in accordance with the timelines established by law.

If a vacancy occurs on the board, it shall be filled in accordance with law and board policy (202.4). 

It shall be the responsibility of the county commissioner of elections to conduct school elections.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 39; 45; 47-53; 56-57; 63, 69; 274.7; 277; 278.1, 279.7 (2003).

Cross Reference:  202      Board of Directors Members
  
                                    203      Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 07/18/2005                           Revised 11/17/2008
                                                                                            08/16/2010                                              09/19/2016
                                                                                            07/28/2015                                              11/19/2018
                                                                                            11/19/2018
                                                                                            03/17/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 09:55

202 - Board of Directors Members

202 - Board of Directors Members dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 09:57

202.01 - Qualifications

202.01 - Qualifications

Serving on the board of directors is an honor and privilege.  Its rewards are respect from the community, students, and employees and the satisfaction from knowing each board member contributed to the success of the children in the school district community.  Only those who are willing to put forth the effort to care and to make a difference should consider running for a position on the board.

Individuals who are willing to serve on the board should believe public education is important, support the democratic process, willingly devote time and energy to board work, respect educators and have the ability to examine the facts and make a decision.  The board believes an individual considering a position on the school board should possess these characteristics.

Citizens wanting to run for a position on the board must be a citizen of the school district, an eligible elector of the district and free from a financial conflict of interest with the position.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 63; 68B; 277.4, .27; 279.7A (2003).

Cross Reference:  201      Board of Directors' Elections
  
                                    202.4   Vacancies
  
                                    203      Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 08/22/2005                           Revised                   
                                                                                            08/16/2010
                                                                                            07/28/2015
                                                                                            03/17/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 09:58

202.02 - Oath of Office

202.02 - Oath of Office

Board members are officials of the state.  As a public official, each board member must pledge to uphold the Iowa and the United States Constitution and carry out the responsibilities of the office to the best of the board member's ability.

Each newly-elected board member will take the oath of office prior to any action taken as a school official.  The oath of office shall be taken by each new board member elected at the school election at or before the organizational meeting of the board.  In the event of an appointment or special election to fill a vacancy, the new board member shall take the oath of office within ten days of the appointment or election.

Board members elected to offices of the board shall also take the same oath of office but replacing the office of board member with the title of the office to which they were elected.

The oath of office shall be administered by the board secretary and does not need to be given at a board meeting.  In the event the board secretary is absent, the oath shall be administered by another board member.

"Do you solemnly swear that you will support the Constitution of the United States and the Constitution of the state of Iowa, and that you will faithfully and impartially to the best of your ability discharge the duties of the office of                              (naming the office) in the Independence Community School District as now and hereafter required by law?"

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 277.28; 279.1, .6 (2003).

Cross Reference:  200.2   Organization of the Board of Directors
  
                                    201      Board of Directors' Elections
  
                                    202      Board of Directors Members
  
                                    204      Code of Ethics
  
                                    206      Board of Directors' Officers

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 08/16/2010                           Revised 11/17/2008
                                                                                            07/28/2015
                                                                                            03/17/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 09:59

202.03 - Term of Office

202.03 - Term of Office

Board members elected for a full term at a regularly scheduled school election in November, of odd-numbered years, serve for four years.  Board members appointed to fill a vacant position will serve until a successor is elected and qualified at the next regular school election, unless there is an intervening special election for the school district, in which event a successor shall be elected at the intervening special election.  A board member elected to fill a vacancy will serve out the unexpired term.

Being a board member is a unique opportunity for a citizen to participate on a governing board of the school district.  Eligible board members are encouraged to consider running for more than one term.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 69.12; 274.7; 279.6-.7 (2003).

Cross Reference:  201      Board of Directors' Elections
  
                                    202      Board of Directors Members

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 08/16/2010                           Revised 11/17/2008
                                                                                            07/28/2015                                             09/19/2016
                                                                                            11/19/2018                                             11/19/2018
                                                                                            03/17/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:00

202.04 - Vacancies

202.04 - Vacancies

A vacancy occurs as provided by law, which includes but is not limited to when a board member dies, resigns or leaves office, or fails to reside in the school district or director district.

If a vacancy occurs prior to the expiration of a term of office, the vacancy shall be filled by board appointment within 30 days of the vacancy.  The board shall publish a notice stating that the board intends to fill the vacancy by appointment, but the electors of the school district have the right to file a petition within 14 days of the publication of the notice requiring the vacancy to be filled by a special election.

A person appointed to fill a vacancy shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified at the next regular school election, unless there is an intervening special election for the school district, in which event a successor shall be elected at the intervening special election.

If the board is unable to fill a vacancy by appointment within 30 days after the vacancy occurs or if a valid petition is submitted, the board secretary shall call a special election to be held no sooner than 60 days and not later than 70 days after the vacancy occurred.  A board member elected at the special election shall serve the remaining portion of the unexpired term.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 69; 277.29; 279
  
                                    Good v. Crouch, 397 N.W.2d 757 (Iowa 1986).
  
                                    Board of Directors of Grimes Independent School Dist. v. County Board of Public Instruction of Polk Co., 257 Iowa 106, 131 N.W.2d 802
                                            (1965).
  
                                    Board of Directors of Menlo Consol. School Dist. v. Blakesburg, 240 Iowa 910, 36 N.W.2d 751 (1949).
  
                                    1944 Op. Att'y Gen. 39.

Cross Reference:  201      Board of Directors' Elections
  
                                    202      Board of Directors Members

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 08/16/2010                           Revised 11/17/2008
                                                                                             07/28/2015                                             09/19/2016
                                                                                             03/17/2020                                             03/17/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:02

202.05 - Individual Authority

202.05 - Individual Authority

School districts are governed by an elected board of directors of the school corporation.  The board operates as a corporate body, and only the board may make decisions regarding the education program and operations of the school district and to take action affecting the school district.

Individual board members exercise their authority as a board member when they vote to take action at a board meeting.  Individual board members, alone, have no authority to make decisions or take action to affect the management of the school district.  Without the consent of the board, an individual board member has no authority to act on behalf of the district or the board.

It shall be the responsibility of each board member and the superintendent to educate the public, the employees and the students of the limits of the board member's authority.

 

 

Legal Reference:  School Dist. of Soldier Tp., Crawford Co. v. Moeller, 247 Iowa 239, 73 N.W.2d 43 (1955).
  
                                    Beers v. Lasher, 209 Iowa 1158, 229 N.W. 821 (1930).
  
                                    Andrew v. Stuart Savings Bank, 204 Iowa 570, 215 N.W. 807 (1927).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 274.7; 279.8 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.1(2).

Cross Reference:          204      Code of Ethics

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  08/22/2005, 08/16/2010, 07/28/2015, 03/17/2020, 01/16/2024

Revised:

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:05

203 - Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest

203 - Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest

Board members must be able to make decisions objectively.  It is a conflict of interest for a board member to receive direct compensation from the school district, unless exempted in law or policy, for anything other than reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, including travel, incurred in the performance of official duties.  A board member will not act as an agent for school textbooks or school supplies, including sports apparel or equipment, in any transaction with a director, officer, or other staff member of the school district during the board member's term of office.  It will not be a conflict of interest for board members to receive compensation from the school district for contracts for the purchase of goods or services which benefits a board member, or to compensate for part-time or temporary employment which benefits a board member, if the benefit to the board member does not exceed $6,000 in a fiscal year or if the contracts are made by the board, upon competitive bid in writing, publicly invited and opened.

The conflict of interest provisions do not apply to a contract that is a bond, note or other obligation of a school corporation if the contract is not acquired directly from the school corporation, but is acquired in a transaction with a third party, who may or may not be the original underwriter, purchaser, or obligee of the contract, or to a contract in which a director has an interest solely by reason of employment if the contract was made by competitive bid, in writing, publicly invited and opened, or if the remuneration for employment will not be directly affected as a result of the contract and duties of employment do not involve any of the preparation or procurement of any part of the contract.  The competitive bid section of the conflict of interest provision does not apply to a contract for professional services not customarily awarded by competitive bid.

It will also be a conflict of interest for a board member to engage in any outside employment or activity which is in conflict with the board member's official duties and responsibilities.  In determining whether outside employment or activity of a board member creates a conflict of interest, situations in which an unacceptable conflict of interest is deemed to exist includes, but are not limited to, any of the following:

        (1)      The outside employment or activity involves the use of the school district's time, facilities, equipment and supplies or the use of the school district badge, uniform, business card or other evidence of office to give the board member or member of the board member's immediate family an advantage or pecuniary benefit that is not available to other similarly situated members or classes of members of the general public.  For purposes of this section, a person is not "similarly situated" merely by being related to a board member.

        (2)      The outside employment or activity involves the receipt of, promise of, or acceptance of more or other consideration by the board member or a member of the board member's immediate family from anyone other than the state or the school district for the performance of any act that the board member would be required or expected to perform as part of the board member's regular duties or during the hours in which the board member performs service or work for the school district.

        (3)      The outside employment or activity is subject to the official control, inspection, review, audit, or enforcement authority of the board member, during the performance of the board member's duties of office or employment.

If the outside employment or activity is employment or activity in (1) or (2) above, the board member must cease the employment of or activity.  If the activity or employment falls under (3), then the board member must:

  • Cease the outside employment or activity; or
  • Publicly disclose the existence of the conflict and refrain from taking any official action or performing any official duty that would detrimentally affect or create a benefit for the outside employment or activity.  Official action or official duty includes, but is not limited to, participating in any vote, taking affirmative action to influence any vote, determining the facts or law in a contested case or rulemaking proceeding, conducting any inspection, or providing any other official service or thing that is not available generally to members of the public in order to further the interests of the outside employment or activity.

When procurement is supported by Federal Child Nutrition funds, employees will not participate in the selection, award, or administration of a contract if there is a real or apparent conflict of interest in the contract.  Contract, for purposes of this paragraph, includes a contract where the employee, employee’s immediate family, partner, or a non-school district employer of these individuals is a party to the contract.

It is the responsibility of each board member to be aware of and take the action necessary to eliminate a potential conflict of interest should it arise.

 

 

Legal Reference:  22 C.F.R. § 518.42.
                                        Iowa Code §§ 68B; 71.1; 277.27; 279.7A; 301.28.

Cross Reference:  201      Board of Directors' Elections
  
                                    202.1   Qualifications
  
                                    204      Code of Ethics
  
                                    216.3   Board of Directors' Member Compensation and Expenses
   
                                   217      Gifts to Board of Directors
  
                                    401.3   Nepotism

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  09/19/2005, 09/20/2010, 08/17/2015, 03/17/2020, 01/16/2024

Revised:  09/21/2009, 11/21/2011, 04/18/2016, 10/21/2019

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:07

204 - Code of Ethics

204 - Code of Ethics

Board members' actions, verbal and nonverbal, reflect the attitude and the beliefs of the school district.  Therefore, board members must conduct themselves professionally and in a manner fitting to their position.

Each board member shall follow the code of ethics stated in this policy.

AS A SCHOOL BOARD MEMBER:

            1.      I will listen.           

            2.      I will respect the opinion of others.

            3.      I will recognize the integrity of my predecessors and associates and the merit of their work.

            4.      I will be motivated only by an earnest desire to serve my school district and the children of my school district community in the best possible way.

            5.      I will not use the school district or any part of the school district program for my own personal advantage or for the advantage of my friends or supporters.

            6.      I will vote for a closed session of the board if the situation requires it, but I will consider "star chamber" or "secret" sessions of board members unethical.

            7.      I will recognize that to promise in advance of a meeting how I will vote on any proposition which is to be considered is to close my mind and agree not to think through other facts and points of view which may be presented in the meeting.

            8.      I will expect, in board meetings, to spend more time on education programs and procedures than on business details.

            9.      I will recognize that authority rests with the board in legal session and not with individual members of the board, except as authorized by law.

            10.    I will make no disparaging remarks, in or out of the board meeting, about other members of the board or their opinions.

            11.    I will express my honest and most thoughtful opinions frankly in board meetings in an effort to have decisions made for the best interests of the children and the education program.

            12.    I will insist that the members of the board participate fully in board action and recommend that when special committees are appointed, they serve only in an investigative and advisory capacity.

            13.    I will abide by majority decisions of the board.

            14.    I will carefully consider petitions, resolutions and complaints and will act in the best interests of the school district.

            15.    I will not discuss the confidential business of the board in my home, on the street or in my office; the place for such discussion is the board meeting.

            16.    I will endeavor to keep informed on local, state and national educational developments of significance so I may become a better board member.

 

IN MEETING MY RESPONSIBILITY TO MY SCHOOL DISTRICT COMMUNITY

        1.     I will consider myself a trustee of public education and will do my best to protect it, conserve it, and advance it, giving to the children of my school district community the educational facilities that are as complete and adequate as it is possible to provide.

        2.     I will consider it an important responsibility of the board to interpret the aims, methods and attitudes of the school district to the community.

        3.     I will earnestly try to interpret the needs and attitudes of the school district community and do my best to translate them into the education program of the school district.

        4.     I will attempt to procure adequate financial support for the school district.

        5.     I will represent the entire school district rather than individual electors, patrons or groups.

        6.     I will not regard the school district facilities as my own private property but as the property of the people.

 

IN MY RELATIONSHIP WITH SUPERINTENDENT AND EMPLOYEES

        1.     I will function, in meeting the legal responsibility that is mine, as a part of a legislative, policy-forming body, not as an administrative officer.

        2.     I will recognize that it is my responsibility, together with that of my fellow board members, to see the school district is properly run and not to run them myself.

        3.     I will expect the school district to be administered by the best-trained technical and professional people it is possible to procure within the financial resources of the school district.

        4.     I will recognize the superintendent as executive officer of the board.

        5.     I will work through the administrative employees of the board, not over or around them.

        6.     I will expect the superintendent to keep the board adequately informed through oral and written reports.

        7.     I will vote to employ employees only after the recommendation of the superintendent has been received.

        8.     I will insist that contracts be equally binding on teachers and the board.

        9.     I will give the superintendent power commensurate with the superintendent's responsibility and will not in any way interfere with, or seek to undermine, the superintendent's authority.

        10.   I will give the superintendent friendly counsel and advice.

        11.   I will present any personal criticism of employees to the superintendent.

        12.   I will refer complaints to the proper administrative officer.

 

TO COOPERATE WITH OTHER SCHOOL BOARDS

        1.     I will not employ a superintendent, principal or teacher who is already under contract with another school district without first securing assurance from the
               proper authority that the person can be released from contract.

        2.     I will consider it unethical to pursue any procedure calculated to embarrass a neighboring board or its representatives.

        3.     I will associate myself with board members of other school districts for the purpose of discussing school district issues and cooperating in the improvement of the education program.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.6(3)(d); 68B; 69; 277.28; 279.7A, 279.8, 301.28 (2003).

Cross Reference:  202      Board of Directors Members
  
                                    203      Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 09/19/2005                           Revised 05/20/2019
                                                                                            09/20/2010
                                                                                            08/17/2015
                                                                                            05/20/2019
                                                                                            03/17/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:10

205 - Security and Protection

205 - Security and Protection dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:15

205.01 - Board Security and Protection

205.01 - Board Security and Protection

Public bodies must feel free to meet in the public setting as required by law without concern of risk of personal injury.  The board shall take whatever action is necessary to maintain an orderly board meeting, free from interference or interruption by spectators, and to keep the board members safe while complying with the open meetings law.

Individuals who threaten the board with violence or who are continuously disruptive may be asked to leave the meeting.  If the individuals do not leave, the board may have law enforcement officials escort the individuals from the board meeting.  The board may hire a security officer if the board members' concern for safety or actions by spectators warrants it.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.7; 279.8; 716.7 (2003).

Cross Reference:  215      Public Participation in Board Meetings
  
                                    904.4   Public Conduct on School Premises

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  09/19/2005, 09/20/2010, 08/17/2015, 03/17/2020

Revised: 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:16

205.02 - Board Member Liability

205.02 - Board Member Liability

Board members shall not be held personally liable for actions taken in the performance of their duties and responsibilities vested in them by the laws of Iowa and the members of the school district community.  In carrying out the duties and responsibilities of their office, board members shall act in good faith.

The school district shall defend, save harmless and indemnify board members against tort claims or demands, whether groundless or otherwise, arising out of an alleged act or omission occurring within the scope of their official duties, unless it constitutes a willful or wanton act or omission.  However, the school district shall not save harmless or indemnify board members for punitive damages.

 

Legal Reference:  Wood v. Strickland, 420 U.S. 308 (1975).
  
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 1983, 1985 (1994).
  
                                    Iowa Code ch. 670 (2003).

Cross Reference:  709      Insurance

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  09/19/2005, 09/20/2010, 08/17/2015, 03/17/2020

Revised:  

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:18

206 - Board of Directors' Officers

206 - Board of Directors' Officers dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:20

206.01 - President

206.01 - President

It shall be the responsibility of the board president to lead a well-organized board in an efficient and effective manner.  The board president will set the tone of the board meetings and, as the representative of the consensus of the board, speak on behalf of the board to the public.

The president of the board shall be elected to serve a one-year term by a majority vote at the organizational meeting, in odd-numbered years, or in even numbered years, at a regular meeting held between twelve to thirteen months after the most recent organizational meeting.

The president, in addition to presiding at the board meetings, shall take an active role in board decisions by discussing and voting on each motion before the board in the same manner as other board members.  Before making or seconding a motion, the board president shall turn over control of the meeting to either the vice president or other board member.

The board president has the authority to call special meetings of the board.  Prior to board meetings, the board president shall consult with the superintendent on the development of the agenda for the meeting.

The board president, as the chief officer of the school district, shall sign employment contracts and sign other contracts and school district warrants approved by the board and appear on behalf of the school corporation in causes of action involving the school district.  Additional assignments to the board president, unless otherwise delegated, include:

  1. representing ICSD to the state school board association meetings (i.e. IASB delegate assembly).
  2. representing ICSD to the Buchanan County Conservation Resource Enhancement and Protection (REAP) Committee.
  3. representing the ICSD board of education during master contract negotiations with bargaining units, including the Independence Teachers’ Association and Independence Educational Support Personnel.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 279.1-.2; 291.1.

 

Cross Reference:        200.2   Organization of the Board of Directors

                                    202.2   Oath of Office

                                    206.2   Vice President

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  08/17/2015, 03/17/2020

Revised:  11/17/2008, 07/19/2010, 09/20/2021, 01/17/2023

           

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:20

206.02 - Vice President

206.02 - Vice President

The vice president of the board shall be elected to serve a one-year term by a majority vote at the organizational meeting, in odd-numbered years, or in even-numbered years, at a regular meeting held between twelve to thirteen months after the most recent organizational meeting.

By this election, if the board president is unable or unwilling to carry out the duties required, it shall be the responsibility of the vice president of the board to carry out the duties of the president.  If the president is unable or unwilling to complete the term of office, the vice president shall serve as president for the balance of the president's term of office, and a new vice president will be elected.

The vice president will accept control of the meeting from the president when the president wishes to make or second a motion.  The vice president shall take an active role in board decisions by discussing and voting on matters before the board in the same manner as other board members.

The vice president will join the president representing the ICSD board of education during master contract negotiations with bargaining units, including the Independence Teachers’ Association and Independence Educational Support Personnel.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code § 279.5.

 

 

Cross Reference:        200.2   Organization of the Board of Directors

                                    202.2   Oath of Office

                                    206.1   President

 

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  08/17/2015, 03/17/2020

Revised:  11/17/2008, 07/19/2010, 10/21/2019, 09/20/2021, 01/17/2023

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:22

206.03 - Secretary-Treasurer

206.03 - Secretary-Treasurer

A secretary-treasurer may be appointed from employees, other than a position requiring a teaching certificate, or from the public.  To finalize the appointment, the board secretary-treasurer will take the oath of office during the meeting at which the individual was appointed or no later than ten days thereafter. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to evaluate the secretary-treasurer annually.

It is the responsibility of the secretary-treasurer, as custodian of school district records, to preserve and maintain the records and documents pertaining to the business of the board; to keep complete minutes of special and regular board meetings, including closed sessions; to keep a record of the results of regular and special elections; to keep an accurate account of school funds; to sign warrants drawn on the school funds after board approval; and collect data on truant students.  The secretary-treasurer will also be responsible for filing the required reports with the Iowa Department of Education.

In the event the secretary-treasurer is unable to fulfill the responsibilities set out by the board and the law, the superintendent’s designee will assume those duties until the secretary-treasurer is able to resume the responsibility or a new secretary-treasurer is appointed.  The secretary-treasurer will give bond in an amount set by the board.  The cost of the bond will be paid by the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 12B.10; 12C; 279.3, .31-.33; 291.2-.4, .8-.11, .12-.14.
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).
                                      1978 Op. Att'y Gen. 328.

Cross Reference:  202.2   Oath of Office
  
                                    210.1   Annual Meeting
  
                                    215      Board of Directors' Records
  
                                    501.10 Truancy - Unexcused Absences
  
                                    704.3   Investments
  
                                    707      Fiscal Reports
  
                                    708      Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  11/21/2005, 09/20/2010, 08/17/2015, 03/17/2020

Revised:  07/15/2019

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:24

207 - Board of Directors' Legal Counsel

207 - Board of Directors' Legal Counsel

It shall be the responsibility of the board to employ legal counsel to assist the board and the administration in carrying out their duties with respect to the numerous legal issues confronting the school district. 

The superintendent and board secretary shall have the authority to contact the board's legal counsel on behalf of the board when the superintendent or board secretary believe it is necessary for the management of the school district.  The board president may contact and seek advice from the school board's legal counsel.  The board's legal counsel shall attend both regular and special school board meetings upon the request of the board or the superintendent.  Board members may contact legal counsel upon approval of a majority of the board.  It shall be the responsibility of each board member to pay the legal fees, if any, of an attorney the board member consulted regarding matters of the school district unless the board has authorized the board member to consult an attorney on the matter.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board informed of matters for which legal counsel was consulted, particularly if the legal services will involve unusual expense for the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Bishop v. Iowa State Board of Public Instruction, 395 N.W.2d 888 (Iowa 1986).
  
                                    Iowa Code § 279.37 (2003).

Cross Reference:  200      Legal Status of the Board of Directors

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 11/21/2005                           Revised                   
                                                                                            09/20/2010
                                                                                            08/17/2015
                                                                                            03/17/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:26

208 - Board of Directors' Self-Evaluation

208 - Board of Directors' Self-Evaluation

Annually, the board shall conduct an evaluation of itself.  The goal of the self-evaluation is not to criticize fellow board members but rather to point out strengths as well as weaknesses of the board.

The evaluation will focus on board policies, board meetings, education program, financial management, board members' personal qualities, and the board's relationship with the superintendent, employees, school district community, and students.

It shall be the responsibility of the board president to develop a board evaluation program.  The board may employ an outside facilitator if the board determines the facilitator is necessary.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  105      Long-Range Needs Assessment

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 11/21/2005                           Revised                   
                                                                                            09/20/2010
                                                                                            08/17/2015
                                                                                            03/17/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:27

209 - Committees of the Board of Directors

209 - Committees of the Board of Directors dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:28

209.01 - Ad Hoc Committees

209.01 - Ad Hoc Committees

Whenever the board deems it necessary, the board may appoint a committee composed of citizens, employees or students to assist the board.  Committees formed by the board shall be ad hoc committees.

An ad hoc committee is formed by board resolution which shall outline the duties and purpose of the committee.  The committee is advisory in nature and has no duty or responsibility other than that specifically stated in the board resolution.  The committee shall automatically dissolve upon the delivery of its final recommendation to the board or upon completion of the duties outlined in the board resolution.  The board will receive the report of the committee for consideration.  The board retains the authority to make a final decision on the issue.  The committee will be subject to the open meetings law if the committee is established by statute or if the committee makes policy recommendations and is established by or approved by the board.

The method for selection of committee members shall be stated in the board resolution.  When possible, and when the necessary expertise required allows, the committee members will be representative of the school district community and shall consider the various viewpoints on the issue.  The board may designate a board member and the superintendent to serve on an ad hoc committee.  The committee will select its own chairperson, unless the board designates otherwise.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8; 280.12(2) (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(3), .3(8); .5(8).
  
                                    O.A.G., Nov. 18, 1993

Cross Reference:  104      The People and Their School District
  
                                    105      Long-Range Needs Assessment
  
                                    212      Open Meetings
  
                                    213      Closed Sessions
  
                                    218      Board of Directors' Records
  
                                    605.1   Instructional Materials Selection
  
                                    900      Principles and Objectives for Community Relations

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  11/21/2005, 09/20/2010, 08/17/2015, 03/17/2020

Revised:  

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:28

209.01E1 - Ad Hoc Committees Exhibit

209.01E1 - Ad Hoc Committees Exhibit

Ad Hoc Committee Purpose and Function
The specific purpose of each ad hoc committee varies.  Generally, the primary function of an ad hoc committee is to give specific advice and suggestions.  The advice and suggestions should focus on the purpose and duties stated in the board resolution establishing the committee.  It is the board's role to take action based on information received from the ad hoc committee and other sources.  Ad hoc committees may be subject to the open meetings law.

 Role of an Ad Hoc Committee MemberThe primary role of an ad hoc committee member is to be a productive, positive member of the committee.  In doing so, it is important to listen to and respect the opinions of others.  When the ad hoc committee makes a recommendation to the board, it is important for the ad hoc committee members to support the majority decision of the ad hoc committee.  An ad hoc committee will function best when its members work within the committee framework and bring items of business to the ad hoc committee.

Ad Hoc Committee MembershipAd hoc committee members may be appointed by the board.  The board may request input from individuals or organizations, or it may seek volunteers to serve.  Only the board or superintendent has the authority to appoint members to an ad hoc committee.  Boards must follow the legal limitations or requirements regarding the membership of an ad hoc committee.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:30

210 - Board of Directors' Management Procedures

210 - Board of Directors' Management Procedures dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:31

210.01 - Development of Policy

210.01 - Development of Policy

The board has jurisdiction to legislate policy for the school district with the force and effect of law.  Board policy provides the general direction as to what the board wishes to accomplish while allowing the superintendent to implement board policy.

The written policy statements contained in this manual provide guidelines and goals to the citizens, administration, employees and students in the school district community.  The policy statements shall be the basis for the formulation of regulations by the administration.  The board shall determine the effectiveness of the policy statements by evaluating periodic reports from the administration.

Policy statements may be proposed by a board member, administrator, employee, student or member of the school district community.  Proposed policy statements or ideas shall be submitted to the superintendent's office for possible placement on the board agenda.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to bring these proposals to the attention of the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 274.1-.2; 279.8; 280.12 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).
  
                                    1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 287.

Cross Reference:  101      Educational Philosophy of the School District
  
                                    200.1   Role of the Board of Directors
  
                                    200.3   Powers of the Board of Directors
  
                                    200.4   Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
  
                                    210      Board of Directors' Management Procedures

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  12/20/2005, 10/25/2010, 09/21/2015, 03/17/2020

Revised:  

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:32

210.02 - Adoption of Policy

210.02 - Adoption of Policy

The board shall give notice of proposed policy changes or adoption of new policies by placing the item on the agenda of two regular board meetings.  The proposed policy changes shall be distributed and public comment will be allowed at both meetings prior to final board action.  This notice procedure shall be required except for emergency situations.  If the board adopts a policy in an emergency situation, a statement regarding the emergency and the need for immediate adoption of the policy shall be included in the minutes.  The board shall have complete discretion to determine what constitutes an emergency situation.

The final action taken to adopt the proposed policy shall be approved by a simple majority vote of the board at the next regular meeting after the meeting allowing public discussion unless second reading was waived at the first meeting.  The policy will be effective on the later of the date of passage or the date stated in the motion.

In the case of an emergency, a new or changed policy may be adopted by a majority vote of a quorum of the board.  The emergency policy shall expire at the close of the third regular meeting following the emergency action, unless the policy adoption procedure stated above is followed and the policy is reaffirmed.

 

 

Legal Reference:   Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).
  
                                    1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 287.

Cross Reference:  200.1   Role of the Board of Directors
  
                                    200.3   Powers of the Board of Directors
  
                                    200.4   Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
  
                                    210      Board of Directors' Management Procedures

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  12/20/2005, 10/25/2010, 09/21/2015, 03/17/2020

Revised:  

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:33

210.03 - Dissemination of Policy

210.03 - Dissemination of Policy

A board policy manual shall be housed in the Central Administration Office.  Board members shall have electronic access to the board policy manual.  Persons wishing to review the board policy manual shall contact the board secretary, who shall have a board policy manual available for public inspection.

It shall be the responsibility of the board secretary to ensure copies of new and revised policy statements are distributed to the custodians of board policy manuals no later than the first regular board meeting following the policy's adoption.  Changes in board policy shall be reflected in the minutes of the meetings in which the final action was taken to adopt the new or changed policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 277.31; 279.8 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  200.4   Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
  
                                    210      Board of Directors' Management Procedures

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  10/25/2010, 09/21/2015, 03/17/2020

Revised:  11/17/2008

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:34

210.04 - Suspension of Policy

210.04 - Suspension of Policy

Generally, the board shall follow board policy and enforce it equitably.  The board, and only the board, may, in extreme emergencies of a very unique nature, suspend policy.  It shall be within the discretion of the board to determine when an extreme emergency of a very unique nature exists.  Reasons for suspension of board policy shall be documented in board minutes.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  200.4   Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
  
                                    210      Board of Directors' Management Procedures

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  12/20/2005, 10/25/2010, 09/21/2015, 03/17/2020

Revised:

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:36

210.05 - Administration in the Absence of Policy

210.05 - Administration in the Absence of Policy

When there is no board policy in existence to provide guidance on a matter, the superintendent is authorized to act appropriately under the circumstances surrounding the situation keeping in mind the educational philosophy and financial condition of the school district.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to inform the board of the situation and the action taken and to document the action taken.  If needed, the superintendent shall draft a proposed policy for the board to consider.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  200.4   Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
  
                                    210      Board of Directors' Management Procedures
  
                                    303.4   Superintendent Duties
  
                                    306      Policy Implementation

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  12/20/2005, 10/25/2010, 09/21/2015, 03/17/2020

Revised:  

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:37

210.06 - Review and Revision of Policy

210.06 - Review and Revision of Policy

The board shall, at least once every five years, review board policy.  Once the policy has been reviewed, even if no changes were made, a notation of the date of review shall be made on the face of the policy statement.

The board will review one-fifth of the policy manual annually according to the following subject areas:

  • Board of Directors, Administration (Series 200, 300)
  • Employees (Series 400)
  • School District and Education Program (Series 100 and 600)
  • Students (Series 500)
  • Noninstructional Operations and Business Services, Buildings and Sites, School District-Community Relations (Series 700, 800 and 900)

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board informed as to legal changes at both the federal and state levels.  The superintendent shall also be responsible for bringing proposed policy statement revisions to the board's attention.

If a policy is revised because of a legal change over which the board has no control or a change which is minor, the policy may be approved at one meeting at the discretion of the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  200.3  Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
  
                                    209      Board of Directors' Management Procedures

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  01/16/2006, 10/25/2010, 09/21/2015, 03/17/2020

Revised:  08/20/2012

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:39

210.07 - Review of Administrative Regulations

210.07 - Review of Administrative Regulations

Board policy sets the direction for the administration of the education program and school district operations.  Some policies require administrative regulations for implementation.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement the board policies.  The regulations, including handbooks, will be approved by the board prior to their use in the school district.

The administrative regulations will be available within one day after the adoption of the board policy unless the board directs otherwise.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20 (2003).

Cross Reference:  200.4   Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
  
                                    210      Board of Directors' Management Procedures

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  01/16/2006, 10/25/2010, 09/21/2015, 03/17/2020

Revised:  

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:40

211 - Board of Directors' Meetings

211 - Board of Directors' Meetings dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:41

211.01 - Annual Meeting

211.01 - Annual Meeting

Each year after August 31 and prior to the organizational meeting of the board in odd-numbered years, the board will hold its annual meeting.

At the annual meeting, the board will examine the financial books and settle the secretary's and treasurer's statements for the fiscal year ending the preceding June 30.  As part of the annual reports, the treasurer will present affidavits from depository banks. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.1, .3, .33.

Cross Reference:  206.3   Secretary-Treasurer
  
                                    701.1   Depository of Funds
  
                                    707      Fiscal Reports

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  01/16/2006, 10/20/2015, 03/17/2020

Revised:  07/19/2010

             

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:41

211.02 - Regular Meeting

211.02 - Regular Meeting

The regular meeting time and date shall be set by the board at its annual and/or organizational meeting.  The regular meetings of the board will be held on the third Monday of each month in the Administration Office unless otherwise noted.

Meetings shall begin promptly at 6:00 p.m.  The board shall adhere to this meeting date unless the board requires additional meetings or, due to circumstances beyond the board's control, the meeting cannot be held on the regular meeting date, and the meeting will be re-scheduled in accordance with law and policy.  Public notice of the meetings shall be given.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.3, .4; 279.1 (2003).
  
                                    1980 Op. Atty Gen. 148.

Cross Reference:  200.2   Organization of the Board of Directors
  
                                    211      Board of Directors' Meetings

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  01/16/2006, 10/20/2015, 03/17/2020

Revised:  07/19/2010, 10/24/2011, 02/20/2017

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:43

211.03 - Special Meeting

211.03 - Special Meeting

It may be necessary for the board to conduct a special meeting in addition to the regularly scheduled board meeting.  Special meetings may be called by the president of the board or by the board secretary at the request of a majority of the board.  Should a special meeting be called, 24 hour public notice shall be given.

If the special meeting called is an emergency meeting and the board cannot give public notice in its usual manner, the board shall give public notice of the meeting as soon as practical and possible in light of the situation.  The reason for the emergency meeting and why notice in its usual manner could not be given shall be stated in the minutes.

Only the purpose or issue for which the special meeting was called may be discussed and decided in the special meeting.  The board shall strictly adhere to the agenda for the special meeting and action on other issues shall be reserved for the next regular or special board meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.3, .4; 279.2 (2003).
  
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 148.

Cross Reference:  200.2   Organization of the Board of Directors
  
                                    211      Board of Directors' Meetings

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  01/16/2006, 11/15/2010, 10/20/2015, 03/17/2020

Revised:

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:44

211.04 - Work Sessions

211.04 - Work Sessions

The board, as a decision making body, is confronted with a continuing flow of problems, issues and needs which require action.  While the board is determined to expedite its business, it is also mindful of the importance of planning, brainstorming and thoughtful discussion without action.  Therefore, the board may schedule work sessions and retreats in order to provide its members and the administration with such opportunities.  The board has the authority to hire an outside facilitator to assist them in work sessions.

Topics for discussion and study will be announced publicly, and work sessions and retreats will be conducted in open session.  However, no board action will take place at the work session.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8 (2003).
  
                                    1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 162.
  
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 167.
  
                                    1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 384, 514, 765.
  
                                    1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 158.
  
                                    1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 287.

Cross Reference:  211      Board of Directors' Meetings
  
                                    212      Open Meetings

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  02/20/2006, 11/15/2010, 10/20/2015, 03/17/2020

Revised:  

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:45

211.05 - Meeting Notice

211.05 - Meeting Notice

 

Public notice will be given for meetings and work sessions held by the board.  Public notice will indicate the time, place, date and tentative agenda of board meetings.  The public notice will be posted in a prominent place clearly designated for posting agendas in the Central Administration Office and on an exterior facing door/window so that community members may see the agenda when the building is physically closed.  The agenda will be posted at least three days before it is scheduled, but, at the minimum, twenty-four hours notice needs to be given.

A copy of the public notice will be provided to those who have filed a request for notice with the secretary.  A copy of the public notice will also be accessible to employees and students.

In the case of special meetings, public notice will be given in the same manner as for a regular meeting unless it is an emergency meeting.  In that case, public notice of the meeting will be given as soon as practical and possible in light of the situation.  The media and others who have requested notice will be notified of the emergency meeting.  Attendance at a special meeting or emergency meeting by the media or board members will constitute a waiver of notice.

It will be the responsibility of the board secretary to give public notice of board meetings and work sessions.

 

Legal Reference:          Dobrovolny v. Reinhardt, 173 N.W.2d 837 (Iowa 1970).

                                    Iowa Code §§ 21.2-.4; 279.1, .2 

                                    

Cross Reference:          211      Board of Directors' Meetings

                                      214      Board of Directors' Meeting Agenda

 

Approved:  11/01/2004                                                                                    

Reviewed:  02/20/2006, 11/15/2010, 10/20/2015                 

Revised:  03/17/2020, 06/19/2023                                

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:47

211.06 - Quorum

211.06 - Quorum

Action by the board regarding the affairs of the school district may be taken only when a quorum, a majority of the board members, is in attendance at the board meeting.  While in person participation is encouraged, board members may attend meetings either in person or electronically provided each member can hear and be heard in real time by all members present and the public.

While board members are encouraged to attend board meetings, three members shall constitute a quorum and are a sufficient number to transact business of the school corporation.  The adjournment of a meeting may be executed without a quorum.

An affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast shall be sufficient to pass a motion or take action unless law or board policy requires a vote of a greater number.

It is the responsibility of each board member to attend board meetings.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.5(1); 279.4

Cross Reference:  211      Board of Directors' Meetings

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  02/20/2006, 11/15/2010, 10/20/2015

Revised:  03/17/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:48

211.07 - Rules of Order

211.07 - Rules of Order

An orderly board meeting allows the board members to participate in the discussion and decision process on an issue confronting the school district.  Rules of order for board meetings allow school district business and the relative information concerning the business to be brought to the attention of the board.  They also allow the board to discuss, act upon and make a clear record of school district business in a regular, ordered, reasonable and consistent manner.

It shall be the responsibility of each board member to follow the rules of order stated in this policy at each meeting, and it shall be the responsibility of the presiding officer to conduct the board meeting within these rules.

The board shall follow Robert's Rule of Order, Revised, latest edition as modified by this policy and subsequent rule.

The purpose of modified rules adopted by the board are:

     To establish guidelines by which the business of the governing board can be conducted in a regular and internally consistent manner;

     To organize the meetings so all necessary matters can be brought to the board and decisions of the board can be made in an orderly and reasonable manner;

     To ensure members of the board, concentrating on the substantive issues at hand, have the necessary information to make decisions, and to ensure adequate discussion of decisions to be made; and,

     To ensure meetings and actions of the board are conducted so as to be informative to the staff and the public, and to produce a clear record of actions taken and decisions made.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.2, .7; 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  211      Board of Directors' Meetings     

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  02/20/2006, 10/20/2015, 03/17/2020

Revised:  07/19/2010

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:49

211.7R1 - Rules of Order Regulation

211.7R1 - Rules of Order Regulation

The following rules of procedure have been adopted by the board at the annual or organizational meeting:

1.      Board members need not rise to gain the recognition of the board president.

2.      All motions will be made as a positive action.

3.      A motion will be adopted or carried if it receives an affirmative vote from more than half of the votes cast.  Only "yes" and "no" votes are counted in this calculation.  It should be noted that some motions require larger numbers of affirmative votes, such as to move into a closed session.

4.      All motions shall receive a second, prior to opening the issue for discussion of the board.  If a motion does not receive a second, the board president may declare the motion dead for lack of a second.

5.      The board president may decide the order in which board members will be recognized to address an issue.  An attempt should be made to alternate between pro and con positions.

6.      The board president shall rule on all motions that come before the board.

7.      The board president may rule on points of order brought before the board.

8.      The board president shall have complete authority to recognize a member of the audience regarding a request to participate in the board meeting.  Members of the public who wish to participate shall follow board policy.

9.      The board president has the authority to declare a recess at any time for the purpose of restoring decorum to the meeting.

10.    The board president has the same authority and responsibility as each board member to vote on all issues.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:51

211.08 - Method of Voting

211.08 - Method of Voting

In keeping with the public nature of the meeting, votes by the board, except those required by law to be roll call, shall be by voice vote unless a board member requests a roll call vote.  An affirmative vote of the majority of votes cast, excluding abstentions, is sufficient to adopt a motion unless a higher percentage of affirmative votes is required by law or board policy.

It shall be the responsibility of the board secretary to publicly announce the vote and record the vote of each board member in the minutes of the board meetings.  The minutes should be written so that a reader can determine how each board member present at the meeting voted on each issue.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.3, .5(1); 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  211      Board of Directors' Meetings

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  02/20/2006, 11/15/2010, 10/20/2015, 03/17/2020

Revised:

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:52

212 - Open Meetings

212 - Open Meetings

A gathering of a majority of board members either in person or electronically in which deliberation of an issue within the scope of the board’s policy-making duties takes place is a board meeting.  A gathering for the purpose of social or ministerial action shall not constitute a board meeting when there is no discussion of policy or no intent to avoid the purpose of the open meetings law.  Meetings of the board shall be conducted in an open meeting unless a closed session is authorized by law or the meeting is exempt from the open meetings law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21, 279.1-.2 (2003).
  
                                    1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 162.
  
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 167.

Cross Reference:  209      Committees of the Board of Directors
  
                                    211      Board of Directors' Meetings
  
                                    213      Closed Sessions
  
                                    214      Board of Directors' Meeting Agenda

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 03/20/2006                            Revised 03/17/2020
                                                                                            11/15/2010
                                                                                            11/16/2015
                                                                                            03/17/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:53

213 - Closed Sessions

213 - Closed Sessions

Generally, board meetings will be open meetings, unless a closed session is provided for by law. 

Closed sessions take place as part of an open meeting.  The board may enter into closed session for any reason permitted by law. 

The item for discussion in the closed session shall be listed as part of the tentative agenda on the public notice with the full text of the Iowa Code citation reference stated on the agenda.  The motion for a closed session, stating the purpose for the closed session, shall be made and seconded during the open meeting.  A minimum of two-thirds of the board, or all of the board members present, must vote in favor of the motion on a roll call vote.  Closed sessions will be recorded and have detailed minutes kept by the board secretary.  No voting will take place in the closed session.  Final action on matters discussed in the closed session shall be taken in an open meeting. 

The minutes and recording will restate the motion made in the open meeting, the roll call vote, the members present, and the time the closed session began and ended.  The recordings and the written minutes will be kept for one year from the date of the meeting.  Real estate related minutes and recordings will be made public after the real estate transaction is completed.

The detailed minutes and recording will be sealed and will not be public records open to public inspection.  The minutes and recording will only be available to board members or opened upon court or administrative order in an action to enforce the requirements of the open meetings law.  The board has complete discretion as to whom may be present at a closed session, but generally closed sessions will be limited to the board, a recording secretary, and the superintendent if indicated.  The board has discretion to nominate the board secretary or any board member to serve as recording secretary for the closed session.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 21; 22.7; 279.24.

                                   

Cross Reference:        209.1   Ad Hoc Committees

                                    212      Open Meetings

                                    213.1   Exempt Meeting

                                    222      Negotiations

 

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 03/20/2006                           Revised 01/17/2022

                                                                             11/15/2010                                      

                                                                             11/16/2015

                                                                             03/17/2020 

                                                                             01/17/2022                       

              

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:54

213.01 - Exempt Meetings

213.01 - Exempt Meetings

Board meetings at which a quorum is not present, or gatherings of the board for purely ministerial or social purposes when there is no discussion of policy or no intent to avoid the purposes of the open meetings law, are exempt from the open meetings law requirements.  Since gatherings of this type are exempt from the open meetings requirements, they can be held without public notice, be separate from an open meeting, be held without recording the gathering or taking minutes, and be held without a vote or motion.  The board may also hold an exempt session for the following reasons, or as may be otherwise authorized by law:

      1.  Negotiating sessions, strategy meetings of public employers or employee organizations, mediation and the deliberative process of arbitration;

      2.  to discuss strategy in matters relating to employment conditions of employees not covered by the collective bargaining law;

      3.  to conduct a private hearing relating to the recommended termination of a teacher's contract.  The private hearing however, in the teacher's contract termination will be recorded verbatim by a court reporter; and

      4.   to conduct a private hearing relating to the termination of a probationary administrator's contract or to review the proposed decision of the administrative law judge regarding the termination of an administrator's contract.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 20.17; 21; 22.7; 279.15, .16.

                                 

Cross Reference:        209.1   Ad Hoc Committees

                                    212      Open Meetings

                                    213       Closed Sessions

Approved:  01/17/2022

Reviewed:

Revised:

 

 

lschaul@indeek12.org Tue, 01/18/2022 - 15:24

214 - Board of Directors' Meeting Agenda

214 - Board of Directors' Meeting Agenda dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:57

214.01 - Board Meeting Agenda

214.01 - Board Meeting Agenda

The tentative agenda for each board meeting will state the topics for discussion and action at the board meeting.  The agenda is part of the public notice of the board meeting and will be posted and distributed.

Persons requesting to place an item on the agenda must make a request to the superintendent prior to the drafting of the tentative agenda.  The person making the request must state the person's name, address, purpose of the presentation, action desired and pertinent background information.  Requests from the public may be added to the tentative agenda at the discretion of the superintendent after consultation with the board president.  Requests received after the deadline may only be added to the agenda for good cause.

The tentative agenda and supporting documents will be sent to the board members prior to the scheduled board meeting.  These documents are the private property of the board member.  Persons wishing to view the tentative agenda and supporting documents may do so at the central administration office or by visiting the district website.

The board will take action only on the items listed on the tentative agenda posted with the public notice.  Items added to the agenda may be discussed or taken under advisement by the board.  If an added item is acted upon, the minutes of the board meeting will state the reason justifying the immediate action.

It will be the responsibility of the board president and superintendent to develop the agenda for each board meeting.  Any board member may place an item on the next regular agenda with the consent of a majority of the board.  Board members wishing to do so should provide notice to the superintendent and board president 5 days prior to the scheduled meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8. 

                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 269.

 

 

Cross Reference:        211      Board of Directors' Meetings

                                    212      Open Meetings

                                    215      Public Participation in Board Meetings

                                    218      Board of Directors' Records

                                    402.5   Public Complaints About Employees

                                    502.6   Student Complaints and Grievances

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  03/20/2006, 11/15/2010, 11/16/2015, 04/20/2020

Revised:  01/17/2022

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:57

214.03 - Consent Agendas

214.03 - Consent Agendas

Very often the board must consider agenda items which are noncontroversial or similar in content.  Such agenda items might include ministerial tasks such as, but not limited to, approval of previous minutes, approval of bills, approval of reports, etc.  These items might also include similar groups of decisions such as, but not limited to, approval of staff contracts, approval of maintenance details for the school buildings and grounds, open enrollment requests or approval of various schedules.

In order for a more efficient administration of board meetings, the board may elect to use a consent agenda for the passage of noncontroversial items or items of a similar nature.

The superintendent in consultation with the board president and board secretary shall place items on the consent agenda.  By using a consent agenda, the board has consented to the consideration of certain items as a group under one resolution.  Items may be removed from the consent agenda at the request of a board member.

Nothing in this policy is to be construed as an attempt to avoid full compliance with laws dealing with open meetings or public notice of the agenda and meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  211      Board of Directors' Meetings

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  03/20/2006, 11/15/2010, 11/16/2015, 04/20/2020

Revised:  07/15/2019

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 10:58

215 - Public Participation in Board Meetings

215 - Public Participation in Board Meetings

The board recognizes the importance of citizen participation in school district matters.  In order to assure citizens are heard and board meetings are conducted efficiently and in an organized manner, the board will set aside a specific time for public comment. 

Public Comment During Board Meetings

Citizens wishing to address the board during public comment must notify the board secretary prior to the board meeting. The board president will recognize these individuals to make their comments at the appropriate time during public comment.  Citizens wishing to present petitions to the board may also do so at this time.  The board however, will only receive the petitions and not act upon them or their contents. 

The board has the discretion to limit the amount of time set aside for public participation. Normally, speakers will be limited to three minutes with a total allotted time for public participation of twenty minutes.  However, the board president may modify this time limit, if deemed appropriate or necessary.  Public comment is a time set aside for community input, but the board will not discuss or take any action on any matter during public comment. 

Public comment shall be limited to regular board meetings and will not be routinely held during special board meetings. 

Petitions to Place a Topic on the Agenda

Individuals who wish for an item to be placed on the board agenda may submit a valid petition to the board.  For a petition to be valid, it must be signed by at least 500 eligible electors of the district, or ten percent of the individuals who voted in the last school election, whichever number is lower.

Upon receiving a valid petition to the board to place a proposal on the next board agenda for public hearing, the board will place the proposal identified in the petition on the agenda of the next regular meeting, or a special meeting held within 30 days of receipt of the petition.  The board will provide a sign-up sheet for all individuals who wish to speak on the proposal, and individuals will be called to speak in order of sign-up.  The sign-up sheet will require each individual to list their legal name and mailing address.  Each speaker will be limited to 3 minutes however, the board president may modify this time limit for a limit that is reasonable and necessary based on the number of speakers signed up.  The same time limit will apply to all speakers on the proposal.  Each individual will be limited to one opportunity to speak.  The board maintains absolute discretion on whether or not to discuss or act on the public comments made on the proposal. If a petition is related to curriculum, the district maintains discretion to determine whether to stop teaching that curriculum until the board holds the public hearing to discuss the curriculum. 

The board has a significant interest in maintaining the decorum of its meetings, and it is expected that members of the public and the board will address each other with civility.  The orderly process of the board meeting will not be interfered with or disrupted by public comment.  Only individuals recognized by the board president will be allowed to speak.  Comments by others are out of order.  If disruptive, the individual causing disruption may be asked to leave the board meeting.  Defamatory comments may be subject to legal action. 

 

 

 

 

Legal Reference:        Iowa Code §§ 21; 22; 279.8, 279.8B.

 

Cross Reference:       104      The People and Their School District

                                    205.1   Board Security and Protection

                                    205.2   Board Member Liability

                                    214.1   Board Meeting Agenda

                                    215.1   Public Complaints

                                    216      Public Hearings

502.6   Student Complaints and Grievances

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  04/17/2006, 12/20/2010, 11/16/2015, 04/20/2020, 01/16/2024

Revised:  10/15/2018, 09/20/2021

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 11:00

215.01 - Public Complaints

215.01 - Public Complaints

The board recognizes situations may arise in the operation of the school district which are of concern to parents and other members of the school district community. 

The board firmly believes concerns should be resolved at the lowest organizational level by those individuals closest to the concern.  Whenever a complaint or concern is brought to the attention of the board it will be referred to the administration to be resolved.  Prior to board action however, the following should be completed:

(a)  Matters should first be addressed to the teacher or employee.

(b)  Unsettled matters from (a) above or problems and questions about individual attendance centers should be addressed to the employee's building principal.

(c)  Unsettled matters from (b) above or problems and questions concerning the school district should be directed to the superintendent.

(d)  If a matter cannot be settled satisfactorily by the superintendent, it may then be brought to the board for consideration.  To bring a concern, the individual shall notify the board president or board secretary in writing, who may bring it to the attention of the entire board.

It is within the discretion of the board to address complaints from the members of the school district community, and the board will only consider whether to address complaints if they are in writing, signed, and the complainant has complied with this policy.  The board is not obligated to address a complaint and may defer to the decision of the superintendent.  If the board elects not to address a complaint, the decision of the superintendent shall be final.  If the board does elect to address a complaint, its decision shall be final.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  214.1   Board Meeting Agenda
  
                                    215      Public Participation in Board Meetings
  
                                    309      Communication Channels

 

Approved:  10/15/2018

Reviewed:  04/20/2020, 01/16/2024

Revised:

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 11:01

216 - Public Hearings

216 - Public Hearings

Public hearings may be held on school district matters at the discretion of the board.  Public notice of a public hearing shall be in the same manner as for a board meeting except that the notice shall be given at least ten days before the hearing is to be held unless it is impossible or impractical to do so, or the law requires otherwise.

At public hearings, citizens of the district who register at the door will be allowed to speak on the issue for which the public hearing is being held.  Others may be allowed to speak at the board's discretion.  Speakers are asked to keep their remarks as brief as possible.  Prior to the beginning of the hearing, speakers and spectators will be apprised of the rules of order to be followed regarding time limitations, questions, remarks and rebuttals.  In no event will a speaker be allowed to take the time of another speaker.

The board shall conduct public hearings in an orderly fashion.  At the beginning of the hearing, statements, background materials and public hearing rules and procedures will be presented by the board president.  The board president will recognize the speakers.  A board member may ask questions of the speakers after receiving permission from the board president.  Only those speakers recognized by the chair will be allowed to speak.  Comments by others are out of order.  Individuals who interfere with or interrupt speakers, the board or the proceedings shall be asked to leave.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 24.9; 279.8, .10; 297.22 (2003).

Cross Reference:  211      Board of Directors' Meetings
  
                                    215      Public Participation in Board Meetings
  
                                    703.1   Budget Planning

 

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 04/17/2006                           Revised 07/15/2019
                                                                                            12/20/2010
                                                                                            11/16/2015
                                                                                            07/15/2019
                                                                                            04/20/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 11:02

217 - Board of Directors' Relationships

217 - Board of Directors' Relationships dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 11:03

217.01 - Board of Directors and Superintendent

217.01 - Board of Directors and Superintendent

The superintendent is hired by the board as the chief executive officer of the board to manage the day-to-day operations of the school district.  The board shall set policy to guide the superintendent and shall not be involved in the day-to-day operations of the school district.

The superintendent shall work closely with the board, particularly the board president, to carry out and implement the policies of the board, to advise the board, to provide information to the board, to offer alternative solutions to the board in the form of a recommendation, and to perform other duties as the board assigns.

The superintendent shall attend each board meeting unless excused by the board president.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20 (2003).

Cross Reference:  302.1   Administration and Board of Directors
  
                                    303      Superintendent

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  04/17/2006, 12/20/2010, 12/21/2015, 04/20/2020, 01/16/2024

Revised:  

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 11:04

217.02 - Board of Directors and Employees

217.02 - Board of Directors and Employees

School employees will be utilized for their expertise to provide information to the board and to take part on advisory committees when necessary.

The board must remain objective about each employee.  Employees who have concerns should have their initial contact with the building principal or immediate supervisor.  If the employee's concerns are unsatisfied, the next step is the building principal or superintendent.  The board may become involved with employee issues when the board is acting on a recommendation of the superintendent or when the board is acting as a hearing panel to discuss the termination of an employee.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8, .12-.18 (2003).

Cross Reference:  401.5   Employee Complaints
  
                                    401.7   Employee Relations to the Administration and to the Board
  
                                    401.8   Employee Involvement in Decision Making

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  04/17/2006, 12/20/2010, 12/21/2015, 04/20/2020, 01/16/2024

Revised:  

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 11:05

217.03 - Board of Directors and Adjoining District Board of Directors

217.03 - Board of Directors and Adjoining District Board of Directors

The board may work with adjoining school district boards to provide additional opportunities in the school district's education programs as well as to operate the school district more economically and efficiently.  As part of this joint effort, the board shall pay particular attention to opportunities to share students, programs and employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 28E; 273.8(2); 279.8; 280.13A, .15 (2003).

Cross Reference:  410.2   Shared Licensed Employees
  
                                    606.1   Shared Students

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  04/17/2006, 12/20/2010, 12/21/2015, 04/20/2020

Revised:  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 11:06

217.04 - Board of Directors and Area Education Agency

217.04 - Board of Directors and Area Education Agency

The board shall utilize the resources of Central Rivers Area Education Agency (AEA).  Resources may include, but not be limited to, school psychologists, speech therapists, nurses, social workers, general and special education consultants, and educational materials.

The board may also utilize the AEA to work with other school districts in the region for program offerings or for purchase of supplies.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 28E; 273; 279.8 (2003).
  
                                    1978 Op. Att'y Gen. 224.

Cross Reference:  302.4   Administration and Area Education Agency
  
                                    603.2   Special Education
  
                                    605.4   Technology and Instructional Materials

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  05/18/2006, 12/20/2010, 12/21/2015, 04/20/2020

Revised:  07/15/2019

                         

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 11:07

217.05 - Board of Directors and Elected Officials

217.05 - Board of Directors and Elected Officials

Being aware of, and expressing their opinion on, proposed law revisions and new laws is essential to maintaining and creating an education program to meet the needs of the school district community.

It shall be the responsibility of the board to maintain contact with the elected official representing the school district.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to assist the board in keeping up-to-date on proposed laws and in contacting the elected officials who represent the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 39.11, 68B; 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  221      Gifts to Board of Directors

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  05/18/2006, 12/20/2010, 12/21/2015, 04/20/2020

Revised:

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 11:08

218 - Board of Directors' Records

218 - Board of Directors' Records

The board shall keep and maintain permanent records of the board including, but not limited to, records of the minutes of board meetings and other required records of the board.

It shall be the responsibility of the board secretary to keep the minutes of the board meetings.  The minutes of each board meeting shall include as a minimum the following items:  a record of the date, time, place, members present, action taken and the vote of each member, and the schedule of bills allowed shall be attached.  This information shall be available within two weeks of the board meeting and forwarded to the newspaper designated as the official newspaper for publication.  The information does not need to be published within two weeks.  The schedule of bills allowed may be published on a once monthly basis in lieu of publication with the minutes.  The permanent records of the board minutes may include more detail than is required for the publication of the minutes.

Minutes waiting approval at the next board meeting will be available for inspection at the central administration office after the board secretary transcribes the notes into typewritten material which has been proofread for errors and retyped.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 22; 279.8, .35, .36; 291.6, .7; 618.3).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).
  
                                    1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 215.
  
                                    1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 403.
  
                                    1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 133.

Cross Reference:  206.3   Secretary-Treasurer
  
                                    209      Committees of the Board of Directors
  
                                    214      Board of Directors' Meeting Agenda
  
                                    708      Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records
  
                                    901.1   Public Examination of School District Records

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 05/18/2006                           Revised 07/19/2010
                                                                                            12/21/2015
                                                                                            04/20/2020  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 13:33

218E1 - Board Meeting Minutes

218E1 - Board Meeting Minutes

Since the official minutes of the board are the only basic legal record, it is important that they be recorded with extreme care and completeness.  The board secretary will follow the following guidelines in writing board minutes:

With respect to content, the minutes should show the following:

  1.    The place, date, and time of each meeting.

  2.    The type of meeting--regular, special, emergency, work session.

  3.    Members present and members absent, by name.

  4.    The call to order and adjournment.

  5.    The departure of members by name before adjournment.

  6.    The late arrival of members, by name.

  7.    The time and place of the next meeting.

  8.    Approval, or amendment and approval, of the minutes of the preceding meeting.

  9.    Complete information as to each subject of the board's deliberation and the action taken.

10.   The maker and seconder of the motion, what action was taken, and the vote on the motion detailed enough to attribute a vote to each member present.

11.   Complete text of all board resolutions, numbered consecutively for each fiscal year.

12.   A record of all contracts entered into, with the contract documents kept in a separate file.

13.   A record of all change orders on construction contracts.

14.   All employment changes, including resignations or terminations.

15.   A record, by number, of the bills of account approved by the board for payment.

16.   A record of all calls for bids, bids received, and action taken thereon.

17.   Approval of all transfers of funds from one budgetary fund to another.

18.   Important documents forming a part of a motion should be made a part of the minutes by exhibit and placed in the minute book along with the minutes.

19.   Board policy and administrative guides should be made a part of the minutes by exhibit.

20.   Adoption of textbooks for the school year as well as the school calendar should become a part of the minutes.

21.   Approval or disapproval of open enrollment requests with justification for disapproval or approval after the deadline.

22.   A record of all delegations appearing before the board and a record of all petitions.

23.   At the annual meeting each year the record should indicate that the books of the treasurer and secretary and the Certified Annual Report have been examined and approved subject to audit.

24.   The election or appointment of board officers.

25.   The appointment of auditors to examine the books.

 

At the annual or organizational meeting in odd-numbered years, the minutes should reflect the following:

26.   Appointment of a temporary chairperson if not specified in policy.

27.   Oath of office administered to newly elected board members.

28.   Nominations taken for the office of president and vice president.

29.   Election of the president and vice president, the votes and the oath of office administered to the president and vice president.

30.   The resolution to pay bills when the board is not in session.

31.   A resolution to automatically disburse payroll along with a roster of all employees under contract.

32.   A resolution naming depositories along with the maximum deposit for each depository.

33.   Resolution authorizing the use of a check protector and signer and the proper control of the signer.

34.   Motion designating a member or a committee to examine the bills of account for a designated period of time on a rotation basis if desired for the balance of the school year.

35.   Voting rotation when a roll call vote is used if so desired by the board.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 13:35

219 - Board of Directors' Member Services

219 - Board of Directors' Member Services dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 13:37

219.01 - Association Membership

219.01 - Association Membership

Participation in board member associations are beneficial to the board.  The board shall maintain an active membership in the Iowa Association of School Boards and in organizations the board determines will be of benefit to the board and the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.38 (2003).

Cross Reference:  219.2   Board of Directors' Member Development and Training
                                      219.4   New Board of Directors' Member Orientation

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  05/18/2006, 01/17/2011, 01/18/2016, 04/20/2020

Revised:

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 13:38

219.02 - Board of Directors' Member Development and Training

219.02 - Board of Directors' Member Development and Training

High-achieving school boards work as a team to create high expectations for all students. Board learning is foundational to creating this solid governance structure focused on student learning for school boards. The board may participate in conferences sponsored by educational associations and agencies in addition to its own in-service programs and work sessions.

The board will work closely with the Iowa Association of School Boards' and encourage the board members to participate in qualifying learning opportunities to achieve the Annual Board Award.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .38

Cross Reference:  219.1   Association Membership
  
                                    219.4   New Board of Directors' Member Orientation

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  05/18/2006, 01/17/2011, 01/18/2016

Revised:  04/20/2020, 05/15/2023

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 13:39

219.03 - Board of Directors' Member Compensation and Expenses

219.03 - Board of Directors' Member Compensation and Expenses

As an elected public official, the board member is a public servant who serves without compensation.  Board members will be reimbursed for actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of their official duties.

Prior to reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, the board member must submit a detailed receipt indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense for each claim item.  Failure to provide a detailed receipt will make the expense nonreimbursable.  Personal expenses will be reimbursed by the board member to the school district no later than ten working days following the date of the expense.  In exceptional circumstances, the board may allow a claim without proper receipt.  Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances will be maintained as part of the school district's record of the claim.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to compile the expenses of board members and bring them to the board for audit and approval in the same manner as other claims of the school district.  It is the responsibility of the board to determine through the audit and approval process of the board whether the expenses incurred by a board member are actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of their official duties.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 68B; 277.27; 279.7A, .8, .32 (2003).

Cross Reference:  203      Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest
  
                            401.7   Employee Travel Compensation
  
                            705.6   Credit Cards

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  06/26/2006, 01/17/2011, 01/18/2016, 04/20/2020

Revised:  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 13:41

219.04 - New Board of Directors' Member Orientation

219.04 - New Board of Directors' Member Orientation

It is the responsibility of the board to educate new board members of the duties of their position.  To acquaint new board members with the duties and role of the board of directors, each new board member may meet with the superintendent and the board secretary to become familiar with the responsibilities and the role of being a board member. 

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure that new board members have an opportunity to attend an orientation conference and meet with the superintendent.  It shall also be the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure that each new board member has necessary documents and board materials including a current board policy manual.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  219.1   Association Membership
  
                                    219.2   Board of Directors' Member Development and Training

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  06/26/2006, 01/17/2011, 01/18/2016

Revised:  04/20/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 13:42

219.05 - Activity Passes for Board Members

219.05 - Activity Passes for Board Members

In recognition of the great amount of time, energy, and talent as well as the interest of board members in the school district, past (if requested) board members shall receive lifetime single activity passes (to include their spouse) to school-sponsored activities.  During their tenure on the board, members will receive a family activity pass.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure board members receive activity passes.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  219      Board of Directors' Member Services
  
                                    401.13 Employee Activity Passes

Approved:  11/04/2004

Reviewed:  06/26/2006, 01/18/2016, 04/20/2020

Revised:  10/26/2009, 12/17/2018

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 13:43

220 - School Visitation by Board of Directors

220 - School Visitation by Board of Directors

Board members are always welcome to visit the school building to observe the operations of the school district.  It is recommended that board members notify the building office when they are in the building for board-related business.

It shall be the responsibility of each board member to check in with the building office when they are in the building.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  904.3   Visitors to School District Buildings and Sites

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  06/26/2006, 01/17/2011, 01/18/2016, 04/20/2020, 01/16/2024

Revised:

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 13:45

221 - Gifts to Board of Directors

221 - Gifts to Board of Directors

Board members may receive a gift on behalf of the school district.  Board members shall not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, accept or receive a gift, series of gifts or an honorarium unless the donor does not meet the definition of "restricted donor" stated below or the gift or honorarium does not meet the definition of gift or honorarium stated below.

A "restricted donor" is defined as a person or other entity which:

               Is seeking to be or is a party to any one or any combination of sales, purchases, leases or contracts to, from or with the school district;

               Will be directly and substantially affected financially by the performance or nonperformance of the board member's official duty in a way that is greater than the effect on the public generally or on a substantial class of persons to which the person belongs as a member of a profession, occupation, industry or region; or

               Is a lobbyist or a client of a lobbyist with respect to matters within the school district's jurisdiction.

A "gift" is the giving of anything of value in return for which something of equal or greater value is not given or received.  However, "gift" does not include any of the following:

               Contributions to a candidate or a candidate's committee;

               Information material relevant to a board member's official function, such as books, pamphlets, reports, documents, periodicals or other information that is recorded in a written, audio or visual format;

               Anything received from a person related within the fourth degree by kinship or marriage, unless the donor is acting as an agent or intermediary for another person not so related;

               An inheritance;

               Anything available or distributed to the general public free of charge without regard to the official status of the board recipient;

               Items received from a charitable, professional, educational or business organization to which the board member belongs as a dues paying member if the items are given to all members of the organization without regard to an individual member's status or positions held outside of the organization and if the dues paid are not inconsequential when compared to the items received;

               Actual expenses of a board member for food, beverages, travel and lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the board member has participation or presentation responsibilities;

               Plaques or items of negligible resale value given as recognition for public service;

               Nonmonetary items with a value of less than three dollars that are received from any one donor during one calendar day;

               Items or services solicited or given to a state, national or regional organization in which the state of Iowa or a school district is a member for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting or solicited by or given to state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting;

               Items or services received by members or representatives of members as part of a regularly scheduled event that is part of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting that is sponsored and directed by any state, national or regional government organization in which the state of Iowa or a political subdivision of the state of Iowa is a member or received at such an event by members or representatives of members of state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees;

               Funeral flowers or memorials to a church or nonprofit organization;

               Gifts which are given to a public official for the public official's wedding or twenty-fifth or fiftieth wedding anniversary;

               Payment of salary or expenses by a board member's employer or the firm in which the board member is a member for the cost of attending a meeting of a subunit of an agency when the board member whose expenses are being paid serves on a board, commission, committee, council or other subunit of the agency and the board member is not entitled to receive compensation or reimbursement of expenses from the school district;

               Gifts other than food, beverages, travel and lodging received by a board member which are received from a person who is a citizen of a country other than the United States and is given during a ceremonial presentation or as a result of a custom of the other country and is of personal value only to the board member; or

               Actual registration costs for informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions.  The costs of food, drink, lodging and travel are not "registration costs" under this paragraph.  Meetings or sessions which a public official or public employee attends for personal or professional licensing purposes are not "informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions" under this paragraph.

An "honorarium" is anything of value that is accepted by, or on behalf of, a board member as consideration for an appearance, speech or article.  An honorarium does not include any of the following:

               Actual expenses of a board member for registration, food, beverages, travel or lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at a meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the board member has participation or presentation responsibilities;

              A nonmonetary gift or series of nonmonetary gifts donated within thirty days to a public body, an educational or charitable organization or the department of general services; or

              A payment made to a board member for services rendered as part of a private business, trade or profession in which the board member is engaged if the payment is commensurate with the actual services rendered and is not being made because of the person's status as a board member but, rather, because of some special expertise or other qualification.

 

It shall be the responsibility of each board member to know when it is appropriate to accept or reject gifts or honorariums.

 

 

Legal References:  Iowa Code ch. 68B (2003).
  
                                    1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 276.
  
                                    1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 319.

Cross References:  203      Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest
  
                                    217.5   Board of Directors and Elected Officials
  
                                    402.4   Gifts to Employees
  
                                    704.4   Gifts - Grants - Bequests

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 06/26/2006                           Revised                   
                                                                                            01/17/2011
                                                                                            01/18/2016
                                                                                            04/20/2020                          

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 13:46

222 - Negotiations

222 - Negotiations

The board shall authorize the superintendent to have the authority to represent the board in the phases of collective bargaining including, but not limited to, reaching a tentative agreement.  Only the board has the authority to ratify master labor agreements.

Negotiations between the certified and classified bargaining units and its members shall be directed to the superintendent.  Individual board members shall not be contacted directly by members of or representatives for, the bargaining units concerning issues relating to the negotiation process.

The board, in conjunction with the superintendent, shall determine the composition of the board's bargaining team.

The board shall set the parameters and goals for the negotiations.  Periodic strategy sessions shall be considered with the entire board to maintain open communications between the board and its chief spokesperson.  Strategy sessions are exempt from the open meetings law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Burlington Community School District v. PERB, 268 N.W.2d 517 (Iowa 1978).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 20.17; 21.9 (2003).
  
                                    621 I.A.C. 6.
  
                                    1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 162.

Cross Reference:  213      Closed Sessions
  
                                    400      Role of and Guiding Principles for Employees

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 07/17/2006                                       Revised 01/18/2016
                                                                                            01/17/2011
                                                                                            04/20/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sat, 02/27/2021 - 13:48

300 - ADMINISTRATION

300 - ADMINISTRATION jen@iowaschool… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 09:43

300 - Role of School District Administration

300 - Role of School District Administration

In this series of the board policy manual, the board defines the role and the employment of school district administrators.  Policies in the 400 Series, "Employees," also apply to administrators unless a more specific policy exists in the 300 Series, "Administration."

School district administrators have been given a great opportunity and responsibility to manage the school district, to provide educational leadership, and to implement the educational philosophy of the school district.  They are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the school district.  In carrying out these operations, the administrators are guided by board policies, the law, the needs of the students, and the wishes of the citizens in the school district community.

It shall be the responsibility of the administrators to implement and enforce the policies of the board, to oversee employees, to monitor educational issues confronting the school district, and to inform the board about school district operations.

While the board holds the superintendent ultimately responsible for these duties, the principals are more directly responsible for educational results, for the administration of the school facilities and for the employees.

The board and the administration shall work together to share information and decisions under the management team concept.

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 08/21/2006                           Revised                   
                                                                                             02/21/2011
                                                                                             02/15/2016
                                                                                             01/18/2021                                      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:30

301 - Administrative Structure

301 - Administrative Structure dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:32

301.01 - Management

301.01 - Management

The board and the administrators shall work together in making decisions and setting goals for the school district.  This effort is designed to obtain, share, and use information to solve problems, make decisions, and formulate school district policies and regulations.

It shall be the responsibility of each administrator to fully participate in the management of the school district by investigating, analyzing, and expressing their views on issues.  Those board members or administrators with special expertise or knowledge of an issue may be called upon to provide information.  Each board member and administrator shall support the decisions reached on the issues confronting the school district.

The board shall be responsible for making the final decision in matters pertaining to the school district.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop guidelines for cooperative decision-making.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  301      Administrative Structure

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  08/21/2006, 02/21/2011, 02/15/2016, 01/18/2021

Revised:

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:32

302 - Administration Relationships

302 - Administration Relationships dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:34

302.01 - Administration and Board of Directors

302.01 - Administration and Board of Directors

The superintendent, as the chief executive officer of the board, shall work with the board, particularly the board president, to keep the board informed of school district operations.  The board shall maintain contact with other administrators through the superintendent.

The administrators and other administrative employees shall work with the board through the superintendent.  The administrators, in working with the board, shall assist the board by gathering information, informing the board of school district operations, implementing board policy, making recommendations and answering requests of the board.

The superintendent, unless excused by the board president, and the principals, unless excused by the superintendent, shall attend each board meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20, .21 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4(4).

Cross Reference:  217      Board of Directors' Relationships
  
                                    301      Administrative Structure
  
                                    302      Administration Relationships

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  08/21/2006, 02/21/2011, 02/15/2016, 01/18/2021

Revised:

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:34

302.02 - Administration and Employees

302.02 - Administration and Employees

As managers of the school district, the administrators shall make employment recommendations, supervise employees, and evaluate employees' performance.  Concerns or requests by employees shall first be reported to their direct supervisor for resolution.  It shall be the responsibility of the administrators to resolve complaints and handle requests.

It shall be the responsibility of the administration to foster a positive attitude and to promote a cooperative effort among employees.  It shall also be the responsibility of the administration to prevent misunderstandings within the school district and the community.  It shall be the responsibility of each administrator to provide leadership to employees, and it shall be the responsibility of each school district employee to work cooperatively with the administrators to accomplish the educational philosophy of the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20, .21, .23, .24 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4.

Cross Reference:  301      Administrative Structure
  
                                    302      Administration Relationships
  
                                    401.8   Employee Involvement in Decision Making

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  09/18/2006, 02/21/2011, 02/15/2016, 01/18/2021

Revised:

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:36

302.03 - Administration and Adjoining District Administration

302.03 - Administration and Adjoining District Administration

Efficiency and economics may be achieved by working with adjoining school districts in offering education programs, offering in-service activities or programs and sharing employees or students.  The administration shall consider and explore opportunities to work with adjoining school districts to expand the opportunities for the students and employees in the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 28E; 257.11; 279.8; 280.13A, .15 (2003).

Cross Reference:  301      Administrative Structure
  
                                    302      Administration Relationships
  
                                    410.2   Shared Licensed Employees
  
                                    606.1   Shared Students

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  09/18/2006, 02/21/2011, 02/15/2016, 01/18/2021

Revised:  

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:37

302.04 - Administration and Area Education Agency

302.04 - Administration and Area Education Agency

The administration shall utilize the resources of the Central Rivers Area Education Agency (AEA) by choosing to participate in programs which meet the needs of the school district.  This includes utilizing educational materials and staff resources.

The administration may also utilize the AEA to facilitate regional programming and cooperation as well as to purchase supplies.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to coordinate activities with the AEA.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 28E; 273; 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  217.4   Board of Directors and Area Education Agency

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  09/18/2006, 02/21/2011, 02/15/2016

Revised:  09/21/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:39

303 - Superintendent

303 - Superintendent dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:41

303.01 - Superintendent Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

303.01 - Superintendent Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

The board will employ a superintendent to serve as the chief executive officer of the board, to conduct the daily operations of the school district, and to implement board policy with the power and duties prescribed by the board and the law.

The board will consider applicants that meet or exceed the standards set by the Iowa Department of Education and the qualifications established in the job description for the superintendent position.  In employing a superintendent, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, religion, sex, national origin, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.  In keeping with the law, however, the board will consider the veteran status of the applicants.  The board will look closely at the training, experience, skill and demonstrated competence of qualified applicants in making its final decision.

In choosing a superintendent, the board will also consider the school district's educational philosophy, financial situation, organizational structure, education programs, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.

The board may contract for assistance in the search for a superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (1994).
  
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq. (1994).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 21.5(1)(i); 35C; 216; 279.8, .20 (2007).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4(4).
  
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 367.

Cross Reference:  200.2   Powers of the Board of Directors
  
                                    200.3   Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
  
                                    301      Administrative Structure
  
                                    302      Superintendent

Approved:  06/19/2007

Reviewed:  02/15/2021

Revised:  06/19/2007, 03/21/2011, 03/21/2016

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:41

303.02 - Superintendent Contract and Contract Nonrenewal

303.02 - Superintendent Contract and Contract Nonrenewal

The length of the contract for employment between the superintendent and the board shall be determined by the board.  The contract will begin on July 1 and end on June 30.  The contract shall state the terms of employment and shall not exceed three years.

The first three consecutive years of a contract issued to a newly employed superintendent shall be considered a probationary period.  The probationary period may be extended for an additional year upon the consent of the superintendent.  In the event of termination of a probationary or non-probationary contract, the board will afford the superintendent appropriate due process, as required by law.  The superintendent and board may mutually agree to terminate the superintendent's contract at any time.

It shall be the responsibility of the board to provide the contract for the position of superintendent.  The board may issue a temporary and nonrenewable contract in accordance with law.

If the superintendent wishes to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire, the superintendent must comply with applicable law and board policies.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Martin v. Waterloo Community School District, 518 N.W. 2d 381 (Iowa 1994)
  
                                    Cook v Plainfield Community School District, 301 N.W.2d 771 (Iowa App. 1980).
  
                                    Board of Education of Fort Madison Community School District v. Youel, 282 N.W.2d 677 (Iowa 1979).
  
                                    Briggs v Board of Directors of Hinton Community School District, 282 N.W.2d 740 (Iowa 1979).
  
                                    Luse v. Waco Community School District of Henry Co., 258 Iowa 1087, 141 N.W.2d 607 (1966).
  
                                    Iowa Code 279 281 I.A.C. 12.4

Cross Reference:  302      Superintendent

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  10/16/2006, 03/21/2016, 02/15/2021

Revised:  05/20/2019

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:43

303.03 - Superintendent Salary and Other Compensation

303.03 - Superintendent Salary and Other Compensation

The board has complete discretion to set the salary of the superintendent.  It shall be the responsibility of the board to set the salary and benefits of the superintendent at a level that will include consideration of, but not be limited to, the economic condition of the school district and the training, experience, skill, and demonstrated competence of the superintendent.  The salary shall be set at the beginning of each contract term.

In addition to the salary and benefits, the superintendent's actual and necessary expenses shall be paid by the school district when the superintendent is performing work-related duties.  It shall be within the discretion of the board to pay dues to professional organizations for the superintendent.

The board may approve the payment of dues and other benefits or compensation over and above the superintendent's contract.  Approval of dues and other benefits or compensation shall be included in the records of the board in accordance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20 (2003).
  
                                    1984 Op. Att'y Gen. 47.

Cross Reference:  302      Superintendent

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  10/16/2006, 03/21/2011, 03/21/2016, 02/15/2021

Revised: 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:46

303.04 - Superintendent Duties

303.04 - Superintendent Duties

The board employs a superintendent of schools to serve as the chief executive officer of the board.  The board delegates to the superintendent the authority to implement board policy and to execute decisions made by the board concerning the internal operations of the school district, unless specifically stated otherwise.

The superintendent shall be responsible for the implementation and execution of board policy and the observance of board policy by employees and students.  The superintendent shall be responsible for overall supervision and discipline of employees and the education program.

In executing the above-stated duties, the superintendent shall consider the financial situation of the school district as well as the needs of the students.  Specifically, the superintendent:

  • Interprets and implements all board policies and all state and federal laws relevant to education;
  • Supervises, either directly or through delegation, all activities of the school system according to, and consistent with, the policies of the board;
  • Represents the board as a liaison between the school district and the community;
  • Establishes and maintains a program of public relations to keep the public well-informed of the activities and needs of the school district, effecting a wholesome and cooperative working relationship between the school district and the community;
  • Attends and participates in all meetings of the board, except when the superintendent's employment or salary is under consideration when the superintendent has been excused, and makes recommendations affecting the school district;
  • Reports to the board on such matters as deemed material to the understanding and proper management of the school district or as the board may request;
  • Assumes responsibility for the overall financial planning of the district and for the preparation of the annual budget, and submits it to the board for review and approval;
  • Establishes and maintains efficient procedures and effective controls for all expenditures of school district funds in accordance with the adopted budget, -subject to the direction and approval of the board;
  • Files, or causes to be filed, all reports required by law;
  • Makes recommendations to the board for the selection of employees for the school district;
  • Makes and records assignments and transfers of all employees pursuant to their qualifications;
  • Employs such employees as may be necessary, within the limits of budgetary provisions and subject to the board's approval;
  • Recommends to the board, for final action, the promotion, salary change, demotion, or dismissal of any employee;
  • Prescribes rules for the classification and advancement of students, and for the transfer of students from one building to another in accordance with board policies;
  • Summons employees of the school district to attend such regular and occasional meetings as are necessary to carry out the education program of the school district;
  • Supervises methods of teaching, supervision, and administration in effect in the schools;
  • Attends such conventions and conferences as are necessary to keep informed of the latest educational trends;
  • Accepts responsibility for the general efficiency of the school system, for the development of the employees, and for the educational growth and welfare of the students;
  • Defines educational needs and formulates policies and plans for recommendation to the board;
  • Makes administrative decisions necessary for the proper functioning of the school district;
  • Responsible for scheduling the use of buildings and grounds by all groups and/or organizations;
  • Acts as the purchasing agent for the board, and establishes procedures for the purchase of books, materials and supplies;
  • Approves vacation schedules for employees;
  • Conducts periodic district administration meetings; and,
  • Performs other duties as may be assigned by the board.
  • Supervises the establishment or modification of the boundaries of school attendance and transportation areas subject to approval of the board.
  • Directs studies of buildings and sites, taking into consideration population trends and the educational and cultural needs of the district in order to ensure timely decisions by the board and the electorate regarding construction and renovation projects.

This list of duties shall not act to limit the board's authority and responsibility over the superintendent.  In executing these duties and others the board may delegate, the superintendent shall consider the school district's financial condition as well as the needs of the students in the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20, 23A (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4(4).

Cross Reference:  209      Board of Directors' Management Procedures
  
                                    301      Administrative Structure
  
                                    302      Superintendent

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  11/20/2006, 03/21/2011, 03/21/2016, 02/15/2021

Revised:  

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:47

303.05 - Superintendent Evaluation

303.05 - Superintendent Evaluation

The board will conduct an ongoing evaluation of the superintendent's skills, abilities, and competence.  At a minimum, the board will formally evaluate the superintendent on an annual basis.  The goal of the superintendent's formal evaluation is to ensure the education program for the students is carried out, promote growth in effective administrative leadership, clarify the superintendent's role, clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and develop a working relationship between the board and the superintendent.  This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing, informal evaluation of the superintendent's skills, abilities and competence.

The superintendent will be an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by:

  • Mission, Vision and Core Values:  Develop, advocate and enact a shared mission, vision, and core values of high-quality education and academic success and well-being of each student.
  • Ethics and Professional Norms:  Act ethically and according to professional norms to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Equity and Cultural Responsiveness:  Strive for equity of educational opportunity and culturally responsive practices to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Curriculum, Instruction and Assessment:  Develop and support intellectually rigorous and coherent systems of curriculum, instruction and assessment to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Community Care and Support for Students:  Cultivate an inclusive, caring and supportive school community that promotes the academic success and well-being of each student.
  • Professional Capacity of School Personnel:  Develop the professional capacity and practice of school personnel to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Professional Community for Teachers and Staff:  Foster a professional community of teachers and professional staff to promote each student’s academic success and well-being. 
  • Meaningful Engagement of Families and Community:  Engage families and the community in meaningful, reciprocal, and mutually beneficial ways to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Operations and Management:  Manage school operations and resources to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • School Improvement:  Act as an agent of continuous improvement to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.

The formal evaluation will be based upon the following principles:

  • The evaluation criteria will be in writing, clearly stated and mutually agreed upon by the board and the superintendent.  The criteria will be related to the job description, the Iowa Standards for School Leaders, the school district's goals, and the goals of the administrator’s individual professional development plan.
  • At a minimum, the evaluation process will be conducted annually at a time agreed upon;
  • Each board member shall have an opportunity to individually evaluate the superintendent, and these individual evaluations will be compiled into an overall evaluation from the entire board;
  • The superintendent shall conduct a self-evaluation prior to discussing the board's evaluation, and the board as a whole shall discuss its evaluation with the superintendent;
  • The board may discuss its evaluation of the superintendent in closed session upon a request from the superintendent and, if the board determines its discussion in open session will needlessly and irreparably injure the superintendent's reputation; and,
  • The individual evaluation by each board member, if individual board members so desire, will not be reviewed by the superintendent.  Board members are encouraged, however, to communicate their criticisms and concerns to the superintendent in the closed session.  The board president will develop a written summary of the individual evaluations, including both the strengths and the weaknesses of the superintendent, and place it in the superintendent's personnel file to be incorporated into the next cycle of evaluations.

 

 

Legal Reference:        Wedergren v. Board of Directors, 307 N.W.2d 12 (Iowa 1981).

                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20, .23, .23A.

                                    281 I.A.C. Ch. 83; 12.3(4).

 

Cross Reference:       212      Closed Sessions

                                    302      Superintendent

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  11/20/2006, 04/18/2011, 02/15/2021

Revised:  03/21/2016, 09/20/2021

 

 

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:53

303.06 - Superintendent Professional Development

303.06 - Superintendent Professional Development

The board encourages the superintendent to continue professional growth by being involved in professional organizations, attending conferences, continuing education, and participating in other professional activities.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to arrange the superintendent's schedule in order to enable attendance at various conferences and events.  If a conference or event requires the superintendent to be absent from the office for more than three days, requires overnight travel, or involves unusual expense, the superintendent shall bring it to the attention of the board president prior to attending the event.

The superintendent shall report to the board after an event.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.7.

Cross Reference:  303.7   Administrator Professional Development
  
                                    401.7   Employee Travel Compensation

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  11/20/2006, 04/18/2011, 03/21/2016, 02/15/2021

Revised:  

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:55

303.07 - Superintendent Civic Activities

303.07 - Superintendent Civic Activities

The board encourages the superintendent to be involved in the school district community by belonging to school district community organizations and attending and participating in school district community activities.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to become involved in school district community activities and events.  It is within the discretion of the board to pay annual fees for professional organizations and activities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).      

Cross Reference:  302.3   Superintendent Salary and Other Compensation
  
                                    304.8   Administrator Civic Activities

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  12/19/2006, 04/18/2011, 03/21/2016, 02/15/2021

Revised:  09/21/2020

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:58

303.08 - Superintendent Consulting/Outside Employment

303.08 - Superintendent Consulting/Outside Employment

The superintendent's position is considered full-time employment.  The board expects the superintendent to give the responsibilities of the position precedence over other employment.  The superintendent may accept consulting or outside employment for pay as long as, in the judgment of the board, the work is conducted on the superintendent's personal time and it does not interfere with the performance of the superintendent's duties.

The board reserves the right, however, to request that the superintendent cease the outside employment as a condition of continued employment.  The board shall give the superintendent thirty days notice to cease outside employment.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20 (2003).

Cross Reference:  302.2   Superintendent Contract and Contract Non-renewal
  
                                    302.4   Superintendent Duties

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  12/19/2006, 04/18/2011, 03/21/2016, 02/15/2021

Revised:  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 15:00

304 - Administrative Employees

304 - Administrative Employees dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 15:01

304.01 - Administrative Positions

304.01 - Administrative Positions

The school district shall have, in addition to the superintendent, other administrative positions: 

  • Superintendent
  • Junior-Senior High School Principal
  • Junior-Senior High School Assistant Principal
  • Upper Elementary Principal
  • Lower Elementary Principal
  • K-12 Director of Activities
  • Director of School Improvement
  • Director of Finance
  • Director of Buildings and Grounds
  • Director of Transportation
  • Director of Technology
  • Director of Food Service
  • Director of Human Resources

These administrators shall work closely with the superintendent in the day-to-day operations of the school district.

It shall be the responsibility of these administrators to uphold board policy, to instill a positive, cooperative environment with employees, and to share their expertise with each other and the board under the management team concept.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20, .21, .23-.24 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4.

Cross Reference:  301      Administrative Structure
  
                                    303      Administrative Employees

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  11/20/2006, 04/18/2016

Revised:  12/19/2006, 06/20/2011, 09/16/2014, 09/21/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 15:02

304.02 - Administrator Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

304.02 - Administrator Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

The board will employ building principals and other administrators, in addition to the superintendent, to assist in the daily operations of the school district.

The board will consider applicants who meet or exceed the standards set by the Iowa Department of Education and the qualifications established in the job description for the position.  In employing an administrator, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, religion, sex, national origin, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.  In keeping with the law, however, the board will consider the veteran status of the applicants.  The board will look closely at the training, experience, skill and demonstrated competence of qualified applicants in making its final decision.

In choosing an administrator, the board will also consider the school district's educational philosophy, financial condition, organizational structure, education programs, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board for filling an administrative position, based on the requirements stated in this policy.  The board will act only on the superintendent's recommendation.

The board may contract for assistance in the search for administrators.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21 (2007).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4.
  
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 367.

Cross Reference:  303      Administrative Employees

 

Approved:  06/19/2007

Reviewed:  05/23/2011, 02/15/2021

Revised:  06/19/2007, 04/18/2016

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 15:05

304.03 - Administrator Contract and Contract Nonrenewal

304.03 - Administrator Contract and Contract Nonrenewal

The length of the contract for employment between an administrator and the board shall be determined by the board and stated in the contract.  The contract shall also state the terms of the employment.

The first three consecutive years of a contract issued to a newly employed administrator shall be considered a probationary period.  The probationary period may be extended for an additional year upon the consent of the administrator.  In the event of termination of a probationary or nonprobationary contract, the board shall afford the administrator appropriate due process, as required by law.  The administrator and board may mutually agree to terminate the administrator's contract.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to create a contract for each administrative position.  The board may issue temporary and nonrenewable contracts in accordance with law.

Administrators who wish to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire, must comply with board policies regarding the areas of resignation, release or retirement.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Martin v. Waterloo Community School District, 518 N.W. 2d 381 (Iowa 1994)
  
                                    Cook v Plainfield Community School District, 301 N.W.2d 771 (Iowa App. 1980).
  
                                    Board of Education of Fort Madison Community School District v Youel, 282 N.W.2d 677 (Iowa 1979).
  
                                    Briggs v Board of Education of Hinton Community School District, 282 N.W.2d 740 (Iowa 1979).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 279
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4

Cross Reference:  303      Administrative Employees

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  01/15/2007, 05/23/2011, 04/18/2016, 02/15/2021

Revised:  05/20/2019

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 15:06

304.04 - Administrator Salary and Other Compensation

304.04 - Administrator Salary and Other Compensation

The board has complete discretion to set the salary of the administrators.  It shall be the responsibility of the board to set the salary and benefits of the administrators at a level that will include consideration of, but not be limited to, the economic condition of the school district and the training, experience, skill, and demonstrated competence of the administrators.  The salary shall be set at the beginning of each contract period.

In addition to the salary and benefits agreed upon, the administrator's actual and necessary expenses shall be paid by the school district when the administrator is performing work-related duties.  The board shall approve the payment of other benefits or compensation over and above the administrator's contract.  Approval of other benefits or items of an administrator's compensation shall be included in the records of the board in accordance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.21 (2003).
  
                                    1984 Op. Att'y Gen. 47.

Cross Reference:  303      Administrative Employees

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  01/15/2007, 05/23/2011, 04/18/2016, 02/15/2021

Revised:

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 15:08

304.05 - Administrator Duties

304.05 - Administrator Duties

Administrators shall be hired by the board to assist the superintendent in the day-to-day operations of the school district.

Each attendance center shall have a building principal responsible for the administration and operation of the attendance center.  Each building principal, as chief administrator of the assigned attendance center, shall be responsible for the building and grounds, for the students and employees assigned to the attendance center, for school activities at the attendance center, for the education program offered in the attendance center, and the budget for the attendance center.  The principal shall be considered the professional advisor to the superintendent in matters pertaining to the attendance center supervised by the principal.  Although the principals serve under the direction of the superintendent, duties of the principal may include, but not be limited to the following:

  •        Cooperate in the general organization and plan of procedure in the school under the principal's supervision;
  •        Supervision of the teachers in the principal's attendance center;
  •        Maintain the necessary records for carrying out delegated duties;
  •        Work with the superintendent in rating, recommending and selecting supervised employees whenever possible;
  •        Work with the superintendent in determining the education program to be offered and in arranging the schedules.  As much of the schedule as possible should be made before school closes for summer vacation.  In the matter of courses offered, the final approval rests with the superintendent who is in turn responsible to the board;
  •        Ensure that proper care is taken of all school books, supplies, materials, equipment, furniture and facilities;
  •        Instruct teachers to make a complete annual inventory of all school property contained in their individual rooms.  This inventory shall be reviewed and filed with the board secretary;
  •        Investigate excessive cases of absence or tardiness of students and notify the parents or guardians of unexcused absence or tardiness.  All such cases should be reported to the superintendent;
  •        Make such reports from time to time as the superintendent may require;
  •        Maintain the regular schedule of school hours established by the board and make no temporary changes in the schedule without the consent of the superintendent;
  •        Promptly notify the superintendent whenever ventilation, sanitation or heating of the building is unsatisfactory;
  •        Contribute to the formation and implementation of general policies and procedures of the school;
  •        Perform such other duties as may be assigned by the superintendent of schools.

This list of duties shall not act to limit the board's authority and responsibility over the position of the administrators.  In executing these duties and others the board may delegate, the administrators shall consider the school district's financial condition as well as the needs of the students in the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21, .23A.
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4(5), .4(6), .4(7).

Cross Reference:  301      Administrative Structure
  
                                    303      Administrative Employees

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  02/19/2007, 05/23/2011, 04/18/2016, 02/15/2021

Revised:

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 15:12

304.06 - Administrator Evaluation

304.06 - Administrator Evaluation

The superintendent shall conduct an ongoing process of evaluating the administrators on their skills, abilities, and competence.  At a minimum, the superintendent will formally evaluate the administration annually.  The goal of the formal evaluation process is to ensure that the educational program for the students is carried out, promote growth in effective administrative leadership for the school district, clarify the administrator's role as defined by the board and the superintendent, assess administrator competence in the Iowa Standards for School leaders, ascertain areas in need of improvement, clarify the immediate priorities of the responsibilities listed in the job description, and develop a working relationship between the superintendent and the administrator.  This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing informal evaluation of the administrator's skills, abilities and competence.

The superintendent is responsible for designing an administrator evaluation instrument to assess, among other things, the administrator’s competence in meeting the Iowa Standards for School Leaders and the goals of the administrator’s individual professional development plan.  The formal evaluation shall include written criteria related to the job description and the Iowa Standards for School Leaders.  The superintendent, after receiving input from the administrators, shall present the formal evaluation instrument to the board for approval.

The formal evaluation shall also include an opportunity for the administrator and the superintendent to discuss the written criteria, the past year's performance and the future areas of growth.  The evaluation shall be completed by the superintendent, signed by the administrator and filed in the administrator's personnel file.

The principal will be an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by:

  • Mission, Vision and Core Values:  Develop, advocate and enact a shared mission, vision, and core values of high-quality education and academic success and well-being of each student.
  • Ethics and Professional Norms:  Act ethically and according to professional norms to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Equity and Cultural Responsiveness:  Strive for equity of educational opportunity and culturally responsive practices to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Curriculum, Instruction and Assessment:  Develop and support intellectually rigorous and coherent systems of curriculum, instruction and assessment to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Community Care and Support for Students:  Cultivate an inclusive, caring and supportive school community that promotes the academic success and well-being of each student.
  • Professional Capacity of School Personnel:  Develop the professional capacity and practice of school personnel to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Professional community for Teachers and Staff:  Foster a professional community of teachers and professional staff to promote each student’s academic success and well-being. 
  • Meaningful Engagement of Families and Community:  Engage families and the community in meaningful, reciprocal, and mutually beneficial ways to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Operations and Management:  Manage school operations and resources to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • School Improvement:  Act as an agent of continuous improvement to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to conduct a formal evaluation of the probationary administrators and non-probationary administrators prior to May 15.

 

Legal Reference:        Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21-.23A.

                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(4); ch 83.

 

Cross Reference:       303      Administrative Employees

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  02/19/2007, 05/23/2011, 02/15/2021

Revised:  04/18/2016, 09/20/2021

 

 

           

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 15:14

304.07 - Administrator Professional Development

304.07 - Administrator Professional Development

The board encourages the administrators to continue their professional growth by becoming involved in professional organizations, attending conferences, continuing their education, and participating in other professional activities.

It shall be the responsibility of the administrators to arrange their schedules in order to attend various conferences and events in which they are involved.  Prior to attendance at an event, the administrator must receive approval from the superintendent.  In the case where overnight travel or unusual expense is involved, the superintendent shall bring it to the attention of the board prior to the administrator attending the event.

The administrator shall report to the superintendent after an event.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.7.

Cross Reference:  302.6   Superintendent Professional Development
  
                                    401.7   Employee Travel Compensation

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  02/19/2007, 05/23/2011, 04/18/2016, 02/15/2021

Revised:  

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 15:15

304.08 - Administrator Civic Activities

304.08 - Administrator Civic Activities

The board encourages the administrators to be involved in the school district community by belonging to community organizations, and by attending and participating in school district community activities.

It shall be the responsibility of the administrators to become involved in school district community activities and events.  It is within the discretion of the board to pay annual fees for professional organizations and activities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  303.7   Superintendent Civic Activities

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  03/28/2007, 06/20/2011, 04/18/2016, 02/15/2021

Revised:  09/21/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 15:17

305 - Reduction in Administrative Positions

305 - Reduction in Administrative Positions

The board shall have the discretion to determine the appropriate number of administrators.

When considering a reduction in administrative positions, the board shall consider the number of students to be enrolled, the financial condition of the school district, the reassignment of duties among other administrators, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.

The board shall consider the relative skills, ability, competence, experience, effectiveness, and qualifications of the administrators to do the available work, as well as other factors deemed relevant by the board in making reductions in administrative positions.

 

 

Legal Reference:  In re: Waterloo Community School District, 338 N.W.2d 153 (Iowa 1983).
  
                                    Olds v Board of Education, Nashua Community School District, 334 N.W.2d 765 (Iowa App. 1983).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21, .23, .24 (2003).

Cross Reference:  303      Superintendent
  
                                    304      Administrative Employees

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 03/28/2007                           Revised                   
                                                                                            06/20/2011
                                                                                            04/18/2016
                                                                                            02/15/2021

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 15:18

306 - Policy Implementation

306 - Policy Implementation dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 15:20

306.01 - Development and Enforcement of Administrative Regulations

306.01 - Development and Enforcement of Administrative Regulations

Administrative regulations may be necessary to implement board policy.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations.

In developing the administrative regulations, the superintendent may consult with administrators or others likely to be affected by the regulations.  Once the regulations are developed, employees, students and other members of the school district community shall be informed in a manner determined by the superintendent.

The board shall be kept informed of the administrative regulations utilized and their revisions.  The board shall review and recommend change of administrative regulations prior to their use in the school district.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to enforce administrative regulations.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  209      Board of Directors' Management Procedures
  
                                    304.2   Monitoring of Administrative Regulations

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  06/20/2011, 05/16/2016, 02/15/2021

Revised:  03/28/2008

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 15:20

306.02 - Monitoring of Administrative Regulations

306.02 - Monitoring of Administrative Regulations

The administrative regulations shall be monitored and revised when necessary.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to monitor and revise the administrative regulations.

The superintendent may rely on the board, administrators, employees, students, and other members of the school district community to inform the superintendent about the effect of and possible changes in the administrative regulations.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20 (2003).

Cross Reference:  209      Board of Directors' Management Procedures
  
                                    304.1   Development and Enforcement of Administrative Regulations

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  04/16/2007, 06/20/2011, 05/16/2016, 02/15/2021

Revised:  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 15:21

307 - Administrator Code of Ethics

307 - Administrator Code of Ethics

Administrators, as part of the educational leadership in the school district community, represent the views of the school district.  Their actions, verbal and nonverbal, reflect the attitude and the beliefs of the school district.  Therefore, administrators shall conduct themselves professionally and in a manner fitting to their position.

Each administrator shall follow the code of ethics stated in this policy.  Failure to act in accordance with this code of ethics or in a professional manner, in the judgment of the board, shall be grounds for discipline up to, and including, discharge.

The professional school administrator:

  •        Upholds the honor and dignity of the profession in actions and relations with students, colleagues, board members and the public;
  •        Obeys local, state and national laws; holds to high ethical and moral standards; and gives loyalty to this country and to the cause of democracy and liberty;
  •        Accepts the responsibility to master and contribute to the growing body of specialized knowledge, concepts, and skills which characterize school administration as a profession;
  •        Strives to provide the finest possible educational experiences and opportunities to the members of the school district community;
  •        Seeks to preserve and enhance the prestige and status of the profession when applying for a position or entering into contractual agreements;
  •        Carries out in good faith the policies duly adopted by the local board and the regulations of state authorities and renders professional service;
  •        Disallows consideration of private gain or personal economic interest to affect the discharge of professional responsibilities;
  •        Recognizes public schools are the public's business and seeks to keep the public informed about their schools; and,
  •        Supports and practices the management team concept.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).
  
                                    282 I.A.C. 13.

Cross Reference:  404      Employee Conduct and Appearance

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 04/16/2007                           Revised                   
                                                                                            06/20/2011
                                                                                            05/16/2016
                                                                                            02/15/2021

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 15:22

308 - Succession of Authority to the Superintendent

308 - Succession of Authority to the Superintendent

In the absence of the superintendent, it shall be the responsibility of the other administrators to assume the superintendent's duties.  The succession of authority to the superintendent shall be in this order:

  • Administrator who is working on or has Superintendent endorsement
  • Most senior administrator

 If the absence of the superintendent is temporary, the successor shall assume only those duties and responsibilities of the superintendent that require immediate action.  If the board determines the absence of the superintendent will be a lengthy one, the board shall appoint an acting superintendent to assume the responsibilities of the superintendent.  The successor shall assume the duties when the successor learns of the superintendent's absence or when assigned by the superintendent or the board.

References to "superintendent" in this policy manual shall mean the "superintendent or the superintendent's designee" unless otherwise stated in the board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4(4).

Cross Reference:  302      Superintendent

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 06/20/2011                           Revised 04/16/2008
                                                                                            05/16/2016
                                                                                            02/15/2021

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 15:25

309 - Communication Channels - Rescinded

309 - Communication Channels - Rescinded

Rescinded per Policy Primer Vol. 30, Number 1 October 7, 2021 (Board Approved 01/17/2022)

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 15:26

400 - EMPLOYEES

400 - EMPLOYEES jen@iowaschool… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 09:43

400 - Role and Guiding Principles for Employees

400 - Role and Guiding Principles for Employees

This series of the board policy manual is devoted to the board's goals and objectives for employees in the performance of their jobs.  Employees provide a variety of important services for the children of the school district community.  They may be teaching or assisting in the classroom, working in the office, maintaining the facilities, driving or repairing the school buses, or cooking lunches.  Each employee plays a vital role in providing an equal opportunity for a quality education for students commensurate with the students' individual needs.  While the teachers have the most direct impact on the formal instruction of students, all employees have an impact on the school environment by their dedication to their work and their actions.  As role models for the students, employees will promote a cooperative, enthusiastic, and supportive learning environment for the students.

In striving to achieve a quality education program, the board's goal is to obtain and retain qualified and effective employees.  The board will have complete discretion to determine the number, the qualifications, and the duties of the positions and the school district's standards of acceptable performance.  It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board in these areas prior to board action.  The board recognizes its duty to bargain collectively with duly certified collective bargaining units.  To the extent a group of employees has a recognized collective bargaining unit, the provisions of the master contract regarding such topics will prevail.

Board policies in this series relating to general employees will apply to employees regardless of their position as a licensed employee, classified employee, substitute or administrator.  Board policies relating to licensed employees will apply to positions that require a teaching license or administrator's certificate or other professional license, certificate or endorsement, unless administrative positions are specifically excluded from the policy or a more specific policy is in the 300 series, Administration.  Classified employees' policies included in this series will apply to positions that do not fall within the definition of licensed employee.

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 07/18/2011                           Revised 05/20/2019

                                                                             07/18/2016                                     03/21/2022

                                                                             05/20/2019

                                                                             03/21/2022

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 10:56

400.1 - Employee Procedures and Benefits Manual

400.1 - Employee Procedures and Benefits Manual

The Independence Community School District Board of Education is committed to an annual review of the Employee Procedures and Benefits Manual.  A manual committee will meet in the spring and can make recommendations to the board.  The committee may consist of administrators, directors, certified, and support staff members. If there is a conflict between a policy and the specific requirements of law, the district will follow the requirements of the applicable law. The district will adhere to any subsequent changes in State or Federal law, which may result in a change to the manual earlier than July 1.  The board will approve any updates to the Procedures and Benefits Manual.

 

Approved 06/17/2019                           Reviewed 06/17/2019                           Revised 03/21/2022

                                                                             03/21/2022

                                                                            

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 10:58

401 - Employees and Internal Relations

401 - Employees and Internal Relations dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 11:02

401.02 - Equal Employment Opportunity

401.02 - Equal Employment Opportunity

The Independence Community School District will provide equal opportunity to employees and applicants for employment in accordance with applicable equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws, directives and regulations of federal, state and local governing bodies.  Opportunity to all employees and applicants for employment includes hiring, placement, promotion, transfer or demotion, recruitment, advertising or solicitation for employment, treatment during employment, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and layoff or termination.  The school district will take affirmative action in major job categories where women, men, minorities and persons with disabilities are underrepresented.  Employees will support and comply with the district's established equal employment opportunity and affirmative action policies.  Employees will be given notice of this policy annually.

The board will appoint an affirmative action coordinator.  The affirmative action coordinator will have the responsibility for drafting the affirmative action plan.  The affirmative action plan will be reviewed by the board annually.

Individuals who file an application with the school district will be given consideration for employment if they meet or exceed the qualifications set by the board, administration, and Iowa Department of Education for the position for which they apply.  In employing individuals, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials, and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, religion, sex, national origin, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.  In keeping with the law, however, the board will consider the veteran status of the applicants.

Prior to a final offer of employment for any position, the school district will perform the background checks required by law.  Based upon the results of the background checks, the school district will determine whether an offer will be extended. If the candidate is a teacher who has an initial license from the BOEE, then the requirement for a background check may be waived.  The district will perform repeat background checks on applicable employees as required by law.

Advertisements and notices for vacancies within the district will contain the following statement:  "The Independence Community School District is an equal employment opportunity/affirmative action (EEO/AA) employer."  The statement will also appear on application forms.

Inquiries by employees or applicants for employment regarding compliance with equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, will be directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator by writing to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, Independence Community School District, 1207 – 1st Street West, Independence, Iowa 50644; or by (319) 334-7400.

Inquiries by employees or applicants for employment regarding compliance with equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, may also be directed in writing to the Equal Employment Opportunity Commissions, Milwaukee Area Office, Reuss Federal Plaza, 310 West Wisconsin Ave., Suite 800, Milwaukee, WI., 53203-2292, (800) 669-4000 or TTY (800) 669-6820. http://www.eeoc.gov/field/milwaukee/index.cfm or the Iowa Civil Rights Commission, 400 E. 14th Street, Des Moines, IA 50319-1004, Phone: 515-281-4121, Toll Free: 1-800-457-4416, http://www.state.ia.us/government/crc/index.htmlThis inquiry or complaint to the federal office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.

 

Further information and copies of the procedures for filing a complaint are available in the school district's central administrative office and the administrative office in each attendance center.

 

 

Legal Reference:          29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634.

                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq.

                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq.

                                    Iowa Code §§ 19B; 20; 35C; 73; 216; 279.8.

                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4; 95.

                                   

 

Cross Reference:          102      Equal Educational Opportunity

                                    106      Anti-Bullying/Harassment

                                    405.2   Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

                                    411.2   Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

 

Approved:  06/19/2007

Reviewed:  07/18/2011, 03/21/2022

Revised:  04/26/2010, 11/18/2013, 03/21/2016, 09/21/2020, 02/20/2024

 

 

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 11:06

401.1 - Employee Orientation

401.1 - Employee Orientation

 

Employees must know their role and duties.  New employees may be required to participate in an orientation program for new employees.  The employee's immediate supervisor will provide the new employee with a review of the employee's responsibilities and duties.  Payroll procedures and employee benefit programs and accompanying forms will be explained to the employee by the payroll clerk.  Regular employees ineligible for the school district's group health plan will be given information regarding where they can obtain health care or health care insurance.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2003).

                                    191 I.A.C. 74.

 

Cross Reference:          404      Employee Conduct and Appearance

                                    406      Licensed Employee Compensation and Benefits

                                    412      Classified Employee Compensation and Benefits

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 08/20/2007                           Revised 03/21/2022

                                                                             07/18/2011

                                                                             07/18/2016

                                                                             03/21/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 11:02

401.3 - Employee Conflict of Interest

401.3 - Employee Conflict of Interest

Employees' use of their position with the school district for financial gain will be considered a conflict of interest with their position as employees and may subject employees to disciplinary action.

Employees have access to information and a captive audience that could award the employee personal or financial gain.  No employee may solicit other employees or students for personal or financial gain to the employee without the approval of the superintendent.  If the approval of the superintendent is given, the employee must conduct the solicitations within the conditions set by the superintendent.  Further, the superintendent may, upon five days notice, require the employee to cease such solicitations as a condition of continued employment.

Employees will not act as an agent or dealer for the sale of textbooks or other school supply companies doing business with the school district.  Employees will not participate for personal financial remuneration in outside activities wherein their position on the staff is used to sell goods or services to students or to parents.  Employees shall not engage in outside work or activities where the source of information concerning the customer, client or employer originates from information obtained because of the employee's position in the school district.

It will also be a conflict of interest for an employee to engage in any outside employment or activity which is in conflict with the employee's official duties and responsibilities.  In determining whether outside employment or activity of an employee creates a conflict of interest, situations in which an unacceptable conflict of interest will be deemed to exist will include, but not be limited to, any of the following:

 

         (1)     The outside employment or activity involves the use of the school district's time, facilities, equipment and supplies or the use of the school district's badge, uniform, business card or other evidences of office to give the employee or the employee's immediate family an advantage or pecuniary benefit that is not available to other similarly situated members or classes of members of the general public.  For purposes of this section, a person is not "similarly situated" merely by being related to an employee who is employed by the school district.

 

         (2)     The outside employment or activity involves the receipt of, promise of, or acceptance of more or other consideration by the employee or a member of the employee's immediate family from anyone other than the school district for the performance of any act that the employee would be required or expected to perform as part of the employee's regular duties or during the hours during which the employee performs service or work for the school district.

 

         (3)     The outside employment or activity is subject to the official control, inspection, review, audit or enforcement authority of the employee during the performance of the employee's duties.

 

If the outside employment or activity is employment or activity in (1) or (2) above, the employee must cease the employment or activity.  If the activity or employment falls under (3), then the employee must:

  • Cease the outside employment or activity; or
  • Publicly disclose the existence of the conflict and refrain from taking any official action or performing any official duty that would detrimentally affect or create a benefit for the outside employment or activity.  Official action or official duty includes, but is not limited to, participating in any vote, taking affirmative action to influence any vote, or providing any other official service or thing that is not available generally to members of the public in order to further the interests of the outside employment or activity.

 

When procurement is supported by Federal Child Nutrition funds, employees will not participate in the selection, award, or administration of a contract if there is a real or apparent conflict of interest in the contract.  Contract, for purposes of this paragraph, includes a contract where the employee, employee’s immediate family, partner, or a non-school district employer of these individuals is a party to the contract.

It will be the responsibility of each employee to be aware of and take the necessary action to eliminate a potential conflict of interest should it arise.

 

Legal Reference:          7 C.F.R. 3016.36(3).

                                    Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 68B; 279.8; 301.28.

 

Cross Reference:          203      Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest

                                    402.4   Gifts to Employees

                                    402.7   Employee Outside Employment

                                    402.9   Solicitations from Outside

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 08/20/2007                           Revised 09/21/2009

                                                                             07/18/2011                                         11/21/2011

                                                                             03/21/2022                                         07/18/2016

                                                                                                                                     03/21/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 11:48

401.4 - Nepotism

401.4 - Nepotism

More than one family member may be an employee of the school district.  It will be within the discretion of the superintendent to allow one family member employed by the school district to supervise another family member employed by the school district.

The employment of more than one individual in a family will be on the basis of their qualifications, credentials and records.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 20; 71; 277.27; 279.8 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:          405.2   Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment Selection

                                    411.2   Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment Selection

 

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 08/20/2007                           Revised 03/21/2022

                                                                             07/18/2011

                                                                             07/18/2016

                                                                             03/21/2022

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 11:53

401.5 - Employee Complaints

401.5 - Employee Complaints

Complaints of employees against fellow employees should be discussed directly between employees as appropriate for the nature of the complaint.  Complaints should be made in a constructive and professional manner.  Complaints should generally not be made in the presence of other employees, students or outside persons.  

If the complaint cannot be resolved, the employee may discuss the matter with their immediate supervisor.  If the matter cannot be resolved within five days of speaking with the immediate supervisor, the employee may discuss it with the principal within five days of the supervisor's decision.  If the matter cannot be resolved by the principal, the employee may discuss it with the superintendent within five days after speaking with the principal.

If the matter is not satisfactorily resolved by the superintendent, the employee may ask to have the matter placed on the board agenda of a regularly scheduled board meeting in compliance with board policy.  The board retains discretion as to whether to consider or take action on any complaint.

This policy is designed to create an appropriate process for pursuing general employee complaints.  However, employees wishing to address a complaint on a topic with a more specialized procedure such as master contract grievances, or bullying or harassment claims should follow the appropriate process set forth in the master contract, employee handbook or other board policies specific to that topic. 

 

The order of process:

 

  1. Notify Supervisor.
  2. Complete form.
  3. Assigned to an Investigator.
  4. Investigator reports to Superintendent.
  5. Superintendent files decision by report.

 

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8.

 

Cross Reference:          217.2   Board of Directors and Employees

                                    309      Communication Channels

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                              Reviewed 08/20/2007                           Revised 05/20/2019

                                                                              07/18/2011                                       01/17/2022

                                                                             07/18/2016

                                                                            05/20/2019

                                                                            01/17/2022

                                                                            03/21/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 11:55

401.5E1 - Employee Complaint Form

401.5E1 - Employee Complaint Form

Date of complaint:                                                    ________________________________________________________________

Name of Complainant:                                             ________________________________________________________________

Are you filling out this form for yourself
or someone else (please identify the
individual if you are submitting on behalf
of someone else)                                                     ________________________________________________________________
                                                                                         ________________________________________________________________

Who or what entity is this complaint
against?                                                                    ________________________________________________________________

Date and place of alleged incident(s):           ________________________________________________________________
                                                                                       ________________________________________________________________
                                                                                       ________________________________________________________________

Name of any witnesses (if any):                          ________________________________________________________________

In the space below, please describe what happened.  Please be as specific as possible and attach additional pages if necessary.

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

 

Signature:  ________________________________________  Date:  ____________________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 11:56

401.6 - Employee Records

401.6 - Employee Records

 

The school district will maintain personnel records on employees.  The records are important for the daily administration of the educational program, for implementing board policy, for budget and financial planning, and for meeting state and federal requirements.

The records will include, but not be limited to, records necessary for the daily administration of the school district, salary records, evaluations, application for employment, references, and other items needed to carry out board policy.  Employee personnel files are school district records and are considered confidential records and therefore are not generally open to public inspection or accessibility.  Only in certain limited instances, when the employee has given a signed consent, will employee personnel records be accessible to individuals other than the employee or authorized school officials.

Employees may have access to their personnel files, with the exception of letters of reference, and copy items from their personnel files at a time mutually agreed upon between the superintendent and the employee.  The school district may charge a reasonable fee for each copy.  However, employees will not be allowed access to the employment references written on behalf of the employee.  Board members will generally only have access to an employee's file when it is necessary because of an employee-related matter before the board.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to keep employees' personnel files current.  The board secretary will be the custodian of employee records.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for the implementation of this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code chs. 20; 21; 22; 91B (2003).

                                    Clymer v. City of Cedar Rapids, No. 209/97-1705 (Iowa 1999).

                                    Des Moines Independent Community School District v. Des Moines Register and Tribune Company, 487 N.W. 2d 666 (Iowa 1992).

                                    City of Dubuque v. Telegraph Herald, Inc., 297 N.W. 2d 523 (Iowa 1980).

 

Cross Reference:        402.1   Release of Credit Information

                                    403      Employees' Health and Well-Being

                                    708      Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  08/20/2007, 07/18/2016, 03/21/2011, 03/21/2022, 06/19/2023

Revised:  03/21/2011, 03/21/2022, 06/19/2023

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 12:05

401.6R1 - Employee Records Regulation

401.6R1 - Employee Records Regulation

Employee Personnel Records Content

1.      Employee personnel records may contain the following information:

  •      Personal information including, but not limited to, name, address, telephone number, emergency numbers,         birth date and spouse.
  •      Individual employment contract.
  •      Evaluations.
  •      Application, resume and references.
  •      Salary information.
  •      Copy of the employee's license or certificate, if needed for the position.
  •      Educational transcripts.
  •      Assignment.
  •      Records of disciplinary matters.

2.      Employee health and medical records may be kept in a file separate from the employee's personnel records.  Health and medical records may contain, but are not limited to:

  •      Medical professional signed physical form.
  •      Sick or long-term disability leave days.
  •      Worker's compensation claims.
  •      Reasonable accommodation made by the school district to accommodate the employee's disability.
  •      Employee's medical history.
  •      Employee emergency names and numbers.
  •      Family and medical leave request forms.

3.     The following are considered public personnel records available for inspection:

  •      The name and compensation of the individual, including any written agreement establishing compensation         or any other terms of employment, except for that information that is otherwise protected. “Compensation”           includes the value of benefits conferred including, but not limited to: casualty, disability, life or health                   insurance, other health or wellness benefits, vacation, holiday and sick leave, severance payments,                     retirement benefits and deferred compensation;
  •      The dates the individual was employed by the government body;
  •      The positions the individual holds or has held with the government body;
  •      The educational institutions attended by the individual, including any diplomas and degrees earned, and the       names of the individual’s previous employers, positions previously held and dates of previous employment;
  •      The fact that the individual resigned in lieu of termination, was discharged, or was demoted as a result of a         disciplinary action, and the documented reasons and rationale for the resignation in lieu of termination, the         discharge, or the demotion.  “Demoted” or “demotion” mean a change of an employee from a position in a           given classification to a position in a classification having a lower pay grade; and;
  •      Personal information in confidential personnel records of government bodies relating to student employees         shall only be released pursuant to the Family Educational Privacy Rights Act (FERPA.)

Applicant File Records Content

Records on applicants for positions with the school district will be maintained in the central administration office.  The records will include, but not be limited to:

  •     Application for employment.
  •     Resume.
  •     References.
  •     Evidence of appropriate license or certificate, if necessary for the position for which the individual applied.
  •     Affirmative action form, if submitted.

Record Access

Only authorized school officials will have access to an employee's records without the written consent of the employee.  Authorized school officials may include, but not be limited to, the superintendent, building principal, or board secretary.  In the case of a medical emergency, the school nurse or other first aid or safety personnel may have access to the employee's health or medical file without the consent of the employee.  Board members will generally only have access to an employee's personnel file without the consent of the employee when necessary for the conducting of board business.

Confidential records include, but are not necessarily limited to, birth dates, addresses, gender, employment applications, performance evaluations and individual test scores.

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 12:12

401.7 - Employee Relations to the Administration and to the Board

401.7 - Employee Relations to the Administration and to the Board

 

Employees are encouraged to attend school board meetings.  Upon request by the board or administration, employees will be available to provide information and assist in providing recommendations to the board.  Employees will keep the board informed, through the administration, about educational trends and issues.  It will be the responsibility of the employees to keep the administration informed about the day-to-day occurrences in their work areas.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop avenues for communication between the board and employees.  These avenues of communication will not be construed as denying the right of any employee to appeal an action or decision of the superintendent to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:          217.2   Board of Directors and Employees

                                    401.5   Employee Complaints

                                    401.8   Employee Involvement in Decision Making

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 08/20/2007                           Revised 03/21/2022

                                                                             07/18/2011

                                                                             07/18/2016

                                                                             03/21/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 12:16

401.8 - Employee Involvement in Decision Making

401.8 - Employee Involvement in Decision Making

 

Input from employees regarding students, the education program or other school district operations will be considered by the administration and the board.  Employees may be requested to make a presentation to the board.  The administration, in its discretion, may consult with employees about proposed changes in the education program and operations of the school district.

Employees having suggestions for changes or improvements in administrative procedure or policy should take such suggestions directly to the principal or superintendent.  The principal or superintendent will discuss the suggestion with the teacher.  After a final decision is made on any policy or procedure, teachers will be expected to accept and support the decision in their subsequent actions, discussions and relations.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:          302.2   Administration and Employees

                                    401.7   Employee Relations to the Administration and to the Board

 

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 09/17/2007                          Revised                   

                                                                              07/18/2011

                                                                            07/18/2016

                                                                            03/21/2022

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 12:18

401.9 - Use of School District Facilities & Equipment by Employees

401.9 - Use of School District Facilities & Equipment by Employees

 

The primary purpose of the school district facilities and equipment is to deliver a quality education program.  Resources for school district equipment are limited; therefore, each user must operate the equipment with the utmost care.  Employees may use school district equipment for any school purpose or activity held during the school day or for a school-sponsored event. 

Employees may use the school district facilities for nonschool-sponsored events, when it does not interfere with the delivery of the education program, with the permission of the principal.  An employee's request will not supersede a prior request.  The employee will be responsible for ensuring the building and equipment are in the condition they were found.  For non-educational business, the employee will be responsible to meet the requirements set out by the principal when the request is granted.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 256.12; 279.8; 297.9 (2003).

 

 

Cross Reference:          401.10 Use of School District Materials for Internal Communications

                                    906      Use of School District Facilities & Equipment

 

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 09/17/2007                           Revised                   

                                                                             08/15/2011

                                                                             07/18/2016

                                                                             03/21/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 12:20

401.10 - Use of School District Materials for Internal Communications

401.10 - Use of School District Materials for Internal Communications

 

School district materials are purchased and used for the delivery of the education program.  Employees may use school district materials and equipment for internal communication among themselves when the communication is directly related to the education program.

When the communication will involve unusual expense or use of materials, the employee must first have permission of the principal.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:          401.9   Use of School District Facilities & Equipment by Employees

 

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 09/17/2007                           Revised                   

                                                                             08/15/2011

                                                                             07/18/2016

                                                                             03/21/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 12:22

401.11 - Limitations to Employment References

401.11 - Limitations to Employment References

The district believes in taking appropriate measures to promote the health and welfare of all students.  Any school employee, contractor, or agent will not assist another school employee, contractor, or agent in obtaining a new job, apart from the routine transmission of administrative personnel files, if the individual or agency knows, or has probable cause to believe, that such school employee, contractor, or agent engaged in sexual misconduct regarding a minor or student in violation of the law. 

This limitation does not apply if the matter has been properly reported to law enforcement and any other regulatory authorities required by law, and either:

  • the matter has been officially closed by the law enforcement agency;
  • the individual is acquitted or otherwise exonerated of the alleged misconduct; or
  • more than four years has passed since the case was opened, and no charges or indictment have been filed.

 

 

Legal References:     20 U.S.C. §7926

        281 I.A.C. 12.3(14)

 

Cross References:    401.6 Employee Records

       402.2 Child Abuse Reporting

                               402.3 Abuse of Students by School District Employees

       405.2 Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

                               411.2 Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

 

 

 

Approved 05/20/2019                           Reviewed 05/20/2019                           Revised 03/21/2022

                                                                             03/21/2022

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 12:24

401.12 - Travel for the Board of Education, Administrator’s and Certified Employees

401.12 - Travel for the Board of Education, Administrator’s and Certified Employees

Approved travel expenses for official school business will be reimbursed at the rate approved by the Board of Education.

TRAVEL REQUESTS – Requests for approval to attend meetings/conferences offered at multiple sites will be to the closest site in proximity to the Independence Community School District.  Any requests to attend alternate sites from the closest site will require written rationale prior to submittal and must have the approval of the principal/supervisor and the Superintendent for in-state travel and the Board of Education for out-of-state travel.  Requests to attend a meeting with discounted registration fees for early registration will be timely submitted for approval to allow the discount.

Travel within a 200-mile radius of Independence or within the State of Iowa requires the approval of the principal/supervisor and the Superintendent if overnight.  Travel outside the 200-mile radius and outside the State of Iowa also requires the approval of the Board of Education.

OVERNIGHT LODGING – (Lodging for overnight travel should be limited to medium priced hotels/motels for the location of the meeting.)  Request for travel to national meetings/conferences will have a copy of the available hotels/motels attached for cost comparison.  If the request is made to stay at a higher than medium-priced hotel, then it will be accompanied by a written rationale for that necessity.  Additional costs for non-employees or employee’s spouse/dependents not on school business will be paid by the employee.

EMPLOYEES OUT OF DISTRICT – Employee travel to all day meetings/conferences may be allowed up to five days during the fiscal year with approval by the appropriate supervisor/principal and the Superintendent if overnight.  Requests to attend all day meetings/conferences beyond five days during the fiscal year will additionally require the approval of the Board of Education.

REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES – Employees or board members will be reimbursed for expenses for registration fees, meals, mileage, and lodging expenses incurred while on field trips, conventions, conferences, or other school business approved by the supervisor/administrator and/or board.  An itemized account of all expenses, accompanied by receipts, will be presented for payment.  Meals will not be reimbursed for one-day meetings unless they require overnight travel or in-district meetings unless they are for a board or board committee meeting.

SCHOOL/PERSONAL VEHICLE USE - If a school vehicle is available and the employee chooses to drive their own vehicle, one-way mileage will be paid from the first assigned work site.  Employee is required to check availability of school vehicle as soon as travel is known.  In order to receive two-way mileage, employee must submit a signed transportation request form verifying lack of availability of school vehicle.  If travel is not short notice and employee waits until the last minute to check availability and none is available, employee will only be paid one-way mileage. 

Employees will be reimbursed for assigned travel between varying work sites.  Travel to the first assigned site and from the last assigned site will not be reimbursed.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 68B; 277.27; 279.7A, .8, .32 (2003).

Cross Reference:          219.3   Board of Directors' Member Compensation and Expenses

                                      705.6 Credit Cards

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  02/18/2008, 08/15/2011, 09/19/2016, 03/21/2022

Revised:  02/18/2008, 08/15/2011, 03/21/2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 12:27

401.13 - Employee Activity Passes

401.13 - Employee Activity Passes

 

Employee passes to school sponsored activities may be made available to employees who choose to participate in the pass program offered by the Independence Community School District.  The pass program provides employees an activity pass for working a set number of events.  The number of events a staff person must work depends annually based on the number of staff that chooses to participate.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:          219.5   Activity Passes for Board Members

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 08/15/2011                           Revised 10/15/2007

                                                                             09/19/2016

                                                                             03/21/2022

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 12:29

401.14 - Recognition for Service of Employees

401.14 - Recognition for Service of Employees

 

 

The board recognizes and appreciates the service of its employees.  Employees who retire or resign with 15 or more years of continuous service in the district may be honored by the board, administration and staff in an appropriate manner.

 

If the form of honor thought appropriate by the administration and employees involves unusual expense to the school district, the superintendent will seek prior approval from the board.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Const. Art. III, § 31.

                                    Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 102.

 

 

Cross Reference:          407      Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

                                    413      Classified Employee Termination of Employment

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 09/17/2007                           Revised 03/21/2022

                                                                             08/15/2011

                                                                             09/19/2016

                                                                             03/21/2022

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 12:31

401.15 - Employee Political Activity

401.15 - Employee Political Activity

Employees will not engage in political activity upon property under the jurisdiction of the board.  Activities including, but not limited to, posting of political circulars or petitions, the distribution of political circulars or petitions, the collection of or solicitation for campaign funds, solicitation for campaign workers, and the use of students for writing or addressing political materials, or the distribution of such materials to or by students are specifically prohibited.

Violation of this policy may be grounds for disciplinary action.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 55; 279.8.

 

Cross Reference:          402.9   Solicitations from Outside

                                    409.5   Licensed Employee Political Leave

                                    414.5   Classified Employee Political Leave

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 09/17/2007                           Revised 03/21/2022

                                                                             08/15/2011

                                                                            09/19/2016

                                                                            03/21/2022

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 12:33

401.19 - Meeting Expenses

401.19 - Meeting Expenses

 

The Independence Board of Education will cover the cost of meeting expenses for its employees, teachers, administrators, members of the Board, and some others not in the direct employ of the Independence School District, when conducting official school business, under the conditions outlined below. The Board of Education expects that district personnel exercise good judgment in making arrangements that strike a balance between the expenses incurred and the business conducted. The policy applies to expenses charged to all funds administered by the Board of Education.

While it is understood that absolute adherence to specifics may not be possible in each case, significant departures from the policy must be approved by the Board of Education before reimbursement is made. In all cases, reimbursement for expenses is limited to actual reasonable and necessary business-related expenses.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 68B; 277.27; 279.7A, .8, .32 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:          219.3   Board of Directors' Member Compensation and Expenses

                                    401.12  Travel for the Board of Education, Administrators and Certified Employees

  1.                            401.16    Credit Cards

 

 

Approved 02/18/2008                           Reviewed 08/15/2011                           Revised __________

                                                                             09/19/2016

                                                                             03/21/2022

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 12:45

401.20 - Employee Expression

401.20 - Employee Expression

The board believes the district has an interest in maintaining an orderly and effective work environment while balancing employee First Amendment rights to freedom of expression and diverse viewpoints and beliefs.  When employees speak within their official capacity, their expression represents the district and may be regulated.  The First Amendment protects a public employee’s speech when the employee is speaking as an individual citizen on a matter of public concern.  Even so, employee expression that has an adverse impact on district operations and/or negatively impacts an employee’s ability to perform their job for the district may still result in disciplinary action up to and including termination.

Employees will comply with Iowa law to the extent that compliance does not infringe on employees’ free speech rights.

Employees who use social media platforms are encouraged to remember that the school community may not be able to separate employees as private citizens, from their role within the district.  Employee expression on social media platforms that interferes with the district’s operations or prevents the district from functioning efficiently and effectively may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

A district employee who acts to protect a student for engaging in free expression or who refuses to infringe on students engaging in free expression; and who is acting within the scope of their professional ethics will not be retaliated against or face any adverse employment action based on their behavior provided that expression is otherwise permitted by law and board policy. 

If the board or court finds an employee that is subject to licensure, certification or authorization by the Board of Educational Examiners discriminated against a student or other co-employee, the board will refer the employee to the Board of Educational Examiners for additional proceedings as required by law and which may result in discipline up to and including termination.

 

Legal Reference:     U.S. Const. Amend. I

                                   Kennedy v. Bremerton School District, 597 U.S. (2022)

                                 Iowa Code §§ 279.73; .74; 280.22

 

Cross Reference: 502.5  Student Expression

                                    504.3   Student Publications

 

 

Approved 09/20/2021                           Reviewed 09/20/2021                              Revised 11/21/2022

                                                                             03/21/2022

                                                                                  11/21/2022

 

lschaul@indeek12.org Tue, 11/09/2021 - 14:02

402 - Employees and Outside Relations

402 - Employees and Outside Relations dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 12:47

402.01 - Release of Credit Information

402.01 - Release of Credit Information

 

The following information will be released to an entity with whom an employee has applied for credit or has obtained credit:  title of position, income, and number of years employed.  This information will be released without prior written notice to the employee.  Confidential information about the employee will be released to an inquiring creditor with a written authorization from the employee.

It will be the responsibility of the board secretary or superintendent to respond to inquiries from creditors.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 22.7; 279.8 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:          401.6   Employee Records

 

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  09/17/2007, 09/19/2011, 09/19/2016

Revised:  04/11/2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 02/10/2021 - 12:54

402.02 - Child Abuse Reporting

402.02 - Child Abuse Reporting

In compliance with state law and to provide protection to victims of child abuse, the board believes incidents of alleged child abuse should be reported to the proper authorities.  All licensed school employees, teachers, coaches and paraeducators and all school employees 18 years of age or older are mandatory reporters as provided by law and are to report alleged incidents of child abuse they become aware of within the scope of their professional duties.

When a mandatory reporter suspects a student is the victim of child abuse, the mandatory reporter shall make an oral report of the suspected child abuse to the Iowa Department of Human Services within 24 hours of becoming aware of the abusive incident and shall make a written report to the Iowa Department of Human Services within 48 hours following the oral report.  If the mandatory reporter believes the child is in immediate danger, the local law enforcement agency will also be notified.  It is not the responsibility of employees to prove that a child has been abused or neglected.  Employees should not take it upon themselves to investigate the case or contact the family of the child.  DHS is responsible for investigating the incident of alleged abuse.

Within three months of their initial employment, mandatory reporters will take a two-hour training course involving the identification and reporting of child abuse and dependent adult abuse, or submit evidence they’ve taken the course within the previous three years.  Once the training course has been taken, the certificate will remain valid for three years.  Employees who have taken the two-hour training course will take the one-hour follow up training course every three years and prior to the expiration of their certificate.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 232.67-.77; 232A, 235A; 280.17.

                                    441 I.A.C. 9.2; 155; 175.

                                   

Cross Reference:          402.03 Abuse of Students by School District Employees

                                    502.11 Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies

                                    507      Student Health and Well-Being

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  10/15/2007

Revised:  09/19/2011, 08/17/2015, 03/21/2016, 08/15/2016, 05/20/2019, 09/21/2020, 04/11/2022, 08/15/2022,                                                                              10/16/2023                                                                 

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 02/10/2021 - 12:56

402.03 - Abuse of Students by School District Employees

402.03 - Abuse of Students by School District Employees

 

Physical or sexual abuse of students, including inappropriate and intentional sexual behavior, by employees will not be tolerated.  The definition of employees for the purpose of this policy includes not only those who work for pay but also those who are volunteers of the school district under the direction and control of the school district.  Employees found in violation of this policy will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including discharge.

The school district will respond promptly to allegations of abuse of students by school district employees by investigating or arranging for the investigation of an allegation.  The processing of a complaint or allegation will be handled confidentially to the maximum extent possible.  Employees are required to assist in the investigation when requested to provide information and to maintain the confidentiality of the reporting and investigation process.

The school district has appointed a Level I investigator and alternate Level I investigator.  The school district has also arranged for a trained, experienced professional to serve as the Level II investigator.  The Level I investigator and alternate will be provided training in the conducting of an investigation at the expense of the school district.  The names of the investigators will be listed in the student handbook, published annually in the local newspaper and posted in all school facilities.

The superintendent is responsible for drafting administrative regulations to implement this policy.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 232.67, .70, .73, .75; 235A; 272A; 280.17; 709; 728.12(1) (2003).

                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(6), 102; 103.

                                    441 I.A.C. 155; 175.

                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 275.

 

 

Cross Reference:          402.2   Child Abuse Reporting

                                    106      Anti-Bullying/Harassment

                                    503.5   Corporal Punishment

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  10/15/2007

Revised:  09/19/2011, 10/17/2016, 04/11/2022

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 02/10/2021 - 13:03

402.03E1 - Abuse of Students by School District Employees Report Form

402.03E1 - Abuse of Students by School District Employees Report Form

ABUSE OF STUDENTS BY SCHOOL DISTRICT EMPLOYEES
Complaint of Injury to or Abuse of a Student by a School District Employee

 

Please complete the following as fully as possible.  If you need assistance, contact the Level I investigator in your school.

Student's name and address:  ______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________

Student's telephone no.:  ___________________________

Name and place of employment of employee accused of abusing student:
______________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________

Allegation is of:  _________________  Physical Abuse     _________________  Sexual Abuse*

Please describe what happened.  Include the date, time and where the incident took place, if known.  If physical abuse is alleged, also state the nature of the student's injury:
______________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________

Were there any witnesses to the incident or are there students or persons who may have information about this incident?  
___________  Yes     ___________  No

If yes, please list by name, if known, or classification (for example "third grade class", "fourth period geometry class"):
______________________________________________________________________________________________

*Parents of children who are in pre-kindergarten through twelfth grade and whose children are the alleged victims of or witnesses to sexual abuse have the right to see and hear any interviews of their in this investigation.  Please indicate "yes" if the parent/guardian wishes to exercise this right:

___________  Yes     ___________  No     Telephone Number  _________________________________

Has any professional person examined or treated the student as a result of the incident?

___________  Yes     ___________  No     ___________  Unknown

If yes, please provide the name and address of the professional(s) and the date(s) of examination of treatment, if known
______________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________

Has anyone contacted law enforcement about this incident?  ___________  Yes     ___________  No     

Please provide any additional information you have which would be helpful to the investigator.  Attach additional pages if needed.
______________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________

Your name, address, and telephone number:
______________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________

Relationship to student:  ______________________________________________________

Complainant Signature:  ____________________________________     Witness Signature:  ____________________________________     

__________________________________                                            ______________________________________
(Date)                                                                                                                             Witness Name (please print)

                                                                                                                                 ______________________________________
                                                                                                                                           Witness Address

Be advised that you have the right to contact the police or sheriff's office, the county attorney, a private attorney, or the State Board of Educational Examiners (if the accused is a licensed employee) for investigation of this incident.  The filing of this report does not deny you that opportunity.

You will receive a copy of this report (if you are the named student's parent or guardian) and a copy of the Investigator's Report within fifteen calendar days of filing this report unless the investigation is turned over to law enforcement.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 02/10/2021 - 13:06

402.03E2 - Abuse of Students by School District Employees Investigation

402.03E2 - Abuse of Students by School District Employees Investigation

ABUSE OF STUDENTS BY SCHOOL DISTRICT EMPLOYEES
Report of Level I Investigation

 

Student's name:  ___________________________________________________________________________________________

Student's age:  ____________________________     Student's grade:  ______________________

Student's address:  _________________________________________________________________________________________

Student's school:  ___________________________________________________________________________________________

Name of accused school employee:  _____________________________________________  Building:  ______________________

Name and address of person filing report: 
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Name and address of student's parent or guardian, if different from person filing report:  ____________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Date report of abuse was filed:  ________________     ________________     ________________

Allegation is of ________________  Physical abuse     ________________  Sexual abuse*

Describe the nature, extent and cause of the student's injury, if any and if known:  (Attach additional pages if needed).
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Describe your investigation:  Attach additional pages if needed.  (Please do not use student witnesses' full names.)
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________

*Were the parent(s) or guardian(s) advised of their right to see and hear any interview of their pre-kindergarten through twelfth grade children who are alleged victims or a witness in a sexual abuse investigation?

________________  Yes  ______________  No  Was the right exercised?  _______________ Yes______________  No

Were audio tapes made of any interviews?  _____ Yes  _____ No

Were video tapes made of any interviews?  _____ Yes  _____ No

Was any action taken to protect the student during or as a result of the investigation?  _____ Yes  _____ No

If yes, describe

_____ student excused from school                                                _____ school employee placed on leave

_____ student assigned to different class                                       _____ other (please specify)

Level I Investigator's conclusions:

_____ The complaint is being dismissed for lack of jurisdiction.

_____ Physical abuse was alleged, but no allegation of injury was made.

_____ Physical abuse was alleged, but no evidence of physical injury exists and the nature of the alleged incident makes it unlikely an injury, as defined in the rules, occurred.

_____ Sexual abuse was alleged, but the allegations actions of the school employee, even if true, would not meet the definition of sexual abuse in the rules

_____ Alleged victim was not a student at the time of the incident.

_____ Alleged school employee is not currently employed by the school district.

_____ Alleged incident did not occur on school grounds, on school time, at a school-sponsored activity, nor in a school-related context.

_____ The complaint has been investigated and concluded at Level I as unfounded.

_____ Complaint was withdrawn

_____ Insufficient evidence exists that an incident of abuse, as defined in the rules, took place.

_____ The complaint has been investigated at Level I and is founded.

_____ The investigation is founded and is being turned over to Level II for further investigation.

_____ Investigation of the complaint was deferred at Level I and referred to law enforcement at this time.

_____ The investigation is concluded at Level I because the accused school employee has admitted the violation, has resigned, or has agreed to relinquish any teaching license
            held.

 

Current status of investigation:

_____ Closed.  No further investigation is warranted.

_____ Closed and referred to school officials for further investigation as a personnel matter.

_____ Deferred to law enforcement officials.

_____ Turned over to Level II investigator.

Other comments:  __________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________

I have given a copy of the report of abuse and of this investigative report to the employee named in the report, the employee's supervisor, and the student's parent or guardian and informed the person filing the report of the options of contacting law enforcement, private counsel, or the State Board of Educational Examiners, if the accused school employee holds and Iowa teacher's certificate or license.

____________________________________________________     ____________________________________________________     
Name of investigator (please print)                                                                       Investigator's place of employment

____________________________________________________     ____________________________________________________     
Signature of investigator                                                                                           Date

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 02/10/2021 - 13:25

402.03R1 - Abuse of Students by School District Employees Regulation

402.03R1 - Abuse of Students by School District Employees Regulation

 

An individual who has knowledge an employee has physically or sexually abused a student may immediately report it to the Director of School Improvement, who is the school district's Level I investigator.  "Employee" means one who works for pay or as a volunteer under the direction and control of the school district.  The report will be written, signed and witnessed by a person of majority age.  The witness may be the Level I investigator.  The reporter is the individual filing the report.  The report will contain the following:

                The full name, address, and telephone number of the person filing.

                The full name, age, address, and telephone number, and attendance center of the student.

                The name and place of employment of the employee who allegedly committed the abuse.

                A concise statement of the facts surrounding the incident, including date, time, and place of occurrence, if known.

                A list of possible witnesses by name, if known.

                Names and locations of persons who examined, counseled or treated the student for the alleged abuse, including the dates on which those services were provided, if known.

 

Upon request, the Level I investigator may assist the reporter in completing the report.  An incomplete report will not be rejected unless the missing information would render the investigation futile or impossible.  An employee receiving a report of alleged abuse of a student by an employee will pass the report to the investigator and will keep the report confidential to the maximum extent possible.  In performing the investigation, the investigator will have access to the educational records of the alleged student victim as well as access to the student for interviewing purposes.

 

In order for the school district to have jurisdiction over the acts and to constitute a violation of the law, acts of the employee must be alleged to have occurred on school grounds, on school time, at a school-sponsored activity, or in a school-related context.  However, the student need not be a student in the school district.  The student can be from another school district.  To be investigable, the written report must include basic information showing that the victim of the alleged abuse is or was a student at the time of the incident, that the alleged act of the employee resulted in injury or otherwise meets the definition of abuse in these rules, and that the person responsible for the act is currently an employee.  If the report is not investigable due to lack of jurisdiction, the investigator will dismiss the complaint and inform the reporter of other options available.  Other options available to the reporter include contacting law enforcement authorities, private counsel, or the Board of Educational Examiners in the case of a licensed employee.

 

If the Level I investigator believes the student is in imminent danger if continued contact is permitted between the employee and the student, the Level I investigator may:

  •                 temporarily remove the student from contact with the employee;
  •                 temporarily remove the employee from service; or,
  •                 take other appropriate action to ensure the student's safety.

 

The Level I investigator will have access to the educational records of the student and access to the student for purposes of interviewing the student about the report.

 

Physical Abuse Allegations

When physical abuse is reported, the Level I investigator will make copies of the report and give a copy to the person filing the report, the student’s parents and the immediate supervisor of the employee named in the report.  The employee named in the report will not receive a copy of the report until the employee is initially interviewed.

The Level I investigator will use discretion in handling the information received regarding an investigation of abuse by an employee, and those persons involved in the investigation will not discuss information regarding the complaint outside the investigation.  The entire investigative procedure will be thoroughly explained, including the confidential nature of the proceedings, to the student and other persons involved in the investigation.

Within five days of receipt of an investigable report, the Level I investigator will complete an informal investigation.  The informal investigation will consist of interviews with the student, the employee and others who may have knowledge of the alleged incident.  If the Level I investigator determines that the allegations in the report are founded and that immediate and professional investigation is necessary, the Level I investigator may defer further investigation and contact appropriate law enforcement officials, the student's parents and the person filing the report.  Within fifteen days of receipt of the report, the Level I investigator will complete a written investigative report, unless the investigation was temporarily deferred.

The written investigative report will include:

         1.      The name, age, address and attendance center of the student named in the report.

         2.      The name and address of the student's parent or guardian and the name and address of the person filing the    report, if different from the student's parent or guardian.

         3.      The name and work address of the employee named in the report as allegedly responsible for the abuse of        the student.

         4.      An identification of the nature, extent and cause, if known, of any injuries or abuse to the student named in        the report.

         5.      A general review of the investigation.

         6.      Any actions taken for the protection and safety of the student.

         7.      A statement that, in the investigator's opinion, the allegations in the report are either:

  •                          Unfounded.  (It is not likely that an incident, as defined in these rules, took place), or
  •                          Founded.  (It is likely that an incident took place.)

         8.      The disposition or current status of the investigation.

         9.      A listing of the options available to the parents or guardian of the student to pursue the allegations.  These options include, but are not limited to:

  •                          Contacting law enforcement officials.
  •                          Contacting private counsel for the purpose of filing a civil suit or complaint.
  •                          Filing a complaint with the Board of Educational Examiners if the employee is a licensed employee.

The investigator will retain the original and provide a copy of the written investigative report to the school employee named in the report, the employee's supervisor and the student's parent or guardian.  The person filing the report, if not the student's parent or guardian, will be notified only that the Level I investigation has been concluded and of the disposition or anticipated disposition of the case.

It is the responsibility of the Level I investigator to determine whether it is more likely than not that an incident of abuse as defined in the rules took place between the student and employee.  The Level I investigator does not make the determination of whether the use of physical contact was appropriate or whether any of the exceptions apply.  That is the responsibility of the Level II investigator.  Upon completion of the report, if the Level I investigator determines the allegations of physical abuse are founded and serious, the Level I investigator will notify law enforcement authorities.  If the allegations are founded but the physical abuse is not of a serious nature, the Level I investigator will refer the case on to the Sheriff/Police who are the Level II investigator.

The Level II investigator will review the Level I investigator's final investigative report and conduct further investigation.  The Level II investigative report will state the conclusion as to the occurrence of the alleged incident, the applicability of exceptions, the reason for the contact or force used, and recommendations regarding the need for further investigation.  In determining the applicability of the exceptions or the reasonableness of the contact or force used, the Level II investigator will use the following definitions:

Physical abuse is non-accidental physical injury to the student as a result of the action of an employee.  Injury occurs when evidence of it is still apparent at least twenty-four hours after its occurrence.  The following do not constitute physical abuse, and no employee is prohibited from:

         a.      Using reasonable and necessary force, not designed or intended to cause pain:

                  (1)     To quell a disturbance or prevent an act that threatens physical harm to any person.

                  (2)     To obtain possession of a weapon or other dangerous object within a pupil's student’s control.

                  (3)     For the purposes of self-defense or defense of others as provided for in Iowa Code § 704.3.

                  (4)     For the protection of property as provided for in Iowa Code §§ 704.4, .5.

                           (5)     To remove a disruptive student from class, or any area of school premises or from school-sponsored activities off school premises.

                  (6)     To prevent a student from the self-infliction of harm.

                  (7)     To protect the safety of others.

         b.      Using incidental, minor, or reasonable physical contact to maintain order and control. 

 

         In determining the reasonableness of the contact or force used, the following factors will be considered:     

         a.      The nature of the misconduct of the student, if any, precipitating the physical contact by the school employee.

         b.      The size and physical condition of the student.

         c.      The instrumentality used in making the physical contact.

         d.      The motivation of the school employee in initiating the physical contact.

         e.      The extent of injury to the student resulting from the physical contact.

"Reasonable force" is that force and no more which a reasonable person, in like circumstances, would judge to be necessary to prevent an injury or loss and can include deadly force if it is reasonable to believe that such force is necessary to avoid injury or risk to one's life or safety or the life or safety of another, or it is reasonable to believe that such force is necessary to resist a like force or threat.

Upon completion of the Level II investigation, the Level I investigator will forward copies of the Level II investigative report to the employee, the employee's immediate supervisor and the student's parent.  The Level I investigator will notify the person filing the report of the current status of the case.

If the Level II investigator's report or law enforcement officials conclude abuse occurred, or the employee admits the violation, or the employee has surrendered the employee's certificate or license, the Level I investigator will file a complaint with the State Board of Educational Examiners.  The Level I investigator will also arrange for counseling services for the student if the student or student's parents request counseling services.

 

Sexual Abuse

Sexual abuse is defined as including sexual acts involving a student, acts that encourage the student to engage in prostitution, as well as inappropriate, intentional sexual behavior or sexual harassment by the employee toward a student.  "Sexual harassment" is defined as unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors or other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature when:

1.      Submission to the conduct is made either implicitly or explicitly a term or condition of the student's education or benefits;

2.      Submission to or rejection of the conduct is used as the basis for academic decisions affecting that student; or

3.      The conduct has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering with a student's academic performance by creating an intimidating, hostile or offensive education environment.

When sexual abuse is reported, the Level I investigator will make copies of the report and give a copy to the person filing the report, the student’s parents and the immediate supervisor of the employee named in the report.  The employee named in the report will not receive a copy of the report until the employee is initially interviewed.  The designated investigator will not interview the school employee named in a report of sexual abuse until after a determination is made that jurisdiction exists, the alleged victim has been interviewed and a determination made that the investigation will not be deferred.

 

The investigator will notify the parent, guardian or legal custodian of a student in prekindergarten through grade twelve, of the date and time of the interview and of the right to be present or to see and hear the interview or send a representative in the parent's place.  The Level I investigator will interview the student as soon as possible, but in no case later than five days from the receipt of a report or notice of the allegation of sexual abuse.  The Level I investigator may record the interview electronically.

The Level I investigator will exercise discretion in the investigative process to preserve the privacy interests of the individuals involved.  To the maximum extent possible, the investigator will maintain the confidentiality of the report.

It is the responsibility of the Level I investigator to determine whether it is more likely than not that an incident took place between the employee and the student.  If the Level I investigator believes the employee committed a sex act with a student or sexually exploited a student, the Level I investigator will defer the Level I investigation and immediately notify law enforcement officials, the student's parents and the person filing the report.

If the Level I investigator determines an incident occurred, while not an illegal sex act with a student or sexual exploitation of a student, but where the employee engaged in inappropriate, intentional sexual behavior, further investigation is warranted.  If further investigation is warranted, the Level I investigator may proceed to interview the employee and other individuals who may have knowledge of the circumstances contained in the report.  Prior to interviewing other individuals who may have knowledge of the circumstance contained in the report, the Level I investigator will provide notice of the impending interview of student witnesses or the student who is in prekindergarten through grade twelve, to their parent, guardian, or legal custodian, prior to interviewing those students.  The Level I investigator will, if founded, arrange for the Level II investigator to further investigate the allegations.

Within fifteen days of receipt of the report or notice of alleged sexual abuse, the Level I investigator will complete a written investigative report unless the investigation was temporarily deferred.  The written investigative report will include:

         1.      The name, age, address and attendance center of the student named in the report.

         2.      The name and address of the student's parent or guardian and the name and address of the person filing the report, if different from the student's parent or guardian.

         3.      The name and work address of the school employee named in the report as allegedly responsible for the abuse of the student.

         4.      An identification of the nature, extent and cause, if known, of any injuries or abuse to the student named in the report.

         5.      A general review of the investigation.

         6.      Any actions taken for the protection and safety of the student.

         7.      A statement that, in the investigator's opinion, the allegations in the report are either:

                      Unfounded.  (It is not likely that an incident, as defined in these rules, took place), or

                      Founded.  (It is likely that an incident took place.)

         8.      The disposition or current status of the investigation.

         9.      A listing of the options available to the parents or guardian of the student to pursue the allegations.  These options include, but are not limited to:

  •                       Contacting law enforcement officials.
  •                       Contacting private counsel for the purpose of filing a civil suit or complaint.
  •                       Filing a complaint with the Board of Educational Examiners if the school employee is                                        certificated.

The investigator will retain the original and provide a copy of the investigative report to the school employee named in the report, the school employee's supervisor and the named student's parent or guardian.  The person filing the report, if not the student's parent or guardian, will be notified only that the Level I investigation has been concluded and of the disposition or anticipated disposition of the case. 

If the allegations are founded, the Level I investigation will refer the case to the Level II investigator.  The Level II investigator will review the Level I investigator's final investigative report and conduct further investigation if necessary.  The Level II investigative report will state conclusively as to the occurrence of the alleged incident, conclusively as to the nature of the sexual abuse and recommendations regarding the need for further investigation.  Upon completion of the Level II investigation, the Level I investigator will forward copies of the Level II investigative report to the employee, the employee's immediate supervisor and the student's parent.  The Level I investigator will notify the person filing the report of the current status of the case.

If the Level II investigator's report or law enforcement officials conclude sexual abuse occurred, or the employee admits the violation, or the employee has surrendered the employee's certificate or license, the Level I investigator will file a complaint on behalf of the district after obtaining the superintendent's signature with the State Board of Educational Examiners.  The Level I investigator will also arrange for counseling services for the student if the student or student's parents request counseling services.

In cases involving founded physical or sexual abuse by a licensed employee, the board will notify the Board of Educational Examiners.  Information of unfounded abuse at Level I or Level II will not be kept in the employee's personnel file.  If the Level I investigative report is founded but Level II is unfounded, then the Level I report will be removed from the employee's permanent file.

It will be the responsibility of the board to annually identify a Level I and Level II investigator.  The board will also designate annually an alternate Level I investigator, preferably of the opposite sex of the designated Level I investigator, to whom reports may also be made.  The names and telephone numbers of the Level I investigator and the alternate Level I investigator will be included in employee handbooks, student handbooks, annually published in the local newspaper, and prominently displayed in all school buildings.

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 02/10/2021 - 13:50

402.04 - Gifts to Employees

402.04 - Gifts to Employees

Employees may receive a gift on behalf of the school district.  Employees will not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, accept or receive any gift, series of gifts or an honorarium unless the donor does not meet the definition of "restricted donor" stated below or the gift or honorarium does not meet the definition of gift or honorarium stated below.

A "restricted donor" is defined as a person or other entity which:

  •                 Is seeking to be, or is a party to, any one or any combination of sales, purchases, leases or                              contracts to, from or with the school district;
  •                 Will be directly and substantially affected financially by the performance or nonperformance of the                    employee's official duty in a way that is greater than the effect on the public generally or on a                            substantial class of persons to which the person belongs as a member of a profession, occupation,                  industry or region; or
  •                 Is a lobbyist or a client of a lobbyist with respect to matters within the school district's jurisdiction.

A "gift" is the giving of anything of value in return for which something of equal or greater value is not given or received.  However, "gift" does not include any of the following:

  •                 Contributions to a candidate or a candidate's committee;
  •                 Information material relevant to an employee's official function, such as books, pamphlets, reports,                  documents, periodicals or other information that is recorded in a written, audio or visual format;
  •                 Anything received from a person related within the fourth degree by kinship or marriage, unless the                  donor is acting as an agent or intermediary for another person not so related;
  •                 An inheritance;
  •                 Anything available or distributed to the general public free of charge without regard to the official                      status of the employee;
  •                 Items received from a charitable, professional, educational or business organization to which the                      employee belongs as a dues paying member if the items are given to all members of the                                  organization without regard to an individual member's status or positions held outside of the                               organization and if the dues paid are not inconsequential when compared to the items received;
  •                 Actual expenses of an employee for food, beverages, travel and lodging for a meeting, which is                        given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the meeting when the                              expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the employee has participation or presentation                  responsibilities;
  •                 Plaques or items of negligible resale value given as recognition for public service;
  •                 Nonmonetary items with a value of less than three dollars that are received from any one donor                        during one calendar day;
  •                 Items or services solicited or given to a state, national or regional organization in which the state of                  Iowa or a school district is a member for purposes of a business or educational conference,                              seminar or other meeting or solicited by or given for the same purposes to state, national or                              regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of                        state or local government officials or employees for purposes of a business or educational                                conference, seminar or other meeting; representatives of members of state, national or regional                        government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or                        local government officials or employees;
  •                 Items or services received by members or representatives of members as part of a regularly                            scheduled event that is part of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting that                  is sponsored and directed by any state, national or regional government organization in which the                    state of Iowa or a political subdivision of the state of Iowa is a member or received at such an event                  by members;
  •                 Funeral flowers or memorials to a church or nonprofit organization;
  •                 Gifts which are given to an employee for the employee's wedding or twenty-fifth or fiftieth wedding                    anniversary;
  •                 Payment of salary or expenses by the school district for the cost of attending a meeting of a                              subunit of an agency when the employee whose expenses are being paid serves on a board,                            commission, committee, council or other subunit of the agency and the employee is not entitled to                    receive compensation or reimbursement of expenses from the school district for attending the                          meeting; 
  •                 Gifts other than food, beverages, travel and lodging received by an employee which are received                      from a person who is a citizen of a country other than the United States and is given during a                            ceremonial presentation or as a result of a custom of the other country and is of personal value                        only to the employee; 
  •                 Actual registration costs for informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or                          public employee in the performance of the person's official functions.  The costs of food, drink,                          lodging and travel are not "registration costs" under this paragraph.  Meetings or sessions which a                    public official or public employee attends for personal or professional licensing purposes are not                      "informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the                                performance of the person's official functions" under this paragraph.

An "honorarium" is anything of value that is accepted by, or on behalf of, an employee as consideration for an appearance, speech or article.  An honorarium does not include any of the following:

  •                 Actual expenses of an employee for registration, food, beverages, travel or lodging for a meeting,                    which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at a meeting when the                    expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the employee has participation or presentation                  responsibilities;
  •                 A nonmonetary gift or series of nonmonetary gifts donated within thirty days to a public body, an                        educational or charitable organization or the Iowa Department of General Services; or 
  •                 A payment made to an employee for services rendered as part of a private business, trade or                            profession in which the employee is engaged if the payment is commensurate with the actual                            services rendered and is not being made because of the person's status as an employee of the                        district, but rather because of some special expertise or other qualification.

It will be the responsibility of each employee to know when it is appropriate to accept or reject gifts or an honorarium.

 

Legal References:         Iowa Code ch. 68B (2003).

                                    1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 276.

                                    1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 319.

 

 

Cross References:         221      Gifts to Board of Directors

                                    401.3   Employee Conflict of Interest

                                    704.4   Gifts-Grants-Bequests

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  10/15/2007, 09/19/2011, 10/17/2016

Revised:  04/11/2022

 

 

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 02/10/2021 - 14:07

402.05 - Required Professional Development for Employees

402.05 - Required Professional Development for Employees

Appropriate training and professional development of all employees is crucial to the success of all students.  The district will provide professional development opportunities appropriate to the duties of school employees. 

For all professional development programs, the district requires employees to take, the district will provide to the employee notice indicating the section of the law, or rules adopted by the state board of education or board of educational examiners that the district determines requires the employee to participate in the professional development program.

 

 

 

 

Legal Reference:           Iowa Code § .

                                   

Cross Reference:        302.6 Superintendent Professional Development

                                    303.7 Administrator Professional Development

                                    408.1 Licensed Employee Professional Development

 

 

 

Approved: 09/21/2023

Reviewed:

Revised: 

lschaul@indeek12.org Tue, 09/26/2023 - 08:57

402.06 - Employee Relations to the Public

402.06 - Employee Relations to the Public

Members of the school district community will be treated with respect by employees.  The board encourages active participation by employees in community activities and events.

It will be the responsibility of employees as they participate in various community groups and events, to make a conscientious effort to make the school district and its events a real part of the community.  Employees will take advantage of their participation in the community to look for opportunities in which the community and school district can join forces for the betterment of the school district and the community.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

 

 

Cross Reference:          303.7   Superintendent Civic Activities

                                    304.8   Administrator Civic Activities

                                    904      Public Participation in the School District

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  10/15/2007, 09/19/2011, 10/17/2016

Revised:  04/11/2022

 

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 02/10/2021 - 14:13

402.07 - Employee Outside Employment

402.07 - Employee Outside Employment

The board believes the primary responsibility of employees is to the duties of their position within the school district as outlined in their job description.  The board considers an employee's duties as part of a regular, full-time position as full-time employment.  The board expects such employees to give the responsibilities of their positions in the school district precedence over any other employment.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to counsel employees, whether full-time or part-time, if, in the judgment of the superintendent and the employee's immediate supervisor, the employee's outside employment interferes with the performance of the employee's duties required in the employee's position within the school district.

The board may request the employee to cease the outside employment as a condition of continued employment with the school district.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 279.8 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:          401.3   Employee Conflict of Interest

                                    408.3   Licensed Employee Tutoring

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  10/15/2007, 09/19/2011, 10/17/2016

Revised:  04/11/2022

 

                                                                            

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 02/10/2021 - 14:15

402.08 - Employee Telephone Calls

402.08 - Employee Telephone Calls

 

The board recognizes the need of employees to receive and make telephone calls during working hours.

Employees may receive and make personal telephone calls during lunches, breaks, or preparation periods.  Employees may receive and make emergency telephone calls at any time.

The district telephones may only be used for local personal telephone calls; all other calls must be paid for by the employee.  It will be the responsibility of the employee to exercise discretion in making and receiving telephone calls during working hours.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:          401.9   Use of School District Facilities & Equipment by Employees

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  10/15/2007, 09/19/2011, 10/17/2016

Revised:  04/11/2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 02/10/2021 - 14:17

402.09 - Solicitations From Outside

402.09 - Solicitations From Outside

 

Generally, employees should be free from solicitations at their place of employment.  No organization or individuals, including employees, may solicit or distribute flyers or other materials within school district facilities or on school district grounds without the approval of the superintendent.

No employee will be made responsible, or assume responsibility, for the collection of money or the distribution of fund drive literature within the school district unless such activity is voluntary and has been approved by the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

 

 

Cross Reference:          401.15 Employee Political Activity

                                    504.6   Student Fund-Raising

                                    905      Community Activities Involving Students

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  10/15/2007, 09/19/2011, 10/17/2016

Revised:  04/11/2022

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 02/10/2021 - 14:19

402.05 - Required Professional Development for Employees

402.05 - Required Professional Development for Employees

Appropriate training and professional development of all employees is crucial to the success of all students.  The district will provide professional development opportunities appropriate to the duties of school employees. 

For all professional development programs, the district requires employees to take, the district will provide to the employee notice indicating the section of the law, or rules adopted by the state board of education or board of educational examiners that the district determines requires the employee to participate in the professional development program.

 

 

Legal Reference:           Iowa Code § .

                                   

Cross Reference:        302.6 Superintendent Professional Development

                                    303.7 Administrator Professional Development

                                    408.1 Licensed Employee Professional Development

 

 

Approved: 09/21/2023

Reviewed:

Revised: 

lschaul@indeek12.org Tue, 09/26/2023 - 08:46

402.10 - District Landline and Cellular Telephone Usage

402.10 - District Landline and Cellular Telephone Usage

 

The district provides telephones to employees because communication is essential for the performance of their duties, especially in times of emergency or when addressing safety issues.  In addition, the district provides a voice mail system which permits employees to receive and retrieve messages from locations outside of their offices.

The landline and cellular telephones provided by the district to employees are to be used for school business. 

Certain employees are required to perform work outside of their offices or assigned work spaces, outside of the Independence Community School District, or outside of the district’s regular business hours.  It is important to the mission of the district to provide for communication with these employees when they are not in their offices.  Telephone communication is greatly enhanced by the use of cellular telephones.  With a cellular telephone, an employee may receive and respond to calls regardless of the time of day or the employee’s location and retrieve and respond to messages in the district’s voice mail system.

If a cellular telephone assigned to an employee is lost, damaged or is malfunctioning, the Business Office must be notified immediately.  Employees who fail to notify the Business Office immediately of a lost telephone may be responsible for all unauthorized calls made from their assigned cellular telephone and replacement costs.

The district will not reimburse employees for business use of their own cellular telephone.  Employees are encouraged to use their office telephone for business telephone calls.  Employees who have a personal cellular telephone are not expected to use that telephone for district business.

The superintendent or his/her designee is authorized to review the use of district-issued cellular telephones by employees and to revoke the privilege of using a district-issued cellular telephone if it is determined that the cellular telephone is being used primarily for personal business or is being used in any other manner which is contrary to district policy.  

 

 

 

Approved 10/26/2009                           Reviewed 09/19/2011                           Revised 07/19/2010

                                                                             10/17/2016

                                                                             04/11/2022

                                                             

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 02/10/2021 - 14:20

403 - Employees' Health and Well-Being

403 - Employees' Health and Well-Being dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 02/10/2021 - 14:21

403.1 - Employee Physical Examinations

403.1 - Employee Physical Examinations

The Independence Community School District believes good health is important to job performance. School bus drivers will present evidence of good health upon initial hire and every other year in the form of a physical examination report, unless otherwise required by law or medical opinion.

The cost of the initial examination will be paid by the school district. The form indicating the employee is able to perform the duties, with or without reasonable accommodation, for which the employee was hired, must be returned prior to the performance of duties. The cost of bus driver renewal physicals will be paid by the school district. The school district may provide the standard examination form to be completed by the personal physician of the employee or a certified medical examiner for bus drivers. 

Employees of the Preschool Program at the Early Childhood Center will present evidence of good health with tuberculosis (TB) screening upon initial hire and every other year in the form of a physical examination report, unless otherwise required by law or medical opinion.  The school district may provide the standard examination form to be completed by the personal physician of the employee or a certified medical examiner.  The Board will pay to the employee the cost of such examination upon presentation to the Board by the employee the paid receipt of the examining physician. 

Employees whose physical or mental health, in the judgment of the administration, may be in doubt will submit to additional examinations to the extent job-related and consistent with business necessity, when requested to do so, at the expense of the school district.

The district will comply with occupational safety and health requirements as applicable to its employees in accordance with law.

 

 

Legal Reference:         29 C.F.R. § 1910.1030.

                                  49 C.F.R. §§ 391.41 – 391.49.

          Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8; 321.376.

        281 I.A.C. 43.15; 43.17.

 

Cross Reference:       403          Employees' Health and Well-Being

 

 

Approved 08/15/2016                           Reviewed 05/20/2019                           Revised 05/20/2019

                                                                             05/16/2022                                         05/16/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 02/15/2021 - 10:18

403.2 - Employee Injury on the Job

403.2 - Employee Injury on the Job

 

When an employee becomes seriously injured on the job, the principal, direct supervisor or superintendent needs to be notified immediately.  Injuries thought to be emergent should be taken to the nearest emergency medical treatment center for medical management.  The employee’s supervisor will attempt to notify a member of the family, or an individual of close relationship, as soon as the employee’s supervisor becomes aware of the injury.

It will be the responsibility of the supervisor or principal of the injured employee to inform the superintendent within twenty-four hours of the occurrence.  It will be the responsibility of the employee's immediate supervisor to file an accident report within twenty-four hours after the employee reported the injury and provide a copy to the administration office.

If continuous medical follow up is needed, this follow up will be performed by a workman compensation medical provider as designated by the district.

It will be the responsibility of the employee to file claims, such as workers' compensation, through the board secretary.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 85; 279.40; 613.17 (2003).

                                    1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 177.

 

Cross Reference:          403      Employees' Health and Well-Being

                                    409.2   Licensed Employee Personal Illness Leave

                                    414.2   Classified Employee Personal Illness Leave

                                    804.3   First Aid

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 10/15/2007                           Revised 12/19/2016

                                                                             11/21/2011                                       05/16/2022

                                                                             05/16/2022

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 02/15/2021 - 11:03

403.3 - Communicable Diseases - Employees

403.3 - Communicable Diseases - Employees

Employees with a communicable disease will be allowed to perform their customary employment duties provided they are able to perform the essential functions of their position and their presence does not create a substantial risk of illness or transmission to students or other employees.  The term "communicable disease" shall mean an infectious or contagious disease spread from person to person, or animal to person, or as defined by law.

Prevention and control of communicable diseases will be included in the school district's bloodborne pathogens exposure control plan.  The procedures will include scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, universal precautions, vaccination, post-exposure evaluation, follow-up, communication of hazards to employees and record keeping.  This plan will be reviewed annually by the superintendent and school nurse.

The health risk to immunodepressed employees will be determined by their personal physician.  The health risk to others in the school district environment from the presence of an employee with a communicable disease will be determined on a case-by-case basis by the employee's personal physician, a physician chosen by the school district or public health officials.

An employee who is at work and who has a communicable disease which creates a substantial risk of harm to a student, coworkers, or others at the workplace will report the condition to the Superintendent any time the employee is aware that the disease actively creates such risk.

Health data of an employee is confidential and it will not be disclosed to third parties.  Employee medical records will be kept in a file separate from their personal file.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the school nurse, to develop administrative regulations stating the procedures for dealing with employees with a communicable disease.

 

 

Legal Reference:          29 U.S.C. §§ 794, 1910.

                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq.

                                    45 C.F.R. Pt. 84.3.

                                    Iowa Code chs. 139(a); 141(a).

                                    641 I.A.C. 1, .2, .7.

 

Cross Reference:          401.6   Employee Records

                                    403.1   Employee Physical Examinations

                                    507.3   Communicable Diseases - Students

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 11/21/2011                           Revised 11/19/2007

                                                                             05/16/2022                                         12/19/2016

                                                                                                                                       05/16/2022

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 02/15/2021 - 11:04

403.3E1 - Hepatitis B Vaccine Information and Record

403.3E1 - Hepatitis B Vaccine Information and Record

The Disease

Hepatitis B is a viral infection caused by the Hepatitis B virus (HBV) which causes death in 1-2% of those infected.  Most people with HBV recover completely, but approximately 5-10% become chronic carriers of the virus.  Most of these people have no symptoms, but can continue to transmit the disease to others.  Some may develop chronic active hepatitis and cirrhosis.  HBV may be a causative factor in the development of liver cancer.  Immunization against HBV can prevent acute hepatitis and its complications.

The Vaccine

The HBV vaccine is produced from yeast cells.  It has been extensively tested for safety and effectiveness in large scale clinical trials.

Approximately 90 percent of healthy people who receive two doses of the vaccine and a third dose as a booster achieve high levels of surface antibody (anti-HBs) and protection against the virus.  The HBV vaccine is recommended for workers with potential for contact with blood or body fluids.  Full immunization requires three doses of the vaccine over a six-month period, although some persons may not develop immunity even after three doses.

There is no evidence that the vaccine has ever caused Hepatitis B.  However, persons who have been infected with HBV prior to receiving the vaccine may go on to develop clinical hepatitis in spite of immunization.

Dosage and Administration

The vaccine is given in three intramuscular doses in the deltoid muscle.  Two initial doses are given one month apart and the third dose is given six months after the first.

Possible Vaccine Side Effects

The incidence of side effects is very low.  No serious side effects have been reported with the vaccine.  Ten to 20 percent of persons experience tenderness and redness at the site of injection and low grade fever.  Rash, nausea, joint pain, and mild fatigue have also been reported.  The possibility exists that other side effects may be identified with more extensive use.

 

CONSENT OF HEPATITIS B VACCINATION

I have knowledge of Hepatitis B and the Hepatitis B vaccination.  I have had an opportunity to ask questions of a qualified nurse or physician and understand the benefits and risks of Hepatitis B vaccination.  I understand that I must have three doses of the vaccine to obtain immunity.  However, as with all medical treatment, there is no guarantee that I will become immune or that I will not experience side effects from the vaccine.  I give my consent to be vaccinated for Hepatitis B.

 

_____________________________________________________________     _______________________________________
Signature of Employee (consent for Hepatitis B vaccination)                                             Date

 

_____________________________________________________________     _______________________________________
Signature of Witness                                                                                                                            Date

 

 

REFUSAL OF HEPATITIS B VACCINATION

I understand that due to my occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials I may be at risk of acquiring the Hepatitis B virus infection.  I have been given the opportunity to be vaccinated with Hepatitis B vaccine at no charge to myself.  However, I decline the Hepatitis B vaccination at this time.  I understand that by declining this vaccine, I continue to be at risk of acquiring Hepatitis B, a serious disease.  If in the future I continue to have occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials and I want to be vaccinated with the Hepatitis B vaccine, I can receive the vaccination series at no charge to me.

 

_____________________________________________________________     _______________________________________
Signature of Employee (refusal for Hepatitis B vaccination)                                               Date

 

_____________________________________________________________     _______________________________________
Signature of Witness                                                                                                                            Date

 

I refuse because I believe I have (check one)

                       started the series                                             completed the series

            _____ other, please describe:  _____________________________________________________

 

 

RELEASE FOR HEPATITIS B MEDICAL INFORMATION

 

I hereby authorize _____________________________________________________________________
                                         (name and address of individual or organization holding Hepatitis B records)

to release to the Independence Community School District my Hepatitis B vaccination records for required

employee records. 

I hereby authorize release of my Hepatitis B status to a health care provider in the event of an exposure incident.

 

_____________________________________________________________     _______________________________________
Signature of Employee                                                                                                                      Date

 

_____________________________________________________________     _______________________________________
Signature of Witness                                                                                                                          Date

 

CONFIDENTIAL RECORD

 

_____________________________________________________________     _______________________________________
Employee Name (last, first, middle)                                                                                              DOB

Job Title:  _____________________________________________________________     

     Hepatitis B Vaccination Date           Lot Number                 Site                       Administered By
1  ________________________         ____________          ___________         _____________________________________
2  ________________________         ____________          ___________         _____________________________________
3  ________________________         ____________          ___________         _____________________________________

Additional Hepatitis B status information:
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
 

_____________________________________________________________     _______________________________________
Provider Signature                                                                                                                            Date

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL RECORD

_____________________________________________________________     _______________________________________
Employee Name (last, first, middle)                                                                                              DOB

Job Title:  _____________________________________________________________     

Post-exposure incident:  (Date, time, circumstances, route under which exposure occurred)
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
 

Identification and documentation of source individual:
____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Source blood testing consent:
____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Description of employee's duties as related to the exposure incident:
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Copy of information provided to health care professional evaluating an employee after an exposure incident:
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Attach a copy of all results of examinations, medical testing, follow-up procedures, and health care professional's written opinion.
____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Comments/Plan
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
 

_____________________________________________________________     _______________________________________
Provider Signature                                                                                                                               Date

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 02/15/2021 - 11:12

403.3R1 - Universal Precautions Regulation

403.3R1 - Universal Precautions Regulation

Universal precautions (UP) are intended to prevent transmission of infection, as well as decrease the risk of exposure for employees and students.  It is not currently possible to identify all infected individuals, thus precautions must be used with every individual.  UP pertain to blood and other potentially infectious materials (OPIM) containing blood.  These precautions do not apply to other body fluids and wastes (OBFW) such as saliva, sputum, feces, tears, nasal secretions, vomitus and urine unless blood is visible in the material.  However, these OBFW can be sources of other infections and should be handled as if they are infectious.  The single most important step in preventing exposure to and transmission of any infection is anticipating potential contact with infectious materials in routine as well as emergency situations.  Based on the type of possible contact, employees and students should be prepared to use the appropriate precautions prior to the contact.  Diligent and proper hand washing, the use of barriers, appropriate disposal of waste products and needles, and proper decontamination of spills are essential techniques of infection control.  All individuals should respond to situations practicing UP followed by the activation of the school response team plan.  Using common sense in the application of these measures will enhance protection of employees and students.

Hand Washing

Proper hand washing is crucial to preventing the spread of infection.  Textured jewelry on the hands or wrists should be removed prior to washing and kept off until completion of the procedure and the hands are rewashed.  Use of running water, lathering with soap and using friction to clean all hand surfaces is key.  Rinse well with running water and dry hands with paper towels.

  • Hands should be washed before physical contact with individuals and after contact is completed.
  • Hands should be washed after contact with any used equipment.
  • If hands (or other skin) come into contact with blood or body fluids, hands should be washed immediately before touching anything else.
  • Hands should be washed whether gloves are worn or not and, if gloves are worn, after the gloves are removed.

Barriers

Barriers anticipated to be used at school include disposable gloves, absorbent materials and resuscitation devices.  Their use is intended to reduce the risk of contact with blood and body fluids as well as to control the spread of infectious agents from individual to individual.  Gloves should be worn when in contact with blood, OPIM or OBFW.  Gloves should be removed without touching the outside and disposed of after each use.

Disposal of Waste

Blood, OPIM, OBFW, used gloves, barriers and absorbent materials should be placed in a plastic bag and disposed of in the usual procedure.  When the blood or OPIM is liquid, semi-liquid or caked with dried blood, it is not absorbed in materials, and is capable of releasing the substance if compressed, special disposal as regulated waste is required.  A band-aid, towel, sanitary napkin or other absorbed waste that does not have the potential of releasing the waste if compressed would not be considered regulated waste.  It is anticipated schools would only have regulated waste in the case of a severe incident.  Needles, syringes and other sharp disposable objects should be placed in special puncture-proof containers and disposed of as regulated waste.  Bodily wastes such as urine, vomitus or feces should be disposed of in the sanitary sewer system.

Clean up

Spills of blood and OPIM should be cleaned up immediately.  The employee should:

  • Wear gloves.
  • Clean up the spill with paper towels or other absorbent material.
  • Use a solution of one part household bleach to one hundred parts of water (1:100) or other EPA-approved disinfectant and use it to wash the area well.
  • Dispose of gloves, soiled towels and other waste in a plastic bag.
  • Clean and disinfect reusable supplies and equipment.

Laundry

Laundry with blood or OPIM should be handled as little as possible with a minimum of agitation.  It should be bagged at the location.  If it has the potential of releasing the substance when compacted, regulated waste guidelines should be followed.  Employees who have contact with this laundry should wear protective barriers.

Exposure

An exposure to blood or OPIM through contact with broken skin, mucous membrane or by needle or sharp stick requires immediate washing, reporting and follow-up.

  • Always wash the exposed area immediately with soap and water.
  • If a mucous membrane splash (eye or mouth) or exposure of broken skin occurs, irrigate or wash the area thoroughly.
  • If a cut or needle stick injury occurs, wash the area thoroughly with soap and water.

The exposure should be reported immediately, the parent or guardian is notified, and the person exposed contacts a physician for further health care.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 02/15/2021 - 11:30

403.4 - Hazardous Chemical Disclosure

403.4 - Hazardous Chemical Disclosure

The board authorizes the development of a comprehensive hazardous chemical communication program for the school district to disseminate information about hazardous chemicals in the workplace.

Each employee will annually review information about hazardous substances in the workplace.  When a new employee is hired or transferred to a new position or work site, the information and training, if necessary, will be included in the employee's orientation.  When an additional hazardous substance enters the workplace, information about it will be distributed to all employees, and training will be conducted for the appropriate employees.  The superintendent will maintain a file indicating which hazardous substances are present in the workplace and when training and information sessions take place.

Employees who will be instructing or otherwise working with students will disseminate information about the hazardous chemicals with which they will be working as part of the instructional program. 

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this program. 

 

 

Legal Reference:          29 C.F.R. Pt. 1910; 1200 et seq.

                                    Iowa Code chs. 88; 89B.

                                   

Cross Reference:          403      Employees' Health and Well-Being

                                    804      Safety Program

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 11/19/2007                           Revised 05/16/2022

                                                                             11/21/2011

                                                                             11/21/2016

                                                                             05/16/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 02/15/2021 - 11:34

403.6 - Substance-Free Workplace

403.6 - Substance-Free Workplace

 

The board expects the school district and its employees to remain substance free.  No employee will unlawfully manufacture, distribute, dispense, possess, use, or be under the influence of in the workplace any narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbiturate, marijuana or any other controlled substance or alcoholic beverage as defined by federal or state law.  "Workplace" includes school district facilities, school district premises or school district vehicles.  "Workplace" also includes nonschool property if the employee is at any school-sponsored, school-approved or school-related activity, event or function, such as field trips or athletic events where students are under the control of the school district or where the employee is engaged in school business.

If an employee is convicted of a violation of any criminal drug offense committed in the workplace, the employee will notify the employee's supervisor of the conviction within five days of the conviction.

The superintendent will make the determination whether to require the employee to undergo substance abuse treatment or to discipline the employee.  An employee who violates the terms of this policy may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.  If the employee fails to successfully participate in a program, the employee may be subject to discipline up to and including termination. 

The superintendent will be responsible for publication and dissemination of this policy to each employee.  In addition, the superintendent will oversee the establishment of a substance-free awareness program to educate employees about the dangers of substance abuse and notify them of available substance abuse treatment programs.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:          41 U.S.C. §§ 701-707 (1994).

                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (1994).

                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 85 (2002).

                                    Iowa Code §§ 123.46; 124; 279.8 (2003).

 

 

Cross Reference:          404      Employee Conduct and Appearance

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 11/19/2007                           Revised 01/23/2017

                                                                             11/21/2011                                            05/16/2022

                                                                             05/16/2022

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 02/15/2021 - 11:36

403.6E1 - Substance-Free Workplace Notice to Employees

403.6E1 - Substance-Free Workplace Notice to Employees

EMPLOYEES ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED it is a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy for an employee to unlawfully manufacture, distribute, dispense, possess, use, or be under the influence of in the workplace any narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbiturate, marijuana or any other controlled substance or alcohol, as defined in Schedules I through V of section 202 of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 812) and as further defined by regulation at 21 C.F.R. 1300.11 through 1300.15 and Iowa Code Chapter 204.

"Workplace" is defined as the site for the performance of work done in the capacity as an employee.  This includes school district facilities, other school premises or school district vehicles.  Workplace also includes nonschool property if the employee is at any school-sponsored, school-approved or school-related activity, event or function, such as field trips or athletic events where students are under the control of the school district or where the employee is engaged in school business.

The superintendent retains the discretion to discipline an employee for violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy.  If the employee fails to successfully participate in such a program, the employee may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

EMPLOYEES ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED it is a condition of their continued employment that they comply with the above policy of the school district and will notify their supervisor of their conviction of any criminal drug statute for a violation committed in the workplace, no later than five days after the conviction.

 

SUBSTANCE-FREE WORKPLACE ACKNOWLEDGMENT FORM

I, ____________________________________, have read and understand the Substance-Free Workplace policy.  I understand that if I violate the Substance-Free Workplace policy, I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.  If I fail to successfully participate in a substance abuse treatment program, I understand I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.  I understand that if I am required to participate in a substance abuse treatment program and I refuse to participate, I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.  I also understand that if I am convicted of a criminal drug offense committed in the workplace, I must report that conviction to my supervisor within five days of the conviction.

 

_______________________________________________________________________     _____________________________________
(Signature of Employee)                                                                                                                                            (Date)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 02/15/2021 - 11:38

403.6R1 - Substance-Free Workplace Regulation

403.6R1 - Substance-Free Workplace Regulation

A superintendent who suspects an employee has a substance abuse problem will follow these procedures:

         1.      Identification - the superintendent will document the evidence the superintendent has which leads the superintendent to conclude the employee has violated the Substance-Free Workplace policy.  After the superintendent has determined there has been a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy, the superintendent will discuss the problem with the employee.  The superintendent will also contact Law Enforcement and ask that they do an investigation into this incident.

         2.      Discipline - if, after the discussion with the employee, the superintendent determines there has been a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy, the superintendent may recommend discipline up to and including termination.  Participation in a substance abuse treatment program is voluntary.

         3.      Conviction - if an employee is convicted of a criminal drug offense committed in the workplace, the employee must notify the employer of the conviction within five days of the conviction.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 02/15/2021 - 11:40

403.7 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program

403.7 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program

Employees who operate school vehicles classified as “commercial motor vehicles” by the U.S. Department of Transportation, and are required to possess a commercial driver’s license (CDL) to operate those vehicles, are subject to drug and alcohol testing.  A “commercial motor vehicle” is a vehicle that transports sixteen or more persons including the driver or has a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 26,001 pounds or more.  For purposes of the drug and alcohol testing program, the term “employees” includes applicants who have been offered a position to operate a commercial motor vehicle owned by the school.

Employees or employee applicants that will operate a school vehicle as described above are subject to pre-employment drug testing prior to being allowed to perform a safety sensitive function using the school vehicle.  In addition, employees will be subject to random, reasonable suspicion and post-accident drug and alcohol testing at the expense of the employer.  Employees operating school vehicles will not perform a safety-sensitive function within four hours of using alcohol.  Employees governed by this policy are subject to the drug and alcohol testing program beginning the first day they operate or are offered a position to operate school vehicles and continue to be subject to the drug and alcohol testing program as long as they may be required to perform a safety-sensitive function as it is defined in the administrative regulations.  Employees with questions about the drug and alcohol testing program may contact the school district superintendent, 1207 1st Street West (319) 334-7400, transportation director, 1812 Mustang Way Dr (319) 334-7435 and/or school nurse, 1103 1st Street West (319) 334-7425, Independence, IA 50644.

Employees who violate the terms of this policy may be subject to discipline up to and including termination at the discretion of the school district.  The district is required to keep a record of all drug or alcohol violations by employees for a minimum of five years.  Employees are put on notice that information related to drug or alcohol violations will be reported to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) Clearinghouse.  Additionally, the district will conduct FMCSA Clearinghouse queries for employees annually.  Employees must provide written consent for the district to conduct FMCSA Clearinghouse queries; however, employees who choose to withhold consent will be prohibited from performing any safety sensitive functions.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement this policy in compliance with the law.  The superintendent will inform applicants of the requirement for drug and alcohol testing in notices or advertisements for employment.

The superintendent will also be responsible for publication and dissemination of this policy and its supporting administrative regulations and forms to employees operating school vehicles.  The superintendent will also oversee a substance-free awareness program to educate employees about the dangers of substance abuse and notify them of available substance abuse treatment resources and programs.

IASB Drug and Alcohol Testing Program (IDATP) Web site: 
https://www.ia-sb.org/Main/Affiliated_Programs/Iowa_Drug_Alcohol_Testing_Program.aspx.

 

 

Legal Reference:  American Trucking Association, Inc., v. Federal Highway Administration, 51 Fed. 3rd 405 (4th Cir. 1995).
  
                                    49 U.S.C. §§ 5331 et seq.
  
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 12101
 
                                    41 U.S.C. §§ 81
  
                                    49 C.F.R. Pt. 40; 382; 391.
  
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 85
  
                                    Local 301, Internat'l Assoc. of Fire Fighters, AFL-CIO, and City of Burlington,
  
                                      PERB No. 3876 (3-26-91).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 124; 279.8; 321.375(2); 730.5

Cross Reference:  403.6   Substance-Free Workplace
  
                                    409.2   Employee Leave of Absence

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 11/19/2007                           Revised 10/22/2005  
                                                                                  11/21/2011                                       01/23/2017
                                                                                  09/21/2020                                         09/21/202

                                                                                  05/16/2022

                                                                                     

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 02/15/2021 - 11:41

403.7E1 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Notice to Employees

403.7E1 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Notice to Employees

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED they are subject to the school district's drug and alcohol testing program for pre-employment drug testing and random, reasonable suspicion and post-accident drug and alcohol testing as outlined in the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents and the law.

Employees who operate school vehicles classified as “commercial motor vehicles” by the U.S. Department of Transportation are subject to drug and alcohol testing.  A “commercial motor vehicle” is a vehicle that transports sixteen or more persons including the driver or has a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 26,001 pounds or more.  For purposes of the drug and alcohol testing program, “employees” also includes applicants who have been offered a position to operate a commercial motor vehicle owned by the school.  Employees that will operate a school-owned commercial motor vehicle are subject to the drug and alcohol testing program regulations beginning the first day they are offered a position to operate a school vehicle and continue to be subject to the drug and alcohol testing program until such time employment is terminated or the employee will no longer operate, at any time, a commercial motor vehicle for the school.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to inform employees of the drug and alcohol testing program requirements.  Employees with questions regarding the drug and alcohol testing requirements will contact the transportation director, 1812 Mustang Way Dr (319) 334-7435 and/or school nurse, 1103 1st Street West            (319) 334-7425, Independence, IA 50644.

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED that employees violating this policy, its supporting documents or regulations will be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED that information related to drug or alcohol violations will be reported to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) Clearinghouse.

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED it is a condition of their continued employment to comply with the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents, regulations and the law.  It is a condition of continued employment for employees operating a school vehicle to notify their supervisor of any prescription medication they are using.  Drug and alcohol testing records about a driver are confidential and are released in accordance with this policy, its supporting documents, regulations or the law.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 02/15/2021 - 11:44

403.7E2 - Certification from Current Employer Participating in Drug & Alcohol Program

403.7E2 - Certification from Current Employer Participating in Drug & Alcohol Program

I, ______________________________________________________________ am currently employed by
                                               Name of Undersigned

 __________________________________________________________ who participates in the Drug and Alcohol
                                          Employer   

Program through ____________________________________________.  I consent to have my records pertaining                                                                                                              
                                       Drug & Alcohol Testing Provider

to drug and alcohol testing released to the Independence Community School District for the past 24 months of

employment.

_______________________________________________         _______________
(Signature)                                                                                                            (Date)

_______________________________________________         _______________
(Signature of Employer)                                                                                   (Date)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 02/15/2021 - 11:45

403.7E3 - Certification of Previous Employers Requiring a Commercial Driver’s License Consent to Release Information to Independence Community School District

403.7E3 - Certification of Previous Employers Requiring a Commercial Driver’s License Consent to Release Information to Independence Community School District

_________________________________________________         ______________________________________
                                 Name                                                                                     Social Security Number

 

I certify that I have been employed by the following employers during the two years prior to the date stated below and that I was required to possess a commercial driver’s license (CDL) and submit to drug and alcohol testing during the term of my employment.

 

Company  _____________________________________________________________________

Address  ______________________________________________________________________

City/State/Zip  _________________________________________________________________

 

Company  _____________________________________________________________________

Address  ______________________________________________________________________

City/State/Zip  _________________________________________________________________

 

Company  _____________________________________________________________________

Address  ______________________________________________________________________

City/State/Zip  _________________________________________________________________

 

I hereby release my records pertaining to my driving and drug and alcohol testing results.

 

_________________________________________________     ______________________________
(Signature)                                                                                                              (Date)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 02/15/2021 - 11:48

403.7E4 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Acknowledgement Form

403.7E4 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Acknowledgement Form

I, ( ______________________________________________________ ), have received a copy, read and
                                         Name of Employee

understand the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy and its supporting documents.  I have also read and

understand the “Drug and Alcohol Training Handbook” provided to me by the district.  I consent to submit to the

drug and alcohol testing program as required by the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting

documents, regulations and the law.

I understand that if I violate the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents, regulations

or the law, I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

I also understand that I must inform my supervisor of any prescription medication I use when requested.  I further

understand that drug and alcohol testing records about me are confidential and may be released in accordance with

this policy, its supporting documents, regulations or the law.

 

_______________________________________________     _____________________________
(Signature of Employee)                                                                                      (Date)

_______________________________________________     _____________________________
(Witness/Transportation Director)                                                                       (Date)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 02/15/2021 - 11:52

403.7E5 - Drug and Alcohol Reasonable Suspicion Observation Form

403.7E5 - Drug and Alcohol Reasonable Suspicion Observation Form

This form must be completed by each trained employee observing the driver suspected of drug use and/or alcohol

misuse by behavior, speech and/or odor while on duty, the earlier of within 24 hours or the determination of reasonable suspicion or prior to receiving the test results.   The observations must be specific, contemporaneous and articulable concerning the appearance, behavior, speech and body odor of the driver.

An example of an appropriate observation statement is, “The driver entered the bus barn slowly and held onto the bus until the driver reached the bus door,” rather than, “The driver came to work stoned and could not walk without holding onto the bus for support.”

Employees must notify the director of transportation about the situation.  The director of transportation will notify the superintendent and they will contact law enforcement to assist with the investigation.

 

 

_____________________________________________                         ________________________
                           Employee’s Name                                                                Date of Observation

Time of Observation:   From __________ a.m./p.m. to __________ a.m./p.m.

Location:  ______________________________________________________________

Observed personal behavior:  (check all appropriate items)

Speech:                                                                        ___Normal       ___Incoherent    ___Confused  

                                                                              ___Slurred       ___Whispering ___Silent

Balance:                                                                          ___Normal          ___Swaying

                                                                               ___Staggering  ___Falling       

 

Walking and Turning:                                                       ___Normal       ___Stumbling     ___Swaying

                                                                        ___Arms raised for balance         ___Reaching for support

 

Awareness:                                                                  ___Normal       ___Confused      ___Paranoid

                                                                            ___Sleepy or stupor   ___Lack of coordination

 

Odor:                                                                                  ___Normal       ___Alcohol        ___Burned rope

Other observed behavior/odor:

____________________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________

 

Reasonable suspicion of current use or impaired by:       ___Alcohol      ___Drugs

 

Above behavior witnessed by:

_____________________________________________                         ________________________
                           (Signature)                                                                                                (Date)

_____________________________________________                         ________________________
                           (Signature) (optional)                                                                                (Date)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 02/15/2021 - 11:54

403.7E6 - Drug and Alcohol Program and Pre-Employment Testing written Consent to Share Information

403.7E6 - Drug and Alcohol Program and Pre-Employment Testing written Consent to Share Information

I, (   Name of Employee___   ), understand that as part of my employment in a position that requires a commercial driver’s license in the Independence Community School District, I grant consent for the District to conduct queries of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (“FMCSA”) Commercial Driver’s License Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse to determine whether drug or alcohol violation information about me exists in the Clearinghouse.  I further consent to the District sharing information related to my drug and alcohol testing results with prior, current and future employers, as well as the FMCSA Clearinghouse in accordance with state and federal laws. 

I understand that the District will check and perform queries of my drug and alcohol testing results prior to my employment in any position which requires the use of a commercial driver’s license.  I further understand the District will check and perform queries of my testing results annually and is required to report any drug and alcohol violations of this policy to the FMCSA Clearinghouse. 

I understand that I am not required to consent to the query of the FMCSA Clearinghouse or the District sharing of drug and alcohol testing information with past, present or future employers or the FMCSA Clearinghouse; but that without my consent I understand I will be prohibited from performing safety sensitive functions, including driving a commercial motor vehicle, as required by FMCSA’s drug and alcohol program regulations. 

I hereby give my consent to the District to perform queries of the FMCSA Clearinghouse and share my drug and alcohol testing results with past, present and future employers, as well as the FMCSA Clearinghouse.

 

__________________________________________________               ________________________
(Signature of Employee)                                                                                      (Date)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 02/15/2021 - 11:59

403.7R1 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program

403.7R1 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program

PRE-EMPLOYMENT PROCEDURES FOR BUS DRIVERS

All advertisements must include a statement that explains the position of a driver in the Independence Community School District is subject to drug and alcohol testing to include pre-employment testing.  Should the potential employee already be under a recognized or approved Department of Transportation (D.O.T.) testing program, the pre-employment testing may be waived at the discretion of the superintendent/designee.  The potential employee must provide proof of participation in such a program (403.7E2).  A potential employee that is not currently under another approved testing program must consent to release any and all drug and alcohol related information records (403.7E3) from any previous employer dating back 24 months as well as be subject to pre-employment testing.

All potential drivers will be given training on controlled substances and alcohol use by the transportation director prior to being eligible for driving duties.  This training will consist of a self study of the “Drug and Alcohol Training Handbook” developed by the D.O.T.  Upon completion of this self study, the potential employee will sign off on the Drug and Alcohol Acknowledgement Form (403.7E4) in the presence of the transportation director that they have read and understand the contents of the handbook.  The transportation director will receive all acknowledgement forms and maintain a confidential file on the drug and alcohol testing program for each employee under this program.  Records will be maintained for a minimum of five years.

The transportation director will coordinate all testing with an approved D.O.T. provider.  Should a potential employee test positive or they have refused to any part of the above, mentioned procedures, they will not be considered for employment.

 

EMPLOYMENT PROCEDURES FOR BUS DRIVERS

All bus drivers are subject to random testing at any time throughout the calendar year.  Quarterly random testing will be done.  Should a bus driver be involved in an accident while operating a school vehicle (CMV), the school district will test each surviving driver for alcohol and controlled substances when either:

  • The accident involved a FATALITY; or
  • The driver RECEIVED A CITATION under state or local law for a moving traffic violation arising from the accident, and either ONE or BOTH of the following OCCURRED in the accident:
    1. Bodily injury requiring immediate medical treatment away from the scene.
    2. One or more of the motor vehicles incurred disabling damage requiring it to be towed from the scene by another motor vehicle or tow truck.

 

REASONABLE SUSPICION

Should a bus driver’s behavior be questioned as potentially being under the influence, it is recommended that there be two witnesses to the behavior, but it is not required.  When considering reasonable suspicion, only the transportation director/designee is authorized to request the test be administered. It is important to note that only those who have received the U.S. D.O.T. training may request this test.  A driver can be notified for a reasonable suspicion test only just before, during, or just after performing a safety sensitive function (within 30 minutes).  When it is believed reasonable suspicion exists, it is important to meet with the driver in private and document the observations leading to the reasonable suspicion test (403.7E5).  Upon completion of the meeting, the transportation director may notify the program provider for a test to be administered.  Failure by the employee to submit to the test will be considered grounds for termination with the Independence Community School District.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 02/15/2021 - 12:00

404 - Employee Conduct and Appearance

404 - Employee Conduct and Appearance dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 02/15/2021 - 12:02

404.1 - Employee Conduct and Appearance

404.1 - Employee Conduct and Appearance

Employees are role models for the students who come in contact with them during and after school hours.  The board recognizes the positive effect employees can have on students in this capacity.  To this end, the board strongly suggests and encourages employees to dress themselves, groom themselves and conduct themselves in a manner appropriate to the educational environment.

Employees will conduct themselves in a professional manner.  Employees will dress in attire appropriate for their position.  Clothing should be neat, clean, and in good taste.  Discretion calls for an avoidance of extremes which would interfere with or have an effect on the educational process.

Licensed employees of the school district will follow the code of ethics for their profession as established by the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).
  
                                    282 I.A.C. 13.

Cross Reference:  307      Administrator Code Of Ethics
  
                                    401.1   Employee Orientation
  
                                    106      Anti-Bullying/Harassment
  
                                    403.6   Substance-Free Workplace
  
                                    407      Licensed Employee Termination of Employment
  
                                    413      Classified Employee Termination of Employment

Approved 11/1/2004                       Reviewed 11/21/2011                     Revised 11/19/2007
                                                                        05/16/2022                                  05/16/2016

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 08:53

404.1R1 - Employee Conduct Regulation

404.1R1 - Employee Conduct Regulation

CHAPTER 25

282—25.1(272) Scope of standards. This code of professional conduct and ethics constitutes mandatory minimum standards of practice for all licensed practitioners as defined in Iowa Code chapter 272. The adherence to certain professional and ethical standards is essential to maintaining the integrity of the education profession.

282—25.2(272) Definitions. Except where otherwise specifically defined by law:

“Administrative and supervisory personnel” means any licensed employee such as superintendent, associate superintendent, assistant superintendent, principal, associate principal, assistant principal, or other person who does not have as a primary duty the instruction of pupils in the schools.

“Board” means the Iowa board of educational examiners.

“Discipline” means the process of sanctioning a license, certificate or authorization issued by the board.

“Ethics” means a set of principles governing the conduct of all persons governed by these rules.

“Fraud” means knowingly providing false information or representations on  an  application for licensure or employment, or knowingly providing false information or representations made in connection with the discharge of duties.

“License” means any license, certificate, or authorization granted by the board.

“Licensee” means any person holding a license, certificate, or authorization granted by the board.

“Practitioner” means an administrator, teacher, or other licensed professional, including an individual who holds a statement of professional recognition, who provides educational assistance to students.

“Responsibility” means a duty for which a person is accountable by virtue of licensure.

“Right” means a power, privilege, or immunity secured to a person by law.

“Student” means a person, regardless of age, enrolled in a prekindergarten through grade 12 school, who is receiving direct or indirect assistance from a person licensed by the board.

Teacher” means any person engaged in the instructional program for prekindergarten through grade

12 children, including a person engaged in teaching, administration, and supervision, and who is required by law to be licensed for the position held.

[ARC 7979B, IAB 7/29/09, effective 9/2/09]

282—25.3(272) Standards of professional conduct and ethics. Licensees are required to abide by all federal, state, and local laws applicable to the fulfillment of professional obligations. Violation of federal, state, or local laws in the fulfillment of professional obligations constitutes unprofessional and unethical conduct which can result in disciplinary action by the board. In addition, it is hereby deemed unprofessional and unethical for any licensee to violate any of the following standards of professional conduct and ethics:

25.3(1) Standard I—conviction of crimes, sexual or other immoral conduct with or toward a student, and child and dependent adult abuse. Violation of this standard includes:

a.    Fraud. Fraud means the same as defined in rule 282—25.2(272).

b.    Criminal convictions. The commission of or conviction for a criminal offense as defined by

Iowa law provided that the offense is relevant to or affects teaching or administrative performance.

(1)  Disqualifying criminal convictions. The board shall deny an application for licensure and shall revoke a previously issued license if the applicant or licensee has, on or after July 1, 2002, been convicted of, has pled guilty to, or has been found guilty of the following criminal offenses, regardless of whether the judgment of conviction or sentence was deferred:

1.  Any of the following forcible felonies included in Iowa Code section 702.11: child endangerment, assault,   

     murder, sexual abuse, or kidnapping;

2.   Any of the following criminal sexual offenses, as provided in Iowa Code chapter 709, involving a child:

●     First-, second- or third-degree sexual abuse committed on or with a person who is under the age of 18;

●     Lascivious acts with a child;

●     Assault with intent to commit sexual abuse;

●     Indecent contact with a child;

●     Sexual exploitation by a counselor;

●     Lascivious conduct with a minor;

●     Sexual exploitation by a school employee;

●     Enticing a minor under Iowa Code section 710.10; or

●     Human trafficking under Iowa Code section 710A.2;

3.    Incest involving a child as prohibited by Iowa Code section 726.2;

4.    Dissemination and exhibition of obscene material to minors as prohibited by Iowa Code section 728.2;

5.    Telephone dissemination of obscene material to minors as prohibited by Iowa Code section 728.15;

6.  Any offense specified in the laws of another jurisdiction, or any offense that may be prosecuted in a  federal,    

    military,  or  foreign court,  that is  comparable to  an  offense listed in  subparagraph 25.3(1)“b”(1); or

7.   Any offense under prior laws of this state or another jurisdiction, or any offense under prior law that was    

      prosecuted in a federal, military, or foreign court, that is comparable to an offense listed in subparagraph  

      25.3(1)“b”(1).

(2)   Other criminal convictions and founded child abuse. In determining whether a person should be denied a license or whether a licensee should be disciplined based upon any other criminal conviction, including a conviction for an offense listed in 25.3(1)“b”(1) which occurred before July 1, 2002, or a founded report of abuse of a child, the board shall consider:

1.    The nature and seriousness of the crime or founded abuse in relation to the position sought;

2.    The time elapsed since the crime or founded abuse was committed;

3.    The degree of rehabilitation which has taken place since the crime or founded abuse was committed;

4.    The likelihood that the person will commit the same crime or abuse again;

5.    The number of criminal convictions or founded abuses committed; and

6.     Such additional factors as may in a particular case demonstrate mitigating circumstances or heightened   

        risk to public safety.

c.     Sexual involvement or indecent contact with a student. Sexual involvement includes, but is not limited to, the following acts, whether consensual or nonconsensual: fondling or touching the inner thigh, groin, buttocks, anus or breasts of a student; permitting or causing to fondle or touch the practitioners inner thigh, groin, buttocks, anus, or breasts; or the commission of any sex act as defined in Iowa Code section 702.17.

d.   Sexual exploitation of a minor. The commission of or any conviction for an offense prohibited by Iowa Code section 728.12, Iowa Code chapter 709 or 18 U.S.C. Section 2252A(a)(5)(B).

e.  Student abuse. Licensees shall maintain professional relationships with all students, both inside and outside the classroom. The following acts or behavior constitutes unethical conduct without regard to the existence of a criminal charge or conviction:

(1)   Committing any act of physical abuse of a student;

(2)   Committing any act of dependent adult abuse on a dependent adult student;

(3)   Committing or soliciting any sexual or otherwise indecent act with a student or any minor;

(4)   Soliciting, encouraging, or consummating a romantic or otherwise inappropriate relationship with a student;

(5)   Furnishing alcohol or illegal or unauthorized drugs or drug paraphernalia to any student or knowingly allowing a student to consume alcohol or illegal or unauthorized drugs in the presence of the licensee;

(6)   Failing to report any suspected act of child or dependent adult abuse as required by state law; or

(7)   Committing or soliciting any sexual conduct as defined in Iowa Code section 709.15(3)“b” or soliciting, encouraging, or consummating a romantic relationship with any person who was a student within 90 days prior to any conduct alleged in the complaint, if that person was taught by the practitioner or was supervised by the practitioner in any school activity when that person was a student.

25.3(2) Standard II—alcohol or drug abuse. Violation of this standard includes:

a.     Being on school premises or at a school-sponsored activity involving students while under the influence of, possessing, using, or consuming illegal or unauthorized drugs or abusing legal drugs.

b.     Being on school premises or at a school-sponsored activity involving students while under the influence of, possessing, using, or consuming alcohol.

25.3(3) Standard III—misrepresentation, falsification of information. Violation of this standard includes:

a.   Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding professional qualifications, criminal history, college credit, staff development credit, degrees, academic award, or employment history when applying for employment or licensure.

b.   Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding compliance reports submitted to federal, state, and other governmental agencies.

c.     Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information submitted in the course of an official inquiry or investigation.

d.     Falsifying any records or information submitted to the board in compliance with the license renewal requirements imposed under 282—Chapter 20.

e.    Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding the evaluation of students or personnel, including improper administration of any standardized tests, including, but not limited to, changing test answers, providing test answers, copying or teaching identified test items, or using inappropriate accommodations or modifications for such tests.

25.3(4) Standard IV—misuse of public funds and property. Violation of this standard includes:

a.     Failing to account properly for funds collected that were entrusted to the practitioner in an educational context.

b.    Converting public property or funds to the personal use of the practitioner.

c.    Submitting fraudulent requests for reimbursement of expenses or for pay.

d.    Combining public or school-related funds with personal funds.

e.    Failing to use time or funds granted for the purpose for which they were intended.

25.3(5) Standard V—violations of contractual obligations.

A.    Violation of this standard includes:

(1)   Signing a written professional employment contract while under contract with another school, school district, or area education agency.

(2)   Asking a practitioner to sign a written professional employment contract before the practitioner has been unconditionally released from a current contract.  An administrator shall make a good faith effort to determine whether the practitioner has been released from the current contract.

(3)   Abandoning a written professional employment contract without prior unconditional release by the employer.

(4)   As an employer, executing a written professional employment contract with a practitioner, which requires the performance of duties that the practitioner is not legally qualified to perform.

(5)   As a practitioner, executing a written professional employment contract, which requires the performance of duties that the practitioner is not legally qualified to perform.

b.     In addressing complaints based upon contractual obligations, the board shall consider factors beyond the practitioners control. For purposes of enforcement of this standard, a practitioner will not be found to have abandoned an existing contract if:

(1)   The practitioner obtained a release from the employing board before discontinuing services under the contract; or

(2)   The practitioner provided notice to the employing board no later than the latest of the following dates:

1.    The practitioners last work day of the school year;

2.    The date set for return of the contract as specified in statute; or

3.    June 30.

25.3(6) Standard VI—unethical practice toward other members of the profession, parents, students, and the community. Violation of this standard includes:

a.    Denying the student, without just cause, access to varying points of view.

b.    Deliberately suppressing or distorting subject matter for which the educator bears responsibility.

c.     Failing to make reasonable effort to protect the health and safety of the student or creating conditions harmful to student learning.

d.     Conducting professional business in such a way that the practitioner repeatedly exposes students or other practitioners to unnecessary embarrassment or disparagement.

e.     Engaging in any act of illegal discrimination, or otherwise denying a student or practitioner participation in the benefits of any program on the grounds of race, creed, color, religion, age, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, disability, marital status, or national origin.

f.     Soliciting students or parents of students to purchase equipment, supplies, or services from the practitioner for the practitioners personal advantage.

g.     Accepting gifts from vendors or potential vendors where there may be the appearance of or an actual conflict of interest.

h.     Intentionally disclosing confidential information including, but not limited to, unauthorized sharing of information concerning student academic or disciplinary records, health and medical information, assessment or testing results, or family income.  Licensees shall comply with state and federal laws and local school board policies relating to the confidentiality of student records, unless disclosure is required or permitted by law.

i.     Refusing to participate in a professional inquiry when requested by the board.

j.    Aiding, assisting, or abetting an unlicensed person in the completion of acts for which licensure is required.

k.     Failing to self-report to the board within 60 days any founded child abuse report, or any conviction for a criminal offense listed in 25.3(1)“b”(1) which requires revocation of the practitioners license.

l.     Delegating tasks to unqualified personnel.

m.  Failing to comply with federal, state, and local laws applicable to the fulfillment of professional obligations.

n.    Allowing another person to use ones practitioner license for any purpose.

o.   Performing services beyond the authorized scope of practice for which the individual is licensed or prepared or performing services without holding a valid license.

p.    Falsifying, forging, or altering a license issued by the board.

q.     Failure of the practitioner holding a contract under Iowa Code section 279.13 to disclose to the school official responsible for determining assignments a teaching assignment for which the practitioner is not properly licensed.

r.     Failure of a school official responsible for assigning licensed practitioners holding contracts under Iowa Code section 279.13 to adjust an assignment if the practitioner discloses to the official that the practitioner is not properly licensed for an assignment.

25.3(7) Standard  VII—compliance  with  state  law  governing  obligations  to  state  or  local governments, student loan obligations, child support obligations, and board orders. Violation of this standard includes:

a.    Failing to comply with 282—Chapter 8 concerning payment of debts to state or local governments.

b.    Failing to comply with 282—Chapter 9 concerning repayment of student loans. C.         Failing to comply with 282—Chapter 10 concerning child support obligations. D.    Failing to comply with a board order.

25.3(8) Standard VIII—incompetence. Violation of this standard includes, but is not limited to:

a.     Willfully or repeatedly departing from or failing to conform to the minimum standards of acceptable and prevailing educational practice in the state of Iowa.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 08:57

405 - Licensed Employees - General

405 - Licensed Employees - General dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 09:07

405.1 - Licensed Employee Defined

405.1 - Licensed Employee Defined

 

Licensed employees, including administrators, are those employees required to hold an appropriate license from the Iowa Department of Education for their position as required by the Board of Educational Examiners or others with professional licenses.  Licenses required for a position will be considered met if the employee meets the requirements established by the Iowa Department of Education.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to establish job specifications and job descriptions for licensed employees' positions, other than the position of the superintendent.  Job descriptions may be approved by the board.

Licensed employees must present evidence of current license to the board secretary prior to payment of salary each year.

 

Legal Reference:          Clay v. Independent School District of Cedar Falls, 187 Iowa

                                    89, 174 N.W. 47 (1919).

                                    Iowa Code §§ 256.7(3); 272.6; 272A; 279.8; 294.1 (2003).

                                    282 I.A.C. 14.

                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4; 41.25.

                                    1940 Op. Att'y Gen. 375.

 

Cross Reference:          405.2   Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment Selection

                                    410.1   Substitute Teachers

                                    411.1   Classified Employee Defined

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 11/19/2007                           Revised 06/20/2022

                                                                             12/19/2011

                                                                             12/19/2016

                                                                             06/20/2022                     

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 09:07

405.2 - Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

405.2 - Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

 

Persons interested in a licensed position, other than administrative positions which will be employed in accordance with board policies in Series 300, "Administration," will have an opportunity to apply and qualify for licensed positions in the school district in accordance with applicable laws and school district policies regarding equal employment.  Job applicants for licensed positions will be considered on the basis of the following:

                  ·        Training, experience, and skill;

                  ·        Nature of the occupation;

                  ·        Demonstrated competence; and

                  ·        Possession of, or ability to obtain, state license if required for the position.

All job postings will be submitted to the Iowa Department of Education for posting on TeachIowa, the online state job posting system.  Additional announcements of the position may occur in a manner which the superintendent believes will inform potential applicants about the position.  Whenever possible, the preliminary screening of applicants will be conducted by the administrator who will be directly supervising and overseeing the person being hired.

The board will employ licensed employees after receiving a recommendation from the superintendent.  However, the superintendent will have the authority to employ a licensed employee on a temporary basis until a recommendation can be made and action can be taken by the board on the position.

 

 

Legal Reference:          29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634.

                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e 12101 et seq.

                                    Iowa Code §§ 20; 35C; 216; 279.13.

                                    281 I.A.C. 12.

                                    282 I.A.C. 14.

                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 367.

 

Cross Reference:          401.2   Equal Employment Opportunity

                                    405      Licensed Employees - General

                                    410.1   Substitute Teachers

 

Approved 06/19/2007                     Reviewed 12/19/2011                     Revised 06/19/2007  

                                                                       05/20/2019                                 05/16/2016

                                                                       06/20/2022                                 05/20/2019

                                                                                                                          06/20/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 09:09

405.3 - Licensed Employee Individual Contracts

405.3 - Licensed Employee Individual Contracts

 

The board will enter into a written contract with licensed employees, other than administrators, employed on a regular basis.

Each contract will be for a period of one year, beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to complete the contracts for licensed employees and present them to the board for approval.  The contracts, after being signed by the board president, will be returned to the superintendent.  The superintendent will obtain the employee's signature.  After being signed, the contract will be filed with the board secretary.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Harris v. Manning Independent School District of Manning, 245 Iowa 1295, 66 N.W.2d 438 (1954).

                                    Shackelford v. District Township of Beaver, Polk County, 203 Iowa 243, 212 N.W. 467 (1927).

                                    Burkhead v. Independent School District of Independence, 107 Iowa 29, 77 N.W. 491 (1898).

                                    Iowa Code chs. 20; 279 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:          405.2   Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

                                    405.4   Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts

                                    407      Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 11/19/2007                           Revised 06/20/2022

                                                                             12/19/2011

                                                                             12/19/2016

                                                                             06/20/2022

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 09:12

405.4 - Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts

405.4 - Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts

 

Contracts entered into with licensed employees, other than an administrator, will continue from year to year except as modified or terminated as provided by law.  The board may issue temporary and nonrenewable contracts in accordance with law.

Licensed employees whose contracts will be recommended for termination by the board will receive due process as required by law.  The superintendent will make a recommendation to the board for the termination of the licensed employee's contract.

Licensed employees who wish to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire must comply with applicable law and board policies.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Ar-We-Va Community School District v. Long and Henkenius, 292 N.W.2d 402 (Iowa 1980).

                                    Bruton v. Ames Community School District, 291 N.W.2d 351 (Iowa 1980).

                                    Hartman v. Merged Area VI Community College, 270 N.W.2d 822 (Iowa 1978).

                                    Keith v. Community School District of Wilton in the Counties of Cedar and Muscatine, 262 N.W.2d 249 (Iowa 1978).

                                    Iowa Code §§ 272; 279

 

Cross Reference:          405.3   Licensed Employee Individual Contracts

                                    405.9   Licensed Employee Probationary Status

                                    407      Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 11/19/2007                           Revised 05/20/2019

                                                                             12/19/2011                                         06/20/2022

                                                                             12/19/2016

                                                                             05/20/2019

                                                                             06/20/2022

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 09:13

405.5 - Licensed Employee Work Day

405.5 - Licensed Employee Work Day

The work day for licensed employees will begin each day of the school year at a time established by the superintendent.  Licensed employees who are employed only during the academic year will have the same work day as other licensed employees.  "Day" is defined as one work day regardless of full-time or part-time status of an employee.

Licensed employees are to be in their assigned school building during the work day.  Advance approval to be absent from the school building must be obtained from the principal whenever the licensed employees must leave the school building during the work day.

The building principal is authorized to make changes in the work day in order to facilitate the education program.  These changes will be reported to the superintendent.

The work day outlined in this policy is a minimum work day.  Nothing in this policy prohibits licensed employees from working additional hours outside the work day.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8.

 

 

Cross Reference:          200.3   Powers of the Board of Directors

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 11/19/2007                           Revised 05/20/2019

                                                                             12/19/2011                                         06/20/2022

                                                                             01/23/2017

                                                                             05/20/2019

                                                                             06/20/2022

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 09:15

405.6 - Licensed Employee Assignment

405.6 - Licensed Employee Assignment

Determining the assignment of each licensed employee is the responsibility of and within the sole discretion of the board.  In making such assignments, the board will consider the qualifications of each licensed employee and the needs of the school district.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board regarding the assignment of licensed employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8.

 

 

Cross Reference:          200.3   Powers of the Board of Directors

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 11/19/2007                           Revised 05/20/2019

                                                                             12/19/2011                                         06/20/2022

                                                                             01/23/2017

                                                                             05/20/2019

                                                                             06/20/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 09:16

405.7 - Licensed Employee Transfers

405.7 - Licensed Employee Transfers

Determining the location where an employee's assignment will be carried out is the responsibility and within the sole discretion of the board.  In making such assignments, the board will consider the qualifications of each licensed employee and the needs of the school district.

A transfer may be initiated by the employee, the principal, or the superintendent.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board regarding the transfer of licensed employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 20; 216.14; 279.8.

 

Cross Reference:          405.2   Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

                                    405.6   Licensed Employee Assignment

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 11/19/2007                           Revised 05/20/2019

                                                                             12/19/2011                                         06/20/2022

                                                                             01/23/2017

                                                                             05/20/2019

                                                                             06/20/2022

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 09:17

405.8 - Licensed Employee Evaluation

405.8 - Licensed Employee Evaluation

 

Evaluation of licensed employees on their skills, abilities, and competence will be an ongoing process supervised by the building principals and conducted by approved evaluators.  The goal of the formal evaluation of licensed employees, other than administrators, but including extracurricular employees, will be to improve the education program, to maintain licensed employees who meet or exceed the board's standards of performance, to clarify the licensed employee's role, to ascertain the areas in need of improvement, to clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and to develop a working relationship between the administrators and other employees.

The formal evaluation criteria will be in writing and approved by the board.  The formal evaluation will provide an opportunity for the evaluator and the licensed employee to discuss the past year's performance and the future areas of growth.  The formal evaluation will be completed by the evaluator, signed by the licensed employee and filed in the licensed employee's personnel file.  This policy supports, and does not preclude, the ongoing informal evaluation of the licensed employee's skills, abilities and competence.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure licensed employees are evaluated.  New and probationary licensed employees will be evaluated at least twice each year.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279; 284; 294.

                                    Aplington Community School District v. PERB, 392 N.W.2d 495 (Iowa 1986).

                                    Saydel Education Association v. PERB, 333 N.W.2d 486 (Iowa 1983).

                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(4).

 

Cross Reference:          405.2   Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

                                    405.9   Licensed Employee Probationary Status

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 11/19/2007                           Revised 05/20/2019

                                                                             12/19/2011                                         06/20/2022

                                                                             01/23/2017

                                                                             05/20/2019

                                                                             06/20/2022

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 09:18

405.9 - Licensed Employee Probationary Status

405.9 - Licensed Employee Probationary Status

The first three consecutive years of a licensed employee's contract will be a probationary period unless the employee has already successfully completed the probationary period in an Iowa school district.  New employees who have successfully completed a probationary period in a previous Iowa school district will serve a two-year probationary period.  For purposes of this policy, an employee will have met the requirements for successfully completing a probationary period in another Iowa school district if, at the teacher’s most recent performance evaluation, the teacher received at least a satisfactory or better evaluation and the individual has not engaged in conduct which would disqualify the teacher for a continuing contract.  

Only the board, in its discretion, may waive the probationary period.  The board may extend the probationary period for one additional year with the consent of the licensed employee.  The board will make the decision to extend or waive a licensed employee's probationary status based upon the superintendent's recommendation.  During this probationary period, the board may terminate the licensed employee's contract at the end of the year without cause or immediately discharge the employee consistent with applicable law and board policies.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 279

 

Cross Reference:          405.4   Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts

                                    405.8   Licensed Employee Evaluation

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 11/19/2007                           Revised 05/20/2019

                                                                             12/19/2011                                         06/20/2022

                                                                             01/23/2017

                                                                             05/20/2019

                                                                             06/20/2022

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 09:20

405.10 - Licensed Employee Organization Affiliation

405.10 - Licensed Employee Organization Affiliation

 

Licensed employees who qualify may join the ITA, Independence Teachers Association, and participate in its activities as long as the participation does not, in any way, interfere with the delivery of and the provision of the education program and school district operations.

The superintendent will have sole discretion to determine whether association activities interfere with the education program and school district operations.  Association members must follow the board policy on public use of school property.

The board will not interfere with the rights of an employee to organize or form, join or assist any employee organization.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .8, .10; 279.8 (2003).

 

 

Cross Reference:          408      Licensed Employee Professional Growth

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 11/19/2007                           Revised 06/20/2022

                                                                                  12/19/2011

                                                                             01/23/2017

                                                                             06/20/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 09:21

406 - Licensed Employee Compensation and Benefits

406 - Licensed Employee Compensation and Benefits dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 09:22

406.1 - Licensed Employee Compensation

406.1 - Licensed Employee Compensation

The board will establish compensation for licensed employees' positions keeping in mind the financial condition of the school district, the education and experience of the licensed employee, the educational philosophy of the school district, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the licensed employee compensation.  The base wages of licensed employees are subject to review and modification through the collective bargaining process.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding wages and salaries of such employees will be followed.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4, .7, .9; 279.8.

 

Cross Reference:          405      Licensed Employees - General

                                    406.2   Licensed Employee Compensation Advancement

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/17/2007                           Revised 06/17/2019

                                                                             01/16/2012                                         06/20/2022

                                                                             01/23/2017

                                                                             06/17/2019

                                                                             06/20/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:02

406.2 - Licensed Employee Compensation Advancement

406.2 - Licensed Employee Compensation Advancement

The board will determine if licensed employees will advance in compensation for their licensed employees' positions keeping in mind the financial condition of the school district, the education and experience of the licensed employee, the educational philosophy of the school district, and other considerations as determined by the board.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board for the advancement of licensed employees.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding salary advancement of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4, .7, .9; 279.8.

 

Cross Reference:          405      Licensed Employees - General

                                    406      Licensed Employee Compensation and Benefits

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/17/2007                            Revised 06/17/2019

                                                                             01/16/2012                                         06/20/2022

                                                                             01/23/2017

                                                                             06/17/2019

                                                                             06/20/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:03

406.3 - Licensed Employee Continued Education Credit

406.3 - Licensed Employee Continued Education Credit

Continued education on the part of licensed employees may entitle them to advancement in compensation.  Licensed employees who have completed additional hours will be considered for advancement.  The board will determine which licensed employees will advance in compensation for continued education keeping in mind the financial condition of the school district, the education and experience of the licensed employee, the educational philosophy of the school district, and any other items deemed relevant by the board.

Licensed employees who wish to obtain additional education for advancement must notify the superintendent by March 15th of the school year preceding the actual year when advancement occurs.  This additional education must be in the same area as the education that was required of the employee to hold the employee's current position with the school district.  For purposes of illustration only, a math teacher would advance only if the additional education was in math courses.  The superintendent has the discretion to approve credit outside the employee's area of endorsement or responsibility.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board for the advancement of a licensed employee.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between licensed employees in a certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding continued education credit of such employees will be followed.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4, .7, .9; 279.8.

 

 

Cross Reference:          405      Licensed Employees - General

                                    406      Licensed Employee Compensation and Benefits

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/17/2007                            Revised 06/17/2019

                                                                             01/16/2012                                           06/20/2022

                                                                            01/23/2017

                                                                             06/17/2019

                                                                            06/20/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:04

406.4 - Licensed Employee Compensation for Extra Duty

406.4 - Licensed Employee Compensation for Extra Duty

A licensed employee may volunteer or be required to take on extra duty, with the extra duty being secondary to the major responsibility of the licensed employee.  The board may, in its sole discretion, establish compensation for extra duty licensed employee positions keeping in mind the financial condition of the school district, the education and experience of the licensed employee, the educational philosophy of the school district, and other considerations as determined by the board.

Vacant extra duty positions, for which extra compensation will be earned, will be posted to allow qualified licensed employees to volunteer for the extra duty.  If no licensed employee volunteers for extra duty, the superintendent shall assign the extra duty positions to qualified licensed employees.  The licensed employee will receive compensation for the extra duty required to be performed.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually as to which licensed employees will have the extra duty, and the compensation for extra duty, for the board's review.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .13-.15, .19A-B.

 

Cross Reference:          405      Licensed Employees - General

                                    406      Licensed Employee Compensation and Benefits

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/17/2007                            Revised 06/17/2019

                                                                             01/16/2012                                         06/20/2022

                                                                             01/23/2017

                                                                             06/17/2019

                                                                             06/20/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:06

406.5 - Licensed Employee Group Insurance Benefits

406.5 - Licensed Employee Group Insurance Benefits

Licensed employees may be eligible for group insurance and health benefits as determined by the board and required by law.  The board will select the group insurance program and the insurance company or third party administrator which will provide the program.

This policy statement does not guarantee a certain level of benefits.  The board will have the authority and right to change or eliminate group insurance programs for its licensed employees.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 85; 85B; 279.12, 279.27; 509; 509A; 509B.

                                                Internal Revenue Code § 4980H(c)(4); Treas. Reg. § 54.4980H-1(a)(21)(ii).

Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health Coverage, 26 CFR

Parts 1, 54 and 301, 78 Fed. Reg. 217, (Jan 2, 2013).

Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health Coverage, 26 CFR

Parts 1, 54 and 301, 79 Fed. Reg. 8543 (Feb. 12, 2014).

 

Cross Reference:          405.1   Licensed Employee Defined

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/17/2007                            Revised 06/17/2019

                                                                             01/16/2012                                         10/18/2021

                                                                             01/23/2017

                                                                             06/17/2019

                                                                             10/18/2021

                                                                           06/20/2022

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:07

406.6 - Licensed Employee Tax Shelter Programs

406.6 - Licensed Employee Tax Shelter Programs

Employees may elect to have amounts withheld from their pay for items authorized by law, subject to agreement of the district.  The board may authorizes the administration to make a payroll deduction for licensed employees' tax-sheltered annuity premiums purchased from a company or program if chosen by the board.

Licensed employees wishing to have payroll deductions for tax-sheltered annuities will make a written request to the superintendent.  Requests for purchase or change of tax-sheltered annuities may be made by the first of the month prior to the payroll deduction.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, Section 1450(a), repealing portions of IRS REG § 1.403(b)-1(b)(3).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 260C; 273; 294.16.
  
                                    1988 Op. Att'y Gen. 38.
  
                                    1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 462, 602.
  
                                    1966 Op. Att'y Gen. 211, 220.

Cross Reference:  706      Payroll Procedures

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/17/2007                            Revised 01/19/2009
                                                                              01/16/2012                                          06/17/2019
                                                                              01/23/2017
                                                                              06/17/2019

                                                                              06/20/2022

                                                                                          

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:09

407 - Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

407 - Licensed Employee Termination of Employment dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:10

407.1 - Licensed Employee Resignation

407.1 - Licensed Employee Resignation

A licensed employee who wishes to resign must notify the superintendent in writing within the time period set by the board for return of the contract.  This applies to regular contracts for the licensed employee's regular duties and for an extracurricular contract for extra duty.  Resignations of this nature will be accepted by the board.

The board may require an individual who has resigned from an extracurricular contract to accept the resigned position for only the subsequent school year when the board has made a good faith effort to find a replacement and the licensed employee is continuing to be employed by the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 91A.2, .3, .5; 279.13, .19A (2003).

Cross Reference:  405.3   Licensed Employee Individual Contracts
  
                                    405.4   Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts
  
                                    407      Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/17/2007                            Revised                   
                                                                                       01/16/2012
                                                                                       02/20/2017                                                                                                                                                                                   07/18/2022

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:14

407.2 - Licensed Employee Contract Release

407.2 - Licensed Employee Contract Release

Licensed employees who wish to be released from an executed contract must give at least twenty-one days notice to the superintendent.  Licensed employees may be released at the discretion of the board.  Only in unusual and extreme circumstances will the board release a licensed employee from a contract.  The board will have sole discretion to determine what constitutes unusual and extreme circumstances.

Release from a contract will be contingent upon finding a suitable replacement.  Licensed employees requesting release from a contract after it has been signed and before it expires will be required to pay the board the cost of advertising or other reasonable administrative costs incurred to locate and hire a suitable replacement.  Upon written mutual agreement between the employee and the superintendent, and to the extent allowed by law, the costs may be deducted from the employee's salary.  Payment of these costs is a condition for release from the contract at the discretion of the board.  Failure of the licensed employee to pay these expenses may result in a cause of action being filed in small claims court.

The superintendent is authorized to file a complaint with the Board of Educational Examiners against a licensed employee who leaves without proper release from the board. 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 91A (1); 216; 272; 279.13, .19A, .46.
  
                                    

Cross Reference:  405.3   Licensed Employee Individual Contracts
  
                            405.4   Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts
  
                            407.3   Licensed Employee Retirement

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  01/16/2012, 02/20/2017, 07/18/2022, 06/19/2023

Revised:  11/19/2007, 07/18/2022, 06/19/2023

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:15

407.3 - Licensed Employee Retirement

407.3 - Licensed Employee Retirement

Licensed employees who will complete their current contract with the Board may apply for licensed employee early retirement plan.  No licensed employee will be required to retire at a specific age.

Application for licensed employee early retirement will be considered made when the licensed employee states in writing to the superintendent, no later than 3:30 p.m. on Friday, February 12, 2021 that the employee wishes to retire at the end of the fiscal year.  Applications made after the date set by the Board may be considered by the Board if special circumstances exist.  It shall be within the sole discretion of the Board to determine whether special circumstances exist.

Board action to approve a licensed employee's application for retirement shall be final and such action constitutes resignation from employment and non-renewal of the employee's contract for the next school year.

Licensed employees who retire under this policy may also qualify for retirement benefits through the Iowa Public Employees Retirement System.

Licensed employees who have group insurance coverage through the school district may be allowed to continue coverage in the school district's group health insurance program, at their own expense, by meeting the requirements of the insurer.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 97B; 216; 279.46.
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 21.

Cross Reference:  401.14 Recognition for Service of Employees
  
                                    407.4   Licensed Employee Early Retirement Plan

Approved   11/1/2004                            Reviewed 12/17/2007                           Revised 01/14/2009
                                                                                      11/17/2008                                           07/27/2009
                                                                                      02/09/2009                                          11/16/2009
                                                                                      02/20/2019                                           02/22/2010
                                                                                      12/21/2020                                           12/19/2011
                                                                                                                                                        03/18/2013
                                                                                                                                                        01/20/2014
                                                                                                                                                        01/19/2015
                                                                                                                                                        12/19/2016
                                                                                                                                                        01/15/2018
                                                                                                                                                        02/20/2019
                                                                                                                                                        12/21/2020      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:16

407.4 - Licensed Employee Severance Plan

407.4 - Licensed Employee Severance Plan

The Board of Education of the Independence Community School District may offer an early retirement benefit for full-time employees holding a current license from the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners including teachers, counselors, and media specialists currently performing their assigned duties within the District.  The purpose of the early retirement plan is to:  1) enable staffing modifications without disrupting the careers of those who do not wish to leave the teaching profession; 2) facilitate a long-range cost savings to the school district.

A licensed employee is eligible under the early retirement plan when the licensed employee:

1. Is at least 55 years of age on or before June 30th of the year in which the employee wishes to retire.

2. Wishes to retire voluntarily from service in the Independence Community School District.

3. Has been actively employed during the school year in which one requests retirement benefits.

4. Has completed a minimum of fifteen (15) years continuous full-time service to the Independence Community 

    School District by June 30th of the current fiscal year and are currently employed at the time the voluntary

    retirement request is made.  A leave of absence may interrupt continuous service without affecting the

    continuous years of service rule.  Professional and military leave will qualify toward continuous service.

 5. Is not receiving payments from the district’s long-term disability insurance program or any other wage

    replacement program.

   6. Has not been discharged for cause or notified that their contract is under consideration of termination or

       reduction.

   7. Receives approval for resignation and participation in this program by the Board of Education.

An employee’s application for early retirement benefits is not, in itself, a resignation of a contract with the Independence Community School District.  However, acceptance by the Board of Education of an application for early retirement benefits will be considered a voluntary resignation and termination of the employee’s continuing contract effective at the end of the current fiscal year.  Should the Board not accept the application, the employee will remain a licensed employee of the Independence Community School District, unless the employee otherwise resigns, is discharged or is reduced from the staff.

A qualified retiree under this plan may choose to continue coverage under the district’s hospitalization and major medical plan if eligible at time of retirement, at the rate determined by the carrier, by paying the monthly premium amount in full to the business manager’s office prior to the date the district’s premium payment is made to the insurance carrier.  All insurance programs are subject to the policies of the insurance carriers.

An employee who elects to participate in this program will become a retired teacher and will be entitled to all rights and privileges of such a retiree under applicable laws and policies of the Independence Community School District.

 

BENEFIT:

The Independence Community School District will make one payment equal to 40 percent of the current year’s salary less supplemental pay or extended contract pay deposited into a Health Reimbursement Arrangement as a non-elective employer contribution directly into the early retiree’s accounts established and maintained by the District’s Health Reimbursement Arrangement Plan.  One payment shall be made in July 2021.

Employees/retirees may continue participation in the District’s group insurance benefits at their own expense pursuant to COBRA and Iowa Code section 509A.13.

Nothing herein shall limit the School District’s ability to change the terms of its existing health insurance plan.  This plan in no way guarantees that a participating employee will be provided any certain level of benefits during the time of the employee’s participation in the insurance benefits portion of the early retirement program. 

Miscellaneous terms:

The district is not providing tax advice, and the employee must consult the employee’s own tax advisor for the actual taxability of retirement benefits.

The Board reserves the right to determine how many and which employees will be granted benefits under this plan.

The Board has complete discretion to offer or not offer an early retirement plan for licensed employees.  The Board may discontinue the school district’s plan at any time.  In the event the plan is altered or ended, employees who separated from the district under its provisions will continue to receive the benefits authorized by the Board of Education prior to that time. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code     279.46; 509A.13 (2011)

Cross Reference:  401.14    Recognition for Service of Employees
​​​​​                                         413.3    Classified Employee Early Retirement Plan

Approved   7/18/2005                           Reviewed ­­­­02/20/2019                           Revised 12/17/2007    12/19/2011
                                                                                     12/21/2020                                         11/17/2008    03/18/2013
                                                                                                                                                     01/14/2009    01/20/2014
                                                                                                                                                     02/09/2009    01/19/2015
                                                                                                                                                     07/27/2009    12/19/2016
                                                                                                                                                     11/16/2009    01/15/2018
                                                                                                                                                     02/22/2010    02/20/2019
                                                                                                                                                                                12/21/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:20

407.4E1 - Severance Plan Acknowledgement of Receipt

407.4E1 - Severance Plan Acknowledgement of Receipt

The undersigned licensed staff employee acknowledges receipt of the early retirement plan stated below:

  • Early retirement plan policy #407.4
  • Early retirement plan application form
  • Early retirement plan spouse and dependent identification form

The undersigned licensed staff employee acknowledges that the application and participation in the early retirement plan is entirely voluntary.

The undersigned licensed staff employee acknowledges that the school district recommends the employee contact legal counsel and the employee’s personal accountant regarding participation in the early retirement plan.

 

 

_________________________________________                                ______________________
                      Employee Signature                                                                                     Date

 

 

_________________________________________                                ______________________
           Superintendent/or Building Principal                                                                  Date

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:25

407.4E2 - Licensed Employee Severance Plan Beneficiary Designation

407.4E2 - Licensed Employee Severance Plan Beneficiary Designation

In the event of the death of the employee prior to payment of the benefits, but after the employee’s retirement has begun, the reimbursement benefits will be paid to the surviving spouse or dependents, if any.  In the event no surviving spouse or dependents were identified, no additional benefits will be paid out.

Pursuant to the provisions of board policy 407.4, I hereby designate my spouse or dependents to be:

 

 Name: _____________________________________________________

Relationship (check one):  _____ Spouse           _____ Dependent

                    Address: _____________________________________________________

         City, State, Zip: ______________________________________________________

                  Signature: ______________________________________________________

    Witness Signature: ______________________________________________________

                         Date: ______________________________________________________

 

__________________________________________________________________________________

 

Name: _____________________________________________________

 

Relationship (check one):  _____ Spouse           _____ Dependent

                    Address: _____________________________________________________

         City, State, Zip: ______________________________________________________

                  Signature: ______________________________________________________

    Witness Signature: ______________________________________________________

                         Date: ______________________________________________________

 

Attach additional pages as necessary.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:27

407.4E3 - Severance Plan Application Form

407.4E3 - Severance Plan Application Form

The undersigned licensed staff employee is applying for early retirement pay pursuant to board policy #407.4, Licensed Employee Early Retirement Plan.  Please complete the following information.

 

_________________________________________     _______________         _____________________
Full Legal Name of Licensed Employee                                Date of Birth                        Social Security Number

 

_______________________________________        ____________________             
Current Job Title                                                                            Years of District Service              
                                                                                                              By June 30th                                

 

Please attach a letter of resignation giving the effective date of retirement from the district.

 

 

Independence Community School District (the “School District”) and Licensed Employee of the Independence Community School District (the “Employee”) agree as follows:

1.  In consideration of the benefits to be provided to him/her in accordance with the Early Retirement Plan, the employee agrees to immediately sign and submit a letter of resignation to be effective on June 30, 2021.

2.  The employee is advised that he/she has the right to consult with an attorney, tax advisor, or other professional prior to signing this Agreement.

3.  The employee hereby releases and discharges the School District, the Board of Directors of the School District, and any and all officers, employees, representatives or agents of the School District from any and all liability whatsoever including all claims, demands, or causes of action, including claims under the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act which he/she has or may ever claim to have by reason of his/her employment with the School District and the termination of his/her employment relationship with the School District.

4.  The employee agrees that he/she will not apply for and will not be entitled to any re-employment by the District in any capacity, whether it is full time, part time or temporary.  If the District chooses to offer another position of employment in the future, however, this Agreement need not prevent such re-employment.

5.  The employee agrees that this Agreement is entered into freely and voluntarily and solely in reliance upon his/her own knowledge, belief and judgment and not upon representations made by the School District or others on its behalf.

6.  The employee shall have up to 45 days to consider this Agreement and, once approved and signed, he/she shall have up to 7 days to revoke this Agreement in writing. Thereafter, this Agreement will be effective once approved by the Board.

 

 

___________________________________                               ________________________
Signature                                                                                                              Date

 

 

__________ Approved

__________ Not Approved

 

 

___________________________________                               ________________________
Superintendent of Schools                                                                               Date

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:30

407.5 - Licensed Employee Suspension

407.5 - Licensed Employee Suspension

Licensed employees will perform their assigned job, respect and follow board policy, and obey the law.  The superintendent is authorized to suspend a licensed employee pending board action on a discharge, for investigation of charges against the employee, and for disciplinary purposes.  It shall be within the discretion of the superintendent to suspend a licensed employee with or without pay.

In the event of a suspension, appropriate due process will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Northeast Community Education Association v. Northeast Community School District, 402 N.W.2d 765 (Iowa 1987).
 
                                    McFarland v. Board of Education of Norwalk Community School District, 277 N.W.2d 901 (Iowa 1979).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24; 279.13, .15-.19, .27 (2003).

Cross Reference:  404      Employee Conduct and Appearance
  
                                    407      Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/17/2007                            Revised 07/18/2022
                                                                                       02/27/2012
                                                                                       02/20/2017                                                                                                                                                                                   07/18/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:33

407.6 - Licensed Employee Reduction in Force

407.6 - Licensed Employee Reduction in Force

The board has the exclusive authority to determine the appropriate number of licensed employees.  A reduction of licensed employees may occur as a result of, but not be limited to, changes in the education program, staff realignment, changes in the size or nature of the student population, financial situation considerations, and other reasons deemed relevant by the board.

The reduction in licensed employees, other than administrators, will be done through normal attrition if possible.  If normal attrition does not meet the necessary reduction in force required, the board may terminate licensed employees.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation for termination to the board.  The superintendent will consider the following criteria in making the recommendations:

  • Endorsements and educational preparation within the grade level and subject areas in which the employee is now performing;
  • Relative skills, ability and demonstrated performance;
  • Qualifications for co-curricular programs; and
  • Number of continuous years of service to the school district.  This will be considered only when the foregoing factors are relatively equal between licensed employees.

Due process for terminations due to a reduction in force will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.

Cross Reference:  407.5   Licensed Employee Suspension
  
                                    413.6   Classified Employee Reduction in Force
  
                                    703      Budget

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/17/2007                            Revised 06/17/2019
                                                                                       02/27/2012                                 07/18/2022
                                                                                       02/20/2017
                                                                                       06/17/2019                                                                                                                                                                                   07/18/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:35

408 - Licensed Employee Professional Growth

408 - Licensed Employee Professional Growth dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:37

408.1 - Licensed Employee Professional Development

408.1 - Licensed Employee Professional Development

The board encourages licensed employees to attend and participate in professional development activities to maintain, develop, and extend their skills.  The board will maintain and support an in-service program for licensed employees. Professional development activities will include activities that promote and/or teach about compliance with applicable Iowa laws.

Requests for attendance or participation in a development program, other than those development programs sponsored by the school district, will be made to the principals.  Approval of the superintendent must be obtained prior to attendance by a licensed employee in a professional development program when the attendance would result in the licensed employee being excused from their duties or when the school district pays the expenses for the program.

The superintendent will have sole discretion to allow or disallow licensed employees to attend or participate in the requested event.  When making this determination, the superintendent will consider the value of the program for the licensed employee and the school district, the effect of the licensed employee's absence on the education program and school district operations and the school district's financial situation as well as other factors deemed relevant in the judgment of the superintendent.  Requests that are in excess of 200 miles and overnight travel must also be approved by the board.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the Board regarding professional development of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8; 294.
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.7; 83.6.

Cross Reference:  405.10 Licensed Employee Organization Affiliation
  
                                    414.10 Classified Employee Professional Purposes Leave

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/17/2007                            Revised 06/17/2019
                                                                               02/27/2012                                         07/18/2022
                                                                               02/20/2017                                         11/21/2022
                                                                               06/17/2019                                                                                                                                                                                   07/18/2022

                                                                               11/21/2022

                                                                

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:37

408.2 - Licensed Employee Publication or Creation of Materials

408.2 - Licensed Employee Publication or Creation of Materials

Materials created by licensed employees and the financial gain therefrom will be the property of the school district if school materials and time were used in their creation and/or such materials were created in the scope of the licensed employee's employment.  The licensed employee must seek prior written approval of the superintendent concerning such activities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  401.3   Employee Conflict of Interest
  
                                    606.6   Student Production of Materials and Services

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/17/2007                            Revised 07/18/2022
                                                                                       02/27/2012
                                                                                       02/20/2017                                                                                                                                                                                     07/18/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:38

408.3 - Licensed Employee Tutoring

408.3 - Licensed Employee Tutoring

Every effort will be made by the licensed employees to help students with learning problems before recommending that the parents engage a tutor.  Since there are exceptional cases when tutoring will help students overcome learning deficiencies, tutoring by licensed employees may be approved by the superintendent.

Licensed employees may only tutor students other than those for whom the teacher is currently exercising teaching, administrative or supervisory responsibility unless approved by the superintendent.

Tutoring for a fee may not take place within school facilities or during regular school hours unless approved by the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  401.3   Employee Conflict of Interest
  
                                    402.7   Employee Outside Employment

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/17/2007                            Revised                   
                                                                                       02/27/2012
                                                                                       02/20/2017                                                                                                                                                                                   07/18/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:40

409 - Licensed Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

409 - Licensed Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:41

409.1 - Employee Vacation - Holidays

409.1 - Employee Vacation - Holidays

The board will determine the amount of vacation and holidays that will be allowed on an annual basis for employees.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually on vacations and holidays for employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 1C.1; 4.1(34); 20.

Cross Reference:  601.1   School Calendar

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/17/2007                            Revised 06/17/2019
                                                                                       02/27/2012                                 09/21/2020
                                                                                       03/20/2017                                 07/18/2022
                                                                                       06/17/2019
                                                                                       09/21/2020                                                                                                                                                                                     07/18/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:41

409.2 - Employee Leave of Absence

409.2 - Employee Leave of Absence

The board will offer the following leave to regular licensed employees:

  • Personal Illness (Sick) Leave – Leave for medically-related disability or illness
  • Family Sick Leave - Leave to care for a sick member of the employee’s immediate family
  • Bereavement Leave – Leave to mourn the loss of a family member or close friend
  • Personal Leave – Leave to accomplish personal business that cannot be conducted outside the work day
  • Jury Duty Leave – Leave to be excused for jury duty
  • Military Leave – Leave for military service, including the national guard
  • Political Leave – Leave to run for elective public office
  • Professional Leave
  • Unpaid Leave – To excuse an involuntary absence not provided for in other leave policies of the board

The board will offer the following leave to regular classified employees:

  • Personal Illness (Sick) Leave – Leave for medically-related disability or illness
  • Family Sick Leave – Leave to care for a sick member of the employee’s immediate family
  • Bereavement Leave – Leave to mourn the loss of a family member or close friend
  • Personal Leave – Leave to accomplish personal business that cannot be conducted outside the work day
  • Jury Duty Leave – Leave to be excused for jury duty
  • Military Leave – Leave for military service, including the national guard
  • Political Leave – Leave to run for elective public office
  • Professional Leave
  • Unpaid Leave – To excuse an involuntary absence not provided for in other leave policies of the board

The provisions of each leave offering will be detailed in the Master Contract.

Leave offered by the district will not be less than what is required by law. In the event of an emergency or unforeseen circumstance, the superintendent may authorize additional leave.

 

Legal Reference:          29 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq.

                                    Pub.L. 116–127

                                    29 C.F.R. §§ 825; 826.

                                    Iowa Code §§ 20; 29A; 55; 85; 216; 279.40; 607A.

                                    Whitney v. Rural Ind. School District, 232 Iowa 61, 4 N.W.2d 394 (1942).

                                    Bewley v. Villisca Community School District, 299 N.W. 2d 904 (Iowa 1980).

 

Cross Reference:          403.2   Employee Injury on the Job

                                    409.3   Licensed Employee Family and Medical Leave

                                    409.8   Licensed Employee Unpaid Leave

 

 

Approved 09/21/2020                        Reviewed 09/21/2020                               Revised 01/18/2021

                                                                        01/18/2021                                           10/18/2021

                                                                        10/18/2021                                                                                                                                                                                  07/18/2022

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:44

409.3 - Employee Family and Medical Leave

409.3 - Employee Family and Medical Leave

Family and medical leave will be granted up to 12 weeks per year to assist employees in balancing family and work life.  For purposes of this policy, year is defined as fiscal year.  Requests for family and medical leave will be made to the superintendent. 

After all applicable leaves are exhausted, employees are allowed to apply for unpaid family and medical leave by meeting the requirements set out in the family and medical leave administrative rules.  Employees eligible for family and medical leave must comply with the family and medical leave administrative rules prior to starting family and medical leave. 

This policy is consistent with federal law regarding family and medical leave. The links below are to applicable forms on the U.S. Department of Labor’s website.  Contact the central administration office if you need assistance.

 

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq.
   
                                    29 C.F.R. § 825
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 20; 85; 216; 279.40.
   
                                    Whitney v. Rural Ind. School. District, 232 Iowa 61, 4 N.W.2d 394 (1942).

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/17/2007                            Revised 09/21/2009
                                                                                       06/17/2019                                       04/16/2012
                                                                                       09/21/2020                                        07/17/2017
                                                                                       07/18/2022                                        06/17/2019
                                                                                                                                                 09/21/2020                                                                                                                                                                                   07/18/2022

                                                                              

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:46

410 - Other Licensed Employee

410 - Other Licensed Employee dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:49

410.1 - Substitute Teachers

410.1 - Substitute Teachers

The board recognizes the need for substitute teachers.  Substitute teachers will be licensed through the Board of Educational Examiners.

It will be the responsibility of the building principal to maintain a list of substitute teachers who may be called upon to replace regular contract licensed employees.  Individuals whose names do not appear on this list will not be employed as a substitute without specific approval of the superintendent.  It will be the responsibility of the building principal to fill absences with substitute teachers immediately.

Definition:

a.  A substitute teacher serves on a temporary basis in the school district.

Substitute Teachers:

1.  Personnel serving on a substitute basis in the school will possess certification from the State Department of

     Education.  A baccalaureate degree and teaching experience are preferred.

2.  Properly certified substitutes will be paid a per diem rate determined by the superintendent.

3.  On the 11th consecutive school day that a substitute serves in the same assignment, the per diem rate will

      increase to B.A. base without Teacher Supplement Salary (TSS) monies.

NOTE:  All substitute pay rates will be computed and paid to the nearest whole dollar for the daily rate.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Association of School Boards v. PERB, 400 N.W.2d 571 (Iowa 1987).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4(5), .9 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4.

Cross Reference:  405.1   Licensed Employee Defined
                                      405.2   Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 03/19/2012                           Revised 06/26/2006  
                                                                             06/17/2019                                       06/21/2016
                                                                             07/18/2022                                       06/17/2019                                                                                                                                                                                  07/18/2022     

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:50

410.2 - Shared Licensed Employees

410.2 - Shared Licensed Employees

The board may make arrangements for sharing employees with neighboring school districts in order to expand the opportunities available in the education program and the operation of the school district.  It will be within the discretion of the board to determine when and with which school district sharing agreements will be made.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to bring to the board's attention opportunities for sharing employees with neighboring school districts.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 28E; 256.11-.12; 257.11; 280.15; 282.7(1) (2003).

Cross Reference:  217.3   Board of Directors and Adjoining District Board of Directors
  
                                    302.3   Administration and Adjoining District Administration
  
                                    606.1   Shared Students

Approved    11/1/2004                           Reviewed 01/21/2008                           Revised 07/18/2022
                                                                                       03/19/2012    
                                                         
                             03/20/2017                                                                                                                                                                                     07/18/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:51

410.3 - Student Teachers – Internships

410.3 - Student Teachers – Internships

The board will cooperate with post-secondary educational institutions to assist in the practical preparation of teachers and other licensed employee positions.  Student teachers and other student interns may be assigned duties in the school district.

Licensed employees will not be required to utilize student teachers or student interns.  Experienced teachers and teachers in good standing may be allowed to have student teachers or student interns.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to make arrangements with the post-secondary educational institutions for student teachers and student internships.  Such arrangements will safeguard the interest of the student teachers and student interns, the post-secondary educational institution and the school district.

It will be the responsibility of the post-secondary educational institution to provide sufficient supervision over the work of these student teachers to make their presence profitable.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 272.27 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 77.
  
                                    1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 6.
  
                                    1936 Op. Att'y Gen. 462.

Cross Reference:  904      Public Participation in the School District

Approved   11/1/2004                            Reviewed 01/21/2008                           Revised 07/18/2022
                                                                                       03/19/2012
                                                                                       03/20/2017                                                                                                                                                                                   07/18/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:52

410.4 - Truancy Officer

410.4 - Truancy Officer

The board will appoint a licensed employee from each school building to serve as the building's truancy officer.

The principal will notify the truancy officer when a student is truant.  The truancy officer will investigate the cause of a student's truancy and attempt to ensure the student's attendance.  The truancy officer may take the student into custody.  A student taken into custody will be placed in the custody of the principal.  The truancy officer will attempt to contact the student's parents when the student is taken into custody.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 299.10-.11, .15 (2003).

Cross Reference:  501.10 Truancy - Unexcused Absences

Approved   11/1/2004                            Reviewed 01/21/2008                           Revised                   
                                                                                       03/19/2012
                                                                                       03/20/2017                                                                                                                                                                                     07/18/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:54

410.5 - Education Aide

410.5 - Education Aide

The board may employ education aides or other instructional support personnel to assist licensed personnel in nonteaching duties, including, but not limited to:

  • managing and maintaining records, materials and equipment;
  • attending to the physical needs of children; and
  • performing other limited services to support teaching duties when such duties are determined and directed by the teacher.

Education aides who hold a teaching certificate will be compensated at the rate of pay established for their position as an education aide.  It will be the responsibility of the principal to supervise education aides.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4(9); .5(9).

Cross Reference:  411.2   Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

Approved    11/1/2004                           Reviewed 01/21/2008                           Revised 07/15/2022      
                                                                                     03/19/2012
                                                                                     03/20/2017                                                                                                                                                                                   07/18/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:54

410.6 - Summer School Licensed Employees

410.6 - Summer School Licensed Employees

The Independence Community School District will offer summer school options in accordance with law and may, in its discretion offer additional programming during the summer recess. Licensed employees who volunteer or who are appointed to deliver the summer education program are compensated in addition to their regular duties during the school academic year, unless such arrangements are made prior to determining the employee's compensation for the year.

Licensed employees will be given the opportunity to volunteer for the positions available. If the board determines a course must be offered and no licensed employee volunteers for the position, the board will make the necessary arrangements to fill the position. The board will consider applications from volunteers of current licensed employees in conjunction with other applications.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the need for and the delivery of the summer education program.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, 280.14.

Cross Reference:  603.11 Summer School Instruction
  
                                    505.3   Student Promotion – Retention – Acceleration

Approved 10/19/2015                           Reviewed 03/20/2017                           Revised 07/18/2022                                                                                                                             07/18/2022 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:56

411 - Classified Employees - General

411 - Classified Employees - General dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:57

411.1 - Classified Employee Defined

411.1 - Classified Employee Defined

Classified employees are employees who are not administrators or employees in positions which require a teaching license issued by the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners and who are employed to fulfill the duties listed on their job description on a monthly or hourly basis.  Classified employees will include, but not be limited to, teacher and classroom aides, custodial and maintenance employees, clerical employees, food service employees, bus drivers, and temporary help for summer or other maintenance.  The position may be full-time or part-time.

Classified employees may have letters of assignment stating the salary or hourly wage rate.  Classified employees are not guaranteed a minimum number of days or hours of employment.  All classified employees whether they do or do not have letters of assignment are considered “at will” employees who may be terminated at any time for any reason.  The superintendent or the superintendent’s designee has the authority to hire classified employees without advance board approval.  The superintendent or the superintendent’s designee may terminate the employment of a classified employee immediately for any reason.  Classified employees are not automatically re-employed.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to establish job specifications and job descriptions for classified employee positions.  Job descriptions may be approved by the board.

Classified employees required to hold a license for their position must present evidence of their current license to the board secretary prior to payment of wages each year.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8.

 

Cross Reference:          405.1   Licensed Employee Defined

                                    411.2   Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

                                    412.3   Classified Employee Group Insurance Benefits

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/21/2008                           Revised 06/15/2009

                                                                             06/15/2009                                            06/17/2019

                                                                             04/16/2012                                         08/15/2022

                                                                             04/18/2017

                                                                             06/17/2019

                                                                             08/15/2022         

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:57

411.2 - Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

411.2 - Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

Persons interested in a classified employee position will have an opportunity to apply and qualify for classified employee positions in the school district in accordance with applicable laws and school district policies regarding equal employment.  Job applicants for classified employee positions will be considered on the basis of the following:

·      Training, experience, and skill;

·      Nature of the occupation;

·      Demonstrated competence; and

        ·      Possession of, or ability to obtain, state or other license or certificate, if required, for the position.

All job openings will be submitted to the Iowa Department of Education for posting on TeachIowa, the online state job posting system.  Additional announcements of the position may occur in a manner which the superintendent believes will inform potential applicants about the position.  Applications for employment may be obtained from and completed applications may be returned to the central administration office.  Whenever possible, the preliminary screening of applicants will be conducted by the administrator who directly supervises and oversees the position.

The board will employ classified employees after receiving a recommendation from the superintendent.  However, the superintendent will have the authority to employ a classified employee on a temporary basis until a recommendation can be made and action can be taken by the board on the position.

 

Legal Reference:          29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (1994).

                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq. (1994)

                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (1994).

                                    Iowa Code §§ 35C; 216; 279.8; 294.1 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:          401.2   Equal Employment Opportunity

                                    411      Classified Employees - General

 

Approved 06/19/2007                           Reviewed 06/19/2007                           Revised 06/19/2007    

                                                                            04/16/2012                                       05/16/2016

                                                                            05/16/2016                                       02/20/2017

                                                                           02/20/2017                                             08/15/2022

                                                                             08/15/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 10:59

411.3 - Classified Employee Letters of Assignment

411.3 - Classified Employee Letters of Assignment

The board may enter into written letters of assignment with classified employees employed on a regular basis.  The letter of assignment will state the terms of employment.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to draw up and process the classified employee letters of assignment and present them to the board for approval.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.7A; 285.5(9) (2003).

 

 

Cross Reference:          411      Classified Employees - General

                                    412.1   Classified Employee Compensation

                                    412.2   Classified Employee Wage and Overtime Compensation

                                    413      Classified Employee Termination of Employment

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/21/2008                           Revised 06/17/2019

                                                                              04/16/2012

                                                                              04/18/2017

                                                                              06/17/2019

                                                                             08/15/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 11:00

411.4 - Classified Employee Licensing/Certification

411.4 - Classified Employee Licensing/Certification

Classified employees who require a special license or other certification will keep them current at their own expense, except for the Early Childhood certification.  Licensing requirements needed for a position will be considered met if the employee meets the requirements established by law for the position.  The Early Childhood certification will be paid by the district as specified in the 4-Year Old Voluntary Preschool grant.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 285.5(9); 272; 279.8.

                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4(10); 36; 43.

 

Cross Reference:          411.2   Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/21/2008                           Revised 06/17/2019

                                                                             04/16/2012                                         08/15/2022

                                                                             04/18/2017

                                                                             06/17/2019

                                                                             08/15/2022

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 11:02

411.5 - Classified Employee Assignment

411.5 - Classified Employee Assignment

 

Determining the assignment of each classified employee is the responsibility of the superintendent and within the sole discretion of the board.  In making such assignments each year, the superintendent will consider the qualifications of each classified employee and the needs of the school district.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to assign classified employees and report such assignments to the board.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:          200.3   Powers of the Board of Directors

                                    411.6   Classified Employee Transfers

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/21/2008                           Revised 08/15/2022

                                                                             04/16/2012

                                                                             04/18/2017

                                                                             08/15/2022

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 11:03

411.6 - Classified Employee Transfers

411.6 - Classified Employee Transfers

 

Determining the location where a classified employee's assignment will be performed is the responsibility of the superintendent and within the sole discretion of the board.  In making such assignments each year, the superintendent will consider the qualifications of each classified employee and the needs of the school district.

A transfer may be initiated by the employee, the principal or the superintendent.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to transfer classified employees and report such transfers to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:          29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (1994).

                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq. (1994)

                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (1994).

                                    Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 35C; 216; 279.8; 294.1 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:          411.2   Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

                                    411.5   Classified Employment Assignment

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/21/2008                           Revised 05/21/2012

                                                                             05/21/2012                                            06/17/2019

                                                                             04/18/2017                                         08/15/2022

                                                                             06/17/2019

                                                                             08/15/2022

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 11:04

411.7 - Classified Employee Evaluation

411.7 - Classified Employee Evaluation

 

Evaluation of classified employees on their skills, abilities, and competence will be an ongoing process supervised by the superintendent.  The goal of the formal evaluation of classified employees will be to maintain classified employees who meet or exceed the board's standards of performance, to clarify each classified employee's role, to ascertain the areas in need of improvement, to clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and to develop a working relationship between the administrators and other employees.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure classified employees are formally evaluated annually.  New and probationary classified employees will be formally evaluated at least twice a year.

 

 

 

Legal Reference:          Aplington Community School District v. PERB, 392 N.W.2d 495 (Iowa 1986).

                                    Saydel Education Association v. PERB, 333 N.W.2d 486 (Iowa 1983).

                                    Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.14 (2003).

                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(4).

 

Cross Reference:          411.2   Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

                                    411.8   Classified Employee Probationary Status

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/21/2008                           Revised 05/21/2012

                                                                             05/21/2012                                            06/17/2019 

                                                                             04/18/2017                                         08/15/2022

                                                                             06/17/2019

                                                                             08/15/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 11:05

411.8 - Classified Employee Probationary Status

411.8 - Classified Employee Probationary Status

 

The first 90 days of a newly employed classified employee's contract will be a probationary period.  "Day" will be defined as one work day regardless of full-time or part-time status of the employee.  New employees, regardless of experience, will be subject to this probationary period.

"New" employees include individuals who are being hired for the first time by the school district and those who may have been employed by the school district in the past, but have not been employed by the board during the school year prior to the one for which contracts are being issued.

Only the board, in its discretion, may waive the probationary period.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:          411.3   Classified Employee Contracts

                                    411.7   Classified Employee Evaluation

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/21/2008                           Revised 01/16/2012

                                                                             01/16/2012                                         08/15/2022

                                                                             04/16/2012

                                                                             04/18/2017

                                                                             08/15/2022

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 11:07

412 - Classified Employee Compensation and Benefits

412 - Classified Employee Compensation and Benefits dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 11:08

412.1 - Classified Employee Compensation

412.1 - Classified Employee Compensation

 

The board will determine the compensation to be paid for the classified employees' positions, keeping in mind the education and experience of the classified employee, the educational philosophy of the school district, the financial condition of the school district and any other considerations as deemed relevant by the board.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the compensation of classified employees.  The compensation will be subject to review and modification through the collective bargaining process.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the classified collective bargaining unit and the Board regarding wages and salaries of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4, .7, .9; 279.8 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:          411.3   Classified Employee Contracts

                                    412.2   Classified Employee Wage and Overtime Compensation

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/21/2008                           Revised 05/21/2012

                                                                             05/21/2012                                         08/15/2022

                                                                             05/15/2017

                                                                             06/17/2019

                                                                             08/15/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 11:08

412.2 - Classified Employee Wage and Overtime Compensation

412.2 - Classified Employee Wage and Overtime Compensation

 

Each non-exempt employee compensated on an hour-by-hour basis, whether full- or part-time, permanent or temporary, will be paid no less than the prevailing minimum wage.  Whenever a non-exempt employee must work more than forty hours in a given work week, the employee will be compensated at one and one-half times their regular hourly wage rate.  This compensation will be in the form of overtime pay.  Overtime will not be permitted without prior authorization of the building principal.

Each classified employee paid on an hour-by-hour basis must clock in and out using the district’s time clock system to record actual hours worked.  Failure of the employee to properly clock in and out or falsification of daily time worked will be grounds for disciplinary action, up to and including possible termination.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to maintain wage records.

 

Legal Reference:          Garcia v. San Antonio Metropolitan Transit Authority, 469 U.S. 528 (1985).

                                    29 U.S.C. §§ 206 et seq. (1994).

                                    29 C.F.R. Pt. 511-800 (2002).

 

 

Cross Reference:          411.3   Classified Employee Contracts

                                    412.1   Classified Employee Compensation

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/21/2008                           Revised 05/21/2012

                                                                             05/21/2012                                       06/17/2019

                                                                             05/15/2017                                          08/15/2022

                                                                                  06/17/2019

                                                                             08/15/2022

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 11:31

412.3 - Classified Employee Group Insurance Benefits

412.3 - Classified Employee Group Insurance Benefits

Classified employees may be eligible for group insurance and health benefits as determined by the board and required by law.  The board will select the group insurance program(s) and the insurance company or third-party administrator which will provide the program.

This policy statement does not guarantee a certain level of benefits.  The board will have the authority and right to change or eliminate group insurance programs for its classified employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 85; 85B; 279.12; 509; 509A; 509B (2003).

                                    Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 85; 85B; 279.12; 509; 509A; 509B.

                                    Internal Revenue Code § 4980H(c)(4); Treas. Reg. § 54.4980H-1(a)(21)(ii).

Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health Coverage, 26 CFR Parts 1, 54 and 301, 78 Fed. Reg. 217, (Jan 2, 2013).

Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health Coverage, 26 CFR Parts 1, 54 and 301, 79 Fed. Reg. 8543 (Feb. 12, 2014).

 

Cross Reference:          411.1   Classified Employee Defined

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/21/2008                           Revised 05/21/2012

                                                                             05/21/2012                                         06/17/2019

                                                                             05/15/2017                                            09/20/2021

                                                                             06/17/2019                                                      

                                                                             09/20/2021     

                                                                                  08/15/2022                

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 11:40

412.4 - Classified Employee Tax Shelter Programs

412.4 - Classified Employee Tax Shelter Programs

Employees may elect to have amounts withheld from their pay for items authorized by law, subject to agreement of the district.  The board may authorize the administration to make a payroll deduction for classified employees' tax-sheltered annuity premiums purchased from a company or program if chosen by the board.

Classified employees wishing to have payroll deductions for tax-sheltered annuities will make a written request to the superintendent.  Requests for purchase or change of tax-sheltered annuities may be made by the first of the month prior to the payroll deduction.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, Section 1450(a), repealing portions of IRS REG § 1.403(b)-1(b)(3).

                                    Iowa Code §§; 260C; 273; 294.16.

                                    1988 Op. Att'y Gen. 38.

                                    1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 462, 602.

                                    1966 Op. Att'y Gen. 211, 220.

 

Cross Reference:          706      Payroll Procedures

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/21/2008                           Revised 01/19/2009

                                                                             01/19/2009                                         05/21/2012

                                                                             05/21/2012                                         06/17/2019

                                                                             05/15/2017                                          08/15/2022

                                                                             06/17/2019

                                                                              08/15/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 11:41

413 - Classified Employee Termination of Employment

413 - Classified Employee Termination of Employment dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 11:43

413.1 - Classified Employee Resignation

413.1 - Classified Employee Resignation

 

Classified employees who wish to resign during the school year will give the board notice of their intent to resign and final date of employment and cancel their contract 10 days prior to their last working day.

Notice of the intent to resign will be in writing to the superintendent.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 91A.2, .3, .5; 279.19A; 285.5(9) (2003).

 

 

Cross Reference:          411.3   Classified Employee Contracts

                                    413      Classified Employee Termination of Employment

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 02/18/2008                           Revised 08/15/2022

                                                                             05/21/2012

                                                                             05/15/2017

                                                                             08/15/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 11:43

413.2 - Classified Employee Retirement

413.2 - Classified Employee Retirement

Classified employees who will complete their current contract with the board may apply for classified employee early retirement plan.  No classified employee will be required to retire at any specific age.

Application for employee early retirement will be considered made when the classified employee states in writing to the superintendent, no later than 4:00 p.m. on Thursday, February 8, 2018 that the employee wishes to retire at the end of the fiscal year.  Applications made after the date set by the board may be considered by the board if special circumstances exist.  It shall be within the sole discretion of the board to determine whether special circumstances exist.

Board action to approve a classified employee's application for retirement shall be final, and such action constitutes resignation from employment and termination of the employee's contract effective the day of the employee's retirement.

Classified employees who retire under this policy may also qualify for retirement benefits through the Iowa Public Employees Retirement System.

Classified employees who have group insurance coverage through the school district may be allowed to continue coverage in the school district's group health insurance program, at their own expense, by meeting the requirements of the insurer.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 91A.2, .3, .5; 279.19A, .46 (2011).

Cross Reference:  401.14 Recognition for Service of Employees
  
                                    413.3   Classified Employee Early Retirement Plan

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/17/2007                           Revised 01/14/2009
                                                                                            11/17/2008                                       07/27/2009
                                                                                            02/09/2009                                       11/16/2009
                                                                                                                                                           02/22/2010     
                                                                                                                                                           12/19/2011
                                                                                                                                                           03/18/2013
                                                                                                                                                           01/20/2014
                                                                                                                                                           01/19/2015

                                                                                                                                                           12/19/2016
                                                                                                                                                           01/15/2018                                                                                                                                                                             

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 11:44

413.3 - Classified Employee Severance Plan

413.3 - Classified Employee Severance Plan

The Board of Education of the Independence Community School District agrees to provide a supplemental benefit for classified employees, due to early retirement from the district. The purpose of the early retirement plan is to:  1) enable staff modifications without disrupting the careers of those who do not wish to leave the education profession; 2) facilitate a long-range cost savings to the school district.

   Eligibility for early retirement plan is based on the following criteria:

   1. Is available to employees of the age of 55 on or before June 30th of the current fiscal year.

2. Wish to retire voluntarily from service in the Independence Community School District.

3. Has been actively employed during the school year in which one requests retirement benefits.

4. Has completed a minimum of fifteen (15) years continuous full time service to the Independence Community  

    School District by June 30th of the current fiscal year and are currently employed at the time the voluntary

    retirement request is made.  A leave of absence may interrupt continuous service without affecting the

    continuous years of service rule.  Professional and military leave will qualify toward continuous service.                                                                                               

5. Is not receiving payments from the district’s long-term disability insurance program or any other wage

    replacement program.

   6. Has not been discharged for cause or notified that their contract is under consideration of termination or 

       reduction.

   7. Receives approval for resignation and participation in this program by the Board of Education.

   8. Is one of the first five (5) classified applicants.

Approval of the accompanying request for resignation will be considered as final action of the employee’s resignation and will constitute termination of his/her continuing contract at the completion of the current school year.

An employee’s application for early retirement benefits is not, in itself, a resignation of a contract with the Independence Community School District.  However, acceptance by the Board of Education of an application for early retirement benefits will be considered a voluntary resignation and termination of the employee’s continuing contract effective at the end of the current fiscal year.  Should the board not accept the application, the employee will remain a classified employee of the Independence Community School District, unless the employee otherwise resigns, is discharged or is reduced from the staff.

A recipient of this policy provision may choose to continue coverage under the district’s hospitalization and major medical plan, if eligible at time of retirement, at the rate determined by the carrier, by paying the monthly premium amount in full to the business manager’s office prior to the date the district’s premium payment is made to the insurance carrier.  All insurance programs are subject to the policies of the insurance carriers.  Dependent’s insurance will cease at the same time as the employee’s.

BENEFIT OPTION:

Employees participating in the early retirement plan may elect to receive early retirement plan benefits of fifty percent (50%) of their current contracted annual salary (not to include supplemental or extra hours).

All benefits will be paid out in one lump sum into a 403(b) retirement plan in accordance with Internal Revenue Service guidelines and board determined plan.

In the event of the death of the employee prior to payment of the early retirement plan, payment shall be made to a designated beneficiary; or in the event no beneficiary is named, payment shall be made to the estate of the employee. 

                                                                                                                                 

Miscellaneous terms:

The district is not providing tax advice, and the employee must consult the employee’s own tax advisor for the actual taxability of retirement benefits.

The board reserves the right to determine how many and which employees will be granted benefits under this plan.

The board has complete discretion to offer or not offer a severance plan for classified employees.  The board may discontinue the school district’s severance plan at any time.  In the event the severance plan is altered or ended, employees who separated from the district under its provisions will continue to receive the benefits authorized by the Board of Education prior to that time. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code     279.46; 509A.13 (2011)

Cross Reference:  401.14 Recognition for Service of Employees
  
                                    407.3     Licensed Employee Early Retirement Plan

Approved 07/18/2005                           Reviewed 01/15/2018               Revised 12/17/2007     12/19/2011
                                                                                                                                    11/17/2008     03/18/2013
                                                                                                                                    01/14/2009     01/20/2014
                                                                                                                                    02/09/2009     01/19/2015
                                                                                                                                    07/27/2009
                                                                                                                                    11/16/2009
                                                                                                                                    02/22/2010

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 11:49

413.3E1 - Severance Plan Acknowledgement of Receipt

413.3E1 - Severance Plan Acknowledgement of Receipt

The undersigned classified employee acknowledges receipt of the severance plan stated below:

  • Early retirement plan policy #413.3
  • Early retirement plan application form
  • Early retirement plan beneficiary designation

The undersigned classified staff employee acknowledges that the application and participation in the early retirement plan is entirely voluntary.

The undersigned classified staff employee acknowledges that the school district recommends the employee contact legal counsel and the employee’s personal accountant regarding participation in the early retirement plan.

 

 

_________________________________________                                ______________________
                    Employee Signature                                                                                               Date

 

_________________________________________                                _______________________
         Superintendent/or Designee Witness                                                                         Date

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:01

413.3E2 - Classified Employee Severance Plan Beneficiary Designation

413.3E2 - Classified Employee Severance Plan Beneficiary Designation

In the event of the death of the employee prior to payment of the early retirement plan, but after the employee’s retirement has begun, the payment will be paid to the designated beneficiary in one lump sum payment.  In the event no beneficiary is designated, the payment will be paid to the employee’s estate in one lump sum payment. 

Pursuant to the provisions of board policy 413.3, I hereby designate my beneficiary to be:

 

                        Name: _____________________________________________________

                    Address: ______________________________________________________

         City, State, Zip: ______________________________________________________

                  Signature: ______________________________________________________

    Witness Signature: ______________________________________________________

                         Date: ______________________________________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:03

413.3E3 - Severance Plan Application Form

413.3E3 - Severance Plan Application Form

The undersigned classified employee is applying for early retirement pay pursuant to board policy #413.3, Classified Employee Early Retirement Plan.  Please complete the following information.

_____________________________________________     _______________         ________________________
Full Legal Name of Classified Employee                                          Date of Birth                       Social Security Number

 

 

_______________________________________        ____________________              _____________________
Current Job Title                                                                            Years of District Service               Years of IPERS Service
                                                                                                              By June 30th                               By June 30th

 

Please attach a letter of resignation giving the effective date of retirement from the district.

The undersigned employee acknowledges that application and participation in the early retirement plan is entirely voluntary.

The undersigned employee acknowledges that the school district recommends that the employee contact legal counsel and the employee’s own personal accountant regarding participation in the early retirement plan.

 

___________________________________                               ________________________
Signature                                                                                                     Date

 

 

__________ Approved

__________ Not Approved

 

 

___________________________________                               ________________________
Superintendent of Schools                                                                       Date

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:04

413.4 - Classified Employee Suspension

413.4 - Classified Employee Suspension

 

Classified employees will perform their assigned job, respect and follow board policy and obey the law.  The superintendent is authorized to suspend a classified employee with or without pay pending board action on a discharge or during investigation of charges against the employee or for disciplinary purposes.  It will be within the discretion of the superintendent to suspend a classified employee with or without pay.

In the event of a suspension, due process will be followed.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Legal Reference:          Northeast Community Education Association v. Northeast Community School District, 402 N.W.2d 765 (Iowa 1987).

                                    McFarland v. Board of Education of Norwalk Community School District, 277 N.W.2d 901 (Iowa 1979).

                                    Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:          404      Employee Conduct and Appearance

                                    413      Classified Employee Termination of Employment

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 02/18/2008                           Revised 08/15/2022

                                                                             05/21/2012

                                                                             05/15/2017

                                                                             08/15/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:06

413.5 - Classified Employee Dismissal

413.5 - Classified Employee Dismissal

 

The board believes classified employees should perform their jobs, respect board policy and obey the law.  A classified employee may be dismissed upon thirty days notice or immediately for cause.  Due process procedures will be followed.

In the event that the superintendent does not want to exercise the authority to terminate a classified employee under board policy 411.1, it will be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation for dismissal to the board.  A classified employee may be dismissed for any reason, including, but not limited to, incompetence, willful neglect of duty, reduction in force, willful violation of board policy or administrative regulations, or a violation of the law.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24 (2003).

 

 

Cross Reference:          404      Employee Conduct and Appearance

                                    413.4   Classified Employee Suspension

                                    413.6   Classified Employee Reduction in Force

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 02/18/2008                           Revised 01/18/2010

                                                                             01/18/2010                                         08/15/2022

                                                                             05/21/2012

                                                                                  05/15/2017     

                                                                             08/15/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:08

413.6 - Classified Employee Reduction in Force

413.6 - Classified Employee Reduction in Force

 

It is the exclusive power of the board to determine when a reduction in classified employees is necessary.  Employees who are terminated due to a reduction in force will be given notice as soon as practical.  Due process will be followed for terminations due to a reduction in force.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation for termination to the board. 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:          407.6   Licensed Employee Reduction in Force

                                    413.4   Classified Employee Suspension

                                    413.5   Classified Employee Dismissal

                                    703      Budget

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 02/18/2008                           Revised 05/21/2012

                                                                             05/21/2012                                         06/17/2019

                                                                                  05/15/2017                                          08/15/2022

                                                                                  06/17/2019

                                                                             08/15/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:09

415 - Classified Employee Substitutes

415 - Classified Employee Substitutes

 

The superintendent will employ substitute and temporary classified employees.  It will be the responsibility of the building principal to maintain a list of classified substitutes who may be called upon to replace regular classified employees.  Individuals whose names do not appear on this list will not be employed as a substitute without specific approval of the superintendent. 

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8 (2003).

 

 

Cross Reference:          411      Classified Employees - General

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 02/18/2008                             Revised 06/17/2019

                                                                              06/18/2012                                          08/15/2022

                                                                             06/19/2017

                                                                              06/17/2019

                                                                             08/15/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:10

500 - STUDENTS

500 - STUDENTS jen@iowaschool… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 09:43

501 - Student Attendance

501 - Student Attendance dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 13:31

501.01 - Resident Students

501.01 - Resident Students

Children who are residents of the school district community will attend the school district without paying tuition.

The residence of a student means the place, abode, or dwelling of the student.  Generally, the legal dwelling of minors is the same as their parents.  However, a student may establish a dwelling with someone other than the parents and attend public school in the school district without paying tuition if the primary purpose for residing in the school district is not for the purpose of obtaining a free public education.  Further, students who have reached the age of majority and who are still eligible to attend an Iowa secondary school may declare their residence independent of the residence of the parents.

Each case involving the bona fide residence of a student will be decided upon its individual merits by the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Lakota Cons. Ind. School v. Buffalo Center-Rake Comm. School, 334 N.W.2d 704 (Iowa 1983).
     
                                Mt. Hope School Dist. v. Hendrickson, 197 N.W. 47 (Iowa 1924).
     
                                Oshel v. Creston Comm. School Dist., DPI Admin. Doc. 570 (1981).
     
                                33 D.P.I. Dec. Rule 80 (1984).
     
                                Iowa Code §§ 257.6; 282.2, .6, .7; 285.4 (2003).
    
                                1956 Op. Att'y Gen. 185.
   
                                1946 Op. Att'y Gen. 197.
    
                                1938 Op. Att'y Gen. 69.
   
                                1930 Op. Att'y Gen. 147.

Cross Reference:  102      School District Instructional Organization
     
                         501      Student Attendance

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  07/21/2008, 09/16/2013, 11/19/2018, 11/27/2023

Revised:

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 13:32

501.02 - Nonresident Students

501.02 - Nonresident Students

Students who are eligible to attend an Iowa public school but who are not legal residents of the school district may be admitted into the school district at the discretion of the superintendent upon application and payment of tuition.  The tuition rate is the current per-pupil cost of the school district as computed by the board secretary and as authorized by the Iowa Department of Education.

Resident students whose families move from the school district after the start of a semester and who wish to complete the semester in their former resident school district will be permitted to attend.  Students who plan to open enroll to their former resident district for the next school year may do so without approval of the superintendent or board.  

Students in grades eleven or twelve who are no longer residents of the school district, but were residents in the preceding school year, may continue to attend school until they graduate without the payment of tuition.  These students may be required to identify an adult, who resides in the school district, identified for purposes of administration.

Nonresident students who are eligible to attend an Iowa public school and who have evidence they will become legal residents of the school district prior to October 1 may be allowed to attend without the payment of tuition.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Lakota Cons. Ind. School v. Buffalo Center-Rake Comm. School, 334 N.W.2d 704 (Iowa 1983).
                             Mt. Hope School Dist. v. Hendrickson, 197 N.W. 47 (Iowa 1924).
                             Oshel v. Creston Comm. School Dist., DPI Admin. Doc. 570 (1981).
                             Iowa Code §§ 257.6; 282.1, .2, .6, .7, .11, .24

Cross Reference:  501      Student Attendance

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  07/21/2008, 09/16/2013, 11/19/2018, 06/19/2023

Revised:  06/19/2023

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 13:36

501.03 - Compulsory Attendance

501.03 - Compulsory Attendance

Parents within the school district who have children over age six and under age sixteen by September 15, in proper physical and mental condition to attend school, shall have the children attend the school district at the attendance center designated by the board.  Students shall attend school the number of hours school is in session in accordance with the school calendar.  Students of compulsory attendance age shall attend school a minimum of 1080 hours.  Students not attending the minimum hours must be exempted by this policy as listed below or referred to the county attorney.  Exceptions to this policy include children who:

  • have completed the requirements for graduation in an accredited school or have obtained a high school equivalency diploma;
  • are attending religious services or receiving religious instruction;
  • are attending an approved or probationally approved private college preparatory school;
  • are attending an accredited nonpublic school;
  • are receiving independent private instruction; or,
  • are receiving competent private instruction.

It is the responsibility of the parent of a child to provide evidence of the child's mental and physical inability to attend school or of the child's qualifications for one of the exceptions listed above.

The principal or other school official shall investigate the cause for a student's truancy.  If the principal or other school official is unable to secure the truant student's attendance through the district’s truancy regulation, the principal or other school official shall refer the matter over to the county attorney. 

The school will participate in mediation if requested by the county attorney.  The superintendent or designee shall represent the school district in mediation.  The school district will monitor the student's compliance with the mediation agreement and will report violations of the mediation agreement to the county attorney.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 239.5B; 259A; 279.10-.11; ch. 299; 299A (2003).
                                      441 I.A.C. 41.25(8).
                                      1978 Op. Att'y. Gen. 379.

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
                              601.1   School Calendar
                              604.1   Competent Private Instruction

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  09/16/2013, 11/19/2018

Revised:  02/18/2008, 09/15/2014, 11/27/2023, 03/18/2024

 

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 13:39

501.04 - Entrance - Admissions

501.04 - Entrance - Admissions

 

Children in the school district community will be allowed to enroll in the school district's regular education program beginning at age five.  The child must be age five on or prior to September 15 to participate in the school district's kindergarten program.  The child must be age six on or prior to September 15 to begin the first grade of the education program.

The board shall require evidence of age and residency in the form of a birth certificate or other evidence before the student may enroll in the school district's education program.  It shall be within the discretion of the superintendent to determine what is satisfactory evidence for proof of age.

Prior to enrollment, the child must provide the administration with their health and immunization certificate.  Failure to provide this information within the time period set by the superintendent shall be reason for suspension, expulsion or denying admission to the student.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 139.9; 282.1, .3, .6 (2003).
  
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 258.

Cross Reference:  501      Student Attendance
  
                            507.1   Student Health and Immunization Certificates

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  07/21/2008, 09/16/2013, 11/19/2018, 11/27/2023

Revised:  

      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 13:42

501.05 - Attendance Center Assignment

501.05 - Attendance Center Assignment

The board will have complete discretion to determine the boundaries for each attendance center and to assign students to the attendance centers.

Parents or guardians of siblings in the same grade level academically in grades kindergarten through grade five may request the siblings be placed in the same or different classrooms.  In order to be valid, the request must be made in writing and submitted to the school principal at the time of registration for classes, or within fourteen days after the children’s first day of attendance during the school year.  If a valid request is received by the school principal, the request must be honored.  While a parent or guardian may make a placement request that siblings be placed together or apart, the district administration retains complete discretion to select the classroom teacher(s) to which siblings are assigned.  If after the initial grading period following the placement of siblings in the same or different classrooms the school principal determines the placement is disruptive to the class; the principal may assign one or more of the siblings to different classrooms.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the assigned attendance center for each student.  In making the recommendation, the superintendent will consider the geographical layout of the school district, the condition and location of the school district facilities, the location of student population, possible transportation challenges, financial condition of the school district and other factors deemed relevant by the superintendent or the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.11; 282.7-.8.

Cross Reference:  501      Student Attendance

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  07/21/2008, 09/16/2013, 11/19/2018, 10/21/2019, 11/27/2023

Revised:  10/21/2019

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 13:44

501.06 - Student Transfers In

501.06 - Student Transfers In

Students who transfer into the school district must meet the immunization and age requirements set out for students who initially enroll in the school district.

The school district shall request the student's cumulative records from the previous school district.  If the student cannot offer proof of grade level, the superintendent or designee will make the grade level determination.  The superintendent or designee may require testing or other information to determine the grade level.  Students currently expelled or suspended from their previous school district will not be enrolled.  Students will follow the regular enrollment process after their expulsion or suspension has expired.

The superintendent or designee shall determine the amount of credits to be transferred.  If the student has not previously attended an accredited school, it is within the superintendent's discretion to accept or reject credits or grades.

The board may deny admission if the student is not willing to provide the board with the necessary information.

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g (1994).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 139.9; 282.1, .3, .4; 299A (2003).

Cross Reference:  501      Student Attendance
  
                            505.4   Student Honors and Awards
  
                            507      Student Health and Well-Being
  
                            604.1   Competent Private Instruction

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  07/21/2008, 09/16/2013, 12/17/2018

Revised:  11/27/2023

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 13:46

501.07 - Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals

501.07 - Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals

If the student's parent/guardian(s) wish to withdraw or transfer the student from school prior to completing and graduating from the education program, they shall notify the school in writing as soon as possible of the decision to withdraw or transfer the student from the education program.  They will receive instructions regarding the return of textbooks, library books, locker equipment, hot lunch information, etc. 

The notice shall state the student's final day of attendance.  If the student is not enrolling in another school district, the school district shall maintain the student's records in the same manner as the records of students who have graduated from the school district.

If the parents wish to have the student's cumulative record sent to the new school district, the parents shall notify the school in writing.  This notice shall include the name of the school district and the person at the new school district to whom the student's cumulative records should be sent.  If the new school district requests the student's cumulative records, the school district will forward the cumulative records and notify the parents the records have been sent.  The notice shall inform the parents of their right to review the records sent.

If the student is of compulsory education age and not transferring to another public school district or an accredited nonpublic school, the parents shall notify the school that the student is receiving competent private instruction and file the necessary competent private instruction reports.

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g.
  
                            Iowa Code §§ 274.1; 299.1-.1A; 299A.11.

Cross Reference:  501      Student Attendance
  
                            506      Student Records
  
                            604.1   Competent Private Instruction

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  07/21/2008, 12/17/2018

Revised:  09/16/2013, 11/27/2023

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 13:47

501.08 - Student Attendance Records

501.08 - Student Attendance Records

As part of the school district's records, the daily attendance of each student shall be recorded and maintained on file with the permanent records of the board secretary.

It shall be the responsibility of the principals to ensure that such reports are filed with the board secretary, the custodian of school records.

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 294.4; 299 (2003).
  
                            281 I.A.C. 12.2(4).

Cross Reference:  501      Student Attendance
  
                            506      Student Records

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  07/21/2008, 09/16/2013, 12/17/2018, 11/27/2003

Revised:

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 13:48

501.09 - Student Absences – Excused

501.09 - Student Absences – Excused

Regular attendance by students is essential for students to obtain the maximum opportunities from the education program.  Parents should understand that any absence not excused by a physician, school nurse, or building principal shall be considered an absence from school.

Any absences excused by either a physician, school nurse, or building principal (including any school sponsored or approved activities) shall be considered as days in attendance for the purpose of the truancy law.

The district believes that traditional, in-person school attendance leads to the greatest learning opportunities for students.  However, there may be rare and unusual circumstances created by public emergencies declared by state or local officials which temporarily prevent students from attending traditional, in-person school.  In these circumstances, the superintendent will have discretion to make reasonable accommodations for students, on a case-by-case basis, to attend school through remote learning opportunities within the available resources of the district and as permitted by law.  During approved remote learning, attendance will be taken, assessments may be administered, and grades will count towards students’ cumulative grade point average as if they were attending in person.  The provision of special education and accommodations for students who have individualized education programs (IEPs) or Section 504 plans will be determined by each respective IEP or Section 504 team. 

Students shall be allowed the opportunity to make up the work missed.

Students who wish to participate in school-sponsored activities are only allowed to miss until noon of the day of the activity unless permission has been given by the principal for the student to be absent.

It shall be the responsibility of the parent to notify the student's attendance center no later than 10:00 a.m. of the day the student is absent, or as soon as the parent knows the student will not be attending school on that day.  The principal/designee will request evidence or written verification of the student's reason for absence.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  34 C.F.R.sec. 300
  
                            28 C.F.R. Pt. 35
  
                            Iowa Code §§ 294.4; 299.
  
                            281 I.A.C. 12.2(4).

Cross Reference:  501      Student Attendance
  
                            503      Student Discipline
  
                            504      Student Activities
  
                            506      Student Records

 

Approved:  07/17/2006

Reviewed:  08/18/2008, 12/17/2018, 07/20/2020

Revised:  06/19/2006, 12/16/2013, 07/20/2020, 11/27/2023

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 13:52

501.09E1 - Request for Remote Learning Form

501.09E1 - Request for Remote Learning Form

REQUEST FOR REMOTE LEARNING FORM

 

Date:  ________________

Student Name:  ____________________________________________       

Attendance Center:  ________________________________________

Parent/Guardian:  __________________________________________

I, _________________________________ (Parent/Guardian) am requesting accommodation for my child, _________________________________ (Student Name) to participate in remote learning opportunities for the duration of the declared public emergency, or until I have determined my child can safely return to traditional in-person learning at his/her designated attendance center, whichever occurs first. 

I have attached to this form documentation from an Iowa Board of Medicine-licensed medical professional confirming that remote learning is medically necessary due to the vulnerable health condition of my child or of a family member residing within the same home as my child.

I understand that the district will do their utmost to accommodate my child’s learning needs, but that some learning opportunities may need to be modified in a remote environment.  The provision of special education and accommodations for students who have individualized education programs (IEPs) or Section 504 plans will be determined by each respective IEP or Section 504 team.  

I understand that in order for my child to continue to participate in mandatory learning, his/her remote attendance will be taken, assessments administered, and grades will be counted toward my child’s cumulative grade average.  I understand that any devices, technology, or materials given to my child to facilitate remote learning are the property of the district and must be returned at the end of the remote learning period. 

I am requesting that remote learning opportunities begin on ______________ (date) and continue until
[ ____________(date) or the declared public emergency is dismissed].

 

________________________________(Parent/Guardian)           _____________________(Date)

 

Request approved by:

 

_______________________________ (School Official)             ______________________(Date)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 13:54

501.10 - Truancy

501.10 - Truancy

Regular attendance by the students at school is essential for students to obtain the maximum opportunities from the education program. Parents and students alike are encouraged to ensure an absence from school is a necessary absence.

Children between the ages of six and sixteen, as of September 15, residing in the Independence Community School District are required to be enrolled in and attending an Iowa accredited public or private school, or receiving competent private instruction pursuant to state law (Iowa Code 299.1A).  Students are expected to attend a minimum of 162 days per year.  Truancy will not be tolerated by the board.

Students are subject to disciplinary action for truancy including, but not limited to, detention, retention, alternative placement, release to human services, release to a guidance counselor, truancy officer, intervention team or other appropriate third party. It shall be within the discretion of the principal to determine, in light of the circumstances, whether a student may make up work missed because of truancy.

The principal/designee shall notify the truancy officer when a student is truant. The truancy officer shall investigate the cause of a student’s truancy and attempt to ensure the student’s attendance. The truancy officer may take the student into custody. A student taken into custody shall be placed in the custody of the principal. The truancy officer shall attempt to contact the student’s parents when the student is taken into custody. If after school administration action, the student is still truant, the truancy officer shall refer the matter over to the county attorney.

The school will participate in mediation if requested by the county attorney. The superintendent or designee shall represent the school district in mediation. The school district will monitor the student’s compliance with the mediation agreement and will report violations of the mediation agreement to the county attorney for possible prosecution.

Regulations for this policy are outlined in the student handbook for each attendance center.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 294.4; 299 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.2(4).

Cross Reference:  206.3   Secretary-Treasurer
  
                                    501      Student Attendance
  
                                    503      Student Discipline
  
                                    504      Student Activities
  
                                    506      Student Records

 

Approved:  08/21/2006

Reviewed:  08/18/2008, 11/18/2013, 12/17/2018

Revised:  07/17/2006, 05/19/2009, 12/17/2018, 11/27/2023

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 13:56

501.10E - Sample Letter to Parents

501.10E - Sample Letter to Parents

 

SAMPLE LETTER TO PARENT/GUARDIAN(S) REGARDING ATTENDANCE

 

 

Date

                                                                                                                                  

 Dear Parent/Guardian(s):

The Independence Community School District Board of Education’s attendance policy states the following actions will occur regarding cumulative student absences:

  • Letter from the building principal sent after 10th absence from school.
    (Any absence due to participation in school sponsored or approved activities will be excused by the building principal).
  • A mediation meeting between the parent, truancy officer and building principal/designee after the 15th absence. 
    A detailed student attendance contract will be developed.
  • Any breeches of the terms of the contract by the student or parent(s) after the 18th absence will result in a referral to the county attorney.

Regular attendance is essential for students to obtain the maximum opportunities and benefits from the educational program.  The purpose of this letter is only to inform you of the number of absences and truancies your child has accumulated so far this year.

As of __________________, your child, ___________________________ has missed 10 days of school.

We understand there are times and circumstances requiring your child to miss school, and we also understand you are likely aware of the number of days missed by your child.  However, the Board of Education believes it is imperative students are in attendance and are ready to learn.  Therefore, this letter is sent to you as a reminder and to encourage you to make necessary adjustments in order to avoid further consequences as outlined in the school district attendance policy.

If you have any questions, concerns, or if you need clarification on the Board of Education policy please contact us.  Thank you for your continued efforts and support of the Independence Community School District.

 

Sincerely,

 

Principal
Building
Address

Cc:  Truancy Officer

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 13:58

501.10R - Truancy Regulation

501.10R - Truancy Regulation

 

Attendance in school is considered extremely important for the success of a student in their academic work.  Students will be required to be in school a minimum number of days.  This number will be no less than 162 days.  The following action will take place with absences that are considered as truant from school.

The building principal/designee will send a letter to the parent of a student who has missed ten (10) cumulative days at their respective attendance center.  (Code No. 501.10E1)

A mediation meeting will take place between the parent, truancy officer and building principal/designee, and student as appropriate, when the student has missed fifteen (15) cumulative days of school.  At this meeting a detailed student specific attendance contract will be developed.  This contract will include such items as consequences for breeches of the contract up to and including referral to the county attorney for prosecution which may happen upon the student missing the eighteenth (18) cumulative day of school.

The truancy officer will be responsible for the attendance of students in grade one through 16 years of age.  (Students who turn 16 years of age during the school year must complete that year under compulsory attendance law.)  The truancy officer will do the following:

  • Monitor daily attendance with assistance from building secretaries.
  • Will mediate at required parent conferences.
  • Will refer parents to the county attorney.
  • Will investigate and monitor persons referred to the county attorney.
  • Represent the Independence Community School District in any court proceedings.

The truancy officer will inform the superintendent of any scheduled mediation meetings.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 14:00

501.11 - Student Release During School Hours

501.11 - Student Release During School Hours

 

Students will be allowed to leave the school district facilities during school hours only with prior authorization from their parents, unless the parent appears personally at the student's attendance center to arrange for the release of the student during school hours, or with the permission of the principal.

Approved reasons for release of a student during the school day shall include, but not be limited to, illness, family emergencies, medical appointments, religious instruction, classes outside the student's attendance center, and other reasons determined appropriate by the principal.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 294.4 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.2(4).

Cross Reference:  501      Student Attendance
  
                                    503      Student Discipline
  
                                    504      Student Activities
  
                                    506      Student Records

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 08/18/2008                           Revised                   
                                                                                            11/18/2013
                                                                                            12/17/2018                                                      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 14:01

501.12 - Pregnant Students

501.12 - Pregnant Students

 

The board encourages pregnant students to continue to attend the education program as long as they are physically able to do so.  The pregnant student may notify the principal or the guidance counselor as soon as she is aware of the pregnancy.  The school may require that a pregnant student provide the principal with a written note from her doctor relative to special conditions that might exist and specific suggestions as to how long the student may continue to attend classes.  If the student is unable to attend school because of her pregnancy, the student may be excused and arrangements made to continue her studies during her absence.  The student shall resume classes upon the recommendation of her physician.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 216; 279.8; 280.3 (2003).

Cross Reference:  501      Student Attendance
  
                                    604.2   Individualized Instruction

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 08/18/2008                           Revised                   
                                                                                            11/18/2013
                                                                                            12/17/2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 14:02

501.13 - Married Students

501.13 - Married Students

 

The board encourages married students to continue attending the education program in order to graduate.

Married students may attend without paying tuition as long as they are eligible to attend an Iowa public school and are a resident of the school district.

If requested, a married student with family responsibilities may have classes scheduled in blocks so as much time as possible can be spent fulfilling family responsibilities.  Husbands and wives will not necessarily be scheduled in the same class sections.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 257.6; 280.3; 282.2, .6, .7 (2003).

Cross Reference:  501      Student Attendance

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 08/18/2008                           Revised                   
                                                                                           11/18/2013
                                                                                           12/17/2018                                                                       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 14:04

501.14 - Students of Legal Age

501.14 - Students of Legal Age

 

Students who have attained legal age may continue the education program without payment of tuition as long as they are eligible to attend an Iowa public school and are residents of the school district.

Parents will be allowed to access and view the student's records without written permission from the student if the student is still a dependent for tax purposes.  In most cases, with the discretion of the principal or the superintendent, the student will be able to make decisions and sign documents rather than requiring parental permission or signature.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g (1994).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 22; 282.2, .6, .7; 285.4; 599.1; 622.10 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).

Cross Reference:  501      Student Attendance
  
                                    506      Student Records

Approved 11/1/2004                       Reviewed 08/18/2008                     Revised                         
                                                                                      11/18/2013                    
                                                                              
        12/17/2018          

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 14:05

501.15 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District

501.15 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District

The school district will participate in open enrollment as a sending district.  As a sending district, the board will allow resident students who meet the requirements to open enroll to another public school district.

Parents requesting open enrollment out of the school district for their student will notify the sending and receiving school district in accordance with district practice.  The notice is made on forms provided by the Department of Education.  The forms are available at the central administration office. 

Parents of children who will begin kindergarten and prekindergarten children enrolled in special education programs and included in the district’s basic enrollment will file in the same manner set forth above.

The receiving district will approve or deny open enrollment requests according to the timelines established by law.  The parents may withdraw the open enrollment request prior to the superintendent’s approval of the application.  The receiving district’s superintendent will notify the parents and sending school district by mail within five days of the school district’s action to approve or deny the open enrollment request. 

The board will not approve a student's request to allow the receiving district to enter the school district for the purposes of transportation.

An open enrollment request out of the school district from parents of a special education student is reviewed on a case-by-case basis.  The determining factor for approval of such an open enrollment request will be whether the special education program available in the receiving school district is appropriate for the student's needs.  The area education agency director of special education serving the receiving district will determine whether the program is appropriate.  The special education student will remain in the school district until the final determination is made.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to maintain open enrollment request applications and notice forms.  It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop appropriate office procedures and administrative regulations necessary for open enrollment requests.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 139A.8; 274.1; 279.11; 282.1, .3, .8, .18; 299.1.

                                    281 I.A.C. 17.

                                   

Cross Reference:          501      Student Attendance

  1. Student Records

 

 

Approved 08/22/2005                           Reviewed 08/18/2008                           Revised 09/20/2021

                                                                                 11/18/2013                                           08/15/2022

                                                                            12/17/2018

                                                                            09/20/2021

                                                                             08/15/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 14:07

501.16 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Receiving District

501.16 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Receiving District

The school district will participate in open enrollment as a receiving district.  As a receiving district, the board will allow nonresident students, who meet the legal requirements, to open enroll into the school district.  The board will have complete discretion to determine the attendance center of the students attending the school district under open enrollment.

The superintendent will take action on the open enrollment request within 30 days of receiving the application.

The superintendent will notify the sending school district and parents within five days of the school district’s action to approve or deny the open enrollment request. 

Open enrollment requests into the school district will not be approved if insufficient classroom space exists.  Open enrollment requests into the school district will also not be approved for students who have been suspended or expelled by the administration or the board of the school district the student is or was attending until the student has been reinstated into the school district from which the student was suspended or expelled.  Once the student is reinstated, the student's open enrollment request will be considered in the same manner as other open enrollment requests provided the required timelines are met.

Open enrollment requests into the school district that, if denied, would result in students from the same nuclear family being enrolled in different school districts, will be given highest priority.  The board, in its discretion, may waive the insufficient classroom space reason for denial for students of the same nuclear family to prevent the division of a nuclear family between two school districts.  Other open enrollment requests into the school district are considered in the order received by the school district with the first open enrollment request given a higher priority than the second open enrollment request and so forth.

Students in grades nine through twelve open enrolling into the school district will be eligible for participation in interscholastic athletics, at the varsity level only, in accordance with applicable laws.

Parents of students whose open enrollment requests are approved by the superintendent are responsible for providing transportation to and from the receiving school district without reimbursement.  The board will not approve transportation into the sending district.

An open enrollment request into the school district from parents of a special education student is reviewed on a case-by-case basis.  The determining factors for approval of such an open enrollment request will be whether the special education program available in the school district is appropriate for the student's needs and whether the enrollment of the special education student will cause the class size to exceed the maximum allowed.  The area education agency director of special education serving the school district will determine whether the program is appropriate.  The special education student will remain in the sending district until the final determination is made.  For children requiring special education, the receiving district will complete and provide to the resident district the documentation needed to seek Medicaid reimbursement for eligible services.

The policies of the school district will apply to students attending the school district under open enrollment.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop appropriate office procedures and administrative regulations necessary for open enrollment requests.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 139.A.8; 274.1; 279.11; 282.1, .3, .8, .18; 299.1.

                                    281 I.A.C. 17.

                                   

Cross Reference:          501.6   Student Transfers In

                        501.7   Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals

                        501.15 Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District

                        506      Student Records

                        507      Student Health and Well-Being

                                    606.9   Insufficient Classroom Space

 

 

Approved 08/22/2005                           Reviewed 08/18/2008                           Revised 10/18/2021 

                                                                                  11/18/2013                                        08/15/2022                     

                                                                            12/17/2018

                                                                            10/18/2021

                                                                             08/15/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 14:12

501.17 - Homeless Children and Youth

501.17 - Homeless Children and Youth

The Independence Community School District believes all students should have access to a free, appropriate public education. The district will ensure that homeless children and youth have equal access to the same free, appropriate public education as other children and youth.

The term “homeless children and youth” means individuals who lack a fixed, regular, and adequate nighttime residence. The term includes:

  • Children and youth who are:
    • Sharing the housing of other persons due to loss of housing, economic hardship, or a similar reason (sometimes referred to as “doubled up”);
    • Living in motels, hotels, trailer parks, or camping grounds due to lack of alternative adequate accommodations;
    • Living in emergency or transitional shelters; or
    • Abandoned in hospitals.
  • Children and youth who have a primary nighttime residence that is a public or private place not designed for, or ordinarily used as, a regular sleeping accommodation for human beings;
  • Children and youth who are living in cars, parks, public spaces, abandoned buildings, substandard housing, bus or train stations, or similar settings; and
  • Migratory children who qualify as homeless because they are living in circumstances described above.

To help ensure that homeless children and youth have a full opportunity to enroll, attend, and succeed at school, the board will:

  • Direct the superintendent to designate an individual as the local homeless children and youth liaison;
  • Provide training opportunities for staff so staff may help identify and meet the needs of homeless children and youth;
  • Remove barriers, including those associated with fees, fines, and absences, to the identification, enrollment, retention, attendance and/or success in school for homeless children and youth;
  • Ensure collaboration and coordination with other service providers;
  • Ensure transportation is provided in accordance with legal requirements;
  • Provide school stability in school assignment according to the child’s best interests;
  • Ensure the privacy of student records, as provided by applicable law, including information about a homeless child or youth’s living situation;
  • Engage in the dispute resolution process for decisions relating to the educational placement of homeless children and youth as provided by applicable law; and
  • Prohibit the segregation of a homeless child or youth from other students enrolled in the district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 6301.
   
                                    42 U.S.C. § 11302.
   
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 11431 et seq.       
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 33.

Cross Reference:  501      Student Attendance
                                      503.3   Fines - Fees - Charges
  
                                    506      Student Records
  
                                    507.1   Student Health and Immunization Certificates
  
                                    603.2   Special Education
  
                                    711.1   Student School Transportation Eligibility

Approved 11/21/2016                           Reviewed 12/17/2018                           Revised 09/19/2022

                                                                                   09/19/2022

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 14:14

501.18 - Student Work Permits

501.18 - Student Work Permits

The superintendent may, when requested, issue age and work permits to students in accordance with provisions of the state and federal child labor laws.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 92; 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  501      Student Attendance

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 08/18/2008                           Revised                   
                                                                                            11/18/2013
                                                                                            12/17/2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 14:17

502 - Student Rights and Responsibilities

502 - Student Rights and Responsibilities dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 14:18

502.01 - Student Appearance

502.01 - Student Appearance

 

The board believes inappropriate student appearance causes material and substantial disruption to the school environment or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees and visitors.

Students are expected to adhere to standards of cleanliness and dress that are compatible with the requirements of a good learning environment.  The standards will be those generally acceptable to the community as appropriate in a school setting.

The board expects students to be clean and well-groomed and wear clothes in good repair and appropriate for the time, place and occasion.  Clothing or other apparel promoting products illegal for use by minors and clothing displaying obscene material, profanity, or reference to prohibited conduct are disallowed.  While the primary responsibility for appearance lies with the students and their parents, appearance disruptive to the education program will not be tolerated.  When, in the judgment of a principal, a student's appearance or mode of dress disrupts the educational process or constitutes a threat to health or safety, the student may be required to make modifications.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).
  
                           Bethal School District  v. Fraser, 478 U.S. 675 (1986).
  
                           Tinker v. Des Moines Ind. Comm. Sch. Dist., 393 U.S. 503 (1969).
  
                           Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).
  
                           Torvik v. Decorah Community School, 453 F.2d 779 (8th Cir. 1972).
  
                           Turley v. Adel Community School District, 322 F.Supp. 402 (S.D. Iowa 1971).
  
                           Sims v. Colfax Comm. School Dist., 307 F.Supp. 485 (Iowa 1970).
  
                           Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  500      Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for Students
  
                            502      Student Rights and Responsibilities

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  09/15/2008, 12/16/2013, 01/21/2019

Revised: 

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 14:18

502.02 - Care of School Property/Vandalism

502.02 - Care of School Property/Vandalism

Students shall treat school district property with the care and the respect they would treat their own property.  Students found to have destroyed or otherwise harmed school district property may be required to reimburse the school district.  They may be subject to discipline under board policy and the school district rules and regulations.  They may also be referred to local law enforcement authorities.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative rules regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 282.4, .5; 613.16 (2003).

Cross Reference:  502      Student Rights and Responsibilities
  
                            802.1   Maintenance Schedule

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  09/15/2008, 12/16/2013, 01/21/2019

Revised:

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 14:21

502.03 - Use of Bicycles

502.03 - Use of Bicycles

Riding a bicycle to and parking it at the student's attendance center is a privilege.  Students who fail to follow the regulations set by the building principal will be subject to withdrawal of the privilege to ride a bicycle to the attendance center and may also be subject to other disciplinary action.

It shall be the responsibility of the principal to develop and enforce administrative rules for students riding bicycles to and parking them at the attendance center.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  502      Student Rights and Responsibilities

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  09/15/2008, 12/16/2013, 01/21/2019

Revised:

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 14:23

502.04 - Use of Motor Vehicles

502.04 - Use of Motor Vehicles

The board recognizes the convenience to families and students of having students drive to and park at their school attendance center.  Driving a motor vehicle to and parking it at the student's attendance center is a privilege.

Students who drive to and park at their school attendance center shall only drive to and park at their designated attendance center or at either their attendance center or a shared district’s attendance center for the purpose of attending extracurricular activities.  Students may not loiter around or be in their vehicle during the school day without permission from the principal.  Students shall leave their attendance center when there is no longer a legitimate reason for them to be at their attendance center.  Students who drive shall enter and leave the parking lot by the routes designated by the principal. 

Students who live within one mile of school, and would not otherwise be eligible for a student driving permit, may be eligible for a student driving permit, for driving to and from school and school activities and practices, if the student has a disability that prevents them from walking the mile or riding a bike.

Students who wish to drive to and park at their school attendance center shall comply with the rules and regulations established by the building principal.  Failure to comply with this policy or the school district rules shall be reason for revocation of school driving and parking privileges as well as other disciplinary action including suspension and expulsion.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 321 (2003).

Cross Reference:  502      Student Rights and Responsibilities

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  09/15/2008, 12/16/2013, 01/21/2019

Revised:  07/21/2014

 

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 14:28

502.05 - Student Expression and Student Publications

502.05 - Student Expression and Student Publications

Student Expression

It is the goal of the district to protect the educational environment for all students to help ensure it is free from substantial disruption or infringement upon their rights.  Student expression should be appropriate to help ensure that the students learn and meet the goals of the school activity and that the potential audience is not exposed to material that may be harmful or inappropriate for their level of maturity.

While students will generally be allowed to express their viewpoints and opinions, in certain qualifying circumstances, student speech may require administrative regulation to help ensure the safety and welfare of the school community.  The district may regulate speech that:  causes or is reasonably anticipated to cause a material and substantial disruption to the education environment; infringes upon the rights of others; is obscene or lewd; is school sponsored; and/or promotes illegal activity.  The administration, when making this judgment, will consider whether the activity in which the expression was made is school-sponsored and whether review or prohibition of the students' speech furthers an educational purpose.  The expression must be done in a reasonable time, place, and manner that is not disruptive to the orderly and efficient operation of the school district.

The superintendent may develop procedures for safely addressing qualifying types of mass protests by students, including walk-ins and walk-outs.  Walk-ins occur when students leave their learning environments during school hours and gather in a group or groups with the purpose of promoting a belief or beliefs.  Walk-outs occur when students leave their learning environments during school hours and gather in a group or groups off district property with the purpose of promoting a belief or beliefs.  

The superintendent is encouraged to obtain feedback from community stakeholders in the development of these procedures.  The goal of the procedures shall be to address student safety, maintain the educational environment and promote communication during demonstrations while remaining viewpoint neutral.

Students who violate this policy may be subject to disciplinary measures.  Employees are responsible for helping to ensure students' expression is in keeping with this policy.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

Student Publications

Students may produce official school publications as part of the curriculum under the supervision of a faculty advisor and the principal.  Official school publications include material produced in journalism, newspaper, yearbook, or writing classes and distributed to the student body either free or for a fee.

Any expression made by students, including student expression in official school publications, is not an expression of official school policy.  The school district, the board, and the employees or officials are not liable in any civil or criminal action for any student expression made or published by students unless the employees or officials have interfered with or altered the content of the student speech or expression.  The liability, if any, is only to the extent of the interference or alteration of the speech or expression.

Official school publications are free from prior restraint by employees or officials except as provided by law.  A faculty advisor will supervise student writers to maintain professional standards of English and journalism and to comply with the law including, but not limited to, the restrictions against unlawful speech.  The production of official school publications is guided by the law and by the ethical standards adopted by professional associations or societies of journalism.

Persons, other than students, who believe they have been aggrieved by student expression in a student-produced official school publication will follow the grievance procedure outlined in board policy 213.1.  Students who believe their freedom of expression in a student-produced official school publication has been restricted will follow the grievance procedure outlined in board policy 502.4.

The superintendent will be responsible for developing a student publications code.  This code will include, but not be limited to, reasonable rules including time, place, and manner of restrictions.  The superintendent will also be responsible for distributing this policy and the student publications code to the students and their parents.

 

 

Legal Reference:          U.S. Const. amend. I.

                                    Iowa Const. art. I (sec. 7)

                                    Morse v. Frederick, 551 U.S. 393 (2007)

                                    Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).

                                    Bethel School District v. Fraser, 478 U.S. 675 (1986).

                                    New Jersey v. T.L.O., 469 U.S. 325 (1985).

                                    Tinker v. Des Moines Ind. Comm. Sch. Dist., 393 U.S. 503 (1969).

                                    Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).

                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8, 73; 280.22

 

Cross Reference:       102      Equal Educational Opportunity

                                    502      Student Rights and Responsibilities

                                    504      Student Activities

                                    603.8   Academic Freedom

                                    904.5   Distribution of Materials

Approved:  11/19/2018

Reviewed:  

Revised:  09/20/2021

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 14:30

502.05R1 - Student Expression and Student Publications Code

502.05R1 - Student Expression and Student Publications Code

A.        Student Expression defined:  Student Expression is speech, action or other forms of expression which convey a student’s beliefs, views, or opinions.

B.         Official school publications defined:  An "official school publication" is material produced by students in journalism, newspaper, yearbook, or writing classes and distributed to students either free or for a fee.

C.         Limitations to Student Expression

            1.  No student will express, publish or distribute material which is:

                        a.  obscene;

                        b.  libelous;

                        c.  slanderous; or

                        d.  encourages students to:

                             1)    commit unlawful acts;

                             2)    violate lawful school regulations;

                             3)    cause the material and substantial disruption of the orderly and efficient operation of the school or school activity;

                             4)    disrupt or interfere with the education program;

                             5)    interrupt the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere; or

                             6)    infringe on the rights of others.

D.        Responsibilities of students for official school publications.

            1.  Students writing or editing official school publications will assign and edit the news, editorial and feature contents of the official school publications subject to the limitations of the student publications code and the law.

            2.  Students will strive to achieve professional standards of accuracy, fairness, objectivity and thoroughness in each and every aspect of official school publications.

            3.  Students will strive to achieve professional standards of grammar, usage, punctuation and spelling for clarity and accuracy of official school publications.

E.         Responsibilities of faculty advisors for official school publications.

            Faculty advisors will supervise student writers to maintain professional standards of English and journalism and to comply with the law including, but not limited to, the restrictions against unlawful speech. Official school publications are produced under the supervision of a faculty advisor.  Faculty advisors to students producing official school publications shall supervise the production of the student staff in order to maintain professional standards of English journalism. District employees acting within the scope of their professional ethics will not suffer adverse employment action or retaliated against for acting to protect a student for engaging in authorized student expression or for refusing to infringe on protected student expression.

F.         District employee rights

            Any District employee or official, acting within the scope of that person’s professional ethics, if any, shall not be dismissed, suspended, disciplined, reassigned, transferred, subject to termination or nonrenewal of a teaching contract or extracurricular contract, or otherwise retaliated against for acting to protect a student for engaging in expression protected by law, or refusing to infringe upon student expression that is protected by law.

G.        Liability

            Student expression, including student expression in an official school publication, will not be deemed to be an expression of the school district.  The school district, the board, and the employees or officials are not liable in any civil or criminal action for any student expression made or published by students unless the employees or officials have interfered with or altered the content of the student expression.  The liability, if any, is only to the extent of interference or alteration of the speech or expression.

H.        Appeal procedure

            1.  Students who believe they have been unreasonably restricted in their exercise of expression in an official student publication will seek review of the decision through the student grievance procedure, under board policy 502.6.

            2.  Persons who believe they have been aggrieved by a student-produced official student publication will file their complaint through the citizen grievance procedure, under board policy 215.1.

I.          Time, place, and manner of restrictions on student expression

            1.  Student expression may be conveyed and official student publications may be distributed in a reasonable manner on or off school premises.

            2.  Student expression and distribution of official school publications in a reasonable manner will not encourage students to:

                        a.  commit unlawful acts;

                        b.  violate school rules;

                        c.  cause the material and substantial disruption of the orderly and efficient operation of the school district or school activity;

                        d.  disrupt or interfere with the education program;

                        e.  interrupt the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere; or

                        f.  infringe on the rights of others.

 

lschaul@indeek12.org Tue, 11/09/2021 - 14:29

502.06 - Student Complaints and Grievances

502.06 - Student Complaints and Grievances

Creating an environment where students feel comfortable addressing their concerns in a meaningful manner is vital to the learning process.  It is the goal of the board to resolve student complaints at the lowest organizational level.  Student complaints and grievances regarding board policy, administrative regulations, or other matters should first be addressed to the student's teacher or another licensed employee, other than the administration, for resolution of the complaint. 

If the complaint cannot be resolved by a student’s teacher or other licensed employee, the student may discuss the matter with the principal within five days of the employee's decision.  If the matter cannot be resolved by the principal, the student may discuss it with the superintendent within five days after speaking with the principal.

If the matter is not satisfactorily resolved by the superintendent, the student may ask to have the matter placed on the board agenda of a regularly scheduled board meeting in compliance with board policy.  The board retains discretion as to whether to consider or take action on any complaint.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:        214.1   Board Meeting Agenda

                                    215      Public Participation in Board Meetings

                                    502      Student Rights and Responsibilities

                                    504.3   Student Publications

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  09/15/2008, 12/16/2013, 01/21/2019

Revised:  01/17/2022

 

                                                                

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 14:32

502.07 - Student Lockers

502.07 - Student Lockers

 

Student lockers are the property of the school district.  Students will use the lockers assigned to them by the school district for storing their school materials and personal belongings necessary for attendance at school.  It is the responsibility of students to keep their assigned lockers clean and undamaged.

To ensure students are properly maintaining their assigned lockers, the principal of the building may periodically inspect all or a random selection of lockers.  Either students or another individual will be present during the inspection of lockers.  Student lockers may also be searched, at any time and without advance notice, in compliance with board policy regulating search and seizure.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.14; 808A (2003).

Cross Reference:  502      Student Rights and Responsibilities

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  09/15/2008, 12/16/2013, 01/21/2019

Revised:  

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 14:33

502.08 - Weapons

502.08 - Weapons

The board believes weapons, other dangerous objects and look-alikes on school district property cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present a threat to the health and safety of students, employees and visitors on the school district premises or property within the jurisdiction of the school district.

The school district property is not an appropriate place for weapons, dangerous objects and look-alikes.  Weapons, other dangerous objects and look-alikes will be taken from students and others who bring them onto the school district property or onto property within the jurisdiction of the school district or from students who are within the control of the school district.

Parents of students found to possess weapons, dangerous objects or look-alikes on school district property will be notified of the incident.  Possession or confiscation of weapons, dangerous objects or look-alikes will be reported to law enforcement officials, and students will be subject to disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion.

Students bringing firearms on school district property or knowingly possessing firearms on school district property will be expelled for not less than one year.  The superintendent has the authority to recommend this expulsion requirement be modified for students on a case-by-case basis.  For purposes of this portion of this policy, the term "firearm" includes, but is not limited to, any weapon which is designed to expel a projectile by the action of an explosive, the frame or receiver of any such weapon, a muffler or silencer for such a weapon, any explosive, incendiary or poison gas, or otherwise defined by applicable law.

Weapons under the control of law enforcement officials or other individuals specifically authorized by the board are exempt from this policy.  The superintendent may develop an administrative process or procedures to implement the policy. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  18 U.S.C. § 921
                                   Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.21B; 483A.27(11);724
  
                                 281 I.A.C. 12.3(6)

Cross Reference:  502            Student Rights and Responsibilities
  
                            503            Student Discipline
  
                            507            Student Health and Well-Being

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  09/15/2008, 01/20/2014

Revised: 11/21/2016, 02/18/2019 

                                                                                       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 14:45

502.09 - Student Substance Use

502.09 - Student Substance Use

The board believes it is imperative to promote the health and wellbeing of all students in the district.  The district will provide a substance use prevention program and set restrictions on substance use by students in accordance with applicable law.

The board prohibits the distribution, dispensing, manufacture, possession, use, or being under the influence of alcohol, tobacco/nicotine products, other controlled substances, or "look-alike" substances that appear to be tobacco/nicotine products, alcohol or controlled substances by students while on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered buses; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if the misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.  “Controlled substances” in this policy refers to the misuse of both licit and illicit drugs.

The board believes such illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials generally cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors.

Violation of this policy by students will result in disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion.  Use, purchase or being in possession of tobacco/nicotine products for those under the age of twenty-one, may be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.  Possession, use or being under the influence of alcohol and/or of a controlled substance may also be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.

Students who violate the terms of this policy may be required to satisfactorily complete a substance abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved by the school board at the expense of the student.  If such student fails to satisfactorily complete such a program, the student may be subject to discipline including suspension or expulsion.

The board believes the substance abuse prevention program shall include:

  • Age-appropriate, evidence-based substance use prevention curriculum for students in grades kindergarten through twelve, which address the legal, social, and health consequences of tobacco, drug and alcohol use and which provide information about effective techniques for resisting social pressure to use tobacco, drugs or alcohol;
  • A statement to students that the use of controlled substances and the unlawful possession and use of tobacco/nicotine products and alcohol is harmful to student wellbeing;
  • Standards of conduct for students that clearly prohibit, at a minimum, the unlawful possession, use, being under the influence of or distribution of controlled substances, tobacco/nicotine products, and/or alcohol by students on school premises or as part of any of its activities;
  • A clear statement that disciplinary sanctions, up to and including suspension or expulsion and referral for prosecution, will be imposed on students who violate the policy and a description of those sanctions;
  • A statement that students may be required to complete a substance use evaluation to determine whether substance use disorder treatment is recommended and, if recommended, successfully complete an appropriate rehabilitation program at the student’s expense;
  • Information about drug and alcohol counseling and rehabilitation and re-entry programs available to students;
  • A requirement that parents and students be given a copy of the standards of conduct and the statement of disciplinary sanctions required; and
  • Notification to parents and students that compliance with the standards of conduct is mandatory.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  34 C.F.R. Pt. 86 (2002).
  
                            Iowa Code §§ 123.46; 124; 279.8, .9; 453A (2003).
  
                            281 I.A.C. 12.3(9); .5(3)(e), .5(4)(e), .5(5)(e), .5(21).

Cross Reference:  502      Student Rights and Responsibilities
  
                            503      Student Discipline
  
                            507      Student Health and Well-Being
  
                            906.2   Tobacco/Nicotine-Free Environment

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  09/15/2008, 01/20/2014

Revised:  02/18/2019

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 14:47

502.10 - Search and Seizure

502.10 - Search and Seizure

 

School district property is held in public trust by the board.  School district authorities may, without a search warrant, search students or protected student areas based on a reasonable and articulable suspicion that a school district policy, rule, regulation or law has been violated.  The search shall be in a manner reasonable in scope to maintain order and discipline in the schools, promote the educational environment, and protect the safety and welfare of students, employees and visitors to the school district facilities.  The furnishing of a locker, desk or other facility or space owned by the school and provided as a courtesy to a student, even if the student provides the lock for it, shall not create a protected student area and shall not give rise to an expectation of privacy with respect to the locker, desk, or other facility.

School authorities may seize any illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials discovered in the search.  Items of contraband may include, but are not limited to, nonprescription controlled substances, marijuana, cocaine, amphetamines, barbiturates, apparatus used for controlled substances, alcoholic beverages, tobacco, apparatus used for vaping, weapons, explosives, poisons and stolen property.  Such items are not to be possessed by a student while they are on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered buses; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.  Possession of such items will be grounds for disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion and may be reported to local law enforcement officials.  The board believes that illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials may cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors on the school district premises or property within the jurisdiction of the school district.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. amend. IV.
  
                                    New Jersey v. T.L.O., 469 U.S. 325 (1985).
  
                                    Cason v. Cook, 810 F.2d 188 (8th Cir. 1987), cert. den., 482 U.S. 930 (1987).
  
                                    Iowa Code ch. 808A (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).

Cross Reference:  502      Student Rights and Responsibilities
  
                                    503      Student Discipline

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 10/27/2008                           Revised 02/18/2019
                                                                                            01/20/2014
                                                                                            02/18/2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 14:50

502.10E1 - Search and Seizure Checklist

502.10E1 - Search and Seizure Checklist

I.      What factors caused you to have a reasonable and articulable suspicion that the search of this student or the student's effects or automobile would turn up evidence that the student has violated or is violating the law, school policy, rules or regulations affecting school order?

     A.     Eyewitness account.

                1.     By whom:  ____________________________________________________________________________
      2.     Date/Time:  ___________________________________________________________________________
      3.     Place:  _______________________________________________________________________________
      4.     What was seen:  _______________________________________________________________________

     B.     Information from a reliable source.

                1.     From whom:  __________________________________________________________________________
      2.     Time received:  ________________________________________________________________________
      3.     How information was received:  ____________________________________________________________
              _____________________________________________________________________________________
      4.     Who received the information:  ____________________________________________________________
      5.     Describe information:  ___________________________________________________________________
              _____________________________________________________________________________________

     C.     Suspicious behavior?  Explain.
              _____________________________________________________________________________________
              _____________________________________________________________________________________
              _____________________________________________________________________________________
              _____________________________________________________________________________________

     D.    Student's past history?  Explain.
              _____________________________________________________________________________________
              _____________________________________________________________________________________
              _____________________________________________________________________________________

     E.     Time of search:  ______________________________

     F.      Location of search:  ________________________________________________________________________________

     G.     Student told purpose of search:  ______________________________________________________________________

     H.     Consent of student requested:  _______________________________________________________________________

 

II.  Was the search you conducted reasonable in terms of scope and instrusiveness?

     A.     What were you searching for:  ________________________________________________________________________

     B.     Where did you search:  _____________________________________________________________________________

     C.     Sex of the student:  ________________________________________________________________________________

     D.     Age of the student:  ________________________________________________________________________________

     E.     Emergency of the situation:  _________________________________________________________________________

     F.     What type of search was being conducted:  _____________________________________________________________

     G.     Who conducted the search:  _________________________________________________________________________
     Position:  _____________________________________________________     Sex:  ____________________________

     H.     Witness(s):
              _____________________________________________________________________________________

 

III.  Explanation of Search.

     A.     Describe the time and location of the search:
              _____________________________________________________________________________________

     B.     Describe exactly what was searched:
              _____________________________________________________________________________________

     C.     What did the search yield?  _________________________________________________________________________

     D.     What was seized:  ________________________________________________________________________________

     E.     Were any materials turned over to law enforcement officials?
              _____________________________________________________________________________________

     F.     Were parents notified of the search including the reason for it and the scope?
              _____________________________________________________________________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 14:52

502.10R1 - Search and Seizure Regulation

502.10R1 - Search and Seizure Regulation

 

 

 

I.       Searches, in general.

         A.     Reasonable and Articulable Suspicion:  A search of a student will be justified when there are reasonable grounds for the suspicion that the search will turn up evidence that the student has violated or is violating the law or school district policy, rules, or regulations affecting school order.

                  Reasonable suspicion may be formed by considering factors such as the following:

                  (1)     eyewitness observations by employees;

                  (2)     information received from reliable sources;

                  (3)     suspicious behavior by the student; or,

                  (4)     the student's past history and school record, although this factor alone is not sufficient to provide the basis for reasonable suspicion.

         B.      Reasonable Scope:  A search will be permissible in its scope or intrusiveness when the measures adopted are reasonably related to the objectives of the search.  Reasonableness of scope or intrusiveness may be determined based on factors such as the following:

                  (1)     the age of the student;

                  (2)     the sex of the student;

                  (3)     the nature of the infraction; and

                  (4)     the emergency requiring the search without delay.

 

II.      Types of Searches

         A.     Personal Searches

                  1.    A student's person and/or personal effects (e.g., purse, backpack, etc.) may be searched when a school official has reasonable suspicion to believe the student is in possession of illegal or contraband items or has violated school district policies, rules, regulations or the law affecting school order.

                  2.   Personally intrusive searches will require more compelling circumstances to be considered reasonable.

                           (a) Pat-Down Search:  If a pat-down search or a search of a student's garments (such as jackets, socks, pockets, etc.) is conducted, it will be conducted in private by a school official of the same sex as the student and with another adult witness of the same sex present, when feasible.

                           (b) A more intrusive search, short of a strip search, of the student's person, handbags, book bags, etc., is permissible in emergency situations when the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors are threatened.  Such a search may only be conducted in private by a school official of the same sex as the student, with an adult of the same sex present unless the health or safety of students will be endangered by the delay which may be caused by following these procedures.

         B.      Locker and Desk Inspections 

                 Although school lockers and desks are temporarily assigned to individual students, they remain the property of the school district at all times.  The school district has a reasonable and valid interest in insuring the lockers and desks are properly maintained.  For this reason, lockers and desks are subject to unannounced inspections and students have no legitimate expectations of privacy in the locker or desk.  Periodic inspections of all or a random selection of lockers or desks may be conducted by school officials in the presence of the student or another individual.  Any contraband discovered during such searches shall be confiscated by school officials and may be turned over to law enforcement officials.

                The contents of a student's locker or desk (coat, backpack, purse, etc.) may be searched when a school official has reasonable and articulable suspicion that the contents contains illegal or contraband items or evidence of a violation of law or school policy or rule.  Such searches should be conducted in the presence of another adult witness when feasible.

         C.      Automobile Searches

                Students are permitted to park on school premises as a matter of privilege, not of right.  The school retains authority to conduct routine patrols of the student parking lots.  The interior of a student's automobile on the school premises may be searched if the school official has reasonable and articulable suspicion to believe that illegal, unauthorized or contraband items are contained inside.

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 15:18

502.11 - Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies

502.11 - Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies

Generally, students may not be interviewed during the school day by persons other than parents and school district officials and employees.

Requests from law enforcement officers and from persons other than parents, school district officials, and employees to interview students shall be made through the principal's office.  Upon receiving a request, it shall be the responsibility of the principal to determine whether the request will be granted.  Generally, prior to granting a request, the principal shall attempt to contact the parents to inform them of the request and to ask them to be present.

If a child abuse investigator wishes to interview a student, the principal will defer to the investigator's judgment as to whether the student should be interviewed independently from the student's parents, whether the school is the most appropriate setting for the interview, and who will be present during the interview.

Students will not be taken from school without the consent of the principal and without proper warrant.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 232; 280.17 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 102.
  
                                    441 I.A.C. 9.2; 155; 175.
  
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 275.

Cross Reference:  402.2   Child Abuse Reporting
  
                                    502.10 Search and Seizure
 
                                    503      Student Discipline
  
                                    902.4   Students and the News Media

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 10/27/2008                           Revised                   
                                                                                            01/20/2014
                                                                                            02/18/2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 15:21

503 - Student Discipline

503 - Student Discipline dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 15:22

503.01 - Student Conduct

503.01 - Student Conduct

The board believes inappropriate student conduct causes material and substantial disruption to the school environment, interferes with the rights of others, or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, and visitors on school premises.  Appropriate classroom behavior allows teachers to communicate more effectively with students.

Students will conduct themselves in a manner fitting to their age level and maturity and with respect and consideration for the rights of others while on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.  Consequences for the misconduct will be fair and developmentally appropriate in light of the circumstances.

Students who fail to abide by this policy and the administrative regulations supporting it may be disciplined for conduct which disrupts or interferes with the education program; conduct which disrupts the orderly and efficient operation of the school district or school activity; conduct which disrupts the rights of other students to participate in or obtain their education; conduct that is violent or destructive; or conduct which interrupts the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere.  Disciplinary measures include, but are not limited to, removal from the classroom, detention, suspension, probation, and expulsion.

Removal from the classroom means a student is sent to the building principal's office.  It is within the discretion of the person in charge of the classroom to remove the student.  

Detention means the student's presence is required during non-school hours for disciplinary purposes.  The student can be required to appear prior to the beginning of the school day, after school has been dismissed for the day, or on a non-school day.  Whether a student will serve detention, and the length of the detention, is within the discretion of the licensed employee disciplining the student or the building principal.

In-school suspension means the student will attend school but will be temporarily isolated from one or more classes while under supervision.  An in-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days. 

Out-of-school suspension means the student is removed from the school environment, which includes school classes and activities.  An out-of-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days unless due process is provided as required by federal and state law.  A restriction from school activities means a student will attend school and classes and practice but will not participate in school activities.

Probation means a student is given a conditional suspension of a penalty for a definite period of time in addition to being reprimanded.  The conditional suspension will mean the student must meet the conditions and terms for the suspension of the penalty.  Failure of the student to meet these conditions and terms will result in immediate reinstatement of the penalty.

Expulsion means an action by the board to remove a student from the school environment, which includes, but is not limited to, classes and activities, for a period of time set by the board.

This policy is not intended to address the use of therapeutic classrooms or seclusion rooms for students.

Discipline of special education students, including suspensions and expulsions, will comply with the provisions of applicable federal and state laws.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975).
  
                            Brands v. Sheldon Community School District, 671 F. Supp. 627 (N.D. Iowa 1987).
  
                            Sims v. Colfax Comm. School Dist., 307 F. Supp. 485 (Iowa 1970).
  
                            Bunger v. Iowa High School Athletic Assn., 197 N.W.2d 555 (Iowa 1972).
  
                            Board of Directors of Ind. School Dist. of Waterloo v. Green, 259 Iowa 1260, 147 N.W.2d 854 (1967).
  
                            Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 282.3; 282.4, 282.5; 708.1
  
                            281 I.A.C. 12.3(6)

Cross Reference:  501      Student Attendance
  
                            502      Student Rights and Responsibilities
  
                            503.6   Physical Restraint and Seclusion of Students
  
                            504      Student Activities
  
                            603.2   Special Education
                              904.5   Distribution of Materials

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  10/27/2008, 01/20/2014, 02/18/2019

Revised:  08/17/2015, 11/21/2016, 01/18/2021, 03/18/2024

                                                                                                                    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 15:23

503.01R1 - Student Suspension

503.01R1 - Student Suspension

Administrative Action

A.     Probation

         1.      Probation is conditional suspension of a penalty for a set period of time.  Probation may be imposed by the principal for infractions of school rules which do not warrant the necessity of removal from school.

         2.      The principal will conduct an investigation of the allegations against the student prior to imposition of probation.  The investigation will include, but not be limited to, written or oral notice to the student of the allegations against the student and an opportunity to respond.  Written notice and reasons for the probation will be sent to the parents.

B.      In-School Suspension

         1.    In-school suspensions may be imposed by the principal for infractions of school rules which are serious but which do not warrant the necessity of removal from school.

         2.    The principal shall conduct an investigation of the allegations against the student prior to imposition of an in-school suspension.  The investigation will include, but not be limited to, written or oral notice to the student of the allegations against the student and an opportunity to respond.  In-school suspension will not be imposed for more than ten school days.  Written notice and reasons for the in-school suspension will be sent to the student's parents.

C.      Out-of-School Suspension

         1.    Out-of-school suspension is to be used when other available school resources are unable to constructively remedy student misconduct.

         2.      A student may be suspended out of school for up to ten school days by a principal for a commission of gross or repeated infractions of school rules, regulations, policy or the law, or when the presence of the student will cause interference with the maintenance of the educational environment or the operation of the school.  The principal may suspend students after conducting an investigation of the charges against the student, giving the student:

                  a.      Oral or written notice of the allegations against the student and

                  b.      The opportunity to respond to those charges.

                  At the principal's discretion, the student may be allowed to confront witnesses against the student or present witnesses on behalf of the student.

         3.      Notice of the out-of-school suspension will be mailed no later than the end of the school day following the suspension to the student's parents and the superintendent.  A reasonable effort shall be made to personally notify the student's parents and such effort shall be documented by the person making or attempting to make the contact.  Written notice to the parents shall include the circumstances which led to the suspension and a copy of the board policy and rules pertaining to the suspension.

D.     Suspensions and Special Education Students

         1.      Students who have been identified as special education students may be referred for a review of the student's Individual Education Program (IEP).  The IEP may be revised to include a continuum of intervention strategies and programming to change the behavior.

         2.      Students who have not been identified as special education students may be referred for evaluation after the student's suspension to determine whether the student has a disability and is in need of special education.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 15:26

503.02 - Expulsion

503.02 - Expulsion

Only the board may remove a student from the school environment for more than ten (10) consecutive school days.   

Students may be expelled for violations of board policy, school rules or the law.  It shall be within the discretion of the board to discipline a student by using an expulsion for a single offense or for a series of offenses depending on the nature of the offense and the circumstances surrounding the offense.

It shall be within the discretion of the superintendent to recommend to the board the expulsion of a student for disciplinary purposes.  Only the board may take action to expel a student and to readmit the student.  The principal shall keep records of expulsions in addition to the board's records.

When a student is recommended for expulsion by the board, the student shall be provided with:

         1.      Notice of the reasons for the proposed expulsion;

         2.      The names of the witnesses and an oral or written report on the facts to which each witness testifies unless the witnesses are students whose names may be released at the discretion of the superintendent;

         3.      An opportunity to present a defense against the charges and provide either oral testimony or written affidavits of witnesses on the student's behalf;

         4.      The right to be represented by counsel; and,

         5.      The results and finding of the board in writing open to the student's inspection.

In addition to these procedures, a special education student must be provided with additional procedures.  A determination should be made of whether the student is actually guilty of the misconduct.  A staffing team should determine whether the student's behavior is caused by the student's disability and whether the conduct is the result of inappropriate placement.  Discussions and conclusions of this meeting should be recorded.

If the special education student's conduct is not caused by the disability, the student may be expelled or suspended for a long-term period following written notice to the parent and pursuant to the school district's expulsion hearing procedures.  If the misconduct is caused by the disability and a change in placement is recommended, the change must be made pursuant to the placement procedures used by the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975).
  
                            Wood v. Strickland, 420 U.S. 308 (1975).
  
                            Southeast Warren Comm. School District v. Dept. of Public Instruction, 285 N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979).
  
                            Iowa Code §§ 21.5; 282.3, .4, .5 (2003).
  
                            281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).

Cross Reference:  502      Student Rights and Responsibilities
  
                            503      Student Discipline

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  10/27/2008, 01/20/2014, 02/18/2019

Revised:  03/18/2024

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 15:28

503.03 - Fines - Fees - Charges

503.03 - Fines - Fees - Charges

The board believes students should respect school district property and assist in its preservation for future use by others.  Students may be assessed fines, charges, or fees for the materials needed in a course, for overdue school materials, for participating in activities, or for misuse of school property.

The superintendent will inform the board of the dollar amount to be charged to students or others for fines, charges, or fees annually.  Parents of students meeting specific financial eligibility standards will be eligible for a waiver of student fees or a reduction of student fees based upon the request of the parent.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.7(20); 279.8; 280.10, .11; 282.6; 285.1; 301.1 (2003).
  
                           281 I.A.C. 18.
  
                           1994 Op. Att'y Gen. 23.
  
                           1990 Op. Att'y Gen. 79.
  
                           1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 227.
  
                           1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 532.

Cross Reference:  501.17 Homeless Children & Youth
  
                            502      Student Rights and Responsibilities
  
                            503      Student Discipline

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  01/20/2014

Revised:  11/17/2008, 02/18/2019

        

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 15:31

503.03E1 - Standard Fee Waiver Application

503.03E1 - Standard Fee Waiver Application

Date ____________________                           School Year ___________________

 

All information provided in connection with this application will be kept confidential.

 

Name of student:  ____________________________________________   Grade in school:  ____________

Name of student:  ____________________________________________   Grade in school:  ____________

Name of student:  ____________________________________________   Grade in school:  ____________

Attendance Center/School:        ____________________________________________________________

Name of parent, guardian, legal or actual custodian:       ________________________________________

The board recognizes that while certain fees charged students are appropriate and authorized, certain students and their families are not financially able to pay the fees.  The school district will grant temporary waivers depending upon the circumstances and the student or student’s parents’ ability to meet the financial criteria.

Application – Parents or students eligible for a temporary waiver of fees charged by the district in the event the student’s parents are facing financial difficulty.  Temporary waivers may be applied for at any time throughout the school year and will not extend beyond the end of the school year.

Confidentiality – The school district will treat the application and application process as any other student record and student confidentiality and access provisions will be followed.

Fines or charges assessed for damage or loss to school property are not fees and will not be waived.

I request a temporary waiver because:

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________

 

Signature of parent, guardian, legal or actual custodian:  ______________________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 15:32

503.03R1 - Student Fee Waiver and Reduction Procedures

503.03R1 - Student Fee Waiver and Reduction Procedures

The board recognizes that while certain fees charged students are appropriate and authorized, certain students and their families are not financially able to pay the fees.  The school district will grant either full waivers, partial waivers or temporary waivers depending upon the circumstances and the student or student's parents' ability to meet the financial criteria.

        A.      Waivers -

                  1.       Full Waivers - a student will be granted a full waiver of fees charged by the school district if the student or student's parents meet the financial eligibility criteria for free meals under the Child Nutrition Program, Family Investment Program, or transportation assistance under open enrollment.  Students in foster care are also eligible for full waivers.

                  2.       Partial Waivers - a student will be granted a partial waiver of fees charged by the school district if the student or the student's parents meet the financial eligibility criteria for reduced price meals offered under the Child Nutrition Program.  A partial waiver is based on one’s ability to qualify under the Child Nutrition Program.

                  3.       Temporary Waivers - a student may be eligible for a temporary waiver of fees charged by the district in the event the student's parents are facing financial difficulty.  Temporary waivers may be applied for at any time throughout the school year and will not extend beyond the end of the school year.

        B.       Application - Parents or students eligible for a fee waiver will make an application on the form provided by the school district.  Applications may be made at any time but must be renewed annually.

        C.       Confidentiality - The school district will treat the application and application process as any other student record and student confidentiality and access provisions will be followed.

        D.      Appeals - Denials of a waiver may be appealed pursuant to Policy 502.6.

        E.       Fines or charges assessed for damage or loss to school property are not fees and will not be waived.

        F.       Notice - the school district will annually notify parents and students of the waiver.  The following information will be included in registration materials.

Students whose families meet the income guidelines for free and reduced price lunch, the Family Investment Program (FIP), or transportation assistance under open enrollment, or who are in foster care are eligible to have their student fees waived or partially waived.  Students whose families are experiencing a temporary financial difficulty may be eligible for a temporary waiver of student fees.  Parents or students who believe they may qualify for temporary financial hardship should contact the principal for a waiver form.  This waiver does not carry over from year to year and must be completed annually

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 15:33

503.04 - Activity Standards Policy

503.04 - Activity Standards Policy

 

Participation in school activities is a privilege.  School activities provide the benefits of promoting additional interests and abilities in the students during their school years and for their lifetimes.

Students who participate in extracurricular activities serve as ambassadors of the school district throughout the calendar year, whether away from school or at school.  Students who wish to have the privilege of participating in extracurricular activities must conduct themselves in accordance with board policy and must refrain from activities which are illegal, immoral or unhealthy.

Students who fail to abide by this policy and the administrative regulations supporting it may be subject to disciplinary measures.  The principal shall keep records of violations of the activity standards policy.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop rules and regulations for school activities.  Students wanting to participate in school activities must meet the requirements set out by the school district for participation in the activity.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Bunger v. Iowa High School Athletic Assn., 197 N.W.2d 555 (Iowa 1972).

                                    In re Jason Clark, 1 D.P.I. App. Dec. 167 (1978).

                                    Iowa Code §§ 280.13, .13A (2003).

                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(6); 36.15(1).

 

Cross Reference:        502      Student Rights and Responsibilities

                                    503      Student Discipline

                                    504      Student Activities

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  10/27/2008, 01/20/2014

Revised:  03/18/2019, 10/21/2019, 11/15/2021

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 15:35

503.05 - Corporal Punishment, Mechanical Restraint and Prone Restraint

503.05 - Corporal Punishment, Mechanical Restraint and Prone Restraint

The use of corporal punishment, mechanical restraint and/or prone restraint is prohibited in all schools. Corporal punishment is defined as the intentional physical punishment of a student.  It includes the use of unreasonable or unnecessary physical force or physical contact made with the intent to harm or cause pain.  No employee is prohibited from any of the following which are not considered corporal punishment:

  • Using reasonable and necessary force, not designed or intended to cause pain, in order to accomplish any of the following:

                  --    To quell a disturbance or prevent an act that threatens physical harm to any person.

                  --    To obtain possession of a weapon or other dangerous objects within a student's control.

                  --    For the purposes of self-defense or defense of others as provided for in Iowa Code section 704.3.

                  --    For the protection of property as provided for in IOWA CODE section 704.4 or 704.5.

                  --    To remove a disruptive student from class or any area of school premises or from school-sponsored activities off school premises.

                  --    To protect a student from the self-infliction of harm.

                  --    To protect the safety of others.

  • Using incidental, minor, or reasonable physical contact to maintain order and control.

Mechanical restraint means the use of a device as a means of restricting a student’s freedom of movement.  Mechanical restraint does not mean a device used by a trained individual for specific approved therapeutic or safety purposes for which the device was designed and, if applicable, prescribed, including restraints for medical immobilization, adaptive devices or mechanical supports used to allow greater freedom of mobility than would be possible without use of such devices or mechanical supports; and vehicle safety restraints when used as intended during the transport of a student in a moving vehicle.

Prone restraint means any restraint in which the student is held face down on the floor.

Reasonable force should be commensurate with the circumstances of the situation.  The following factors should be considered in using reasonable physical force for the reasons stated in this policy:

      1.         The size and physical, mental, and psychological condition of the student;

      2.         The nature of the student's behavior or misconduct provoking the use of physical force;

      3.         The instrumentality used in applying the physical force;

      4.         The extent and nature of resulting injury to the student, if any, including mental and psychological injury;

      5.         The motivation of the school employee using physical force.

Upon request, the student's parents are given an explanation of the reasons for physical force.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Ingraham v. Wright, 430 U.S. 651 (1977).
  
                           Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975).
  
                           Tinkham v. Kole, 252 Iowa 1303, 110 N.W.2d 258 (1961).
  
                           Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.21. (2003).
                             281 I.A.C. 12.3(6); 103.

Cross Reference:  402.3   Abuse of Students by School District Employees
  
                            502      Student Rights and Responsibilities
  
                            503      Student Discipline
                              503.6    Physical Restraint and Seclusion   

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  10/27/2008, 01/20/2014, 02/18/2019

Revised:  01/18/2021                           

                                                                                      

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 15:37

503.06 - Physical Restraint and Seclusion of Students

503.06 - Physical Restraint and Seclusion of Students

It is the goal of the district that all students can learn and grow in a safe and peaceful environment that nurtures the student and models respect for oneself and others.  On occasion, trained district employees and others may have to use behavior management interventions, physical restraint and/or seclusion of students.  The goal of these interventions is to promote the dignity, care, safety, welfare and security of each child and the school community.  With this objective in mind, the district will prioritize the use of the least restrictive behavioral interventions appropriate for the situation.

Physical restraint means a personal restriction that immobilizes or reduces the ability of a student to move the student’s arms, legs, body, or head freely.  Physical restraint does not mean a technique used by trained school personnel, or used by a student, for the specific and approved therapeutic or safety purposes for which the technique was designed and, if applicable, prescribed.  Physical restraint does not include instructional strategies, such as physically guiding a student during an educational task, hand-shaking, hugging, or other non-disciplinary physical contact. 

Seclusion means the involuntary confinement of a child in a seclusion room or area from which the child is prevented or prohibited from leaving; however, preventing a child from leaving a classroom or school building are not considered seclusion.  Seclusion does not include instances when a school employee is present within the room and providing services to the child, such as crisis intervention or instruction. 

Physical restraint or seclusion is reasonable or necessary only:

  • To prevent or terminate an imminent threat of bodily injury to the student or others; or
  • To prevent serious damage to property of significant monetary value or significant nonmonetary       value or importance; or
  • When the student’s actions seriously disrupt the learning environment or when physical restraint or seclusion is necessary to ensure the safety of the student or others; and
  • When less restrictive alternatives to seclusion or physical restraint would not be effective, would not be feasible under the circumstances, or have failed in preventing or terminating the imminent threat or behavior; and
  • When the physical restraint or seclusion complies with all applicable laws.

Prior to using physical restraint or seclusion, employees must receive training in accordance with the law.  Any individual who is not employed by the district but whose duties could require the individual to use or be present during the use of physical restraint or seclusion on a student will be invited to participate in the same training offered to employees on this topic. 

When required by law, the superintendent or the superintendent’s designee will ensure a post-occurrence debriefing meeting is held, maintain documentation and fulfill all reporting requirements for each occurrence of physical restraint or seclusion as required by law. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.21.
  
                             281 I.A.C. 103.

Cross Reference:  402.3   Abuse of Students by School District Employees
  
                             502      Student Rights and Responsibilities
  
                             503      Student Discipline
  
                             503.5    Corporal Punishment

 

Approved:  01/18/2021

Reviewed:  

Revised:  

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 15:40

503.06E1 - Use of Physical Restraint and/or Seclusion Documentation Form

503.06E1 - Use of Physical Restraint and/or Seclusion Documentation Form

 

            Student name:

Date of occurrence:

Start time of occurrence:

End time of occurrence:

Start time of use of physical restraint or seclusion:

End time of use of physical restraint or seclusion:

Employee names and titles who observed, were involved with or implemented physical restraint and/or seclusion during occurrence (including administrators who approved extended time if applicable):

Employee’s date of last training on use of physical restraint and seclusion:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Describe student actions before, during and after occurrence:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Describe employee actions before, during and after occurrence, including the reason for any of the following, if applicable:  use of non-approved restraint, use of non-designated seclusion rooms, any restraint or seclusion that lasted longer than necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

Describe any less restrictive means attempted as an alternative to physical restraint and seclusion or why those means would not be effective or feasible, or have failed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Approval from administrator to continue physical restraint or seclusion past 15 minutes:

Approval obtained from administrator to continue physical restraint or seclusion more than 30 minutes past last approval time:

Administrator approving:

Administrator approving:

Time approved:

Time approved:

Reasons for length of incident:

Reasons for length of incident:

If Administrator approval was not obtained at 15 minutes or every 30 minutes thereafter, or a student was not provided with breaks for bodily needs in incidents lasting longer than 15 minutes, explain why: 

 

 

Parent/Guardian notification:  Parents/Guardians will be notified as soon as practicable once the occurrence is under control, but no more than one hour after, or the end of the school day, whichever occurs first. Space below for documenting multiple attempts to notify guardians is listed in case the guardian cannot be reached in the first attempt. 

Employee attempting notification:

 

Parent/Guardian contacted:

Time and manner of attempted notification:

Was notification successful?

Employee attempting notification:

 

Parent/Guardian contacted:

Time and manner of attempted notification:

Was notification successful?

Employee attempting notification:

 

Parent/Guardian contacted:

Time and manner of attempted notification:

Was notification successful?

If Parent/Guardian notification requirements were not complied with, explain why:

 

 

 

Describe injuries sustained or property damaged by students or employees:

 

 

 

Describe future approaches to address student behavior including any consequences or disciplinary actions that may be imposed on the student:

 

 

 

 

 

 

This form has been reviewed and completed by the undersigned employee.  A written copy of this form has been sent to the student’s parent or guardian within three school days of the occurrence.  Unless the parent or guardian agrees to receive the report by email, fax, or hand delivery, the report must be sent by mail and postmarked by the third day following the occurrence.  Enclosed with a copy of this form is an invitation for the parents or guardians to participate in the debriefing meeting scheduled in accordance with the law. 

 

____________________________________                 ______________________________
Employee                                                                                                Date of form delivered to Parent/Guardian

 

                                                                                    _______________________________
                                                                                                  Method of Transmittal

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 15:42

503.06E2 - Debriefing Letter to Guardian of Student Involved in an Occurrence Where Physical Restraint and/or Seclusion was Used

503.06E2 - Debriefing Letter to Guardian of Student Involved in an Occurrence Where Physical Restraint and/or Seclusion was Used

[This letter and the enclosed report may be transmitted electronically via email or fax, picked up in person, or mailed.  If the district and the guardian do not agree on how to transmit this letter, it must be mailed via postage prepaid, first class mail to the guardian within 3 school days of the occurrence.]

 

Dear [Guardian],

Recently, your student [name] was involved in an occurrence at school that required the physical restraint and/or seclusion of your student as defined by 281 Iowa Administrative Code Ch. 103.  A report related to this occurrence is enclosed with this letter. 

The law requires debriefing meetings be held for such occurrences in the following circumstances:

  • Following the first instance of seclusion or physical restraint during a school year;
  • When any personal injury occurs as a part of the use of seclusion or physical restraint;
  • When a reasonable educator would determine a debriefing session is necessary;
  • When suggested by a student’s IEP team;
  • When agreed to by the guardian and school officials; and
  • After seven instances of seclusion or physical restraint of the student.

This letter is intended to inform you that a debriefing meeting will be held on [date within 5 days of transmission of letter, time, place] because of [reason from bulleted list above].  The following employees will be in attendance at this meeting: [list names and titles of employees].  We are inviting you to attend this debriefing meeting to engage with us on topics related to this occurrence. 

If you would like to reschedule the debriefing meeting, please contact me as soon as possible via email [email address] or telephone [telephone number], and at least one school day prior to the date and time listed for this debriefing meeting.  Your student is allowed to attend this meeting with your consent, and you are welcome to bring a representative of your choosing if you wish.  If you plan to bring a representative to this meeting, please let us know at least one school day prior to the meeting so that we have an opportunity to make arrangements.

We look forward to working with you to foster the continued health, safety and educational growth of your student.

 

___________________________________                               ___________________________
[Administrator name], title                                                                          Date

 

Enclosure:  Report related to student occurrence

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 15:45

503.06E3 - Debriefing Meeting Document

503.06E3 - Debriefing Meeting Document

[The following individuals must attend the debriefing meeting: employees who administered physical restraint or seclusion; an administrator or employee not involved in the occurrence; the administrator or employee who approved continuation of the physical restraint or seclusion; other relevant personnel designated by the school; if indicated by student’s behavior in occurrence, an expert in behavioral/mental health or other discipline.  The following individuals must be invited to attend the debriefing meeting:  the parent or guardian of the student, the student with guardian’s consent.]

 

            Student name:

Date of occurrence:

Date of debriefing meeting:

Time of debriefing meeting:

Location of debriefing meeting:

 

Names of individuals attending the debriefing meeting (must include the employees involved and at least one employee who was not involved):

Job title of employee and/or relation to student:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Documentation reviewed during meeting (must include at least the occurrence report; and BIP, IHP, IEP and/or safety plan if applicable):

 

 

 

 

 

Identification of patterns of behavior and proportionate response, if any, in the student and employees involved:

 

 

 

 

 

     

Possible alternative responses, if any, to the incident/less restrictive means, if any:

 

 

 

 

Additional resources, if any, that could facilitate those alternative responses in the future:

 

 

 

 

 

Plans for additional follow up actions, if any:

 

 

 

 

 

This form has been reviewed and completed by the undersigned employee.  A written copy of this form has been sent to the student’s guardian within three school days of the debriefing meeting

____________________________________                 ______________________________
Employee                                                                                            Date of delivered to Parent/Guardian

 

                                                                                    ______________________________
                                                                                    Method of Transmittal

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 15:47

503.06R1 - Use of Physical Restraint and Seclusion with Students

503.06R1 - Use of Physical Restraint and Seclusion with Students

The District will comply with 281 Iowa Administrative Code Ch. 103 for the use of physical restraint and seclusion with students, including, but not limited to:

  • Physical restraint and seclusion will be used only by employees who have been trained in accordance with applicable law unless a trained employee is not immediately available due to the unforeseeable nature of the occurrence.
  • As soon as practical after the situation is under control, but within one hour after either the occurrence or the end of the school day, whichever occurs first, the school will attempt to contact the student’s parent or guardian using the school’s emergency contact system.
  • The seclusion or physical restraint is used only for as long as necessary based on research and evidence to allow the student to regain control of their behavior to the point that the threat or behavior necessitating the use of the seclusion or physical restraint has ended, or when a medical condition occurs that puts the student at risk of harm.  Unless otherwise provided for in the student’s written approved IEP, BIP, IHP or safety plan, if the seclusion or physical restraint continues for more than 15 minutes:
    • The student will be provided with any necessary breaks to attend to personal and bodily needs, unless doing so would endanger the child or others.
    • An employee will obtain approval from an administrator or administrator’s designee to continue seclusion or physical restraint beyond 15 minutes.  After the initial approval, an employee must obtain additional approval every 30 minutes thereafter for the continuation of the seclusion or physical restraint.
    • The student’s parent or guardian and the school may agree to more frequent notifications than is required by law.
    • Schools and district employees must document and explain in writing the reasons why it was not possible for the employees to obtain approval, notify parents, or take action within prescribed time limits.
    • Schools and district employees who begin and then end use of nonapproved restraints will document and explain in writing the reasons why they had no other option but to use this type of behavioral intervention.
  • The area of seclusion will be a designated seclusion room that complies with the seclusion room requirements in accordance with law, unless the nature of the occurrence makes the use of the designated seclusion room impossible, clearly impractical, or clearly contrary to the safety of the student, others, or both; in that event, the school must document and explain in writing the reasons why a designated seclusion room was not used.
  • An employee must continually visually monitor the student for the duration of the seclusion or physical restraint.
  • If an employee restrains a student who uses sign language or an augmentive mode of communication as the student’s primary mode of communication, the student shall be permitted to have the student’s hands free of physical restraint, unless doing so is not feasible in view of the threat posed.
  • Seclusion or physical restraint shall not be used:  as punishment or discipline; to force compliance or to retaliate; as a substitute for appropriate educational or behavioral support; to prevent property damage except as provided in law; as a routine school safety measure; or as a convenience to staff.
  • The Superintendent or the Superintendent’s designee will investigate any complaint or allegation that one or more employees violated any provisions of 281 Iowa Administrative Code Ch. 103.  If the District determines a violation has occurred, corrective action will be taken up to and including termination of the employees involved.  If the allegation or complaint involves a specific student the District will notify the parents or guardian of the involved student about the results of the investigation.  If any allegation or complaint is also defined as abuse in 281 Iowa Administrative Code 102.2, the procedures listed in chapter 102 will apply.
  • The District must comply with and implement Chapter 103 whether or not a parent consents to the use of physical restraint or seclusion.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 04/02/2021 - 15:48

503.08 - Student Threats of Violence and Incidents of Violence

503.08 - Student Threats of Violence and Incidents of Violence

Discipline is designed to promote behavior that will enable students to learn and successfully participate in their educational and social environments. The Independence Community School District utilizes the Discipline Matrix in order to maintain a safe and equitable learning environment. The district discipline policy for students who make a threat of  violence or commit an act of violence is developed to help students understand their obligations to others in the school setting, secure the safety of all students, staff and the community, and to correct student behavior if a violation occurs (2023 Iowa Acts, chapter 96 (House File 604), sec. 7, new section 279.79, subsection 1).

Students will conduct themselves in a manner fitting their age, grade level, and maturity, and with respect and consideration for the rights of others while on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district. Consequences for the misconduct will be fair and tailored to the age, grade level, and maturity of the student.

Discipline and other responses to threats or incidents of violence by a student with a disability, including removal from a class, placement in a therapeutic classroom, suspensions, and expulsions, will comply with  the provisions of applicable federal and state laws including, but not limited to, the IDEA, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act, and the Americans with Disabilities Act (2023 Iowa Acts, chapter 96 (House File 604), sec. 7, new section 279.79, subsection 3).

Reporting a Threat of Violence or Incidence of Violence

In the case of any threat of violence or incident of violence that results in injury, property damage or assault by a student, the teacher will report to the school principal or lead administrator within 24 hours of the incident. The principal or lead administrator will notify the parent or guardian of the student(s) who threatened or perpetrated an act of violence and the student(s) who the threatened or perpetrated act of violence was made against within 24 hours after receipt of the teacher’s report and complete an investigation of the incident as soon as possible. The classroom teacher may also notify the parent or guardian of the student  who made the threat or caused the incident, and the parent or guardian of the student against whom the  threat or incident was directed (2023 Iowa Acts, chapter 96 (House File 604), sec. 4). 

An investigation will be initiated by the principal or lead administrator upon learning of an incident of violence or threat of violence through any credible means. If the principal or lead administrator finds that an incident of violence or threat of violence did occur, the administrator will determine the level of threat or incident by considering all aspects of the situation, including the student's intent and knowledge of the impact of their actions, their developmental level and context of the incident. The resolution will focus on identifying the cause behind the behavior and appropriate corrective action (2023 Iowa Acts, chapter 96 (House File 604), sec. 7, new section 279.79, subsections 1 and 4). 

A student who makes a threat of violence, causes an incident of violence that results in injury or property damage, or who commits an assault, will be subject to escalating levels of discipline for each occurrence.  When appropriate, referrals will be made to local law enforcement. The district retains the authority to assign the level of disciplinary measures appropriate to the severity of the threat of violence or incident of violence (2023 Iowa Acts, chapter 96 (House File 604), sec. 7, new section 279.79, subsection 5).

Threat of Violence

Threat of violence means a written, verbal, electronic, or behavioral message that either explicitly or implicitly expresses an intention to inflict emotional or physical injury, property damage, or assault.

Incident of Violence

Incident of violence means the intentional use of physical force or power against oneself, another person, a group or community or property resulting in injury, property damage or assault. 

Injury

Injury means “physical pain, illness or any impairment of physical condition.” State v. McKee, 312 N.W.2d  907, 913 (Iowa 1981).

Property Damage

Property damage means any destruction, damage, impairment or alteration of property to which the individual does not have a right to take such an action. Property means real property, which includes any real estate, building, or fixture attached to a building or structure, and personal property, which includes intangible  property (Iowa Code section 4.1(21)).

Assault

Assault means when, without justification, a student does any of the following:

an act which is intended to cause pain or injury to, or which is intended to result in physical contact which will be insulting or offensive to another, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act; or any act which is intended to place another in fear of immediate physical contact which will be painful, injurious, insulting or offensive, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act; or intentionally points any firearm toward another or displays in a threatening manner any dangerous weapon toward  another. 

The act is not an assault when the person doing any of the above and the other person are voluntary participants in a sport, social or other activity, not in itself criminal, when the act is a reasonably foreseeable incident of such sport or activity, and does not create an unreasonable risk of serious injury or breach of the  peace (Following Iowa Code section 708.1).

Definitions

 

Detention means the student's presence is required during non-school hours for disciplinary purposes. The  student can be required to appear prior to the beginning of the school day, after school has been dismissed for the day or on a non-school day. Whether a student will serve detention, and the length of the detention, is within the discretion of the licensed employee or the building principal disciplining the student. 

Expulsion means an action by the board to remove a student from the school environment, which includes, but is not limited to, classes and activities, for a period of time set by the board.

In-school suspension means the student will attend school but will be temporarily isolated from one or more classes while under supervision.  An in-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days. 

Out-of-school suspension means the student is removed from the school environment, which includes school classes and activities. An out-of-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days  unless due process is provided as required by federal and state law. A restriction from school activities  means a student will attend school and classes and practice but will not participate in school activities. 

Placement in an alternate learning environment means placement of a student in an environment established apart from the regular educational program that includes rules, staff and resources designed to accommodate student needs and to provide a comprehensive education consistent with the student learning  goals and content standards established by the school district.

Removal from the classroom means a student is sent to the building principal's office. It is within the  discretion of the person in charge of the classroom to remove the student.

 

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §279.79

Cross Reference:         502      Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                     503      Student Discipline

 

Approved:  03/18/2024

Reviewed:

Revised:

 

lschaul@indeek12.org Tue, 03/19/2024 - 10:12

503.08R1 - Student Threats of Violence and Incidents of Violence Regulation

503.08R1 - Student Threats of Violence and Incidents of Violence Regulation

Effective student discipline policies serve the needs of the district in maintaining the order of the education environment while safeguarding the education interests of all students.  For this reason, it is crucial to engage many perspectives in crafting sound policies related to discipline. The board, in conjunction with teachers and administrators in the district, have assigned further meaning to concepts listed in this policy.

Incident Levels Defined

Incident levels must escalate, with Level 1 being less severe than Level 3 incidents. However, the district maintains discretion in applying the level of discipline appropriate for an incident. In making this determination, the administration will consider the following definitions of incident levels. Because no definition could encompass all possible threats or incidents, the administration has discretion in determining which level to assign the incident after looking at the nature of the incident as well as the age, grade level, and maturity of the student.

Level 1 Defined: A relatively minor threat of violence or a minor incident of violence involving a student. These incidents are typically characterized by low severity, minimal harm or intent, and a low likelihood of causing significant disruption or harm to others. Level 1 incidents may include verbal threats, minor altercations, or non-serious incidents that do not pose an immediate danger to others.

Level 2 Defined: A moderate threat of violence or a moderate incident of violence involving a student. These incidents are more serious than Level 1 and may involve intent to cause harm, although the harm caused is still limited in scope. Level 2 incidents could include physical fights with minor injuries, serious verbal threats, or behaviors that significantly disrupt the school environment and/or school day. Students who have previously been involved in a ‘Level 1’ event may escalate to a ‘Level 2’. 

Level 3 Defined: A severe threat of violence or a serious incident of violence involving a student. These incidents are highly concerning and pose a significant risk to the safety and well-being of others and/or create a substantial disruption in the school community and community and/or school day. Level 3 incidents may include physical assaults causing substantial harm, credible threats of serious violence, or incidents involving weapons. Students involved in a ‘Level 2’ event may escalate to a ‘Level 3’.

Timeframe for Determining Repeated Incidents

The district will consider all incidents occurring within one school year as sufficiently close in proximity between incidents to establish that a repeated incident has occurred. However, the district reserves the right to escalate incidents where students habitually violate this policy. The rationale for establishing this timeframe is alignment with the district’s Anti bullying/Anti-harassment policy. The administration will have discretion to alter this timeframe when appropriate under the circumstances, depending on the nature of the incident as well as the age, grade level and maturity of the student.

Considerations for Determining the Maturity of the Student

The district believes that gauging the maturity of a student is subject to interpretation and best left to the licensed employees who interact most closely with the student on a regular basis.  Assessing a student’s maturity level is based on individual characteristics unique to each student. Therefore, in making a determination about the maturity of a student, the administration may consult with the student’s classroom teacher and other relevant licensed staff.  The administration will consider the following factors in determining the maturity of the student:

  • Age and Developmental Stage: The age of the student is a crucial factor in determining maturity. Younger students, especially those in elementary school, may lack the emotional and cognitive development to fully understand the consequences of their actions. Older students, such as those in high school, are generally expected to have a higher level of maturity and are more accountable for their behavior. 
  • Social and Emotional Intelligence: Consider the student's social and emotional intelligence, including their ability to empathize with others, regulate their emotions, and resolve conflicts peacefully. Students who demonstrate emotional intelligence may be better equipped to handle difficult situations and conflicts without resorting to violence. Assessing a student's ability to understand the feelings and perspectives of others can provide insights into their level of maturity.
  • Past Behavior and Patterns: Evaluate the student's history of behavior, including any previous incidents of violence or aggressive behavior. Consistent patterns of aggression or violent tendencies may indicate a lack of maturity in handling conflicts and stressors. On the other hand, students who have shown improvement, learned from past mistakes, and engaged positively in conflict resolution strategies may demonstrate a higher level of maturity, indicating their ability to grow and learn from their experiences.

Considerations for Determining Whether the Off-Campus Threat of Violence or Incident of Violence Will Directly Affect the Good Order, Efficient Management and Welfare of the School District

The district recognizes that students maintain First Amendment rights to free expression both within school and outside. However, free speech protections are not absolute and do not extend to true threats of violence toward an individual or a group of individuals. In considering whether a threat or incident of violence will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district necessitating the need for investigation, the administration will consider, among other things, the following factors:

  • The specificity of the threat for time, location or individual(s) targeted;
  • The reasonable likelihood of the student’s ability to carry out the threat;
  • The reasonable likelihood that the threat will interfere with the operation of the educational environment.

In addition to the notification requirements in policy, the administration will apprise the parents or guardians of any student who suffered violence or a threat of violence, of the rights to file complaints under any other relevant board policies including but not limited to anti-bullying/anti-harassment and Title IX.

lschaul@indeek12.org Tue, 03/19/2024 - 10:17

504 - Student Activities

504 - Student Activities dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 09:19

504.1 - Student Government

504.1 - Student Government

The student council provides for student activities, serves as a training experience for student leaders, promotes the common good, gives students a share in the management of the school, develops high ideals of personal conduct, acts as a clearinghouse for student activities, seeks to interest students in school district affairs and helps solve problems that may arise.  Members of the council are student representatives who have direct access to the administration.

The principal, in conjunction with the students and licensed employees, shall set forth the guidelines for the student government's elections, operations, and other elements of the government.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  502      Student Rights and Responsibilities
  
                                    504      Student Activities

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 10/27/2008                           Revised                   
                                                                                            02/17/2014
                                                                                            03/18/2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 09:19

504.2 - Student Organizations

504.2 - Student Organizations

Secondary school student-initiated curriculum-related groups, upon receiving permission from the principal, may use school facilities for group meetings during non-instructional time.  All student groups must have adult supervision.

Non-instructional time will mean any time before the first period of the day, but after beginning contract time for teachers and after the last period of the day in which any student attends class, but not longer than the contract day for teachers.  Meetings will not interfere with the orderly conduct of the education program or other school district operations.  It is within the discretion of the principal to determine whether the meetings will interfere with the orderly conduct of the education program or other school district operations.  Activities relating to and part of the education program will have priority over the activities of another organization.

Curriculum-Related Organizations

It will also be the responsibility of the principal to determine whether a student group is curriculum-related.  One or more of the following questions will be answered affirmatively if the group is curriculum-related:

  • Is the subject matter of the group actually taught in a regularly offered course?
  • Will the subject matter of the group soon be taught in a regularly offered course?
  • Does the subject matter of the group concern the body of courses as a whole?
  • Is participation in the group required for a particular course?
  • Does participation in the group result in academic credit?

Secondary school curriculum-related student organizations may use the school district facilities for meetings and other purposes before and after the instructional school day.  Employees are assigned to monitor approved meetings and may interact with curriculum-related organizations.

Non-curriculum-Related Organizations

Student-initiated, non-curriculum-related organizations are provided access to meeting space and school district facilities, as per equal access guidelines.  They are to fill out a district rental agreement form; depending on the scope of activity of the group, proof of liability insurance may be required.  All student initiated non-curricular groups must have adult supervision. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Westside Community Board of Education v Mergens, 496 U.S. 226 (1990).
  
                                    Bender v. Williamsport Area Community School District, 741 F.2d 538 (3d Cir. 1984), vacated and remanded on other grounds, 475 U.S. 534 (1986).
  
                                    20 U.S.C. §§ 4071-4074
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 287; 297.9.

Cross Reference:  502      Student Rights and Responsibilities
  
                                                504         Student Activities

Approved 11/1/2004                       Reviewed 10/27/2008                     Revised 10/11/2010    
                                                                                      02/17/2014
                                                                                      03/18/2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 09:21

504.3 - Student Publications - Rescinded

504.3 - Student Publications - Rescinded

Rescinded per Policy Primer Vol.29, Number 5 (Student Publications) Board Reviewed and Approved 09/20/2021

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 09:23

504.3R1 - Student Publications Code - Rescinded

504.3R1 - Student Publications Code - Rescinded

Rescinded per Policy Primer Vol.29, Number 5 (Student Publications Code) Board Reviewed and Approved 09/20/2021

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 09:25

504.4 - Student Social Events

504.4 - Student Social Events

School-sponsored social events shall be approved by the principal and placed on the school calendar prior to public announcement.  They shall be under the control and supervision of employees.  The hours and activities of the event shall be reasonable and in keeping with board policy.

School-sponsored social events are open to the students enrolled in the school district.  Others, such as alumni or nonschool students, may attend as the date or escort of students enrolled in the school district or with the permission of the licensed employees supervising the event.

Students' behavior shall be in keeping with the behavior required during regular school hours.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 282.3 (2003).

Cross Reference:  404      Employee Conduct and Appearance
  
                                    502      Student Rights and Responsibilities
  
                                    503      Student Discipline

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/15/2008                           Revised                   
                                                                                           02/17/2014
                                                                                           03/18/2019                          

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 09:26

504.5 - Student Performances

504.5 - Student Performances

Students, as part of the education program, may participate in contests or other public and private events approved by the superintendent that will be of benefit to the student and the education program.  Performance at such events is a privilege.

Students, who perform at such events, serve as ambassadors of the school district and must conduct themselves in the same manner as required in the regular school day.  Students who fail to abide by this policy and the administrative regulations supporting it may be subject to disciplinary measures. 

Students will be allowed to perform in these events only with proper permission and supervision and when the events do not disrupt the education program or other school district operations.  The events must be approved by the superintendent, unless it involves unusual travel and expense, in which case the board must approve of the performance.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy. In developing the administrative regulations, these guidelines should be followed:

  • Performances by student groups below the high school level should be allowed on a very limited basis;
  • All groups of students should have an opportunity to participate; and,
  • Extensive travel by one group of students should be discouraged.

It shall be within the discretion of the superintendent to determine whether the event will benefit the education program and the participating students.  Contests or other performances by students unapproved by the superintendent shall be the responsibility of the parent and the student.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 280.13-.14 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.6.

Cross Reference:  502      Student Rights and Responsibilities
  
                                    503.4   Good Conduct Policy
  
                                    504      Student Activities
  
                                    905      Community Activities Involving Students

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/15/2008                           Revised 03/18/2019
                                                                                           02/17/2014
                                                                                           03/18/2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 09:27

504.6 - Student Fundraising

504.6 - Student Fundraising

Students may raise funds for school-sponsored events by having the coach/sponsor fill out the appropriate fundraising request for permission.  This request must be approved by the Building Principal, and then submitted to the Activities Director for final approval.  If the fund raiser is projected to raise more than $3,500.00, prior approval from the Board of Education will be required.  If this policy is not followed as written, the disciplinary steps will be:

1st Offense – Letter of reprimand to be placed in personnel file signed by Activities Director and Staff Member

2nd Offense – One half of money raised will be placed in general activity fund

3rd Offense – All money raised will be placed in general activity fund

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the Activities Director, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Senior Class of Pekin High School v. Tharp, 154 N.W.2d 874 (Iowa 1967).
  
                                    Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  402.9  Solicitations from Outside
  
                                    502      Student Rights and Responsibilities
  
                                    503      Student Discipline
  
                                    504      Student Activities
  
                                    704.5   Student Activities Fund
  
                                    905.2   Advertising and Promotion

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/15/2008                           Revised 09/20/2010
                                                                                            02/17/2014                                            08/15/2011
                                                                                            07/15/2019                                            07/15/2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 09:29

504.7 - Student Work/Intern Programs

504.7 - Student Work/Intern Programs

Coordination of education programs with local businesses can benefit the school district community.  When mutually acceptable arrangements can be made between a local business and the board, secondary students may work for a local business to obtain school credit.

Such programs must be compatible with the education program and have the approval of the board.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to pursue such arrangements with local businesses.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 282.3 (2003).

Cross Reference:  603      Instructional Curriculum

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/15/2008                           Revised                   
                                                                                            02/17/2014
                                                                                            03/18/2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 09:31

504.8 - Student Activity Program

504.8 - Student Activity Program

Participation in school activities is a privilege.  School activities provide the benefits of promoting additional interests and ability in the students during their school years and for their lifetime.

Students will have an opportunity to participate in a school activity unless the activity is not offered or the student cannot participate for disciplinary reasons.  If the activity is an intramural or interscholastic athletic activity, students of the opposite sex will have a comparable opportunity for participation.  Comparable opportunity does not guarantee boys and girls will be allowed to play on each other's teams when there are athletic activities available that will allow both boys and girls to reap the benefits of school activities, which are the promotion of additional interests and abilities in the students.

Student activity events must be approved by the superintendent unless they involve unusual travel expense, in which case the board will take action.  The events must not disrupt the education program or other school district operations.

Participation in a non-school sponsored activity shall not conflict with the school sponsored activity.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for each school activity.  These regulations shall include, but not be limited to, when physical examinations will be required, how and when parents will be informed about the risk of the activity, academic requirements, and proof of insurance on the student participating in certain activities.  Students wanting to participate in school activities must meet the requirements set out by the school district for participation in the activity.

 

 

Legal Reference:  34 C.F.R. Pt. 106.41 (2002).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 280.13-.14 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.6., 36.15.

Cross Reference:  501      Student Attendance
  
                                    502      Student Rights and Responsibilities
  
                                    503      Student Discipline
  
                                    504      Student Activities
  
                                    507      Student Health and Well-Being

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/15/2008                           Revised 03/17/2014
                                                                                            03/18/2019                                            11/16/2015

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 09:33

505 - Student Scholastic Achievement

505 - Student Scholastic Achievement dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 09:34

505.01 - Assignment of Courses

505.01 - Assignment of Courses

Students shall take a predetermined number and type of courses to graduate.  Where students have a choice in course offerings, the school district will try to allow students to take the course of their choice.  Courses with limited space will be allocated to those who first apply for the course or need it for graduation.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, the curriculum director and building principal to develop the course offerings for each year for the grade levels.  The superintendent shall make a recommendation to the board annually as to which courses shall be offered.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 280 (2003).
  
                            281 I.A.C. 12.1; .3(7); .5.

Cross Reference:  505      Student Scholastic Achievement

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  12/15/2008, 03/18/2019

Revised:  03/17/2014

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 09:34

505.02 - Student Progress Reports and Conferences

505.02 - Student Progress Reports and Conferences

Students shall receive a progress report at the end of each grading period.  Students, who are doing poorly, and their parents, shall be notified prior to the end of the grading period in order to have an opportunity to improve their grade.  The board encourages the notification of students who have made marked improvement prior to the end of the grading period.

Parent-teacher conferences will be held two times a year at the elementary to keep the parents informed.  The conferences at the junior-senior high school are held four times a year, but not individually scheduled.

Parents, teachers, or principals may request a conference for students in grades kindergarten through twelve in addition to the scheduled conference time.  Parents and students are encouraged to discuss the student's progress or other matters with the student's teacher.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .41; .280, 284.12.
  
                            281 I.A.C. 12.3(4), 12.3(6), .5(16).

Cross Reference:  505      Student Scholastic Achievement
  
                            506      Student Records

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  12/15/2008

Revised:  03/17/2014, 11/19/2018

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 09:36

505.03 - Student Promotion - Retention - Acceleration

505.03 - Student Promotion - Retention - Acceleration

Students will be promoted to the next grade level at the end of each school year based on the student's achievement, age, maturity, emotional stability, and social adjustment.

The district shall adhere to the following:

  • Retention/Promotion in kindergarten – eighth grade: The retention of a student will be determined based upon the judgment of the district’s professional staff taking into consideration the student’s proficiency levels and state requirements.  When it becomes evident a student in grades kindergarten through eight may be retained in a grade level for an additional year, the parents will be informed prior to making the retention decision.  It is within the sole discretion of the district to retain students in their current grade level and to deny promotion to a student.
  • Retention/Promotion in ninth – twelfth grade: Students in grades nine through twelve will be informed of the required course work necessary to be promoted each year.  When it becomes evident a student in these grades will be unable to meet the minimum credit requirements for the year, the student and parents will be informed.  It shall be within the sole discretion of the district to retain students in their current grade level and to deny promotion to a student.
  • Acceleration in kindergarten – twelfth grade: Students in grades kindergarten through twelve with demonstrated accelerated academic talents may, with the permission of the principal and parents, take classes beyond their current grade level.  This means, if appropriate, students could be advanced grade levels or could have the opportunity to test out of a required grade level or class.  Students at the high school level would still have to fulfill the required number of credits to graduate. Enrichment opportunities outside the school district may be allowed when they do not conflict with the school district's graduation requirements.
  • Retention or Acceleration in kindergarten – twelfth grade may also occur in additional instances as provided by law.

Any student or parent who is not satisfied with the decision of the district’s professional staff may seek recourse through policy 502.6 – Student Complaints and Grievances.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .41, 279.8.
  
                            281 I.A.C. 12.5(16).

Cross Reference:  501      Student Attendance
  
                            505      Student Scholastic Achievement
  
                            603.11  Summer School Instruction

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  12/15/2008, 03/17/2014

Revised:  11/16/2015, 11/19/2018

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 09:37

505.04 - Student Honors and Awards

505.04 - Student Honors and Awards

The school district shall provide a program that establishes honors and awards including, but not limited to, academic letters, scholarships and good citizenship awards for students to assist students in setting goals.  Students shall be made aware of honors and awards and the action necessary on the part of the student to achieve them. 

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  504      Student Activities
  
                            505      Student Scholastic Achievement

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  12/15/2008, 03/18/2019

Revised:  03/17/2014

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 09:40

505.05 - Testing Program

505.05 - Testing Program

A comprehensive testing program is established and maintained to evaluate the education program of the school district and to assist in providing guidance or counseling services to students and their families.

No student is required, as part of any applicable program, funded by the United States Department of Education, to submit to a survey, analysis or evaluation that reveals information concerning:

  • political affiliations or beliefs of the student or student’s parent or guardian:
  • mental or psychological problems of the student or the student's family;
  • sex behavior or attitudes;
  • illegal, anti-social, self-incriminating or demeaning behavior;
  • critical appraisals of other individuals with whom respondents have close family relationships;
  • legally recognized, privileged and analogous relationships, such as those of lawyers, physicians and ministers;
  • religious practices, affiliations or beliefs of the student or student’s parent or guardian; or
  • income, (other than that required by law to determine eligibility for participation in a program or for receiving financial assistance under such program).

Without the prior consent of the student (if the student is an adult or emancipated minor), or in the case of an unemancipated minor, without the prior written consent of the parent.

Prior to an employee or contractor of the district providing information on a student enrolled in the district on any survey related to the social or emotional abilities, competencies or characteristics of the student; the district will provide the parent/guardian of the student detailed information related to the survey and obtain written consent of the parent/guardian of the student.  This includes the person who created the survey, the person who sponsors the survey, how the information generated by the survey is used and how information generated by the survey is stored. This requirement will not prohibit a district employee from answering questions related to a student enrolled in the district as part of developing or implementing an individualized education program for the student.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

It is the responsibility of the board to review and approve the evaluation and testing program.

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232h
  
                           Iowa Code §§ 280.3

Cross Reference:  505      Student Scholastic Achievement
  
                            506      Student Records
  
                            607.02   Student Health Services

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  12/15/2008, 03/17/2014, 03/18/2019

Revised:  11/21/2016, 10/16/2023

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 09:41

505.06 - Graduation Requirements

505.06 - Graduation Requirements

Students must successfully complete the courses required by the board and Iowa Department of Education in order to graduate. 

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure that students complete grades one through twelve and that high school students complete 54 credits prior to graduation.  The following credits will be required for graduation:

 

      English/Language Arts                8     credits

      Science                                        6    credits

      Mathematics                                6    credits

      Social Studies                              6    credits  

      Physical Education                      4    credits

      Real Living                                   1    credit

      Electives                                      23  credits

Students graduating from the Buchanan County Success Center must complete 44 credits which includes the above requirements with the exception of 13 elective credits instead of 23.

The required courses of study will be reviewed by the board annually.

Graduation requirements for special education students will include successful completion of four years of English, three years of math, three years of social studies, and three years of science.

Students who complete a regular session in the Legislative Page Program of the general assembly at the state capitol will be credited ½ credit of social studies.

Students enrolled in a junior officers’ training corp. will receive 1/8th physical education credit for each semester the student is enrolled in the program. 

Legal Reference:     Iowa Code §§ 256.7, 11, .41; 279.8; 280.3, .14.

                                 281 I.A.C. 12.3(5); 12(5).

 

Cross Reference:    505  Student Scholastic Achievement

                                603.03       Special Education

                                603.05       Physical Education

                                607.07       Student Guidance and Counseling Program

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  03/17/2014

Revised:  12/15/2008, 01/18/2016, 12/18/2017, 02/18/2019, 03/15/2021, 09/20/2021, 09/19/2022, 10/16/2023

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 09:43

505.07 - Early Graduation

505.07 - Early Graduation

Generally, students will be required to complete the necessary course work and graduate from high school at the end of grade twelve.  Students may graduate prior to this time if they meet the minimum graduation requirements stated in board policy.

A student who graduates early will no longer be considered a student and will become an alumnus of the school district.  However, the student who graduates early may participate in the prom and commencement exercises.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8: 280.3.
  
                           281 I.A.C. 12.3(5); 12(5)

 

Cross Reference:  505      Student Scholastic Achievement
  
                            505.07 Graduation Requirements

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  12/15/2008, 03/17/2014, 03/18/2019

Revised:

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 09:49

505.08 - Commencement

505.08 - Commencement

Students who have met the requirements for graduation will be allowed to participate in the commencement proceedings provided they abide by the proceedings organized by the school district.  It shall be the responsibility of the principal to solicit input from each graduating class regarding the proceedings for their commencement.

Failure of a student to participate in commencement will not be a reason for withholding the student's final progress report or diploma certifying the student's completion of high school.

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2003).
  
                            281 I.A.C. 12.2; .3(7); .5.

Cross Reference:  505      Student Scholastic Achievement

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  12/15/2008, 03/17/2014, 03/18/2019

Revised:

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 09:52

505.09 - Parent and Family Engagement

505.09 - Parent and Family Engagement

Parent and family engagement is an important component in a student’s success in school.  The board encourages parents and families to become involved in their child’s education to ensure the child’s academic success.  In order to facilitate parent and family involvement, it is the goal of the district to conduct outreach and implement programs, activities and procedures to further involve parents and families with the academic success of their students.  The board will:

 (1)    Involve parents and families in the development of the Title I plan, the process for school review of the plan and the process for improvement by inviting parents of Title I students to meet with the Title I teachers to reflect on the school year, reviewing the information and feedback from the meetings held between parents and Title I teachers, and discussing it at SIAC meetings.  The Board will review the plan annually.

(2)     Provide the coordination, technical assistance and other support necessary to assist and build the capacity of all participating schools in planning and implementing effective parent and family involvement activities to improve student academic achievement and school performance by having ongoing discussions at Admin/Director meetings, School Improvement meetings, holding Pre-school night, and PTO meetings.

(3)     To the extent feasible, coordinate and integrate parent and family engagement strategies under Title I with parent and family engagement strategies outlined in other relevant Federal, State, and local laws and programs by coordinating all district supports and involving SIAC in planning and implementing family and parent engagement strategies.

(4)     Conduct with the involvement of parents and family members, an annual evaluation of the content and effectiveness of the parent and family engagement policy in improving the academic quality of the school served including identifying barriers to greater participation by parents in Title I activities (with particular attention to low-income parents, Limited English Proficient (LEP) parents, parents of any racial or ethnic minority, parents with disabilities and parents with limited literacy) by analyzing data from IEP meetings and surveys at SIAC meetings.

(5)     Use the findings of the annual evaluation to design strategies for more effective parent and family involvement and to revise, as necessary, the parent and family involvement policies by reviewing the information at SIAC meetings and having a Parent Compact.  Copies of the Parental Involvement Policy and Title I Compact are available upon request. 

(6)     Involve parents and families in Title I activities by having a parent advisory committee meeting every year.

The superintendent is responsible for notifying parents and families of this policy annually or within a reasonable time after it has been amended during the school year.  The superintendent may develop an administrative process or procedures to implement this policy. 

 

Legal References:  20 U.S.C. § 6318.

Cross References:  904.02   Community Resource Persons and Volunteers

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  12/15/2008, 03/17/2014

Revised:  11/21/2016, 07/15/2019, 03/18/2024

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 09:54

505.9R1 - Parent and Family Engagement Building-Level Regulation

505.9R1 - Parent and Family Engagement Building-Level Regulation

To further the interests of student achievement, the superintendent will create necessary rules to engage parents and family members within the district in the following ways on a building-level basis:

  1. Policy Involvement:  The district will host an annual meeting and invite all parents to attend; and inform parents of their rights and the district’s requirements under Title I.  This meeting will also invite parents to become involved in the planning, review and improvement of a building policy and in developing the district plan.  The district will inform parents of: 
    • programs under this policy,
    • curriculum and assessment used for students,
    • the opportunity to meet with administration to participate in decisions related to their children’s education,
    • a description and explanation of curriculum used in the school, forms of academic assessment used to measure student progress, and
    • achievement levels of the challenging State academic standards. 
  2. Accessibility:  Provide opportunities for informed participation of parents and family members in understandable formats and languages.  This includes participation by parents and family members who may have disabilities, limited English proficiency, and migratory children. Offer a flexible number of meetings during the day, evening and weekends to facilitate parent involvement.  The superintendent has discretion to allow schools to provide childcare for families of students during these meetings through Title I funds.
  3. High Student Academic Achievement:  Each school in the district will jointly develop with parents and family members a school-parent compact that outlines how parents, staff and students share responsibility for improving student academic achievement; and how a partnership will be built to achieve this.  The compact will describe the responsibility of the school to provide high quality curriculum and instruction, and the parents’ responsibility to support their children’s learning.  This will also address the importance of communication between schools and parents through parent teacher conferences, regular reports to parents on their children’s progress, and ensuring regular meaningful communication between family and school staff. 
  4. Building Capacity for Involvement: Each school within the district will include in their plan ways to achieve the following:
    • Assist parents and families to understand topics including academic standards and assessments and how to monitor student progress;
    • Provide materials and training to help parents work with students to improve achievement;
    • Educate teachers and staff in how to communicate with parents and build ties to foster academic success;
    • Coordinate and integrate other federal, state and local programs to support parents in more fully participating in students’ education;
    • Ensure information related to programs is sent to parents and families in understandable formats; and
    • Provide other reasonable support to encourage parental involvement
  1. Schools Operating a Schoolwide Program:  Each school operating a schoolwide program under this policy shall:
    • Involve parents on a timely and ongoing basis in the planning, review and improvement of programs, including the parent and family engagement school policy drafting and review, and the joint development of the schoolwide program.
    • If the schoolwide program plan is not satisfactory to the parents of the participating children, parent comments will be requested and submitted with the plan to the district.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 09:55

506 - Education Records

506 - Education Records dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 09:57

506.01 - Education Records Access

506.01 - Education Records Access

The board recognizes the importance of maintaining education records and preserving their confidentiality, as provided by law.  Education records are kept confidential at collection, storage, disclosure and destruction stages.  The board secretary is the custodian of education records.  Education records may be maintained in the central administration office or administrative office of the student's attendance center. 

Definitions

For the purposes of this policy, the defined words have the following meaning:

• “Education Record” means those records that contain information directly related to a student and which are maintained by an education agency or institution or by a party acting for the agency or institution.

• “Eligible Student” means a student who has reached eighteen years or attends a postsecondary institution.  Parents of an eligible student are provided access to education records only with the written permission of the eligible student unless the eligible student is defined as a dependent by the Internal Revenue Code.  In that case, the parents may be provided access without the written permission of the student.

An education record may contain information on more than one student.  Parents will have the right to access the information relating to their student or to be informed of the information.  Eligible students will also have the right to access the information relating to themselves, or be informed of the information.

Parents, eligible students, and other individuals authorized in accordance with law will have access to the student's education records during the regular business hours of the school district.  Parents and eligible students will have a right to access the student's education records upon request without unnecessary delay and in no instance more than forty-five calendar days after the request is made.  Parents, other than parents of an eligible student, may be denied access to a student's education records if the school district has a court order stating such or when the district has been advised under the appropriate laws that the parents may not access the education records.  Parents, an eligible student or an authorized representative of the parents will have the right to access the student's education records prior to an Individualized Education Program (IEP) meeting or hearing.

Copies of education records will be provided if failure to do so would effectively prevent the parents or student from exercising the right to access the education records.  Fees for copies of the records are waived if it would prevent the parents or eligible student from accessing the records.  A fee may not be charged to search or retrieve information from education records. 

Upon the request of parents or an eligible student, the school district will provide an explanation and interpretation of the education records and a list of the types and locations of education records collected, maintained or used by the school district.

If the parents or an eligible student believes the information in the education records is inaccurate, misleading or violates the privacy of the student, the parents or an eligible student may request that the school district amend the education records. 

Education records may be disclosed in limited circumstances without parental or eligible student's written permission.  This disclosure is made on the condition that the education record will not be disclosed to a third party without the written permission of the parents or the eligible student.  This disclosure may be:

  • to school officials within the school district and AEA personnel whom the superintendent has determined to have a legitimate educational interest, including, but not limited to, board members, employees, school attorney, auditor, health professionals, and individuals serving on official school committees;
  • to officials of another school district in which the student wishes to enroll, provided the other school district notifies the parents the education records are being sent and the parents have an opportunity to receive a copy of the records and challenge the contents of the records unless the annual notification includes a provision that records will automatically be transferred to new school districts;
  • to the U.S. Comptroller General, the U.S. Attorney General, the U.S. Secretary of Education or state and local educational authorities;
  • in connection with a student’s application for, or receipt of, financial aid;
  • to organizations conducting studies for, or on behalf of, educational agencies or institutions for the purpose of developing, validating, or administering predictive tests, administering student aid programs, and improving instruction, if such studies are conducted in such a manner as will not permit the personal identification of students and their parents by persons other than representatives of such organizations and such information will be destroyed when no longer needed for the purpose for which it was conducted;
  • to accrediting organizations;
  • to parents of a dependent student as defined in the Internal Revenue Code;
  • to comply with a court order or judicially issued subpoena;
  • consistent with an interagency agreement between the school district and juvenile justice agencies
  • in connection with a health or safety emergency;
  • as directory information; or
  • in additional instances as provided by law.

The superintendent will keep a list of the individuals and their positions who are authorized to view a special education student's education records without the permission of the parents or the eligible student.  Individuals not listed are not allowed access without parental or an eligible student's written permission.  This list must be current and available for public inspection and updated as changes occur.

The superintendent will also keep a list of individuals, agencies and organizations which have requested or obtained access to a student's education records, the date access was given and their legitimate educational interest or purpose for which they were authorized to view the records.  The superintendent, however, does not need to keep a list of the parents, authorized educational employees, officers and agencies of the school district who have accessed the student’s education records.  This list for an education record may be accessed by the parents, the eligible student and the custodian of education records. 

Permanent education records, including a student's name, address, phone number, grades, attendance record, classes attended, grade level completed and year completed may be maintained without time limitation.  Permanent education records will be kept in a fire-safe vault or they may be maintained electronically with a secure backup file.

When personally identifiable information, other than permanent education records, is no longer needed to provide educational services to a special education student, the parents or eligible student are notified.  This notice is normally given after a student graduates or otherwise leaves the school district.  If the parents or eligible student request that the personally identifiable information be destroyed, the school district will destroy the records, except for permanent records.  Prior to the destruction of the records, the school district must inform the parents or eligible student the records may be needed by the parents or eligible student for social security benefits or other purposes.  For purposes of policy, “no longer needed to provide educational services” means that a record is no longer relevant to the provision of instruction, support, or related services and it is no longer needed for accountability and audit purposes. At a minimum, a record needed for accountability and audit purposes must be retained for five years after completion of the activity for which funds were used.

The school district will cooperate with the juvenile justice system in sharing information contained in permanent student records regarding students who have become involved with the juvenile justice system.  The school district will enter into an interagency agreement with the juvenile justice agency(cies) involved.

The purpose of the agreement is to allow for the sharing of information prior to a student's adjudication in order to promote and collaborate between the school district and the agencies to improve school safety, reduce alcohol and illegal drug use, reduce truancy, reduce in-school and out-of-school suspensions, and to support alternatives to in-school and out-of-school suspensions and expulsions which provide structured and well supervised educational programs supplemented by coordinated and appropriate services designed to correct behaviors that lead to truancy, suspension, and expulsions and to support students in successfully completing their education.

The school district may share any information with the agencies contained in a student's permanent record, which is directly related to the juvenile justice system's ability to effectively serve the student.  Prior to adjudication information contained in the permanent record may be disclosed by the school district to the parties without parental consent or court order.  Information contained in a student's permanent record may be disclosed by the school district to the agencies after adjudication only with parental consent or a court order.  Information shared pursuant to the agreement is used solely for determining the programs and services appropriate to the needs of the student or student's family or coordinating the delivery of programs and services to the student or student's family. 

Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings, which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student's parent, guardian, or legal or actual custodian.

Confidential information shared between the school district and the agencies will remain confidential and will not be shared with any other person, unless otherwise provided by law.  The school district may discontinue information sharing with an agency if the school district determines that the agency has violated the intent or letter of the agreement.

Agencies will contact the principal of the attendance center where the student is currently or was enrolled.  The principal will then forward copies of the records within a reasonable time following receipt of the request.

The school district will provide training or instruction to employees about parents' and eligible students' rights under this policy.  Employees will also be informed about the procedures for carrying out this policy.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to annually notify parents and eligible students that they have the right to:

  1. Inspect and review the student's education records;
  2. Seek amendment of the student’s education records that the parent or eligible student believes to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the student’s privacy rights;
  3. Consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student’s education records, except to the extent that the law authorizes disclosure without consent; and
  4. File a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the district to comply with the law.

The notice is given in a parents' or eligible student's native language.  Should the school district collect personal information from students for the purposes of marketing or selling that information, the school district will annually notify parents of such activity.

The notice will include a statement that the parents have a right to file a complaint alleging the school district failed to comply with this policy.  Complaints are forwarded to Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue, Washington, DC. 20202-8520.

 

 

Legal Reference:          20 U.S.C. § 1232g, 1415 (2004).
  
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 99, 300.610 et seq. (2004).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 22; 279.9B, 280.24,.25, 622.10 (2007).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(6); 41.610 et seq.
  
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 720, 825.

Cross Reference:          501      Student Attendance
  
                                    505      Student Scholastic Achievement
  
                                    506      Student Records
  
                                    507      Student Health and Well-Being
  
                                    603.3   Special Education
  
                                    708      Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records
                         
            901.1   Public Examination of School District Records

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  

Revised:  12/15/2008, 04/21/2014, 07/17/2017

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 09:57

506.1E1 - Request of Nonparent for Examination or Copies of Education Records

506.1E1 - Request of Nonparent for Examination or Copies of Education Records

The undersigned hereby requests permission to examine the Independence Community School District's official education records of:

 

 

 

 

(Legal Name of Student)

 

 

(Date of Birth)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The undersigned requests copies of the following official education records of the above student:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The undersigned certifies that they are (check one):

 

(a)

An official of another school system in which the student intends to enroll.

(  )

(b)

An authorized representative of the Comptroller General of the United States.

(  )

(c)

An authorized representative of the Secretary of
the U.S. Department of Education or U.S. Attorney General

(  )

(d)

A state or local official to whom such is specifically allowed to be reported or disclosed.

(  )

(e)

A person connected with the student's application for, or receipt of, financial aid (SPECIFY DETAILS: ________________________________________.)

(  )

(f)

Otherwise authorized by law. (SPECIFY DETAILS: ___________________.)

(  )

(g)

A representative of a juvenile justice agency with which the school district has an interagency agreement.

(  )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The undersigned agrees that the information obtained will only be redisclosed consistent with state or federal law without the written permission of the parents of the student, or the student if the student is of majority age.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Title)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Agency)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

APPROVED:                                                                                    Date:  ____________________________________________

                                                                                                                           Address:  ____________________________________

Signature:  ___________________________________    City:  _______________________________________

Title:  _______________________________________     State:  _______________  ZIP:  __________________

Dated:  ______________________________________     Phone Number:  ______________________________

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 10:02

506.1E2 - Authorization for Release of Education Records

506.1E2 - Authorization for Release of Education Records

The undersigned hereby authorizes Independence Community School District to release copies of the following official education records:

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

concerning  ____________________________________________________________     ____________________________________________
                              (Full Legal Name of Student)                                                                                (Date of Birth)

_____________________________________________________________________     from 20_____ to 20_____
                              (Name of Last School Attended)                                                                       (Year(s) of Attendance)

The reason for this request is:  ___________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

My relationship to the child is:  ___________________________________________________________________________________________

Copies of the records to be released are to be furnished to:

                 ( ) the undersigned
                 ( ) the student
                 ( ) other (please specify)  ________________________________________________________________

 

_______________________________________________________________
(Signature)

Date:  __________________________________________________________

Address:  _______________________________________________________

City:  __________________________________________________________

State:  ________________________________  ZIP  ____________________

Phone Number:  _________________________________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 10:13

506.1E3 - Request for Hearing on Correction of Education Records

506.1E3 - Request for Hearing on Correction of Education Records

To:  _________________________________________________________  Address:  _______________________________________________
               Board Secretary (Custodian)

I believe certain official education records of my child,____________________________ , (full legal name of student),
_______________________________________ (school name), are inaccurate, misleading or  in violation of privacy rights of my child.

The official education records which I believe are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of the privacy or other rights of my child are:
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

The reason I believe such records are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of the privacy or other rights of my child is:
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

My relationship to the child is:  _______________________________________________

I understand that I will be notified in writing of the time and place of the hearing; that I will be notified in writing of the decision; and I have the right to appeal the decision by so notifying the hearing officer in writing within ten days after my receipt of the decision or a right to place a statement in my child's record stating I disagree with the decision and why.

____________________________________________________________
(Signature)

Date:  _______________________________________________________

Address:  ____________________________________________________

City:  _______________________________________________________

State:  ______________________________  ZIP  ___________________

Phone Number:  ______________________________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 10:19

506.1E4 - Request for Examination of Education Records

506.1E4 - Request for Examination of Education Records

To:  ___________________________________________________  Address:  _________________________________________
               Board Secretary (Custodian)

The undersigned desires to examine the following official education records.

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

of _______________________________________________, ______________________________  _______________________________
            (Full Legal Name of Student)                                                                (Date of Birth)                                          (Grade)

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
(Name of School)

My relationship to the student is:  _____________________________________________________________________________________

(check one)

                   ______  I do

                   ______  I do not

desire a copy of such records.  I understand that a reasonable charge may be made for the copies.

 

                                                                                             __________________________________________________________________
                                                                                                                  (Parent's Signature)

 

APPROVED:                                                                                   Date:  __________________________________________

                                                                                                                  Address:  __________________________________________________________

Signature:  __________________________________  City:  ____________________________________________________________

Title:  _______________________________________  State:  _______________________________  ZIP  _________________________

Dated:  _____________________________________   Phone Number  _____________________________________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 10:24

506.1E5 - Notification of Transfer of Education Records

506.1E5 - Notification of Transfer of Education Records

To:  __________________________________________________     Date:  _____________________________________
              Parent/or Guardian

Street Address:  _____________________________________________________________________________________

City/State:  _______________________________________________________________  ZIP  _____________________

Please be notified that copies of the Independence Community School District's official education records concerning
                                       , (full legal name of student) have been transferred to:

____________________________________________________________     ____________________________________
School District Name                                                                                                            Address

upon the written statement that the student intends to enroll in said school system.

If you desire a copy of such records furnished, please check here            and return this form to the undersigned.  A reasonable charge will be made for the copies.

If you believe such records transferred are inaccurate, misleading or otherwise in violation of the privacy or other rights of the student, you have the right to a hearing to challenge the contents of such records.

 

______________________________________________________
(Name)

______________________________________________________
(Title)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 10:30

506.1E6 - Letter to Parent Regarding Receipt of a Subpoena

506.1E6 - Letter to Parent Regarding Receipt of a Subpoena

Date

 

Dear     (Parent)    :

This letter is to notify you that the Independence Community School District has received a      (subpoena or court order)     requesting copies of your child's education records.  The specific records requested are                                                     .

The school district has until   (date on subpoena or court order) to deliver the documents to   (requesting party on subpoena or court order).  If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me at   (phone #)    .

 

Sincerely,

 

 

(Principal or Superintendent)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 10:34

506.1E7 - Juvenile Justice Agency Information Sharing Agreement

506.1E7 - Juvenile Justice Agency Information Sharing Agreement

Statement of Purpose:  The purpose of this Agreement is to allow for the sharing of information among the School District and the Agencies prior to a student's adjudication in order to promote and collaborate to improve school safety, reduce alcohol and illegal drug use, reduce truancy, reduce in-school and out-of-school suspensions, and to support alternatives to in-school and out-of-school suspensions and expulsions which provide structured and well supervised educational programs supplemented by coordinated and appropriate services designed to correct behaviors that lead to truancy, suspension, and expulsions and to support students in successfully completing their education.

Identification of Agencies:  This agreement is between the Independence Community School District (hereinafter "School District") and   (agencies listed) (hereinafter "Agencies")   .

Statutory Authority:  This agreement implements Iowa Code § 280.25 and is consistent with 34 C.F.R. 99.38 (2003).

Parameters of Information Exchange:

        1.       The School District may share any information with the Agencies contained in a student's permanent record which is directly related to the juvenile justice system's ability to effectively serve the student.

        2.       Prior to adjudication information contained in the permanent record may be disclosed by the school district to the Agencies without parental consent or court order.

        3.       Information contained in a student's permanent record may be disclosed by the School District to the Agencies after adjudication only with parental consent or a court order.

        4.       Information shared pursuant to the agreement is used solely for determining the programs and services appropriate to the needs of the student or student's family or coordinating the delivery of programs and services to the student or student's family.

        5.       Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent
                is obtained from a student's parent, guardian, or legal or actual custodian.

       6.        Information obtained by the school from other juvenile justice agencies may not be used as the basis for disciplinary action of the student.

        7.       This agreement only governs a school district's ability to share information and the purposes for which that information can be used.  Other agencies are bound by their own respective confidentiality policies.

Records' Transmission:  The individual requesting the information should contact the principal of the building in which the student is currently enrolled or was enrolled.  The principal will forward the records within a reasonable time following receipt of the request.

Confidentiality:  Confidential information shared between the Agencies and the school district will remain confidential and will not be shared with any other person, unless otherwise provided by law.  Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student's parent.  Agencies or individuals violating the terms of this agreement subject their entity represented and themselves personally to legal action pursuant to federal and state law. 

Amendments:  This agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the agencies with respect to information sharing.  Agencies may be added to this agreement at the discretion of the school district.

Term:  This agreement is effective from   (September 1, 20   or other date).

Termination:  The School District may discontinue information sharing with an Agency if the School District determines that the Agency has violated the intent or letter of this Agreement.

 

APPROVED:

Signature:

 

Address:

 

 

Title:

 

City:

 

 

Agency:

 

State:

 

ZIP

 

Dated:

 

Phone Number:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

Address:

 

 

Title:

 

City:

 

 

Agency:

 

State:

 

ZIP

 

Dated:

 

Phone Number:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

Address:

 

 

Title:

 

City:

 

 

Agency:

 

State:

 

ZIP

 

Dated:

 

Phone Number:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

Address:

 

 

Title:

 

City:

 

 

Agency:

 

State:

 

ZIP

 

Dated:

 

Phone Number:

 

 

                         

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 10:36

506.1E8 - Annual Notice

506.1E8 - Annual Notice

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) affords parents and students over 18 years of age ("eligible students") certain rights with respect to the student's education records.  They are:

(1)     The right to inspect and review the student's education records within 45 days of the day the district receives a request for access.

Parents or eligible students should submit to the school principal (or appropriate school official) a written request that identifies the record(s) they wish to inspect.  The principal or appropriate school official will make arrangements for access and notify the parent or eligible student of the time and place where the records may be inspected.

(2)     The right to request the amendment of the student's education records that the parent or eligible student believes are inaccurate or misleading or in violation of the student's privacy rights under FERPA.

Parents or eligible students who wish to ask the school district to amend a record should write the school principal, clearly identify the part of the record they want changed, and specify why it should be changed.

If the district decides not to amend the record as requested by the parent or eligible student, the district will notify the parent or eligible student of the decision and advise them of their right to a hearing regarding the request for amendment.  Additional information regarding the hearing procedures will be provided to the parent or eligible student when notified of the right to a hearing.

(3)     The right to consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student's education records, except to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent.

One exception, which permits disclosure without consent is disclosure to school officials with legitimate educational interests.  A school official is a person employed by the district as an administrator, supervisor, instructor, support staff member (including health or medical staff and law enforcement unit personnel), or a person serving on the school board.  A school official also may include a volunteer or contractor outside of the school who performs an institutional service of function for which the school would otherwise use its own employees and who is under the direct control of the school with respect to the use and maintenance of personally identifiable information from education records, such as an attorney, auditor, medical consultant, or therapist; a parent or student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee or student assistance team, or assisting another school official in performing his or her tasks.

                     A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility.

Upon request, the district discloses education records without consent to officials of another school district in which a student seeks or intends to enroll, or is already enrolled if the disclosure is for purposes of the student’s enrollment or transfer.  (Note:  FERPA requires a school district to make a reasonable attempt to notify the parent or eligible student of the records request unless it states in its annual notification that it intends to forward records on request.)

(4)    The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the district to comply with the requirements of FERPA.  The name and address of the office that administers FERPA is:

Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education,
400 Maryland Ave., SW, Washington, DC, 20202-4605.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 10:39

506.1R1 - Use of Education Records Regulation

506.1R1 - Use of Education Records Regulation

Parents and eligible students will have a right to access a student's education records upon request without unnecessary delay and in no instance more than forty-five calendar days after the request is made. The intent of this regulation is to establish procedures for granting requests from eligible students and parents to access a student’s education records.

 Education records mean those records that contain information directly related to a student and which are maintained by an education agency or institution or by a party acting for the agency or institution. These may include, but are not necessarily limited to: dates of attendance; academic work completed; level of achievement (grades, standardized test scores); attendance data; scores on standardized intelligence, aptitude, and psychological tests; interest inventory results; health data; family background information; teacher or counselor ratings and observations; and verified reports of serious or recurrent behavior patterns.

A.  Access to Records

1.       Parents, eligible students, and other individuals authorized in accordance with law will have access to the student's education records during the regular business hours of the school district. Parents and eligible students will have a right to access the student's education records upon request without unnecessary delay and in no instance more than forty-five calendar days after the request is made. An eligible student or parent, upon written request to the board secretary, shall receive an explanation and interpretation of the education records. A student, eighteen years or older, has the right to determine who, outside the school system, has access to the records.  Parents of students who are 18 years or older but still dependents for income tax purposes may access the student's records without prior permission of the student.

2.        School officials having access to student education records are defined as having a legitimate educational interest. A school official is a person employed by the school district as an administrator, supervisor, instructor or support staff member (including health or medical staff and law enforcement unit personnel); a person serving on the school board; a person or company with whom the school district has contracted to perform a special task (such as an attorney, auditor, AEA employee, medical consultant, or therapist); or a parent or student serving on an official committee, such as disciplinary or grievance committee or student assistance team, or assisting another school official in performing his or her tasks. 

B.  Release of Information Outside the School – Information from education records may be disclosed to outside parties as outlined in board policy and otherwise provided by law.

C.  Procedures for Requesting a Record Amendment

1.        If the eligible student, parent, or legal guardian believe the information in the education records is inaccurate, misleading, or violates the privacy of the student, the parents or an eligible student may request that the school district amend the student’s education records. 

        2.       The school district will decide whether to amend the student’s education records within a reasonable time after receipt of the request.

        3.       If the school district determines an amendment is made to the student’s education record, the school district will make the amendment and inform the parents or the eligible student of the decision in writing.

        4.       If the school district determines that amendment of the student's education record is not appropriate, it will inform the parents or the eligible student of their right to a hearing before the hearing officer provided by the school district. The hearing officer may be an employee of the school district, so long as the employee does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing.

        5.       Upon parental request, the school district will hold a hearing regarding the content of a student’s education records which the parent believes to be inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of the privacy rights of students.

        6.       The hearing will be held within a reasonable time after receipt of the parent or eligible student’s request. The parent or eligible student will receive reasonable advance notice of date, time and place of the hearing.

        7.       The parents or eligible student will be given a full and fair opportunity to present evidence relevant to the issues. The parent or eligible student may be represented by an individual at their choice at their own expense.

        8.       The hearing officer will render a written decision within a reasonable period after the hearing.  The decision will be based upon evidence presented at the hearing and must include a summary of the evidence and the reasons for the decision.

        9.       The parents may appeal the hearing officer’s decision to the superintendent within five days if the superintendent does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing.

        10.     The parents may appeal the superintendent’s decision or the hearing officer’s decision if the superintendent was unable to hear the appeal, to the board within five days.  It is within the discretion of the board to hear the appeal.

        11.     If the parents' and the eligible student's request to amend the student’s education record is further denied following the hearing, the parents or the eligible student are informed that they have a right to place an explanatory letter in the student’s education record commenting on the school district's decision or setting forth the reasoning for disagreeing with the school district. Additions to the student's education records will become a part of the student’s education record and be maintained like other student education records. If the school district discloses the student’s education records, the explanation by the parents will also be disclosed or the eligible student of the decision in writing.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 10:40

506.02 - Student Directory Information

506.02 - Student Directory Information

Directory information is information contained in the education records of a student that would not generally be considered harmful or an invasion of privacy if disclosed. The district may disclose "directory information" to third parties without consent if it has given public notice of the types of information which it has designated as "directory information," the parent's or eligible student's right to restrict the disclosure of such information, and the period of time within which a parent or eligible student has to notify the school in writing that he or she does not want any or all of those types of information designated as "directory information.". The district has designated the following as “directory information”:

  • Student’s name
  • Grade level
  • Degrees, honors, and awards received
  • Participation in officially recognized activities and sports
  • Weight and height of members of athletic teams
  • Photograph

Student is defined as an enrolled individual, PK-12 including children in school district sponsored child-care programs.

Prior to developing a student directory or to giving general information to the public, parents (including parents of students open enrolled out of the school district and parents of children home schooled in the school district) will be given notice annually of the intent to develop a directory or to give out general information and have the opportunity to deny the inclusion of their child's information in the directory or in the general information about the students.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to provide notice and to determine the method of notice that will inform parents.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g
  
                                    34 C.F.R. § 99
  
                                    Iowa Code § 22; 622.10
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(4); 41
  
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 720.

Cross Reference:  504      Student Activities
  
                                    506      Student Records
  
                                    901.1   Public Examination of School District Records
  
                                    902.6   Live Broadcast or Videotaping

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  01/19/2009, 04/15/2019

Revised:  04/21/2014, 07/17/2017

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 10:41

506.02E1 - Authorization for Releasing Student Directory Information

506.02E1 - Authorization for Releasing Student Directory Information

The Independence Community School District has adopted a policy designed to assure parents and students the full implementation, protection and enjoyment of their rights under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA).  A copy of the school district’s policy is available for review online and at the school district administration office.

This law requires the school district to designate as “directory information” any personally identifiable information taken from a student’s educational records prior to making such information available to the public.

The school district has designated the following information as directory information:

  • Student’s name
  • Grade level
  • Degrees, honors, and awards received
  • Participation in officially recognized activities and sports
  • Weight and height of members of athletic teams
  • Photograph

You have the right to refuse the designation of any or all of the categories of personally identifiable information as directory information with respect to your student provided that you notify the school district in writing not later than September 30th of this school year.  If you desire to make such a refusal, please complete and return the slip attached to this notice.

If you have no objection to the use of student information, you do not need to take any action.

 

 

 

RETURN THIS FORM

 

Independence Community School District Parental Directions to Withhold Student/Directory

 

Information for Education Purposes, for 20____ - 20 ____ school year.

Student Name:

 

 

 

Date of Birth:

 

School:

 

 

 

Grade:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature of Parent/Legal Guardian/Custodian of Child)

 

(Date)

 

 

 

 

 

 

This form must be returned to your child's school no later than September 30th of each school year.

Additional forms are available at your child's school.

                         

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 10:43

506.02R1 - Use of Directory Information

506.02R1 - Use of Directory Information

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), a Federal law, requires that Independence Community School District, with certain exceptions, obtain your written consent prior to the disclosure of personally identifiable information from your child’s education records.  However, Independence Community School District may disclose appropriately designated “directory information” without written consent, unless you have advised the District to the contrary in accordance with District procedures.  The primary purpose of directory information is to allow the Independence Community School District to include this type of information from your child’s education records in certain school publications.  Examples include:

  • A playbill, showing your student’s role in a drama production;
  • The annual yearbook;
  • Honor roll or other recognition lists;
  • Graduation programs; and,
  • Sports activity sheets, such as for wrestling, showing weight and height of team members.

Directory information, which is information that is generally not considered harmful or an invasion of privacy if released, can also be disclosed to outside organizations without a parent’s prior written consent.  Outside organizations include, but are not limited to, companies that manufacture class rings or publish yearbooks.  In addition, two federal laws require local educational agencies (LEAs) receiving assistance under the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (ESEA) to provide military recruiters, upon request, with the following information – names, addresses and telephone listings – unless parents have advised the LEA that they do not want their student’s information disclosed without their prior written consent.  1   

If you do not want the Independence Community School District to disclose directory information from your child’s education records without your prior written consent, you must notify the District in writing by September 30th of each school year.  Independence Community School District has designated the following information as directory information: 

  • Student’s name
  • Grade level
  • Degrees, honors, and awards received
  • Participation in officially recognized activities and sports
  • Weight and height of members of athletic teams
  • Photograph

 

1 These laws are: Section 9528 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act (20 U.S.C. § 7908) and 10 U.S.C. § 503(c).

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 10:47

506.03 - Student Photographs

506.03 - Student Photographs

The board will permit student "portrait" photographs to be taken on school premises by a commercial photographer as a service to the students and their families.

Parents will be notified prior to the taking of pictures by a commercial photographer for student "portraits."  In no case will students be required to have their picture taken or be pressured to purchase pictures.

Students or commercial photographers may take pictures of students upon consent for such things as the yearbook or student newspaper.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative rules regarding student photographs.

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).
  
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 114.

Cross Reference:  506      Student Records

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  01/19/2009, 04/21/2014, 04/15/2019

Revised: 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 10:48

506.04 - Student Library Circulation Records

506.04 - Student Library Circulation Records

Student library circulation records are designed to be used internally to assist in the orderly administration of the school district libraries.  As a general rule, student library circulation records are considered confidential records and will not be released without parental consent.  Individuals who may access such records include a student's parents, the student, authorized licensed employees, authorized government officials from the U.S. Comptroller General, the Secretary of Education, the Commissioner and Director of the National Institute of Education, and the Assistant Secretary for Education and State Education Department.  Appropriate authorities in a health or safety emergency may access the student's library circulation records without the approval or the notification of the student's parents.  Parents may not access records, without the student's permission, of a student who has reached the age of majority or who is attending a post-secondary educational institution unless the student is considered a dependent for tax purposes.

It shall be the teacher-librarian’s responsibility to maintain the student library circulation records for students currently enrolled in each building and to provide access to these records for requests approved by administrators.  Students' library circulation records may be accessed during the regular business hours of the school district.  If copies of documents are requested, a fee for such copying may be charged.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the teacher or teacher-librarian, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

Note:  This is a mandatory policy and a reflection of federal and Iowa law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g (1994).
  
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 99 (2002).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 22; 622.10 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).
  
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 720, 825.

Cross Reference:  506      Student Records

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 04/21/2014                           Revised 06/15/2009
                                                                                            04/15/2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 10:49

506.04R1 - Request for Access to Student Library Circulation Records

506.04R1 - Request for Access to Student Library Circulation Records

Persons requesting access to student library circulation records shall submit the following information to the building administrator.

 

Date: __________________________               Name: __________________________________________

 

                                                                        Title: ___________________________________________

 

Student(s) Records Requested: ______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________

 

Purpose for Access: ______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________

 

Number of Copies Requested: ____________________

 

Signature of Person Requesting Access: ______________________________________________________

 

 

 

Request Approved: __________          Denied: __________          Fee Paid: __________

 

By: ________________________________           _______________________________          _____________
                Building Administrator Name                          Building Administrator Signature                          Date

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 10:50

506.05 - Student Disclosure of Identity

506.05 - Student Disclosure of Identity

It is the goal of the district to provide a safe and supportive educational environment in which all students may learn.  To maintain compliance with Iowa law and also provide efficiency in the reporting requirements, the Superintendent will provide the opportunity for parents and guardians to list in the student’s registration paperwork any and all nicknames used for students using the Request to Update Student Identity form (506.05E1). 

If a student makes a request to a licensed employee to accommodate a name, pronoun, or gender identity that is different than what was assigned to the student in the student’s registration forms or records, the licensed employee is required by Iowa law to report the request to an administrator.  The school administrator receiving the report is required by Iowa law to report the request to the student’s parent/guardian using the Report of Student Disclosure of Identity form (506.05E2).  This requirement also applies to all nicknames.

 

 

Legal Reference:           Iowa Code § 279.78    

                           

Cross Reference:          

 

 

 

Approved:  08/21/2023

Reviewed:

Revised

 

lschaul@indeek12.org Tue, 08/29/2023 - 13:45

506.05E1 - Request to Update Student Identity

506.05E1 - Request to Update Student Identity

REQUEST TO UPDATE STUDENT IDENTITY

 

__________________________________________________ __________________

(Student’s current name on registration)                                      (Student ID)

 

 

Please update my student’s names, pronouns, and/or gender identities on my student’s registration paperwork to include all of the following:

 

 

__________________________________________________________________________________

(Names)

 

__________________________________________________________________________________

(Pronouns)

 

__________________________________________________________________________________

(Gender identities)

 

 

__________________________________                __________________

Parent/Guardian                                                          Date

 

Note:  Per Iowa Code § 279.78

lschaul@indeek12.org Tue, 08/29/2023 - 14:00

506.05E2 - Report of Student Disclosure of Identity

506.05E2 - Report of Student Disclosure of Identity

REPORT OF STUDENT DISCLOSURE OF IDENTITY

 

Dear (Parent/Guardian) _________________,

 

This letter is to inform you that your student (student’s name listed on registration) ______________________ has made a request of a licensed employee to use a name, pronoun or gender identity that is different from the name, pronoun and/or gender identity listed on the student’s school registration forms.  The name, pronoun, or gender identity requested is:

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

If you would like to amend the student’s registration paperwork to permit the student’s requested accommodation and/or include the use of the above-referenced name/pronoun/gender identity, please complete the Request to Update Student Identity form (506.05E1) and return it to the district administration office.

 

Sincerely,

 

____________________________________________ __________________

Administrator                                                                    Date

lschaul@indeek12.org Tue, 08/29/2023 - 14:03

507 - Student Health and Well-Being

507 - Student Health and Well-Being dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 10:52

507.01 - Student Health and Immunization Certificates

507.01 - Student Health and Immunization Certificates

Students desiring to participate in athletic activities or enrolling in preschool, kindergarten or first grade in the school district shall have a physical examination by a licensed healthcare provider and provide proof of such an examination to the school district.  A physical examination and proof of such an examination may be required by the administration for students in other grades enrolling for the first time in the school district.

A certificate of health stating the results of a physical examination and signed by a licensed healthcare provider shall be on file at the attendance center.  Each student shall submit an up-to-date certificate of health upon the request of the superintendent.  Failure to provide this information may be grounds for disciplinary action.

Students enrolling in preschool, kindergarten or for the first time in the school district shall also submit a certificate of immunization consisting of the state law requirements.  The student may be admitted conditionally to the attendance center if the student has not yet completed the immunization process but is in the process of doing so.  Failure to meet the immunization requirement will be grounds for suspension, expulsion or denial of admission.  Upon recommendation of the Iowa Department of Education and Iowa Department of Public Health, students entering the district for the first time may be required to pass a TB test prior to admission. 

Exemptions from the immunization requirement in this policy will be allowed only for medical or religious reasons recognized under the law.  The student must provide a valid Iowa State Department of Health Certificate of Immunization Exemption to be exempt from this policy.

Mandatory lead screening is now required on incoming kindergarten students.

Mandatory school dental screening is now required for incoming kindergarten and freshman.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 139.9; 280.13 (2003).
  
                           281 I.A.C. 33.5.
  
                           641 I.A.C. 7.
  
                           641 I.A.C. 67.6(1)

Cross Reference:  402.02   Child Abuse Reporting
  
                            501      Student Attendance
  
                            507      Student Health and Well-Being

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  04/15/2019

Revised:  01/18/2010, 07/21/2014

 

                                                                                                                                     

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 10:52

507.02 - Administration of Medication to Students

507.02 - Administration of Medication to Students

The board is committed to the inclusion of all students in the education program and recognizes that some students may need prescription and nonprescription medication to participate in their educational program.

Medication shall be administered when the student's parent or guardian (hereafter "parent") provides a signed and dated written statement requesting medication administration and the medication is in the original, labeled container, either as dispensed or in the manufacturer's container.  Administration of medication may also occur consistent with board policy 804.8 Stock Medication for Life Threatening Incidents.

When administration of the medication requires ongoing professional health judgment, an individual health plan shall be developed by licensed health personnel working under the auspice of the school with collaboration from the parent or guardian, individual’s health care provider or education team pursuant to 281.14.2(256).  Students who have demonstrated competence in administering their own medications may self-administer their own inhalers and epinephrine auto-injectors. A written statement by the student's parent shall be on file requesting co-administration of medication, when this competence has been demonstrated.   By law, students with asthma, airway constricting diseases, respiratory distress, or students with a risk of anaphylaxis who use epinephrine auto-injectors may self-administer their medication upon the written approval of the student’s parents and prescribing licensed health care professional regardless of competency.   

Persons administering medication shall include authorized practitioners, such as, licensed registered nurses and physicians, and persons to whom authorized practitioners have delegated the administration of medication (who have successfully completed a medication administration course conducted by a registered nurse or pharmacist that is provided by the department of education).  The medication administration course is completed every five years with an annual procedural skills check completed with a registered nurse or a pharmacist. A record of course completion shall be maintained by the school.

A written medication administration record shall be on file including:

•     Date

•     Student’s name

•     Prescriber or person authorizing administration

•     Medication

•     Medication dosage

•     Administration time

•     Administration method

•     Signature and title of the person administering medication

•     Any unusual circumstances, actions, or omissions.

Medication shall be stored in a secured area unless an alternate provision is documented.  The development of emergency protocols for medication-related reactions is required.  Medication information shall be confidential information as provided by law.

Disposal of unused, discontinued/recalled, or expired abandoned medication shall be in compliance with federal and state law. Prior to disposal school personnel shall make a reasonable attempt to return medication by providing written notification that expired, discontinued, or unused medications needs to be picked up. If medication is not picked up by the date specified, disposal shall be in accordance with the disposal procedures for the specific category of medication.

 

Legal Reference:          Disposing on Behalf of Ultimate Users, 79 Fed. Reg. 53520, 53546 (Sept.9, 2014).

                                    Iowa Code §§124.101(1), 147.107, 152.1, 155A.4(2); 280.16; 280.23.

                                    281 IAC14.1

                                    655 IAC §6.2(152).

                                      281 IAC § 14.1, .2

 

Cross Reference:        506     Student Records

 

                                    507     Student Health and Well-Being

                                    603.02 Special Education

  1.                            607.02 Student Health Services

 

 

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  05/12/2014

Revised:  01/18/2010, 05/16/2016, 04/15/2019, 08/15/2022, 10/16/2023

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 10:55

507.02E1 - Authorization- Asthma Airway Constricting or Respiratory Distress Medication Self-Administration Consent Form

507.02E1 - Authorization- Asthma Airway Constricting or Respiratory Distress Medication Self-Administration Consent Form

____________________________________     ___/___/___     ________________________     ___/___/___
Student's Name (Last), (First), (Middle)                   Birthday                       School                                           Date

 

In accordance with applicable laws, students with asthma, airway constricting diseases, respiratory distress or students at risk of anaphylaxis who use epinephrine auto-injectors may self-administer their medication upon the written approval of the student’s parents and prescribing licensed health care professional regardless of competency.  The following must occur for a student to self-administer asthma medication, bronchodilator canisters or spacers, other airway constricting disease medication or to self-administer an epinephrine auto-injector:

  • Parent/guardian provides signed, dated authorization for student medication self-administration.
  • Parent/guardian provides a written statement from the student’s licensed health care professional (A person licensed under chapter 148 to practice medicine and surgery or osteopathic medicine and surgery, an advanced registered nurse practitioner licensed under chapter 152 or 152E and registered with the board of nursing, or a physician assistant licensed to practice under the supervision of a physician as authorized in chapters 147 and 148C) containing the following:  
    • Name and purpose of the medication or epinephrine auto-injector;
    • Prescribed dosage: and
    • Times or special circumstances under which the prescribed medication is to be administered.
  • The medication is in the original, labeled container as dispensed or the manufacturer's labeled container containing the student name, name of the medication, directions for use, and date.
  • Authorization is renewed annually.  If any changes occur in the medication, dosage or time of administration, the parent is to notify school officials immediately. The authorization shall be reviewed as soon as practical.

Provided the above requirements are fulfilled, the school shall permit the self-administration of the prescribed medication by a student while in school, at school-sponsored activities, under the supervision of school personnel, and before or after normal school activities, such as while in before-school or after-school care on school-operated property. If the student abuses the self-administration policy, the ability to self-administer may be withdrawn by the school or discipline may be imposed, after notification is provided to the student’s parent.

Pursuant to state law, the school district and its employees are to incur no liability, except for gross negligence, as a result of any injury arising from self-administration of medication or use of an epinephrine auto-injector by the student. The parent or guardian of the student shall sign a statement acknowledging that the school district is to incur no liability, except for gross negligence, as a result of self-administration of medication or use of an epinephrine auto-injector by the student as provided by law.

 

 

                                                                                                                                                      
Medication                                           Dosage             Route                           Time

 

                                                                                                                                               
Purpose of Medication & Administration /Instructions

 

                                                                                                            /           /          
Special Circumstances                                                         Discontinue/Re-Evaluate/Follow-up Date

 

                                                                                                            /     /        
Prescriber’s Signature                                                          Date

 

                                                                                                                                               
Prescriber’s Address                                                                 Emergency Phone

 

  • I request the above named student possess and self-administer asthma medication, bronchodilator canisters or spacers, or other airway constricting disease medication(s), and/or an epinephrine auto-injector at school and in school activities according to the authorization and instructions.
  • I understand the school district and its employees acting reasonably and in good faith shall incur no liability for any improper use of medication or an epinephrine auto-injector or for supervising, monitoring, or interfering with a student's self-administration of medication or use of an epinephrine auto-injector. I acknowledge that the school district is to incur no liability, except for gross negligence, as a result of self-administration of medication or use of an epinephrine auto-injector by the student.
  • I agree to coordinate and work with school personnel and notify them when questions arise or relevant conditions change.
  • I agree to provide safe delivery of medication and equipment to and from school and to pick up remaining medication and equipment.
  • I agree the information is shared with school personnel in accordance with the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and any other applicable laws.
  • I agree to provide the school with back-up medication approved in this form.
  • Student maintains self-administration record.

 

I authorize the Independence school nurses to contact the prescriber to obtain necessary signature(s).

 

                                                                                                            /           /          
Parent/Guardian Signature (agreed to above statements)                         Date

                                   

                                                                                                                                                           
Parent/Guardian Address            Home Phone                 Business Phone          Emergency Phone

 

                                                                                                                                               

 

                                                                                                                                               
Self-Administration Authorization Additional Information                                                

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 11:19

507.02E2 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Prescription Medication to Students

507.02E2 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Prescription Medication to Students

Independence Community School District
Parental Permission for Administering Medication at School

 

Student Name ______________________________________ DOB ___________________________

Medication _________________________________________________________________________

Reason for Medication ________________________________________________________________

Dose ______________________________Time to be given ___________________________________

Physician/Prescriber name __________________________________Phone Number ______________

Give on Early Out Days: Yes _______ No ________    Give on Late Start Days: Yes _______ No _______

I request that the medication be administered by a qualified staff person according to the written directions given. I agree that school personnel may contact the prescriber as needed and that medication information may be shared with school personnel who need to know.  I understand the law provides that there shall be no liability for damages as a result of the administration of medication where the person administering the medication acts as an ordinary reasonably prudent person would under the same circumstances and that the school district and the school nurse are to incur no liability, except for gross negligence, as a result of injury arising from the administration of medication. I will comply with the procedure listed on the back of this form related to the administration of medication at school.

Parent/Guardian name ________________________________________________________________

Signature ___________________________________________________________________________

Date__________________________________Home Phone___________________________________

Cell phone _________________________________ Email ____________________________________

 

MEDICATION WILL NOT BE GIVEN IF IT HAS EXPIRED OR IT HAS AN IMPROPER LABEL. PLEASE CHECK THE CONTAINER BEFORE SENDING IT TO SCHOOL

PERMISSION FOR DISPOSAL OF UNUSED MEDICATION AT THE END OF THE SCHOOL YEAR – Please check one

_____I will pick up any unused medication at the end of the school year.

_____Please send any unused medication home with my child. The school district will not be responsible for the medication once it is in the possession of my child.

 

Parent/Guardian signature _____________________________________Date ____________________

 

 

Independence Community School District
Request to Administer Medication in Schools
Information and Procedures

  1. All medications should be taken before or after school hours whenever possible. However, it is understood that certain drugs may be required during the school day. These students should have medication available and administered in a manner which is compliant with school district policy.
  2. Medication shall be administered when the student’s parent/guardian provides a signed and dated written statement requesting medication administration and the medication is in the original, labeled container, either as dispensed by the pharmacy or in the manufacturer’s container.
  3. Prescription medication: A current pharmacy labeled container can serve as the written prescriber’s order. A second labeled medication container can be obtained free of charge for school use by asking the pharmacist.
  4. Over the counter/non-prescription medication will be given only with parent/guardian written authorization. Over-the-counter/non-prescription medications are to be provided by the parent/guardian and sent to school in the original medication container with the student’s name attached. This procedure will safeguard your child against over medicating and possible unforeseen reactions.
  5. The parent/guardian is responsible for submitting a new prescriber’s order form to the school each time there is a change of dosage or time of administration. Prescriber’s orders may be faxed to the school.
  6. To ensure the safety of all children, we request that a parent or another responsible adult deliver all medications to the health office when possible. If your child brings the medication to school, please place the labeled medication bottle in a sealed envelope with the number of tablets/capsules that are enclosed written on the outside of the envelope.
  7. The first dosage of any new prescription should be given at home so the child can be more closely observed for possible side effects and/or adverse reactions.
  8. The parent/guardian is responsible for notifying the school nurse when a medication has been discontinued or changed.
  9. No medication will be continued beyond the school year in which it is ordered.
  10. The Independence Community School District does not assume responsibility for medication not prescribed by a physician/prescriber or medication administered by a student himself/herself.

               Nurse/Appointed Personnel          Nurse/Appointed Personnel          Nurse/Appointed Personnel
               East Elementary                                 West Elementary                              Jr Sr High School 
               319-332-0533                                      319-332-0589                                    319-332-0720      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 11:25

507.02E3 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for Independent Self Carry and Administration of Prescribed Medication or Independent Delivery of Health Services by the Student

507.02E3 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for Independent Self Carry and Administration of Prescribed Medication or Independent Delivery of Health Services by the Student

_________________________________           ___/___/___     _________________    ___/___/___

Student's Name (Last), (First),  (Middle)               Birthday           School                          Date

 

I request the above-named student (Parent/Guardian initial all that apply)

 

______ Carry and complete co-administration of prescribed medication, when competency has been demonstrated to licensed health personnel working under the auspices of the school. In accordance with applicable laws, students with asthma, airway constricting diseases, respiratory distress or students at risk of anaphylaxis who use epinephrine auto-injectors may self-administer their medication upon the written approval of the student’s parents and prescribing licensed health care professional regardless of competency.  The information provided by the parent for medication administration is confidential as provided by the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and any other applicable laws.  I agree to provide safe delivery of the medication to and from school and to pick up remaining medication at the end of the school year or when medication is expired. If the students abuses the self-administration policy, the ability to self-administer may be withdrawn by the school or discipline may be imposed, after notification is provided to the student’s parent.

 

______________________________________________________________________________________

Prescribed Medication                          Dosage                         Route                           Time at School

 

______ Co-administer, participate in planning, management and implementation of special health services at school and school activities after demonstration of proficiency to licensed health personnel working under the auspices of the school. The information provided by the parent for health service delivery is confidential as provided by the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and any other applicable laws.  I agree to coordinate and work with school personnel and the prescriber (if indicated) when questions arise.  I agree to provide safe delivery of the student’s equipment necessary for health service delivery to and from school and to pick up remaining equipment at the end of the school year.

 

Special Health Services Delivery:

                                                                                                                                               

 

                                                                                                                                               

 

Procedures for abandoned medication disposal shall be in accordance with applicable laws.

 

                                                                                                /           /          

Prescriber’s Signature                                                   Date

and credentials (when indicated for health service delivery)

 

                                                                                                /           /          

Parent/Guardian Signature                                            Date

 

_______________________________________            __________________________

Parent/Guardian address                                                 Home phone

 

lschaul@indeek12.org Thu, 10/19/2023 - 14:39

507.02E4 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Voluntary School Stock of Over-the-Counter Medication to Students

507.02E4 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Voluntary School Stock of Over-the-Counter Medication to Students

_________________________________           ___/___/___     _________________    ___/___/___

Student's Name (Last), (First), (Middle)               Birthday           School                          Date

 

The district supplies the following nonprescription, over-the-counter medications that are listed below. Generic brands may be substituted, (select all that apply:

  • Acetaminophen administered per manufacturer label
  • Throat Lozenges administered per manufacturer label
  • Other: ____________________ administered per manufacturer label (Please Specify)
  • Other: ____________________ administered per manufacturer label (Please Specify)
  • Other: ____________________ administered per manufacturer label (Please Specify)
  • Other: ____________________ administered per manufacturer label (Please Specify)

 

Voluntary school stock of nonprescription, over-the-counter medications are administered following these guidelines:

  • Parent has provided a signed, dated annual authorization to administer of the nonprescription, over-the-counter medication(s) listed according to the manufacturer instructions. Electronic signature meets the requirement of written signature.
  • The nonprescription, over-the-counter medication is in the original, labeled container and dispensed per the manufacturing label.
  • All other nonprescription, over-the-counter medication not listed will require a written parent authorization and supply for the over-the counter medication.
  • Supplements are not nonprescription, over-the-counter medications approved by the Federal Drug Administration and are NOT applicable.
  • Nonprescription, over-the-counter medications approved by the Federal Drug Administration that require emergency medical service (EMS) notification after administration are NOT applicable.
  • Persons administering nonprescription, over-the-counter medication include licensed health personnel working under the auspices of the school and individuals, whom licensed health personnel have delegated the administration of medication with valid certification who have successfully completed a medication administration course approved by the department and annual medication administration procedural skills check.
    • Districts stocking the administration of a voluntary stock of nonprescription, over-the-counter medications, collaborate with licensed health personnel to develop and adopt a protocol shared with the parent to define at a minimum:
      • when to contact the parent when a nonprescription medication, over the counter medication is administered;
      • documentation of the administration of the nonprescription, over-the-counter medication and parent contact;
      • a limit to the administration of a school’s stock nonprescription, over-the-counter medications that would require a prescriber signature for further administration of a school’s nonprescription, over-the-counter medications for the remaining school year;
      • the development of an individual health plan for ongoing medication administration or health service delivery at school.

I request that the above-named student receive the voluntary stock nonprescription, over-the-counter medications supplied by the school in accordance with the district guidelines and protocol.

 

__________________________________________        _________________________

Parent/Guardian Signature                                                 Date    

 

__________________________________________        _________________________

Parent/Guardian Address                                                    Home Phone                                                                                                                                        

 

                                                                                   

lschaul@indeek12.org Thu, 10/19/2023 - 14:43

507.3 - Communicable Diseases - Students

507.3 - Communicable Diseases - Students

Students with a communicable disease will be allowed to attend school provided their presence does not create a substantial risk of illness or transmission to other students or employees.  The term "communicable disease" shall mean an infectious or contagious disease spread from person to person, or animal to person, or as defined by law.

Prevention and control of communicable diseases shall be included in the school district's bloodborne pathogens exposure control plan.  The procedures shall include scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, universal precautions, vaccination, post-exposure evaluation, follow-up, communication of hazards to employees and record keeping.  This plan shall be reviewed annually by the superintendent and school nurse.

The health risk to immunodepressed students shall be determined by their personal physician.  The health risk to others in the school district environment from the presence of a student with a communicable disease shall be determined on a case-by-case basis by the student's personal physician, a physician chosen by the school district or public health officials.

A student who is at school and who has a communicable disease which creates a substantial risk of harm to other students, employees, or others at school shall report the condition to the superintendent any time the student is aware that the disease actively creates such risk.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the school nurse, to develop administrative regulations stating the procedures for dealing with students with a communicable disease.

 

 

Legal Reference:  School Board of Nassau County v. Arline, 480 U.S. 273 (1987).
  
                                    29 U.S.C. §§ 701 et seq. (1994).
  
                                    45 C.F.R. Pt. 84.3 (2002).
  
                                    Iowa Code ch. 139 (2003).
  
                                    641 I.A.C. 1.2-.5, 7.

Cross Reference:  403.3   Communicable Diseases - Employees
  
                                    506      Student Records
  
                                    507      Student Health and Well-Being

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 04/15/2019                           Revised 01/18/2010
                                                                                                                                                               07/18/2011
                                                                                                                                                               07/21/2014
                                                                                                                                                               04/15/2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 11:29

507.3E1 - Communicable Disease Chart

507.3E1 - Communicable Disease Chart

Common Child Care Illnesses and Exclusion Criteria

                    *A child should be temporarily excluded from care when the childs illness causes                   one or more of the following:

  • Prevents the child from participating comfortably in activities.
  • A need for care that is greater than the staff can provide without compromising the health and safety of other children.
  • An acute change in behavior:  lethargy, lack of responsiveness, irritability, persistent crying, difficult breathing, or a quickly spreading rash.
  • Fever wit h behavior change or other signs and symptoms in a child older than 6 months (e.g., sore throat, rash, vomiting, diarrhea).
  • A child with a temperature elevated above normal is not necessarily an indication of a significant health problemFor children older than 4 months a fever is defined as:
    • 100°F (37.8°C) axillary (armpit)

• 101°F (38.3°C) orally

    • 101°F (38.3°C) Aural (ear) temperature.

 

Get immediate medical attention when an infant younger than 4 months has unexplained temperature of 100°F (37.8°C) axillary. Any infant younger than 2 months with a fever should get medical attention within an hour.

 

 

 

ILLNESS

 

EXCLUDE*

RETURN TO CHILD CAR E

 

Chicken Pox

Yes.

 

When all blisters are crusted with no oozing (usually 6 days) and resolution of exclusion criteria.

 

Diarrhea (infectious)

Yes (there are special exclusion rules for E.coli 0157.H7, Shigella and cryptosporidiosis).

When diarrhea stops and health care provider or public health official states the child may return.

 

Diarrhea (non- infectious)

Yes, if stool can not be contained in the diaper, or if toileted child has 2 or more loose stools in 24 hours, or blood in stool.

When diarrhea stops and resolution of exclusion criteria.

 

Fifth Disease

No. Unless child meets other exclusion criteria.*

If excluded due to presence of other exclusion criteria, resolution of exclusion criteria.

 

Hand Foot and Mouth Disease

No. Unless child meets other exclusion criteria.* Or is excessively drooling with mouth sores.

If excluded due to presence of other exclusion criteria, resolution of exclusion criteria.

 Head Lice (Pediculosis)

No. Unless child meets

other exclusion criteria.*

Treatment of an active lice infestation may be

delayed until the end of the day.

Children do not need to miss school or child care due to head lice. The Iowa Department of Public Health & Healthy Child Care Iowa recommend a 14 day treatment protocol.

 

             

 

Impetigo

Yes, exclude at the end of the day if blisters can be covered.

After child has been seen by the doctor, after 24 hours on antibiotic, and blisters are covered.

 

Influenza

Yes.

When child is fever free for 24 hours and resolution of exclusion criteria.

 

Molluscum Contagiosum

No. Unless child meets other exclusion criteria.*

Skin disease similar to warts.  Do not share towels or clothing and use good hand hygiene.

 

MRSA

No. Unless child meets other exclusion criteria.*

Wounds should be kept covered and gloves worn during bandage changes. Do not share towels or clothing and use good hand hygiene.

 

Otitis Media (ear infection)

No. Unless child meets other exclusion criteria.*

If excluded due to presence of other exclusion criteria, resolution of exclusion criteria.

 

Pertussis (Whooping Cough)

Yes.

Child may return after 5 days of antibiotics and resolution of exclusion criteria.

 

Pink Eye (Conjunctivitis)

No. Unless child meets other exclusion criteria.*

Child does not need to be excluded unless health care provider or public health

official recommends exclusion.

Resolution of all exclusion criteria.

 

Ringworm

No. Unless child meets other exclusion criteria.*

Treatment of ringworm infection may be delayed to the end of the day. Child may be readmitted after treatment has begun. Cover lesion(s) if possible. Do not share clothing, bedding or personal items.

 

Strep Throat

Yes.

When resolution of exclusion criteria and after 24 hours of antibiotic.

 

Vomiting

Yes.

When vomiting has resolved and resolution of exclusion criteria.

 

             

 

Please refer to Caring for Our Children: National Health and Safety Performance Standards (third edition) or the Iowa Department of Public Health EPI Manual for guidance on specific diseases not included in this listContact your local Child Care Nurse Consultant for additional information.

 

References:

American Academy Of Pediatrics, American Public Health Association, National Resource Center for Health and Safety in Child Care and Early Education. 2011. Caring for our children: National health and safety performance standards; Guidelines for early care and education program s. 3rd edition. Elk Grove

Village, IL: American Academy of Pediatrics; Washington, DC: American Public Health Association. Also available at http://nrckids.org.

Iowa Department of Public Health EPI Manual: Guide t o Surveillance, Investigation, and Reporting. Reportable Disease Information. Revised 6/2011 Healthy Child Care Iowa Head Lice brochure Revised 10/2008 http://www.idph.st ate.ia.us/hcci/common/pdf/headlice_brochure.pdf

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 11:32

507.3E2 - Reportable Infectious Diseases

507.3E2 - Reportable Infectious Diseases

Reportable diseases are diseases or conditions listed in Iowa Code 641 Appendix A. The director of public health may also designate any disease, condition or syndrome temporarily reportable for the purpose of a special investigation. Each case of a reportable disease is required to be reported to the Iowa Department of Public Health, by the physician or other health practitioner attending any person having a reportable disease and by laboratories performing tests identifying reportable diseases.  For detailed information go to

http://idph.iowa.gov/CADE/reportable-diseases

IDPH requests reporting to the local health department any like disease/condition which is unusual in incidence, occurs in unusual numbers of circumstances, or appears to be of public health concern, e.g., epidemic diarrhea, food or waterborne outbreaks, acute respiratory illness, flu-like symptoms of greater than 10% of the school district’s enrollment.

 

The local public health department and/or the student’s healthcare provider may be consulted on an as needed basis prior to readmission to school.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 11:39

507.4 - Student Illness or Injury at School

507.4 - Student Illness or Injury at School

When a student becomes ill or is injured at school, the school district shall attempt to notify the student's parents as soon as possible.

The school district, while not responsible for medical treatment of an ill or injured student, will have employees present administer emergency or minor first aid if possible.  An ill or injured child will be turned over to the care of the parents or qualified medical employees as quickly as possible.

It shall be the responsibility of the principal to file an accident report with the superintendent within twenty-four hours after the student is injured.

Annually, parents shall be required to complete a medical emergency authorization form indicating the procedures to be followed, if possible, in an emergency involving their child.  The authorization form will also include the phone numbers of the parents and alternative numbers to call in case of an injury or illness.

The superintendent shall be responsible, in conjunction with the school nurse, to develop rules and regulations governing the procedure in the event a student should become ill or be injured at school.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 613.17 (2003).

Cross Reference:  507      Student Health and Well-Being

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 05/12/2014                           Revised 01/18/2010
                                                                                            04/15/2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 11:40

507.5 - Emergency Plans and Drills

507.5 - Emergency Plans and Drills

Students will be informed of the appropriate action to take in an emergency.  Emergency drills for fire, weather, other disasters and lockdown drills for intruders shall be conducted each school year.  Fire, tornado drills and lockdown drills for intruders shall be each conducted regularly during the academic school year with a minimum of two before December 31 and two after January 1.

Each attendance center shall develop and maintain a written plan containing emergency and disaster procedures.  The plan will be communicated to and reviewed with employees. Employees shall participate in emergency drills.  Licensed employees shall be responsible for instructing the proper techniques to be followed in the drill.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 100.31       

Cross Reference:  507      Student Health and Well-Being
  
                                    711.10 School Bus Safety Instruction
  
                                    804      Safety Program

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/19/2009                           Revised 05/12/2014
                                                                                            04/15/2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 11:41

507.6 - Student Insurance

507.6 - Student Insurance

Students shall have the opportunity to participate in the health and accident insurance plan selected by the school district.  The cost of the health and accident insurance program shall be borne by the student.  Participation in the insurance health and accident plan is not a contract with the school district, but rather, a contract between the insurance company and the student.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  504      Student Activities
  
                                    507      Student Health and Well-Being

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/19/2009                           Revised                   
                                                                                           05/12/2014
                                                                                           04/15/2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 11:43

507.7 - Custody and Parental Rights

507.7 - Custody and Parental Rights

Disagreements between family members are not the responsibility of the school district.  The school district will not take the "side" of one family member over another in a disagreement about custody or parental rights.  Court orders that have been issued shall be followed by the school district.  It shall be the responsibility of the person requesting an action by the school district to inform and provide the school district the court order allowing such action.

This policy does not prohibit an employee from listening to a student's problems and concerns.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure employees remain neutral in a disagreement about custody and parental rights.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 232.67, .70, .73, .75; 235A; 279.8; 710.6 (2003).
  
                                    441 I.A.C. 9.2; 155; 175.

Cross Reference:  506      Student Records
  
                                    507      Student Health and Well-Being

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/19/2009                           Revised                   
                                                                                            05/12/2014
                                                                                            04/15/2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 11:44

507.8 - Student Special Health Services

507.8 - Student Special Health Services

The board recognizes that some special education students need special health services during the school day.  These students shall receive special health services in conjunction with their individualized education program. 

The superintendent, in conjunction with licensed health personnel, shall establish administrative regulations for the implementation of this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Board of Education v. Rowley, 458 U.S. 176 (1982).
  
                                    Springdale School District #50 v. Grace, 693 F.2d 41 (8th Cir. 1982).
  
                                    Southeast Warren Comm. School District v. Dept. of Public Instruction, 285 N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979).
  
                                    20 U.S.C. §§ 1400 et seq. (2005).
  
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 300 et seq. (2005).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 256.11(7); 256B; 273.2, .5, .9(2)-(3); 280.8 (2007).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(7), 41.405

Cross Reference:  502      Student Rights and Responsibilities
  
                                    506      Student Records
  
                                    603.3   Special Education

Approved 11/1/2004                       Reviewed 05/12/2014                     Revised 01/19/2009
                                                                                      04/15/2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 11:45

507.8R1 - Special Health Services Regulation

507.8R1 - Special Health Services Regulation

Some students who require special education need special health services in order to participate in the educational program.  These students shall receive special health services in accordance with their individualized educational program.

A.    Definitions

"Assignment and delegation" - occurs when licensed health personnel, in collaboration with the education team, determine the special health services to be provided and the qualifications of individuals performing the health services.  Primary consideration is given to the recommendation of the licensed health personnel.  Each designation considers the student's special health service.  The rationale for the designation is documented.  If the designation decision of the team differs from the licensed health professional, team members may file a dissenting opinion.

"Co-administration" - the eligible student's participation in the planning, management and implementation of the student's special health service and demonstration of proficiency to licensed health personnel.

"Educational program" - includes all school curricular programs and activities both on and off school grounds.

"Education team" - may include the eligible student, the student's parent, administrator, teacher, licensed health personnel, and others involved in the student's educational program.

"Health assessment" - health data collection, observation, analysis, and interpretation relating to the eligible student's educational program.

"Health instruction" - education by licensed health personnel to prepare qualified designated personnel to deliver and perform special health services contained in the eligible student's health plan.  Documentation of education and periodic updates shall be on file at school.

"Individual health plan" - the confidential, written, preplanned and ongoing special health service in the educational program.  It includes assessment, planning, implementation, documentation, evaluation and a plan for emergencies.  The plan is updated as needed and at least annually.  Licensed health personnel develop this written plan with the education team.

"Licensed health personnel" - includes licensed registered nurse, licensed physician, and other licensed health personnel legally authorized to provide special health services and medications.

"Prescriber" - licensed health personnel legally authorized to prescribe special health services and medications.

"Qualified designated personnel" - persons instructed, supervised and competent in implementing the eligible student's health plan.

"Special health services" - includes, but is not limited to, services for eligible students whose health status (stable or unstable) requires:

  • Interpretation or intervention,
  • Administration of health procedures and health care, or
  • Use of a health device to compensate for the reduction or loss of a body function.

"Supervision" - the assessment, delegation, evaluation and documentation of special health services by licensed health personnel.  Levels of supervision include situations in which licensed health personnel are:

  • physically present.
  • available at the same site.
  • available on call.

 

B.     Licensed health personnel shall provide special health services under the auspices of the school.  Duties of the licensed personnel include the duty to:

  •        Participate as a member of the education team.
  •        Provide the health assessment.
  •        Plan, implement and evaluate the written individual health plan.
  •        Plan, implement and evaluate special emergency health services. 
  •        Serve as liaison and encourage participation and communication with health service agencies and individuals providing health care.
  •        Provide health consultation, counseling and instruction with the eligible student, the student's parent and the staff in cooperation and conjunction with the prescriber.
  •        Maintain a record of special health services.  The documentation includes the eligible student's name, special health service, prescriber or person authorizing, date and time, signature and title of the person providing the special health service and any unusual circumstances in the provision of such services.
  •        Report unusual circumstances to the parent, school administration, and prescriber.
  •        Assign and delegate to, instruct, provide technical assistance and supervise qualified designated personnel.
  •        Update knowledge and skills to meet special health service needs.

C.     Prior to the provision of special health services the following shall be on file:

  •        Written statement by the prescriber detailing the specific method and schedule of the special health service, when indicated.
  •        Written statement by the student's parent requesting the provision of the special health service.
  •        Written report of the preplanning staffing or meeting of the education team.
  •        Written individual health plan available in the health record and integrated into the IEP or IFSP.

D.    Licensed health personnel, in collaboration with the education team, shall determine the special health services to be provided and the qualifications of individuals performing the special health services.  The documented rationale shall include the following:

  •         Analysis and interpretation of the special health service needs, health status stability, complexity of the service, predictability of the service outcome and risk of improperly performed service.
  •         Determination that the special health service, task, procedure or function is part of the person's job description.
  •         Determination of the assignment and delegation based on the student's needs.
  •         Review of the designated person's competency.
  •         Determination of initial and ongoing level of supervision required to ensure quality services.

E.     Licensed health personnel shall supervise the special health services, define the level of supervision and document the supervision.

F.     Licensed health personnel shall instruct qualified designated personnel to deliver and perform special health services contained in the eligible individual health plan.  Documentation of instruction and periodic updates shall be on file at school.

G.    Parents shall provide the usual equipment, supplies and necessary maintenance for such.  The equipment shall be stored in a secure area.  The personnel responsible for the equipment shall be designated in the individual health plan.  The individual health plan shall designate the role of the school, parents, and others in the provision, supply, storage and maintenance of necessary equipment.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 11:46

507.9 - Wellness Policy

507.9 - Wellness Policy

The Independence Community School District Board of Education is committed to the optimal development of every student. The board believes for students to have the opportunity to achieve personal, academic, developmental, and social success, there needs to be a positive, safe, and health-promoting learning environment at every level, in every setting.   

The school district provides a comprehensive learning environment for developing and practicing lifelong wellness behaviors. The entire school environment, not just the classroom, shall be aligned with healthy school district goals to positively influence a student's understanding, beliefs and habits as they relate to good nutrition and regular physical activity. In accordance with law and this belief, the board commits to the following:

The school district will identify at least one goal in each of the following areas:

  • Nutrition Education and Promotion:  Schools will provide nutrition education and engage in nutrition promotion that helps students develop lifelong healthy eating behaviors.
  • Physical Activity:  Schools will provide students with age and grade appropriate opportunities to engage in physical activity that meet the Iowa Healthy Kids Act.
  • Other School Based Activities that Promote Wellness:  As appropriate, schools will support students, staff, and parents’ efforts to maintain a healthy lifestyle. 

The following nutritional guidelines for food available on school campuses will be adhered to:

  • Meals served through the National School Lunch and School Breakfast Program will be appealing and meet, at a minimum, nutrition requirements established by state and federal law;
  • Schools providing access to healthy foods outside the reimbursable meal programs before school, during school and thirty minutes after school shall meet the United States Department of Agriculture (“USDA”) Smart Snacks in Schools nutrition standards, at a minimum.  This includes such items as those sold through a la carte lines, vending machines, student run stores, and fundraising activities;
  • Snacks provided to students during the school day without charge (e.g., class parties) will meet standards set by the district in accordance with law. The district will provide parents a list of foods and beverages that meet nutrition standards for classroom snacks and celebrations; and
  • Schools will only allow marketing and advertising of foods and beverages that meet the Smart Snacks in school nutritional standards on campus during the school day.

The superintendent or superintendent’s designee shall implement and ensure compliance with the policy by:

  • Reviewing the policy at least every three years and recommending updates as appropriate for board approval;
  • Implementing a process for permitting parents, students, representatives of the school food authority, teachers of physical education, school health professionals, the school board, administrators and the public to participate in the development, implementation, and periodic review and update of the policy;
  • Making the policy and updated assessment of the implementation available to the public (e.g., posting on the website, newsletters, etc.).  This information shall include the extent to which the schools are in compliance with policy and a description of the progress being made in attaining the goals of the policy; and
  • Developing administrative regulations, which shall include specific wellness goals and indicators for measurement of progress consistent with law and district policy.  

 

 

Legal Reference:  42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq.
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 1771 et seq
                                   
Iowa Code §§ 256.7(29); 256.11(6).
                                    
281 I.A.C. 12.5; 58.11.

Cross Reference:  504.6   Student Fundraising
  
                                    504.8   Student Activity Program
  
                                    710      School Food Services

Approved 11/21/2016                              Reviewed 07/15/2019                             Revised __________       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 11:53

507.9R1 - Wellness Regulation

507.9R1 - Wellness Regulation

To implement the Wellness Policy, the following district specific goals have been established:

Goal 1 – Nutrition Education and Promotion:  Schools will provide nutrition education and engage in nutrition promotion that help students develop lifelong healthy eating behaviors. The goal(s) for addressing nutrition education and nutrition promotion include the following:

  • Provide students with the knowledge and skills necessary to promote and protect their health;
  • Include enjoyable, developmentally-appropriate, culturally-relevant, and participatory activities, such as cooking demonstrations or lessons, promotions, taste-testing, farm visits, and school gardens;
  • Promote fruits, vegetables, whole-grain products, low-fat and fat-free dairy products, and healthy foods; and
  • Include nutrition education training for teachers and other staff.

Goal 2 – Physical Activity:  Schools will provide students and staff with age and grade appropriate opportunities to engage in physical activity that meet federal and state guidelines, including the Iowa Healthy Kids Act. The goal(s) for addressing physical activity include the following:

  • Develop a comprehensive, school-based physical activity program (CSPAP), that includes the following components:
    • Physical education, recess;
    • Classroom-based physical activity;
    • Walk to school; and
    • Out of school time activities;
  • Promote the benefits of a physically active lifestyle and help students develop skills to engage in lifelong healthy habits;
  • Engage students in moderate to vigorous activity during at least 50 percent of physical education class time;
  • Ensure physical activity is not used for or withheld as a punishment; and
  • Afford elementary students with recess according to the following:
    • At least 20 minutes a day;
    • Outdoors as weather and time permits;
    • Encourages moderate to vigorous physical activity.

Goal 3 – Other School-Based Activities that Promote Student Wellness:  Schools will support student, staff, and parents’ efforts to maintain a healthy lifestyle, as appropriate. The goal(s) for addressing other school-based activities that promote student wellness include the following:

  • Provide parents a list of foods and beverages that meet  nutrition standards for classroom snacks and celebrations;
  • Develop a plan to promote staff health and wellness;
  • Engage students and parents, through taste-tests of new school meal items and surveys to identify new, healthful, and appealing food choices;
  • Permit students to bring and carry water bottles filled with water throughout the day;
  • Make drinking water available where school meals are served during mealtimes; and
  • Discourage students from sharing foods or beverages during meal or snack times, given concerns about allergies and dietary needs.

Public Involvement:  There is a process for permitting parents, students, representatives of the school food authority, teachers of physical education, school health professionals, the school board, administrators and the public to participate in the development, implementation, and periodic review and update of the policy.

  • The district has a local wellness policy committee to advise the district on the development, implementation, and improvement of the school wellness policy; and
  • The superintendent or superintendent’s designee invites suggestions or comments concerning the development, implementation, and improvement of the school wellness policy. As such, interested persons are encouraged to contact the superintendent or superintendent’s designee.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 11:55

508 - Miscellaneous Student-Related Matters

508 - Miscellaneous Student-Related Matters dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 11:56

508.1 - Class or Student Group Gifts

508.1 - Class or Student Group Gifts

The board welcomes gifts to the school district from a class or student group.  While class gifts to the school district do not require the approval of the superintendent, the board encourages students to consult with the superintendent and building principal prior to selecting a gift for the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 68B; 722.1, .2 (2003).

Cross Reference:  704.4   Gifts - Grants – Bequests
  
                                    704.5   Student Activities Fund

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 02/23/2009                           Revised 05/20/2019
                                                                                           06/16/2014
                                                                                           05/20/2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 11:56

508.2 - Open Night

508.2 - Open Night

In keeping with good community relations, student school activities will not be scheduled on Wednesday night beyond 6:00 p.m. during the school year whenever possible.  It shall be the responsibility of the principal to oversee the scheduling of school activities for compliance with this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  901.2   Board of Directors and Community Relations

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 02/23/2009                           Revised 05/20/2019
                                                                                           06/16/2014
                                                                                           05/20/2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 11:58

508.3 - Student Telephone Calls

508.3 - Student Telephone Calls

Generally, students receiving telephone calls shall not be called to the phone.  The administrative office in their attendance center will take a message and forward it to the student.  Only in an emergency situation will a student be removed from the classroom or a school activity to receive a telephone call.

Students may, in an emergency situation, use the telephone in the administrative office of their attendance center to make a telephone call.  Prior permission must be obtained from the principal or the principal's secretary.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.14 (2003).

Cross Reference:  502      Student Rights and Responsibilities

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 02/23/2009                           Revised                   
                                                                                           06/16/2014
                                                                                           05/20/2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 11:59

508.4 - Supervision After School Events

508.4 - Supervision After School Events

There shall be an employee or a person designated by the school district available to supervise the school building while students wait at the school building after a school activity.

It shall be the responsibility of the supervisor to ensure that the students and other individuals in the school building have a valid and clear purpose for being in the school building at that time.  If there is no valid and clear purpose for the student or other individual to be in the school building, the supervisor shall require them to leave the school building at once.  Persons or students who do not leave upon request may be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  McClain v. Lafayette County Bd. of Education, 673 F.2d 106 (5th Cir. 1982).
  
                                    Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  502      Student Rights and Responsibilities
  
                                    503      Student Discipline

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 02/23/2009                           Revised                   
                                                                                            06/16/2014
                                                                                            05/20/2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 04/06/2021 - 12:00

600 - EDUCATION PROGRAM

600 - EDUCATION PROGRAM jen@iowaschool… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 09:44

600 - Goals and Objectives of the Education Program

600 - Goals and Objectives of the Education Program

The goals and objectives of the school district will be designed to achieve the philosophy statement of the school district.  A School Improvement Advisory Committee of representatives of the school district community and the school district will be appointed to make recommendations for the goals and objectives of the education program.

Short-term and long-term objectives for the education program willl be established annually by the board.  These objectives will reflect the results of the needs assessment, recommendation of the advisory committee, recommendations from the superintendent, and changes in law.

Annually, the committee will report to the board regarding progress toward the achievement of the goals and objectives of the education program.

 

 

Approved 06/19/2007                            Reviewed 06/19/2007                           Revised 06/19/2007
                                                                               10/15/2012                                         10/15/2012

                                                                                     11/20/2017                                         11/21/2022

                                                                                11/21/2022  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 09:55

601 - General Organization

601 - General Organization dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 09:57

601.01 - School Calendar

601.01 - School Calendar

The school calendar will accommodate the education program of the school district.  The school calendar is for a minimum of 1,080 hours and will include, but not be limited to, the days for student instruction, staff development, in-service days and teacher conferences. Each year the minimum school calendar may include up to 5 days or 30 hours of instruction delivered primarily over the internet.

The academic school year for students will be for a minimum of 1,080 hours in the school calendar.  The academic school year for students will begin no sooner than August 23.  Employees may be required to report to work at the school district prior to this date.

Special education students may attend school on a school calendar different from that of the regular education program consistent with their Individualized Education Program.

The board, in its discretion, may excuse graduating seniors from up to 30 hours toward the 1,080 hours of instruction after the school district requirements for graduation have been met.  The board may also excuse graduating seniors from making up days missed due to inclement weather if the student has met the school district's graduation requirements.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the school calendar for recommendation, approval, and adoption by the board annually.

The board may amend the official school calendar when the board considers the change to be in the best interests of the school district's education program.  The board will hold a public hearing on any proposed school calendar prior to adopting the school calendar.

 

Legal Reference:        Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.10, 280.3

                                    281 I.A.C. 12.1(7); 41.106.

 

Cross Reference:        501.03 Compulsory Attendance

                                    601.02 School Day

                                    603.02 Special Education

                                    606.10 Early Release for Seniors

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  03/17/2008, 11/20/2017

Revised:  10/15/2012, 08/18/2014, 07/28/2015, 11/21/2022, 10/16/2023

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 09:58

601.02 - School Day

601.02 - School Day

The student school day for grades one through twelve will consist of a minimum of six hours, not including the lunch period.  The school day consists of the schedule of class instruction and class activities as established and sponsored by the school district.  Time during which students are released from school for parent/teacher conferences may be counted as part of the student's instructional time.  The minimum school day will meet the requirements as established for the operation of accredited schools.

The board may define the number of days kindergarten will be held and the length of each school day for the students attending kindergarten.  The school day will consist of a schedule as recommended by the superintendent and approved by the board.

The school district may also record a day of school with less than the minimum instructional hours if the total hours of instructional time for grades one through twelve in any five consecutive school days equals a minimum of thirty hours, even though any one day of school is less than the minimum instructional hours because of parent-teacher conferences have been scheduled beyond the regular school day.  If the total hours of instructional time for the first four consecutive days equal at least thirty hours because parent-teacher conferences have been scheduled beyond the regular school day, the school district may record zero hours of instructional time on the fifth consecutive school day as a school day.  Schedule revisions and changes in time allotments will be made by the superintendent.

When the school is forced to close due to weather or other emergencies, that part of the day during which school was in session, will constitute a school day and the hours attended will be a part of the 1,080-hour requirement.  The superintendent/building principals will create administrative regulations necessary to utilize any remote learning opportunities that are available and permitted by law during the period of closure.  The provision of special education and accommodations for students who have individualized education programs (IEPs) or Section 504 plans during periods of closure will be determined by each respective IEP or Section 504 team.  

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to inform the board annually of the length of the school day.

 

 

Legal Reference:          34 C.F.R. sec. 300

                                    28 C.F.R. pt. 35

                                    Iowa Code § 256.7, 279.8, 10.

                                    281 I.A.C. 12.2(2), .2(3), .2(6).

 

Cross Reference:          601.01 School Calendar

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  03/17/2008, 10/15/2012, 11/20/2017

Revised:  08/18/2014, 07/20/2020, 11/21/2022

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 10:00

602 - Curriculum Development

602 - Curriculum Development dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 10:01

602.1 - Curriculum Development

602.1 - Curriculum Development

 

Curriculum development is an ongoing process in the school district and consists of both research and design.  Research is the studious inquiry and critical investigation of the various content areas for the purpose of revising and improving curriculum and instruction based on relevant information pertaining to the discipline.  This study is conducted both internally (what and how we are currently doing at the local level) and externally (what national standards, professional organizations, recognized experts, current research, etc. tell us relative to the content area).  Design is the deliberate process of planning and selecting the standards and instructional strategies that will improve the learning experiences for all students.  The board delegates the curriculum development process to the superintendent, who will make curriculum development recommendations and submit them to the board for final approval.

A systematic approach to curriculum development (careful research, design, and articulation of the curriculum) serves several purposes:

  • Focuses attention on the content standards of each discipline and ensures the identified learnings are rigorous, challenging, and represent the most important learnings for our students. 
  • Increases the probability that students will acquire the desired knowledge, skills, and dispositions and that our schools will be successful in providing appropriate learning experiences.
  • Facilitates communication and coordination.
  • Improves classroom instruction.

The superintendent and the Director of School Improvement are responsible for the curriculum development process and for determining the most effective method of conducting research and design activities.  A curriculum framework will describe the processes and procedures that will be followed in researching, designing, and articulating each curriculum area.  This framework will, at a minimum, describe the processes and procedures for the following curriculum development activities to:

  • Study the latest thinking, trends, research, and expert advice regarding the content/discipline;
  • Study the current status of the content/discipline (what and how well students are currently learning);
  • Identify content standards, benchmarks, and grade level expectations for the content/discipline;
  • Describe the desired learning behaviors, teaching, and learning environment related to the content/discipline;
  • Identify differences in the desired and present program and develop a plan for addressing the differences;
  • Communicate with internal and external publics regarding the content area;
  • Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum development decisions; 
  • Verify how the standards and benchmarks of the content/discipline support each of the broader student learning goals and provide a K-12 continuum that builds on the prior learning of each level.
  • Ensure proposed curriculum complies with applicable laws.
  • Align annual improvement goals with needs assessment information.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent and the Director of School Improvement to keep the board apprised of necessary curriculum revisions, progress of each content area related to curriculum development activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum development including recommendations to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:          20 U.S.C. § 1232h.

                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 98.

                                    Iowa Code §§ 216.9, 256.7, 279.8, 280.3.

                                    281 I.A.C.  12.8(1)(c)(1).

 

Cross Reference:       101      Educational Philosophy of the School District

                                    105      Long-Range Needs Assessment

                                    505      Student Scholastic Achievement

                                    602      Curriculum Development

                                    603      Instructional Curriculum

                                    604.11 Online Courses

                                    605      Instructional Materials

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  03/17/2008, 10/15/2012, 11/18/2013, 09/15/2014, 11/20/2017, 07/15/2019, 12/19/2022

Revised:  10/15/2012, 11/18/2013, 09/15/2014, 07/15/2019, 12/19/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 10:49

602.1R1 - Curriculum Development Regulation

602.1R1 - Curriculum Development Regulation

School Improvement Advisory Committee (SIAC)

The School Improvement Advisory Committee (SIAC) is a representative group of district personnel and community members that advises the Board of Education, through the superintendent and the Director of School Improvement, in matters concerning the school program. The SIAC makes professional decisions pertaining to curriculum, instruction, and student learning. The SIAC also serves as a sounding board for certified personnel in curriculum/instruction matters. The SIAC does not make managerial decisions related to buildings, personnel, budgets, or other agenda items reserved for the administrative team, building principals, or site councils.

To meet requirements of Iowa Code section 280.12(2) as amended by 2007 Iowa Acts, Senate File 427, section 2, the board will appoint and charge a school improvement advisory committee to make recommendations to the board.  Based on the committee members’ analysis of the needs assessment data, they will make recommendations to the board about the following components:

            1.      Major educational needs;

            2.      Student learning goals;

            3.      Long-range goals that include, but are not limited to, the state indicators that address reading,                               mathematics, and science achievement; and          

            4.      Harassment or bullying prevention goals, programs, training, and other initiatives. 

The SIAC will consist of members representing the following:  parents, students, teachers, administrators, and community members.  To the extent possible, committee membership will have balanced representation of the following:  race, gender, national origin, and disability.

Meetings

General Procedures:  The SIAC will meet a minimum of four times a year for the purpose of carrying out its functions.  Primary meeting dates will be established and noted on the administrative calendar. Members will be informed no later than September 15th of all regular meeting dates for the coming school year. Notification of all extra meetings will be given at least five days prior to the meeting. Special meetings may be called as needed by the Director of School Improvement, superintendent, or at least five members of the SIAC.

Decision-Making Process:  All decisions will be by consensus of those members present. Consensus principles and guidelines are outlined in Appendix A.

Quorum:  A quorum constitutes a simple majority of the total membership. Meetings will not be conducted unless a quorum is present.

Channels of Communication:  All recommendations of the SIAC will be presented to the Board of Education by the Director of School Improvement. In the event that the Director of School Improvement does not support the recommendations of the SIAC, the superintendent and a designee of the SIAC will present the views of the SIAC to the Board.

Agenda Development and Procedure:  Agenda items for consideration by the SIAC may be proposed by the members, by district personnel, the superintendent or by members of the Board of Education. The items should be submitted to the Director of School Improvement at least ten working days prior to the scheduled meeting of the council. The agenda and notification of the meeting will be distributed to members of the SIAC, one copy per building for posting, and to each member of the Board of Education. Distribution will occur at least three working days prior to the scheduled meeting. The director will determine the priority of agenda items.

Maintaining Meeting Records:  Minutes of all meetings will be recorded and kept on file by the secretary. Minutes will be forwarded to the Director of School Improvement, SIAC members, the superintendent, members of the Board of Education, and to each building for posting.

Amendments

The mission statement, long-range plan, and the policy document are subject to review at the end of each year. If changes, corrections, or updating are determined to be necessary after this analysis, then the SIAC will make the amendments following the standard procedure for decision making.

Personnel

Director of School Improvement:  The position of Director of School Improvement will be a permanent one, and the position will be filled through regular district personnel procedures.

The Chairperson of the SIAC:  The Director of School Improvement serves as chairperson of the SIAC, with the following specific duties:

1.       presides at all regular meetings

2.      prepares agendas for all regular meetings

3.      provides for notification of all meetings

4.      calls all special meetings

5.      assists in conducting inservice activities

6.      oversees selection of SIAC members according to the policy document and provides their training, using current SIAC members as resources

7.      monitors attendance of SIAC members

8.      receives all written resignations from SIAC members

9.      represents the SIAC at all Board of Education meetings and other appropriate public functions, or appoints a SIAC member to do so

10.    assures that all district committees adhere to the goals of the mission statement and the long-range plan

11.    distributes minutes of all meetings to SIAC members, superintendent, Board of Education, and to all buildings for posting.

Secretary:  The Director of School Improvement and superintendent will select an individual who may be a member of the SIAC to serve as secretary.  The duties of the secretary include these provisions:

1.    attends all meetings of the SIAC

2.    takes accurate and thorough notes of proceedings

3.    types and duplicates notifications and minutes of all meetings and provides to Director of School Improvement for distribution.

4.    maintains all SIAC minutes, correspondence, and other pertinent documents.

5.    performs necessary secretarial tasks for the timely completion of SIAC and subject area committee projects

6.   demonstrates a willingness to work closely and cooperatively with the Director of School Improvement and all SIAC members for the success of the curriculum development process

Members of the SIAC

The members of the SIAC will be representative of district personnel and parent/community members. District personnel members of the SIAC will be selected on the basis of interest and experience.

Parent/community members will be selected according to interest and availability.  Principals will be asked for their input on teacher applicants and will periodically be asked to make recommendations.  The Director of School Improvement will work with the superintendent in making the final selections.  The Board of Education must approve all new members.  Member replacement will be made to maintain appropriate representation.   Additional provisions are these:

  1. Terms:  Members will serve for a two-year term and may reapply for subsequent terms.

2.   Resignation:  A SIAC member may resign at any time. A letter of resignation will be written and submitted by the resigning member to the Director of School Improvement at least one regular meeting prior to the effective date of the resignation.  The vacancy will be filled from eligible persons according to the selection procedures.

3.   Composition and Representation:  Member selection should provide for a variety of personal and professional traits, assuring that all grade levels and professional categories are represented. There will be:

primary teachers (PreK-2)                                 1

intermediate teachers (3-6)                               1

junior high teachers (7-8)                                  1

high school teachers (9-12)                              2

classified personnel                                          1

parent/community persons                               3 (1 parent from each building)

high school counselor*                                     1

principals*                                                         4

superintendent*                                                1

Director of School Improvement*                     1

board member**                                               1

students                                                            2                                 

                        Total                                                              19

 

*    These members are on the SIAC by virtue of their positions; they do not apply for membership.

**   The Board of Education selects one of its members to serve on the SIAC.

 

4.   Stipends:  The district SIAC members will each be paid a stipend for attending meetings that exceed or are outside their contract of employment. A district member may also serve as a chairperson or a committee member for a subject area committee, and will receive a stipend for that work according to the same guidelines. In accordance with board policy, administrative personnel may not receive stipends. Stipend amounts will be issued in accordance with the policies of the Board of Education.

5.   Duties of an Individual District SIAC Member:

               a.  attends all regularly scheduled meetings of the SIAC and assigned subject area committee

  b.  maintains a positive communication between SIAC and building faculties, emphasizing teacher   

     ownership of curriculum planning

6.     Duties of the SIAC as a Working Group:

a.   acts as the communication link among the district staff, superintendent, and Board of Education; and promotes and encourages communication among buildings and levels within the district

b.   establishes meeting dates and length of meetings

c.   sets and prioritizes goals for the year

d.   reviews the district mission statement on a yearly basis and makes revisions when appropriate

e.    assures that the district’s mission statement is a working mission statement used in all district decision-making circumstances

f.    develops a long-range plan for curriculum development, implementation, and evaluation - with an annual review of progress and direction

g.   discusses and possibly modifies student progress reports

h.   reviews the latest trends and developments in curriculum and instruction and makes decisions regarding their applicability in the district

 

Appendix A
Consensus Guidelines and Principles

1.     Every person’s opinion is valuable and needs to be heard.

2.     The goal is communication, understanding, and supportive unity.

3.     Each member needs to be open to others’ perspectives.

4.     Questions need to be asked back and forth in order to gain a more accurate understanding of others’ opinions.

5.     One member may block or stop a decision. If a member disagrees, he/she is not to “give in” just to reach  easier agreement or to avoid controversy.

6.     If a disagreement continues in the decision-making process, the following actions or alternatives may be followed:

a.   restate each position, including added thoughts from each side of the disagreement, to bring more information or understanding to consideration

b.   withdraw the problem

c.   postpone the decision

d.   develop a compromise or provisional solution

e.   make the decision on a trial basis

7.     Voting will be used only when consensus cannot be reached and a decision must be made according to an immediate timeframe. In that case, simple majority will rule.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 10:55

602.2 - Curriculum Implementation

602.2 - Curriculum Implementation

Without careful and continuing attention to implementation, planned changes in curriculum and instruction rarely succeed as intended.  How change is put into practice, to a large extent, determines how well it fares.

Implementation refers to what actually happens in practice as compared to what was supposed to happen.  Curriculum implementation includes the provision of organized assistance to staff in order to ensure that the newly developed curriculum and the most powerful instructional strategies are actually delivered at the classroom level.  There are two components of any implementation effort that must be present to guarantee the planned changes in curriculum and instruction succeed as intended:

  • Understanding the conceptual framework of the content/discipline being implemented; and,
  • Organized assistance to understand the theory, observe exemplary demonstrations, have opportunities to practice, and receive coaching and feedback focused on the most powerful instructional strategies to deliver the content at the classroom level.

The superintendent is responsible for curriculum implementation and for determining the most effective way of providing organized assistance and monitoring the level of implementation.  A curriculum framework will describe the processes and procedures that will be followed to assist all staff in developing the knowledge and skills necessary to successfully implement the developed curriculum in each content area.  This framework will, at a minimum, describe the processes and procedures for the following curriculum implementation activities to:

  • Study and identify the best instructional practices and materials to deliver the content;
  • Describe procedures for the purchase of instructional materials and resources.  See Policy 605.1;
  • Identify/develop exemplars that demonstrate the learning behaviors, teaching, and learning environment to deliver the content;
  • Study the current status of instruction in the content area  (how teachers are teaching);
  • Compare the desired and present delivery system, identify differences (gap analysis), and develop a plan for addressing the differences;
  • Organize staff into collaborative study teams to support their learning and implementation efforts (address the gaps);
  • Provide ongoing professional development related to instructional strategies and materials that focuses on theory, demonstration, practice and feedback;
  • Regularly monitor and assess the level of implementation;
  • Communicate with internal and external publics regarding curriculum implementation;
  • Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum implementation decisions.
  • Ensure the curriculum framework complies with applicable laws.
  • Provide professional development to staff to support effective curriculum implementation.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board apprised of curriculum implementation activities, progress of each content area related to curriculum implementation activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum implementation including recommendations to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232h
  
                                    34 C.F.R. pt. 98
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 216.9, 256.7, 279.8, 74, 280.3
  
                                    281 I.A.C.  12.8

Cross Reference:          101      Educational Philosophy of the School District
  
                                    105      Long-Range Needs Assessment
  
                                    505      Student Scholastic Achievement
  
                                    602      Curriculum Development
  
                                    603      Instructional Curriculum

Approved 11/1/2004                               Reviewed 03/17/2008                                    Revised 11/21/2022
                                                                                10/15/2012
                                                                                11/20/2017

                                                                                11/21/2022 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 11:07

602.3 - Curriculum Evaluation

602.3 - Curriculum Evaluation

Regular evaluation of the total curriculum is necessary to ensure that the written and delivered curriculum is having the desired effect for students.

Curriculum evaluation refers to an ongoing process of collecting, analyzing, synthesizing, and interpreting information to aid in understanding what students know and can do.  It refers to the full range of information gathered in the School District to evaluate (make judgments about) student learning and program effectiveness in each content area.

Curriculum evaluation must be based on information gathered from a comprehensive assessment system that is designed for accountability and committed to the concept that all students will achieve at high levels, is standards-based, and informs decisions which impact significant and sustainable improvements in teaching and student learning.

The superintendent is responsible for curriculum evaluation and for determining the most effective way of ensuring that assessment activities are integrated into instructional practices as part of school improvement with a particular focus on improving teaching and learning.  A curriculum framework will describe the procedures that will be followed to establish an evaluation process that can efficiently and effectively evaluate the total curriculum.  This framework will, at a minimum, describe the procedures for the following curriculum evaluation activities:

  • Identify specific purposes for assessing student learning;
  • Develop a comprehensive assessment plan;
  • Select/develop assessment tools and scoring procedures that are valid and reliable;
  • Identify procedures for collecting assessment data;
  • Identify procedures for analyzing and interpreting information and drawing conclusions based on the data (including analysis of the performance of various sub-groups of students);
  • Identify procedures for establishing at least three levels of performance (specific to the content standard and the assessment tool when appropriate) to assist in determining whether students have achieved at a satisfactory level (at least two levels describe performance that is proficient or advanced and at least one level describes students who are not yet performing at the proficient level);
  • Identify procedures for using assessment information to determine long-range and annual improvement goals;
  • Identify procedures for using assessment information in making decisions focused on improving teaching and learning (data-based decision making);
  • Provide support to staff in using data to make instructional decisions;
  • Define procedures for regular and clear communication about assessment results to the various internal and external publics (mandatory for communication about students receiving special education services);
  • Define data reporting procedures;
  • Verify that assessment tools are fair for all students and are consistent with all state and federal mandates;
  • Verify that assessment tools measure the curriculum that is written and delivered;
  • Identify procedures for deciding when multiple assessment measures are necessary for making good decisions and drawing appropriate conclusions about student learning;
  • Identify roles and responsibilities of key groups;
  • Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum evaluation;
  • Ensure participation of eligible students receiving special education services in district-wide assessments.
  • Ensure curriculum complies with applicable laws.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board apprised of curriculum evaluation activities, the progress of each content area related to curriculum evaluation activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum evaluation including recommendations to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232h (1994).
  
                                    34 C.F.R. pt. 98 (2002).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 216.9, 256.7, 279.8, 280.3-.14 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C.  12.8(1)(c)(1).

Cross Reference:  101      Educational Philosophy of the School District
  
                                    105      Long-Range Needs Assessment
  
                                    505      Student Scholastic Achievement
  
                                    602      Curriculum Development
  
                                    603      Instructional Curriculum

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 03/17/2008                            Revised                   
                                                                                            10/15/2012
                                                                                            11/20/2017

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 11:09

602.4 - Pilot - Experimental - Innovative Projects

602.4 - Pilot - Experimental - Innovative Projects

The board welcomes new ideas in curriculum.  Proposals for pilot or experimental projects will first be reviewed and analyzed by the superintendent.  Projects recommended by the superintendent will be considered by the board.  Pilot and experimental projects approved by the board, the Iowa Department of Education, or the U. S. Department of Education may be utilized in the education program.

Students, who may be or are asked to participate in a research or experimental project or program, must have their parents' written consent on file prior to participating in the project or program.  A research or experimental program or project requiring parents' prior written consent is a program or project designed to explore or develop new or unproven teaching methods or techniques.  These programs or projects will be designated as research or experimental projects or programs.  The educational materials of a program or project designated as a research or experimental program or project may be inspected and reviewed by the parents of the students participating or being considered for participation in the program or project.  The inspection and review by the parents will be in accordance with board policy 605.2, "Instructional Materials Inspection."

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232h (1994).
  
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 98 (2002).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .10; 280.3-.14 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.5.

Cross Reference:  602      Curriculum Development
  
                                    603      Instructional Curriculum

Approved 11/1/2004                                   Reviewed 03/17/2008                                  Revised 11/21/2022
                                                                                    10/15/2012
                                                                                    11/20/2017

                                                                                          11/21/2022

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 11:11

603 - Instructional Curriculum

603 - Instructional Curriculum dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 11:12

603.01 - Basic Instruction Program

603.01 - Basic Instruction Program

 

The basic instruction program will include the courses required for each grade level by the State Department of Education.  The instructional approach will be nonsexist and multicultural.

The basic instruction program of students enrolled in kindergarten will be designed to develop healthy emotional and social habits, language arts and communication skills, the capacity to complete individual tasks, character education and the ability to protect and increase physical well-being with attention given to experiences relating to the development of life skills and human growth and development.

The basic instruction program of students enrolled in grades one through six will include English-language arts, social studies, mathematics, science, health, human growth and development, physical education, traffic safety, music, and visual art.

The basic instruction program of students enrolled in grades seven and eight will include English-language arts, social studies, mathematics, science, health, human growth and development, family and consumer, career, technology education, physical education, music, and visual art.

The basic instruction program of students enrolled in grades nine through twelve will include English‑language arts (8 credits), social studies (to include financial literacy) (6 credits), mathematics (6 credits), science (6 credits), physical education (4 credits), real living (1 credit), and electives (23 credits).

The board may, in its discretion, offer additional courses in the instruction program for any grade level.

Each instruction program will be carefully planned for optimal benefit taking into consideration the financial condition of the school district and other factors deemed relevant by the board or superintendent.  Each instruction program's plan should describe the program, its goals, the effective materials, the activities and the method for student evaluation.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations stating the required courses and optional courses for kindergarten, grades one through six, grades seven and eight, and grades nine through twelve.

 

Legal Reference:          20 U.S.C. § 1232h.

                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 98.

                                    Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.11; 279.8; 280.3-.14.

                                    281 I.A.C. 12.5.

 

Cross Reference:        103      Equal Educational Opportunity

                                    105      Long-Range Needs Assessment

                                    505      Student Scholastic Achievement

                                    602      Curriculum Development

                                    603      Instructional Curriculum

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  03/17/2008, 11/19/2012, 12/18/2017, 10/21,2019, 01/17/2023

Revised:  10/21/2019, 01/17/2023

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 11:13

603.02 - Special Education

603.02 - Special Education

The board recognizes some students have different educational needs than other students.  The board will provide a free appropriate public education program and related services to students identified in need of special education.  The special education services will be provided from birth until the appropriate education is completed, age twenty-one or to maximum age allowable in accordance with the law.  Students requiring special education will attend general education classes, participate in nonacademic and extracurricular services and activities, and receive services in a general education setting to the maximum extent appropriate to the needs of each individual student.  The appropriate education for each student will be written in the student's Individualized Education Program (IEP).

Special education students will be required to meet the requirements stated in board policy for graduation.  It will be the responsibility of the superintendent and the area education agency director of special education to provide or make provisions for appropriate special education and related services.

Children from birth through age 2 and children age 3 through age 5 will be provided comprehensive special education services within the public education system.  The school district will work in conjunction with the area education agency to provide services, at the earliest appropriate time, to children with disabilities from birth through age 2.  This will be done to ensure a smooth transition of children entitled to early childhood special education services.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Board of Education v. Rowley, 458 U.S. 176 (1982).
                                   
  Springdale School District #50 v. Grace, 693 F.2d 41 (8th Cir. 1982).
                                   
  Southeast Warren Comm. School District v. Dept. of Public Instruction, 285 N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979).
                                   
  20 U.S.C. §§1400 et seq. (1994).
                                   
  34 C.F.R. Pt. 300 et seq. (2002).
                                    
  Iowa Code §§ 256.11(7); 256B; 273.1, .2, .5, .9(2)-(3); 280.8 (2003).
                                  
   281 I.A.C. 41.

Cross Reference:          503       Student Discipline
                                    
  505.06  Graduation Requirements
                                    
  506       Student Records
                                    
  507.02  Administration of Medication to Students
                                    
  507.08  Student Special Health Services
                                    
  601.01  School Calendar
                                      603      Instructional Curriculum

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  03/17/2008, 11/19/2012, 12/18/2017

Revised:  11/21/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 11:15

603.03 - Multicultural and Gender Fair/Non-Sexist Education

603.03 - Multicultural and Gender Fair/Non-Sexist Education

Students will have an equal opportunity for a quality education without discrimination, regardless of their race, religion, creed, socioeconomic status, color, sex, marital status, national origin, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.

The education program is free of discrimination and provides equal opportunity for the students. 

  • Multicultural (MC) approaches to the educational program are defined as those which foster knowledge of, and respect and appreciation for, the historical and contemporary contributions of diverse cultural groups, including race, color, national origin, sexual orientation, gender, identity, sex, marital status, disability, religion, creed, and socioeconomic background.  The contributions and perspectives of Asian Americans, African Americans, Hispanic Americans, American Indians, European Americans, and persons with disabilities will also be considered.
  • Gender fair (GF)/Non-Sexist approaches to the educational program are defined as strategies which foster knowledge of, and respect and appreciation for, the historical and contemporary contributions of women and men to society.  The program will reflect the wide variety of roles open to both women and men and which provide equal opportunity to both sexes.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.11 (2003).
  
                            281 I.A.C. 12.5(8).

Cross Reference:  103      Equal Educational Opportunity
  
                            600      Goals and Objectives of the Education Program

Approved:  03/28/2007

Reviewed:  12/18/2017

Revised:  06/18/2007, 08/20/2012, 11/19/2012, 03/17/2014, 11/21/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 11:20

603.04 - Health Education

603.04 - Health Education

 

Students in grade levels one through twelve will receive, as part of their health education, instruction about personal health; food and nutrition; environmental health; safety and survival skills; consumer health; family life; human growth and development; substance abuse and non-use, including the effects of alcohol, tobacco, drugs and poisons on the human body; human sexuality; self-esteem; stress management; interpersonal relationships; emotional and social health; health resources; prevention and control of disease; and communicable diseases.  The purpose of the health education program is to help each student protect, improve and maintain physical, emotional and social well-being.

The areas stated above will be included in health education and the instruction will be adapted at each grade level to aid understanding by the students.

Parents who object to health education instruction in human growth and development may file a written request that the student be excused from the instruction.  The written request will include a proposed alternate activity or study acceptable to the superintendent.  The superintendent will have the final authority to determine the alternate activity or study.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 256.11; 279.8; 80; 280.3-.14 (2003).

                                     281 I.A.C. 12.5.

 

Cross Reference:        502      Student Rights and Responsibilities

                                    603      Instructional Curriculum

                                    607      Instructional Services

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  03/17/2008, 11/19/2012, 12/18/2017, 12/19/2022

Revised:  12/19/2022, 10/16/2023

                                               

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 11:25

603.04E1 - Human Growth and Development Student Excuse Form

603.04E1 - Human Growth and Development Student Excuse Form

Student Name:  ___________________________________________     Grade:  _____________________

Parent/Guardian:  _________________________________________      Phone #:  ___________________

Please list the curricular objective(s) from which you wish to have your child excused and the class or grade in which each is taught.  An example is provided for you to follow.

                                        Objective                                                                  Class/Grade

Ex.                   To understand the consequences of                                     Health Education/6
                        responsible and irresponsible sexual
                        behavior.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

 

I have reviewed the Human Growth and Development program goals, objectives, and materials and wish my child to be excused from class when these objectives are taught.  I understand my child will incur no penalty but may/shall be required to complete an alternative assignment that relates to the class and is consistent with assignments required of all students in the class.

Signed:  ____________________________________________________________     Date:  ___________________________
                       (Parent or Guardian)

Signed:  ____________________________________________________________     Date:  ___________________________
                       (School Administrator)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 11:26

603.05 - Physical Education

603.05 - Physical Education

Students in grades one through twelve will be required to participate in physical education courses unless they are excused by the principal of their attendance center.

Students may be excused from physical education courses if the student presents a written statement from a doctor stating that such activities could be injurious to the health of the student, or the student's parent/guardian has filed a written statement with the school principal that the course conflicts with the student’s religious beliefs.

Students in grades 9-12 may also be excused from physical education courses for the following reasons:

  • Students in grades nine through twelve may be excused by the principal from the physical education requirement in order to enroll in academic courses not otherwise available for the student to fit in his/her schedule.
  • A student may be excused by the principal of the school in which the student is enrolled for up to a semester per year if the parent or guardian of the student requests in writing that the student be excused from the physical education requirement.  The student seeking to be excused from the physical education requirement must be a participant in an organized and supervised athletic program offered by the school which requires at least as much time of participation as 900 minutes or one-eight unit of physical education.
  • The student is participating in the Legislative Page Program at the state capitol for a regular session of the general assembly.
  • The student is enrolled in a junior reserve officer training corp.

Twelfth-grade students may also be excused from physical education courses if the student is enrolled in a cooperative, work-study or other educational program authorized by the school which requires the student's absence from school.

Students who will not participate in physical education must have a written request or statement from their parents.

 

Legal Reference:         Iowa Code § 256.11.

                                    281 I.A.C. 12.5.

 

Cross Reference:        504      Student Activities

                                    603      Instructional Curriculum

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  03/17/2008, 11/19/2012, 02/19/2018, 09/20/2021, 12/19/2022

Revised:  02/19/2018, 09/20/2021, 12/19/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 11:30

603.06 - Career Education

603.06 - Career Education

 

Preparing students for careers is one goal of the education program.  Career education will be written into the education program for grades kindergarten through twelve.  This education will include, but not be limited to, awareness of self in relation to others and the needs of society, exploration of employment opportunities, experiences in personal decision-making, and experiences of integrating work values and work skills into their lives.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to assist licensed employees in finding ways to provide career education in the education program.  Special attention should be given to courses of vocational education nature.  The board, in its review of the curriculum, will review the means in which career education is combined with other instructional programs.

 

Legal Reference:         Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 280.9 (2003).

                                    281 I.A.C. 12.5(7).

 

Cross Reference:          603      Instructional Curriculum

 

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  03/17/2008, 11/19/2012, 12/18/2017, 12/19/2022

Revised:  12/19/2022

 

 

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 11:32

603.07 - Teaching About Religion

603.07 - Teaching About Religion

 

The school district is required to keep the practice of religion out of the school curriculum.  The board recognizes the key role religion has played in the history of the world and authorizes the study of religious history and traditions as part of the curriculum.  Preferential or derogatory treatment of a single religion will not take place.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure the study of religion in the schools in keeping with the following guidelines:

  •      the proposed activity must have a secular purpose;
  •      the primary objective of the activity must not be one that advances or inhibits religion; and
  •      the activity must not foster excessive governmental entanglement with religion.

 

 

Legal Reference:          U.S. Const. amend. I.

                                    Lee v. Weisman. 112 S.Ct. 2649 (1992).

                                    Lemon v. Kurtzman, 403 U.S. 602 (1971).

                                    Graham v. Central Community School District of Decatur County, 608 F.Supp. 531 (S.D. Iowa 1985).

                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.6 (2003).

 

 

Cross Reference:        603      Instructional Curriculum

                                    604.6   Religious-Based Exclusion from a School Program

                                    606.4   School Ceremonies and Observances

 

Approved:  11/01/2004 

Reviewed:  03/17/2008, 11/19/2012, 01/15/2018, 12/19/2022

Revised:  12/19/2022                           

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 11:33

603.07R1 - Teaching About Religion Regulation - Religious Holidays

603.07R1 - Teaching About Religion Regulation - Religious Holidays

The historical and contemporary significance of religious holidays may be included in the education program provided that the instruction is presented in an unbiased and objective manner.  The selection of holidays to be studied will take into account major celebrations of several world religions, not just those of a single religion.  Holiday-related activities will be educationally sound and sensitive to religious differences and will be selected carefully to avoid the excessive or unproductive use of school time.  Teachers will be especially careful in planning activities that are to take place immediately preceding or on a religious holiday.

Music, art, literature and drama having religious themes (including traditional carols, seasonal songs and classical music) will be permitted if presented in an objective manner without sectarian indoctrination.  The emphasis on religious themes will be only as extensive as necessary for a balanced and comprehensive study or presentation.  Religious content included in student performances will be selected on the basis of its independent educational merit and will seek to give exposure to a variety of religious customs, beliefs and forms of expression.  Holiday programs, parties or performances will not become religious celebrations or be used as a forum for religious worship, such as the devotional reading of sacred writings or the recitations of prayers.

The use of religious symbols (e.g. a cross, menorah, crescent, Star of David, lotus blossom, nativity scene or other symbol that is part of a religious ceremony) will be permitted as a teaching aid, but only when such symbols are used temporarily and objectively to give information about a heritage associated with a particular religion.  The Christmas tree, Santa Claus, Easter eggs, Easter bunnies and Halloween decorations are secular, seasonal symbols and as such can be displayed in a seasonal context.

Expressions of belief or nonbelief initiated by individual students will be permitted in composition, art forms, music, speech and debate.  However, teachers may not require projects or activities which are indoctrinational or force students to contradict their personal religious beliefs or nonbeliefs. 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 11:35

603.08 - Academic Freedom

603.08 - Academic Freedom

 

The board believes students should have an opportunity to reach their own decisions and beliefs about conflicting points of view.  Academic freedom is the opportunity of licensed employees and students to study, investigate, present, interpret, and discuss facts and ideas relevant to the subject matter of the classroom and appropriate to and in good taste with the maturity and intellectual and emotional capacities of the students.

It will be the responsibility of the teacher to refrain from advocating partisan causes, sectarian religious views, or biased positions in the classroom or through teaching methods.  Teachers are not discouraged from expressing personal opinions as long as students are aware it is a personal opinion and students are allowed to reach their own conclusions independently.

It will be the responsibility of the principal to ensure academic freedom is allowed but not abused in the classroom.

 

Legal Reference:           Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .6 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:        502      Student Rights and Responsibilities

                                    603      Instructional Curriculum

                                    904.5   Distribution of Materials

 

Approved: 11/01/2004

Reviewed:  03/17/2008, 11/19/2012, 01/15/2018, 12/19/2022

Revised:  12/19/2022

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 11:40

603.8R1 - Teaching Controversial Issues

603.8R1 - Teaching Controversial Issues

A "controversial issue" is a topic of significant academic inquiry about which substantial groups of citizens of this community, this state or this nation hold sincere, conflicting points of view.

It is the belief of the board that controversial issues should be fairly presented in a spirit of honest academic freedom so that students may recognize the validity of other points of view but can also learn to formulate their own opinions based upon dispassionate, objective, unbiased study and discussion of the facts related to the controversy.

It will be the responsibility of the instructor to present full and fair opportunity and means for students to study, consider and discuss all sides of controversial issues including, but not limited to, political philosophies.

It will be the responsibility of the instructor to protect the right of the student to study pertinent controversial issues within the limits of good taste and to allow the student to express personal opinions without jeopardizing the student's relationship with the teacher.

It will be the responsibility of the teacher to refrain from advocating partisan causes, sectarian religious views, or selfish propaganda of any kind through any classroom or school device; however, an instructor will not be prohibited from expressing a personal opinion as long as students are encouraged to reach their own decisions independently.

The board encourages full discussion of controversial issues in a spirit of academic freedom that shows students that they have the right to disagree with the opinions of others but that they also have the responsibility to base the disagreement on facts and to respect the right of others to hold conflicting opinions.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 11:41

603.09 - Global Education

603.09 - Global Education

Because of our growing interdependence with other nations in the world, global education will be incorporated into the education program for grades kindergarten through twelve so that students have the opportunity to acquire a perspective on world issues, problems, and prospects for an awareness of the relationship between an individual's self-interest and the concerns of people elsewhere in the world. 

 

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 256.11.

                                    281 I.A.C. 12.5(11).

 

 

Cross Reference:         602      Curriculum Development

                                    603      Instructional Curriculum

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  03/17/2008, 11/19/2012, 01/15/2018, 12/19/2022

Revised:  12/19/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 11:42

603.10 - Citizenship

603.10 - Citizenship

 

Being a citizen of the United States, of Iowa and of the school district community entitles students to special privileges and protections as well as requiring the students to assume civic, economic and social responsibilities and to participate in their country, state and school district community in a manner that entitles them to keep these rights and privileges.

As part of the education program, students will have an opportunity to learn about their rights, privileges, and responsibilities as citizens of this country, state and school district community.  As part of this learning opportunity students will be instructed in the elements of good citizenship and the role quality citizens play in their country, state and school district community.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 256.11.

                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(6), 12.5(3)(b)-(5)(b).

 

Cross Reference:         101      Educational Philosophy of the School District

                                    502      Student Rights and Responsibilities

                                    503      Student Discipline

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  03/17/2008, 11/19/2012, 01/15/2018, 12/19/2022

Revised:  12/19/2022

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 11:43

603.11 - Summer School Instruction

603.11 - Summer School Instruction

The Independence Community School District recognizes the importance of ongoing learning opportunities for students. As such, the district will offer summer school instruction in accordance with the following:

  • The board, in its discretion, may offer summer school for one or more courses and student activities for students who need additional help and instruction or for enrichment in those areas.  Upon receiving a request for summer school, the board will weigh the benefit to the students and the school district as well as the school district's budget and availability of licensed employees to conduct summer school.
  • If a child who is eligible for special education has been determined to need extended school year services as necessary to receive a free appropriate public education, as determined according to state and federal law, such services will be provided as described in the child’s individualized education program.
  • In additional instances as provided by law.

The superintendent may develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3; 282.6.

                                    281 I.A.C. 41.106.

 

Cross Reference:          410.6   Summer School Licensed Employees

                                    505.3   Student Promotion – Retention – Acceleration

                                    603      Instructional Curriculum

                                    711.7   Summer School Transportation

 

Approved:  10/20/2015

Reviewed:  01/15/2018, 12/19/2022

Revised:  01/15/2018, 12/19/2022

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 11:45

604 - Alternative Programs

604 - Alternative Programs dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 11:46

604.01 - Private Instruction

604.01 - Private Instruction

The Independence Community School District recognizes that families with students of compulsory attendance age may select alternative forms of education outside the traditional school setting, including private instruction. The applicable legal requirements for private instruction, including, but not limited to those relating to reporting and evaluations for progress, will be followed.

Except as otherwise exempted, in the event a child of compulsory attendance age as defined by law does not attend public school or an accredited nonpublic school, the child must receive private instruction. Private instruction means instruction using a plan and a course of study in a setting other than a public or organized accredited nonpublic school. 

Private instruction can take the form of competent private instruction and independent private instruction. The Iowa Department of Education recognizes three options for delivery of this form of instruction: two options for delivery of competent private instruction and one option for independent private instruction.

Competent private instruction means either private instruction provided on a daily basis for at least one hundred forty-eight days during a school year, to be met by attendance for at least thirty-seven days each school quarter, by or under supervision of a licensed practitioner which results in the student making adequate progress; or private instruction provided by a parent, guardian, or legal custodian.  

Independent private instruction means private instruction that meets the following criteria: (i) is not accredited, (ii) enrolls not more than four unrelated students, (iii) does not charge tuition, fees, or other remuneration for instruction, (iv) provides private or religious-based instruction as its primary purpose, (v) provides enrolled students with instruction in mathematics, reading and language arts, science, and social studies, (vi) provides, upon written request from the superintendent of the school district in which the independent private instruction is provided, or from the director of the department of education, a report identifying the primary instructor, location, name of the authority responsible for the independent private instruction, and the names of the students enrolled, (vii) is not a nonpublic school and does not provide competent private instruction as defined herein, and (viii) is exempt from all state statutes and administrative rules applicable to a school, a school board, or a school district, except as otherwise provided by law.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 299, 299A.

                                    281 I.A.C. 31.

 

Cross Reference:        501      Student Attendance

                                    502      Student Rights and Responsibilities

                                    504      Student Activities

                                    507.1   Student Health and Immunization Certificates

                                    604.9   Dual Enrollment

 

Approved: 07/28/2015

Reviewed: 02/19/2018

Revised:  09/20/2021, 12/19/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 11:47

604.02 - Individualized Instruction

604.02 - Individualized Instruction

 

The board's primary responsibility in the management of the school district is the operation and delivery of the regular education program.  Generally, students attending the school district will receive the regular education program offered by the district.  Only in exceptional circumstances will the board approve students receiving individualized instruction at the expense of the school district.

Recommendations from the superintendent for individualized instruction will state the need for the instruction, the objectives and goals sought for the instruction, the employee requirements for the instruction, the implementation procedures for the instruction and the evaluation procedures and processes that will be used to assess the value of the instruction.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for individualized instruction.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 256.11; 279.8, .10, .11; 280.3, .14; 299.1-.6, .11, .15, .24; 299A (2003).

 

Cross Reference:          501.12 Pregnant Students

                                    604.1   Competent Private Instruction

 

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  04/21/2008, 12/10/2012, 02/19/2018

Revised:  12/19/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 11:49

604.03 - International Study

604.03 - International Study

 

The board recognizes some students may wish to take courses outside the country.  Generally, students must obtain board approval prior to participating in the international student exchange program if the student wants to receive credit for the program.  If it is a continuing program which has received a favorable evaluation by the administration and the program will be carried out in the future as it has in the past, prior board approval is not required.

The board's approval is not an assumption of liability, but rather an approval of the credits from the program toward graduation requirements.  The students, employees or others traveling with the students will assume all costs and maintain personal and liability insurance protection.  The school district assumes no cost or liability for the participants.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board informed of ongoing programs and to bring new programs to the board's attention.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:          603      Instructional Curriculum

 

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  04/21/2008, 12/10/2012, 02/19/2018

Revised:  01/17/2023

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 11:50

604.04 - Program for Talented and Gifted Students

604.04 - Program for Talented and Gifted Students

 

The board recognizes some students require programming beyond the regular education program.  The board will identify students with special abilities and provide education programming.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop a talented and gifted program which provides for identifying students, for program evaluation, and for training of employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 257.42-.49 (2003).

                                    281 I.A.C. 12.5(12); 59.

 

 

Cross Reference:         505      Student Scholastic Achievement

                                    604.7   Instruction at a Post-Secondary Educational Institution

 

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  04/21/2008, 12/10/2012, 02/19/2018

Revised:  01/17/2023

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 11:51

604.05 - Program for At-Risk Students

604.05 - Program for At-Risk Students

The board recognizes some students require additional assistance in order to graduate from the regular education program.  The board will provide a plan to encourage and provide an opportunity for at-risk students to achieve their potential and obtain their high school diploma.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop a plan for students at-risk which provides for identifying students, for program evaluation, and for the training of employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 257.38-.41; 280.19, .19A (2003).

                                    281 I.A.C. 12.5(13); 33; 61; 65.

 

 

Cross Reference:        505      Student Scholastic Achievement

                                    607.1   Student Guidance and Counseling Program

 

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  04/21/2008, 12/10/2012, 02/19/2018

Revised:  01/17/2023

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 11:54

604.06 - Religious-Based Exclusion from A School Program

604.06 - Religious-Based Exclusion from A School Program

Parents who wish to have their child excluded from a school program because of religious beliefs must inform the superintendent.  The board authorizes the administration to allow the exclusion if it is not disruptive to the education program and it does not infringe on a compelling state or educational interest.  Further, the exclusion must not interfere with other school district operations.

In notifying the superintendent, the parents will abide by the following:

  •  The notice will be in writing;
  •  The objection will be based on religious beliefs;
  •  The objection will state which activities or studies violate their religious beliefs;
  •  The objection will state why these activities or studies violate their religious beliefs; and
  •  The objection will state a proposed alternate activity or study.

The superintendent will have discretion to make this determination.  The factors the superintendent will consider when a student requests to be excluded from a program or activity because of religious beliefs include, but are not limited to, staff available to supervise a student who wishes to be excluded, space to house the student while the student is excluded, available superintendent-approved alternative course of study or activity while the student is excluded, number of students who wish to be excluded, whether allowing the exclusion places the school in a position of supporting a particular religion, and whether the program or activity is required for promotion to the next grade level or for graduation.

Students who are allowed to be excluded from a program or activity which violates their religious beliefs will be required to do an alternate supervised activity or study.

 

Legal Reference:          U.S. Const. amend. I.

                                    Lee v. Weisman, 112 S.Ct. 2649 (1992).

                                    Lemon v. Kurtzman, 403 U.S. 602 (1971).

                                    Graham v. Central Community School District of Decatur County, 608 F.Supp. 531 (S.D. Iowa 1985).

                                    Iowa Code §§ 256.11(6); 279.8 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:        603      Instructional Curriculum

                                    606.4   School Ceremonies and Observances

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  04/21/2008, 12/10/2012, 02/19/2018

Revised:  01/17/2023

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 12:03

604.07 - Instruction at a Post-Secondary Educational Institution

604.07 - Instruction at a Post-Secondary Educational Institution

In accordance with this policy, students in grades nine through twelve may receive academic or career and technical education credits that count toward the graduation requirements set out by the board for courses successfully completed in post-secondary educational institutions.  Students and parents or guardians will be made aware of the post-secondary instructional opportunities as part of the development of each student’s individual career and academic plan as required by law.  The superintendent or designee is responsible for developing the appropriate forms and procedures for implementing this policy and the following post-secondary educational opportunities:   

Concurrent Enrollment

The board may, in its discretion, enter into a contractual agreement with a community college to provide courses for eligible students in grades nine through twelve when comparable courses are not offered by the school district.  Notice of the availability of the concurrent enrollment program will be included in the school district’s registration handbook, and the handbook will identify which courses, if successfully completed, generate post-secondary credit.  Students will not be charged tuition for concurrent enrollment courses and will not be required to reimburse the school district for tuition if they do not successfully complete a course. Students or their parents or guardians may be required to pay a fee consistent with the school district’s established textbook policy and other materials for the concurrent enrollment course to the extent permitted by law.  Students or their parents or guardians may also be required to provide their own transportation to and from concurrent enrollment courses to the extent permitted by law.  However, transportation will be the responsibility of the school district for any contracted course that is used to meet school district accreditation requirements.

Students who successfully complete a concurrent enrollment course, as determined by the postsecondary institution, will receive postsecondary credit in accordance with the institution’s policies and high school credit that will be reflected on their high school transcript.  The superintendent or designee will grant to a student who successfully completes a concurrent enrollment course a unit of high school graduation credit for every unit of high school level instruction successfully completed.  

Post-Secondary Enrollment Option

Ninth and tenth grade students who have been identified by the school district as gifted and talented, and eligible eleventh and twelfth grade students, may utilize the Post-Secondary Enrollment Option (“PSEO”) program.  To qualify, a course must be a nonsectarian, credit-bearing course that leads to a degree, and in the areas of:  mathematics, science, social sciences, humanities, career and technical education.  A course is not eligible for PSEO if a comparable course is offered by the school district.  In addition, courses at a community college with which the district has a concurrent enrollment agreement are not eligible for PSEO.  Students will not be charged for tuition, textbooks, materials, or fees related to a PSEO course with the exception of equipment that becomes the property of the student. 

The school district will reimburse the post-secondary institution for tuition and other expenses for each PSEO course up to $250.  Students who successfully complete a PSEO course, as determined by the postsecondary institution, will receive postsecondary credit and high school credit.  The superintendent or designee will grant to a student who successfully completes a PSEO course a unit of high school graduation credit for every unit of high school level instruction successfully completed.  Students may not enroll on a full-time basis to any post-secondary institution through the PSEO program.

Transportation to and from the postsecondary institution is the responsibility of the student or parent or legal guardian of the student enrolled in a PSEO course.  Eligible students may take up to seven hours of post-secondary credit during the summer months and receive high school credit upon successful completion of a post-secondary course.  However, the student or student’s parent or legal guardian are responsible for all costs associated with courses taken during the summer.   

Students who fail a PSEO course and fail to receive credit are required to reimburse the school district for all costs directly related to the course up to the $250.00 reimbursement maximum.  Prior to registering, students under the age of eighteen are required to have a parent or guardian sign a form indicating that the parent is responsible for the costs of the course should the student fail the course and fail to receive credit.  Reimbursement waivers may be granted by the board if sufficient verification is provided to show that the student was unable to complete the course for reasons outside the student’s control, including but not limited to physical incapacity, a death in the student’s immediate family, or a move out of the school district.   

 

 

Legal References:         Iowa Code §§ 256.7; 11; 258; 261E; 279.61, 280.3, 280.14

                                    281 I.A.C. 12 and 22

 

Cross References:      505      Student Scholastic Achievement

                                    604.4   Program for Talented and Gifted Students

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  04/21/2008, 12/10/2012, 03/19/2018

Revised:  02/18/2019, 01/17/2023, 06/19/2023

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 12:05

604.08 - Concurrent Enrollment Textbook Fee

604.08 - Concurrent Enrollment Textbook Fee

Concurrent enrollment courses may be made available pursuant to contractual agreements between the Independence Community School District and postsecondary education institutions. The concurrent enrollment program promotes rigorous academic or career and technical pursuits by providing opportunities for high school students to earn postsecondary credit.  Students in grades 9-12 who meet the eligibility standards set by law may enroll in concurrent enrollment courses.  Tuition for concurrent enrollment courses, as cited in the yearly contractual agreement between ICSD and postsecondary institutions, is paid for by the Independence Community School District. 

Students will not be required to purchase textbooks for concurrent courses that are listed for fall and spring semesters in the Joint Education Service Agreements between ICSD and postsecondary institutions. Textbooks (including digital, digital access, and hard copy) will be provided by the District and will remain the property of the District. Students may be charged for lost or damaged textbooks, consistent with established procedures for all textbooks.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code § 301.1      

                                     Iowa Code Chapter 261E

                                     281 Iowa Administrative Code Chapter 18

                                     281 Iowa Administrative Code Chapter 22

 

 

Approved:  03/19/2018

Reviewed:

Revised: 02/18/2019, 01/17/2023, 08/21/2023

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 12:07

604.09 - Dual Enrollment

604.09 - Dual Enrollment

The parent, guardian, or custodian of a student receiving competent private instruction may also enroll the student in the school district in accordance with state law and policy.  The student will be considered under dual enrollment.  The parent, guardian, or custodian requesting dual enrollment for the student should notify the superintendent’s secretary no later than September 15 of the school year in which dual enrollment is sought on forms provided by the school district.  On the form, they will indicate the extracurricular and academic activities in which the student is interested in participating.  The forms are available at the central administration office.

A dual enrollment student is eligible to participate in the school district's extracurricular and academic activities in the same manner as other students enrolled in the school district.  The policies and administrative rules of the school district will apply to the dual enrollment students in the same manner as the other students enrolled in the school district.  These policies and administrative rules will include, but not be limited to, athletic eligibility requirements, activity standards, academic eligibility requirements, and payment of applicable fees.

A dual enrollment student whose parent, guardian, or custodian has chosen standardized testing as the form of the student's annual assessment will not be responsible for the cost of the test or the administration of the test.

The school district will notify the dual enrollment student of the extracurricular and academic activities in which the student wishes to participate.

The applicable legal requirements for dual enrollment including, but not limited to those related to reporting and eligibility, will be followed.  It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 279.8, 299A (2003).

                                    281 I.A.C. 31.

 

Cross Reference:          502      Student Rights and Responsibilities

                                    503      Student Discipline

                                    504      Student Activities

                                    507      Student Health and Well-Being

                                    604.1   Competent Private Instruction

                                    604.10 Home School Assistance Program

 

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  04/21/2008, 07/28/2015, 03/19/2018, 01/17/2023

Revised:  12/10/2012, 11/15/2021

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 12:09

604.10 - Foreign Students

604.10 - Foreign Students

 

Foreign students must meet all district entrance requirements including age, place of residence and immunization.  The superintendent reserves the right to limit the number of foreign students accepted.  Students who are citizens of a foreign country will be considered residents if they meet the following requirements:

  •           The student resides with his/her parents(s) or legal guardian;
  •           The student is in the United States with appropriate documentation (Form I-20) from the United States Department of Justice-Immigration and Naturalization Services; or
  •           The student is a participant in a recognized foreign exchange program; and
  •           The student is physically able to attend school and has provided the school district with such proof, including a current TB test.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:          501      Student Attendance

                                    507.1   Student Health and Immunization Certificates

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  04/21/2008, 12/10/2012, 03/19/2018, 01/17/2023

Revised:  03/19/2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 12:11

604.11 - Online Courses

604.11 - Online Courses

The board recognizes that online coursework may be a good alternative for students to not only meet graduation requirements but, also have the opportunity to take advanced or other courses not offered by the school district.

High school students may earn a maximum of 3 credits to be applied toward graduation requirements by completing online courses offered through agencies approved by the board and Iowa Department of Education, such as Iowa Learning Online (ILO).  Credit from an online course may be earned only in the following circumstances:

  • The course is not offered at the high school;  
  • Although the course is offered at the high school, the student will not be able to take it due to an unavoidable scheduling conflict that would keep the student from meeting graduation requirements;
  • The course will serve as a supplement to extend homebound instruction;
  • The student has been given a long-term suspension from the regular school setting, but educational services are to be continued; or,
  • The principal, with agreement from the student's teachers and parents, determines the student requires a differentiated or accelerated learning environment.

Students applying for permission to take an online course will complete prerequisites and provide teacher/counselor recommendations to confirm the student possesses the maturity level needed to function effectively in the online learning environment.  In addition, the express approval of the principal will be obtained before a student enrolls in an online course. The school must receive an official record of the student’s final percentage score and suggested grade before credit toward graduation will be recognized.

Provided online courses are part of the student’s regular school day coursework and within budgetary parameters, the tuition costs for online courses will be borne by the school district during the fall and spring semesters, but may be passed on to the parent/guardian during the summer semester.  Any additional costs, such as textbook rentals or school supplies, will be borne by the parents for students enrolled full-time.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement this policy.

 

Legal Reference:           Iowa Code § 256.9(56); 279.8

                                    281 I.A.C. 15

 

Cross Reference:          605.6   Internet Appropriate Use

                                    501.6   Student Transfers In

 

Approved:  03/18/2019

Reviewed:  01/17/2023

Revised:  01/17/2023

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 12:12

604.12 - Appropriate Use of Online Learning Platforms

604.12 - Appropriate Use of Online Learning Platforms

It is important to embrace technology that can foster a creative, interactive learning environment for students, and facilitate employee professional development and collaboration.  The use of online platforms to host remote interaction between students and employees and to facilitate learning is encouraged in the district. 

While student and employee instruction and communication using virtual and online platforms provides a wide array of learning opportunities, it is imperative that employees and students recognize that the use of such platforms is a privilege.  Training related to the use of online learning platforms will be provided to employees and students. 

The district will carefully safeguard the right of students and employees to learn and teach in a respectful environment regardless of the method. All instruction and communication through online learning platforms should be appropriate to the age and ability of the participants.  Students and employees should be aware that online platforms may be monitored by the district.  Verbal and written communication occurring on these platforms may be recorded and stored by the district in accordance with applicable laws.   

Any verbal or written communication on these platforms deemed to be inappropriate will subject the student and/or employee to the same disciplinary measures that would exist if the interaction took place through traditional in-person learning. Students and employees who have concerns about the proper use of these platforms are encouraged to speak with their teachers or building principal. The superintendent will make administrative regulations necessary to enforce this policy. 

 

Legal Reference:           20 U.S.C. §1232g; 34 C.F.R. Part 99

                                    47 U.S.C. §254

                                    20 U.S.C. §6777

                                    Iowa Code §§ 715C

 

Cross Reference:        104       Anti-Bullying/Anti-Harassment

                                    401.13   Staff Technology Use/Social Networking

                                    506.1     Education Records Access

                                    605.4     Technology in the Classroom

                                    605.6   Internet Appropriate Use

                                    501.6   Student Transfers In

 

Approved:  07/20/2020

Reviewed:  07/20/2020, 01/17/2023

Revised:  01/17/2023

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 12:14

605 - Instructional Materials

605 - Instructional Materials dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 12:15

605.01 - Instructional Materials Selection

605.01 - Instructional Materials Selection

The board has sole discretion to approve instructional materials for the school district.  The board delegates this authority to licensed employees to determine which instructional materials, other than textbooks, will be utilized by and purchased by the school district.  The superintendent will provide licensed employees necessary training to ensure selected instructional materials comply with applicable laws.  All instructional materials are available for review upon request and subject to all applicable laws.

In reviewing current instructional materials for continued use and in selecting additional instructional materials, licensed employees will consider the current and future needs of the school district as well as the changes and the trends in education and society.  It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to report to the board the action taken by licensed employees.

In the case of textbooks, the board will make the final decision after receiving a recommendation from the superintendent.  The criteria stated above for selection of other instructional materials will apply to the selection of textbooks.  The superintendent may develop another means for the selection of textbooks.  Textbooks will be reviewed as needed and at least every five years.

Education materials gifted to the school district must meet the criteria established above.  The gift must be received in compliance with board policy.

 

The superintendent will establish additional criteria to guide the selection of instructional materials through administrative regulation, ensuring alignment with educational goals and compliance with laws.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 279.74; 280.3, .14; 301

 

Cross Reference:        209.1   Ad Hoc Committees

                                    505      Student Scholastic Achievement

                                    602      Curriculum Development

                                    605      Instructional Materials

 

Approved:  11/01/2004                                                   

Reviewed:  04/21/2008, 06/15/2009, 01/21/2013, 03/19/2018, 02/20/2023                                                  

Revised:  06/15/2009, 02/20/2023, 10/16/2023        

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 13:03

605.01R1 - Selection of Instructional Materials

605.01R1 - Selection of Instructional Materials

I.       Responsibility for Selection of Instructional Materials

         A.    The board is responsible for matters relating to the operation of the District.

         B.    The responsibility for the selection of instructional materials is delegated to the professionally trained and licensed employees of the school system.  

         C.    While selection of materials may involve many people including principals, teachers, teacher-librarians, parents, and community members, the responsibility for coordinating the selection of most instructional materials and making the recommendation for the purchase rests with licensed employees. 

         D.    Responsibility for coordinating the selection of instructional materials for distribution to classes will rest with the licensed employees, principal and superintendent.  

         E.    If the board appoints an ad hoc committee to make recommendations on the selection of instructional materials, the ad hoc committee willl be formed and appointed in compliance with the board policy on Ad Hoc Committees.

                  1.      The superintendent will inform the committee as to their role and responsibility in the process.

                  2.      The following statement will be given to the ad hoc committee members:

                        Bear in mind the principles of the freedom to learn and to read, and base your decision on these broad principles rather than on defense of individual materials.  Freedom of inquiry is vital to education in a democracy.

Study thoroughly all materials referred to you and read available reviews.  The general acceptance of the materials should be checked by consulting standard evaluation aids and local holdings in other schools.

                        Passages or parts should not be pulled out of context.  The values and faults should be weighed against each other and the opinions based on the material as a whole.

Your report, presenting both majority and minority opinions, will be presented by the principal to the complainant at the conclusion of our discussion of the questioned material.

 

II.      Material selected for use in libraries and classrooms shall meet the following guidelines:

         A.    Religion - Material will represent any religions in a factual, unbiased manner.  The primary source material of  religions will be considered appropriate, but material which advocates rather than informs or is designed to sway reader judgment regarding religion will not be included in the school libraries or classrooms.

         B.    Racism - Material will present a diversity of race, custom, culture, and belief as a positive aspect of the nation's heritage and give candid treatment to unresolved intercultural problems, including those which involve prejudice, discrimination, and the undesirable consequences of withholding rights, freedom, or respect of an individual. Required material will comply with all applicable laws.

         C.    Sexism - Material will reflect a sensitivity to the needs, rights, traits and aspirations of individuals without preference or bias. Required material will comply with all applicable laws.

         D.    Age - Material will recognize the diverse contributions of various age groups and portray the continuing contributions of maturing members of society.

         E.    Ideology - Material will present basic primary and factual information on an ideology or philosophy of government which exerts or has exerted a strong force, either favorably or unfavorably, over civilization or society, past or present.  This material will not be selected with the intention to sway reader judgment and will be related to the maturity level of the intended audience.

         F.    Profanity and Sex - Material complies with all applicable laws and is subjected to a test of literary merit and reality by the teacher-librarians and licensed staff who will take into consideration their reading of public and community standards of morality.

         G.   Controversial issues materials will be directed toward maintaining a balanced collection representing various views.

The selection decision should be made on the basis of whether the material presents an accurate representation of society and culture, whether the circumstances depicted are realistically portrayed, or whether the material has literary or social value when the material is viewed as a whole.

These guidelines will not be construed in such a manner as to preclude materials which accurately represent the customs, morals, manners, culture, or society of a different time or a different place.

 

III.    Procedure for Selection

         A.    Material purchased for libraries and classrooms will be recommended for purchase by licensed employees, in consultation with administrative staff, school library staff, or an ad hoc committee as appointed by the board.  The material recommended for purchase will be approved by the appropriate building administrator.

                  1.   The materials selected will support stated objectives and goals of the school district.  Specifically, the goals are:

                           a.      To acquire materials and provide service consistent with the demands of the curriculum;

                           b.      To develop students' skills and resourcefulness in the use of libraries and learning resources;

                           c.      To effectively guide and counsel students in the selection and use of materials and libraries;

                           d.      To foster in students a wide range of significant interests;

                           e.      To provide opportunities for aesthetic experiences and development of an appreciation of the fine           arts;

                           f.       To provide materials to motivate students to examine their own attitudes and behaviors and to                comprehend their own duties and responsibilities as citizens in a pluralistic democracy;

                           g.      To encourage life-long education through the use of the library; and,

                           h.      To work cooperatively and constructively with the instructional and administrative staff in the school.

                  2.      Materials selected will be consistent with stated principles of selection.  These principles are:

                           a.  To select material, within established standards, which will meet the goals and objectives of the school district;

                           b.  To consider the educational characteristics of the community in the selection of materials within a given category;

                           c.      To present the sexual, racial, religious and ethnic groups in the community by:

                                    1.    Portraying people, adults and children, whatever their ethnic, religious or social class identity, as human and recognizable, displaying a familiar range of emotions, both negative and positive.

                                    2.    Placing no constraints on individual aspirations and opportunity.

                                    3.    Giving comprehensive, accurate, and balanced representation to minority groups and        women - in art and science, history and literature, and in all other fields of life and culture.

                                    4.    Providing recognition of minority groups and women by showing them frequently in positions of leadership and authority.

                           d.  To intelligently, quickly, and effectively anticipate and meet needs through awareness of subjects of local, national and international interest and significance; and,

                           e.  To strive for impartiality in the selection process.

                  3.      The materials selected will meet stated selection criteria.  These criteria are:

                           a.  Authority-Author's qualifications - education, experience, and previously published works;

                           b.  Reliability:

                                    1.  Accuracy-meaningful organization and emphasis on content, meets the material's goals and objectives, and presents authoritative and realistic factual material.

                                    2. Current-presentation of content which is consistent with the finding of recent and authoritative research.

                           c.   Treatment of subject-shows an objective reflection for the multi-ethnic character and cultural diversity of society.

                           d.      Language:

                                    1.      Vocabulary:

                                             a.      Does not indicate bias by the use of words which may result in negative value judgments about groups of people;

                                             b.      Does not use "man" or similar limiting word usage in generalization or ambiguities which may cause others to feel excluded or dehumanized.

                                    2.      Compatible to the reading level of the student for whom it is intended.

                           e.      Format:

                                    1.      Book

                                             a.      Adequate and accurate index;

                                             b.      Paper of good quality and color;

                                             c.      Print adequate and well spaced;

                                             d.       Adequate margins;

                                             e.      Firmly bound; and,

                                             f.       Cost.

                                    2.      Nonbook

                                             a.      Flexibility, adaptability;

                                             b.      Curricular orientation of significant interest to students;

                                             c.      Appropriate for audience;

                                             d.      Accurate authoritative presentation;

                                             e.      Good production qualities (fidelity, aesthetically adequate);

                                             f.       Durability; and,

                                             g.      Cost.

                                    3.      Illustrations of book and nonbook materials should:

                                             a.      Depict instances of fully integrated grouping and settings to indicate equal status and nonsegregated social relationships;

                                             b.      Make clearly apparent the identity of minorities;

                                             c.      Contain pertinent and effective illustrations.

                                    4.      Flexible to enable the teacher to use parts at a time and not follow a comprehensive instructional program on a rigid frame of reference.

                           f.       Special Features:

                                    1.      Bibliographies.

                                    2.      Glossary.

                                    3.      Current charts, maps, etc.

                                    4.      Visual aids.

                                    5.      Index.

                                    6.      Special activities to stimulate and challenge students.

                                    7.      Provide a variety of learning skills.

                           g.      Potential use:

                                    1.      Will it meet the requirement of reference work?

                                    2.      Will it help students with personal problems and adjustments?

                                    3.      Will it serve as a source of information for teachers and librarians?

                                    4.      Does it offer an understanding of cultures other than the student's own and is it free of racial, religious, age, disability, ethnic, gender identity, and sexual stereotypes?

                                    5.      Will it expand students' sphere of understanding and help them to understand the ideas and beliefs of others?

                                    6.      Will it help students and teachers keep abreast of and understand current events?

                                    7.      Will it foster and develop hobbies and special interests?

                                    8.      Will it help develop aesthetic tastes and appreciation?

                                    9.      Will it serve the needs of students with special needs?

                                   10.      Does it inspire learning?

                                   11.      Is it relevant to the subject?

                                   12.      Will it stimulate a student's interest?

                  4.      Gifts of library or instructional materials may be accepted if the gift meets existing criteria for library and instructional materials.  The acceptance and placement of such gifts will be within the discretion of the board.

                  5.      In order to provide a current, highly usable collection of materials, teacher-librarians will ensure constant and continuing renewal of the collection, not only the addition of up-to-date materials, but by the judicious elimination of materials which no longer meet school district needs or find use.  The process of weeding instructional materials will be done according to established and accepted standards for determining the relevance and value of materials in a given context.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 13:05

605.02 - Instructional and Library Materials Inspection and Display

605.02 - Instructional and Library Materials Inspection and Display

 

Parents and other members of the school district community may view the instructional and library materials used by the students.  All instructional materials, including teacher's manuals, films, tapes, or other supplementary material which will be used in connection with any survey, analysis, or evaluation as part of any federally funded programs must be available for inspection by parents. 

Instructional and library materials may be viewed on school district premises. 

The district will publish on the district’s website a comprehensive list of all books available to students in libraries operated by the school district.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding the inspection of instructional materials.

 

 

Legal Reference:         Goals 2000:  Educate America Act, Pub. L. No. 103-227, 108 Stat. 125 (1994).

                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14; 301 (2003).

 

 

Cross Reference:        602       Curriculum Development

                                    605       Instructional Materials

                                    901.1    Public Examination of School District Records

 

Approved:  11/01/2004                                                        

Reviewed:  04/21/2008, 01/21/2013, 03/19/2018            

Revised:  06/15/2009, 02/20/2023, 09/21/2023

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 13:10

605.02R1 - Instructional and Library Materials Inspection Guidelines

605.02R1 - Instructional and Library Materials Inspection Guidelines

The Board of Education has established the following guidelines to govern the inspection of instructional and library materials.

Parents and/or other community members who request to inspect materials should:

  1. Contact the building administrator so a time can be arranged to review the material on school property, except in special circumstances as determined by the superintendent.
  1. Review the criteria selection process as outlined in 605.01R1 Selection of Instructional Materials found in the board policy manual.
  1. Receive a copy of standards and benchmarks to review alignment of materials.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 13:12

605.03 - Objection to Instructional and Library Materials

605.03 - Objection to Instructional and Library Materials

 

Members of the school district community may object to the instructional materials utilized in the school district and ask for their use to be reconsidered.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations for reconsideration of instructional materials.  Information related to the process for reconsideration of instructional and library materials will be made available on the district’s website.

 

 

 

Legal Reference:           Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14; 301 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:        215       Public Participation in Board Meetings

                                    402.5    Public Complaints About Employees

                                    602       Curriculum Development

                                    605       Instructional Materials

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  04/21/2008, 01/21/2013

Revised:  06/15/2009, 03/19/2018, 09/21/2023

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 13:13

605.03E1 - Instructions to the Reconsideration Committee

605.03E1 - Instructions to the Reconsideration Committee

The policy of this school district related to selection of learning materials states that any member of the school district community may formally challenge instructional and library materials used in the district's education program.  This policy allows those persons in the school and the community who are not directly involved in the selection of materials to make their own opinions known.  The task of the reconsideration committee is to make an informed recommendation on the challenge.  The meetings of the committee may be subject to the open meetings law.

The most critical component of the reconsideration process is the establishment and maintenance of the committee's credibility in the community.  For this purpose, the committee is composed of a combination of community members and licensed employees as detailed in 605.03R1.  The community should not, therefore, infer that the committee is biased or is obligated to uphold prior professional decisions. 

The reconsideration process, the task of this committee, is just one part of the selection continuum.  Material is purchased to meet a need.  It is reviewed and examined, if possible, prior to purchase.  It is periodically re-evaluated through updating, discarding, or re-examination.  The committee must be ready to acknowledge that an error in selection may have been made despite this process.  Librarians and school employees regularly read great numbers of reviews in the selection process, and occasional errors are possible.

In reconsidering challenged materials, the role of the committee, and particularly the chairperson, is to produce a climate for meaningful discussion of disparate views.  The committee should begin by finding items of agreement, keeping in mind that the larger the group participating, the greater the amount of information available and, therefore, the greater the number of possible approaches to the problem.

The committee may, at its discretion, hear an oral presentation from the complainant to the committee to expand and elaborate on the complaint.  The committee may listen to the complainant, to those with special knowledge, and any other interested persons.  In these discussions, the committee should be aware of relevant social pressures which are affecting the situation.  Individuals who may try to dominate or impose a decision must not be allowed to do so.  Minority viewpoints expressed by groups or individuals must be heard, and observers must be made to feel welcome.  It is important that the committee create a calm, nonvolatile environment in which to deal with a potentially volatile situation.  To this end, the complainant will be kept informed of the progress of the complaint.

The committee will listen to the views of all interested persons before making recommendations.  In deliberating its recommendation, the committee should remember that the school system must be responsive to the needs, tastes, and opinions of the community it serves.  Therefore, the committee must distinguish between broad community sentiment and attempts to impose personal standards.  The deliberations should concentrate on the appropriateness of the material.  The question to be answered by the committee is, "Is the material appropriate for its designated audience at this time?"

The committee's final recommendation will be (1) to remove the challenged material from the total school environment, (2) to take no removal action, or (3) to agree on a limitation of the educational use of the materials.

The committee chairperson will instruct the secretary to convey the committee's recommendation to the office of the superintendent.  The recommendation should detail the rationale on which it was based.  A letter will be sent to the complainant outlining the outcome.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 13:16

605.03E2 - Reconsideration of Instructional and Library Materials Request Form

605.03E2 - Reconsideration of Instructional and Library Materials Request Form

Request for re-evaluation of printed or multimedia material to be submitted to the superintendent.

REVIEW INITIATED BY:                                                                                                      DATE:                       

Name:  _________________________________________________________________________________

Address:  _____________________________________________________________________________________

City/State:  __________________________________  Zip/Code:  _____________  Telephone:  ________________

School(s) in which item is used  ___________________________________________________________________

Relationship to school (parent, student, citizen, etc.)  ___________________________________________________

 

BOOK OR OTHER PRINTED MATERIAL IF APPLICABLE:

Author:  ___________________________________  Hardcover: ________  Paperback  ________  Other ________

Title:  ________________________________________________________________________________________

Publisher (if known)  ____________________________________________________________________________

Date of publication  _____________________________________________________________________________

 

MULTIMEDIA MATERIAL IF APPLICABLE:

Title:  ________________________________________________________________________________________

Producer (if known)  ____________________________________________________________________________

Type of material (dvd, software, website, online resources, etc.)    ___________                      

 

PERSON MAKING THE REQUEST  REPRESENTS:  (circle one)

     Self                                                                      Group or Organzation

     Name of group  ____________________________________________________________________________

     Address of group  __________________________________________________________________________

 

1.  What brought the item to your attention?
     _________________________________________________________________________________________
     _________________________________________________________________________________________

2.  To what in the item do you object?  (please be specific; cite pages or frames, etc.)
     _________________________________________________________________________________________
     _________________________________________________________________________________________

3.  In your opinion, what harmful effects upon students might result from use of this item?
     _________________________________________________________________________________________
     _________________________________________________________________________________________

4.  Do you perceive any instructional value in the use of this item?
     _________________________________________________________________________________________
     _________________________________________________________________________________________

5.  Did you review the entire item?  If not, what sections did you review?
     _________________________________________________________________________________________
     _________________________________________________________________________________________

6.  Should the opinion of any additional experts in the field be considered?
                   _____  yes                      _____  no
     If yes, please list specific suggestions:  __________________________________________________________
     _________________________________________________________________________________________

7.  To replace the item, do you recommend other material which you consider to be of equal or superior quality for
     the purpose intended?
     _________________________________________________________________________________________
     _________________________________________________________________________________________

8.  Do you wish to make an oral presentation to the Review Committee?
     _____  Yes  (a)  Please contact the superintendent

                         (b)  Please be prepared at this time to indicate the approximate length of time your presentation will
                                require.  Although this is no guarantee that you will get your requested amount of time.
                                                                                      ________________________  Minutes

     _____  No

 

_____________________________________     _____________________________________________________
Date                                                                                            Signature

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 13:18

605.03E3 - Sample Letter to Individual Challenging Instructional or Library Materials

605.03E3 - Sample Letter to Individual Challenging Instructional or Library Materials

Dear:

 

We recognize your concern about the use of                                                      in our school district.  The school district has developed procedures for selection of instructional materials but realizes that not everyone will agree with every selection made.

To help you understand the selection process, we are sending copies of the school district's:

        1.       Instructional goals and objectives,

        2.       Instructional and Library Materials Selection policy statement, and

        3.       Procedure for reconsideration of instructional and library materials.

If you are still concerned after you review this material, please complete the Reconsideration Request Form and return it to me.  You may be assured of prompt attention to your request.  If I have not heard from you within one week, we will assume you no longer wish to file a formal complaint.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 13:33

605.03R1 - Reconsideration of Instructional and Library Materials Regulation

605.03R1 - Reconsideration of Instructional and Library Materials Regulation

 

A.    A member of the school district community may raise an objection to instructional             materials used in the school district's education program. While the individuals                  recommending the selection of such material were duly qualified to make the                   selection and followed the proper procedure and observed the criteria for selecting           such material; the district must be ready to acknowledge that an error in selection             may have been made despite this process.  School employees regularly read great        numbers of reviews in the selection process, and occasional errors are possible.

     1.    The complainant will address the complaint at the lowest organizational level of                     licensed staff.  Often this will be the classroom teacher.

     2.    The school official or employee receiving a complaint regarding instructional or library materials will try to resolve the issue at the lowest organizational level.  The materials generally will remain in use pending the outcome of the reconsideration procedure.

           a.   The school official or employee initially receiving a complaint will explain to the individual the district's selection procedure, criteria to be met by the instructional materials, and qualifications of those persons selecting the material.

           b.   The school official or employee initially receiving a complaint will explain to the individual the role of the objected material in the education program, its intended educational purpose, and additional information regarding its use.  In the alternative, the employee may refer the individual to the teacher-librarian who can identify and explain the use of the material.

           c.    The school official or employee receiving the initial complaint will direct the complainant to complete the Request for Reconsideration of Instructional and Library Materials Form, and notify the building level principal of receipt of the complaint within two school days after the reconsideration form is received.  Schools officials will offer to assist the complainant in completing the form, but if a complainant refuses to complete the form, the complaint will be deemed invalid and no further action taken.

B.    Request for Reconsideration

     1.   A member of the school district community may formally challenge instructional and library materials on the basis of appropriateness used in the school district's education program.  This procedure is for the purpose of considering the opinions of those persons in the school district and the community who are not directly involved in the selection process.

     2.   Each attendance center and the school district's central administrative office will keep on hand and make available Request for Reconsideration of Instructional and Library Materials Forms. 

     3.    The individual will state the specific reason the instructional or library material is being challenged.  The Request for Reconsideration of Instructional and Library Materials Form is signed by the individual and filed with the building-level principal. 

     4.   The building-level principal will promptly file the objection with the Superintendent for re-evaluation.

     5.    The superintendent will convene a reconsideration committee within two weeks of receipt of the Reconsideration Form.

     6.    The committee will make their recommendation to the superintendent within five school days of meeting.

     7.    The superintendent will issue a decision related to the Reconsideration Request Form within 5 school days of receipt of the committee’s recommendation.  A copy of the superintendent’s decision will be provided to the complainant.

     8.   An appeal of the superintendent’s decision may be filed with the board secretary within five days of the superintendent’s decision.  The board will determine whether to hear the appeal at the next regular meeting or within 30 days of the superintendent’s decision, whichever is later.  If the board elects to hear the appeal, the board will act to affirm, modify or reverse the decision of the superintendent.  The board’s decision will be communicated to the complainant. The board’s decision will be deemed final.

     9.   Generally, access to challenged instructional material will not be restricted during the reconsideration process.  However, in unusual circumstances, the instructional material may be removed temporarily by following the provisions of Section B.10.d. of this rule.

     10.  The Reconsideration Committee

           a.   The reconsideration committee is made up of six members.

                   (1) One licensed employee designated annually by the superintendent.

 (2) One teacher-librarian designated annually by the superintendent.

                   (3) One member of the administrative team designated annually by the superintendent.

                   (4) Three members of the community appointed annually by the superintendent.

           b.   The committee will select their chairperson and secretary.

           c.    The committee will meet at the request of the superintendent.

           d.   Special meetings may be called by the board to consider temporary removal of materials in unusual circumstances.  A recommendation for temporary removal will require a two-thirds vote of the board.

           e.   The committee may be subject to applicable open meetings and public records laws.  Notice of the committee meeting is made public through appropriate communication methods as required by law.

           f.    The committee will receive the completed Reconsideration Request Form from the superintendent.

           g.   The committee will determine its agenda for the meeting which may include the following:

                  (1) Distribution of copies of the completed Reconsideration Request Form.

                  (2) An opportunity for the individual or a group spokesperson to talk about or expand on the Reconsideration Request Form.

                  (3) Distribution of reputable, professionally prepared reviews of the challenged instructional material if available.

                  (4) Distribution of copies of the challenged instructional material as available

           h.   The Committee will determine whether interested persons, including the individual filing the challenge, may have the opportunity to share their views.  The committee may request that individuals with special knowledge be present to give information to the committee.

           i.     The committee's final recommendation may be to take no removal action, to                          remove the challenged material from the school environment, or to limit the                          educational use of the challenged material.  The sole criterion for the final                              recommendation is the appropriateness of the material for its intended                                  educational use.  The written final recommendation and its justification are                            forwarded to the superintendent, the complainant and the appropriate                                    attendance centers.

           j.     The individual filing the challenge is kept informed by the Superintendent of the status of the reconsideration request throughout the reconsideration process.  The individual filing the challenge and known interested parties are given appropriate notice of meetings as required by law.

           k.     Following the superintendent’s decision with respect to the committee's recommendation, the individual may appeal the decision to the board for review.

           l.      A recommendation to sustain a challenge will not be interpreted as a judgment of irresponsibility on the part of the individuals involved in the original selection or use of the material.

           m.  Requests to reconsider materials which have previously been reconsidered by the committee must receive approval of two-thirds of the committee members before the materials will again be reconsidered. 

            n.   If necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the committee, the committee may                    consolidate related challenges, or decline to hear multiple challenges to the                            same materials.  Generally, the committee will not hear subsequent challenges                      to the same materials within the same school year.

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 13:35

605.04 - Technology and Instructional Materials

605.04 - Technology and Instructional Materials

The board supports the use of innovative methods and the use of technology in the delivery of the education program.  The board encourages employees to investigate economical ways to utilize multi-media, computers, electronic devices, and other technologies as a part of the curriculum.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop a plan for the use of technology in the curriculum and to evaluate it annually.  The superintendent will report the results of the evaluation and make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the use of technology in the curriculum.

Note: This is a mandatory policy and reflects the educational standards.

 

 

Legal Reference:           Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.5(10), .5(22).

Cross Reference:          217.4   Board of Directors and Area Education Agency
  
                                    602      Curriculum Development
  
                                    605      Instructional Materials

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  04/21/2008, 06/15/2009, 01/21/2013, 04/16/2018, 02/20/2023

Revised:  06/15/2009, 02/20/2023

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 13:38

605.05 - School Library

605.05 - School Library

The school district will maintain a school library in each building for use by employees and by students during the school day.

Materials for the centers will be acquired consistent with all applicable laws and board policy, "Instructional Materials Selection."  The district shall provide access to all parents and guardians of students enrolled in the district an online catalog of all books available to students in the school libraries.  This access will be displayed on the school district’s website.  Any challenges to library materials will be handled following the process for handling challenges to instructional and library materials as established in board policy. 

It is the responsibility of the principal of the building in which the school library is located to oversee the use of materials in the library.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop procedures for the selection and replacement of both library and instructional materials, for the acceptance of gifts, for the weeding of library and instructional materials, and for the handling of challenges to either library or classroom materials.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 256.7(24); 256.11(9); 279.8, .50; 280.6; .14; 301.

                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(11),(12).

 

Cross Reference:          602     Curriculum Development

                                      605     Instructional Materials

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  05/27/2008, 01/21/2013, 04/16/2018

Revised:  06/15/2009, 02/20/2023, 09/21/2023

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 13:39

605.06 - Internet - Appropriate Use

605.06 - Internet - Appropriate Use

The district recognizes the importance of developing students into agile learners who are capable of addressing the complex needs of our future workforce.  For this reason, the district has prioritized making available technology and programs that teach students to embrace modern technology and tools while fostering a secure learning environment for students to the extent reasonable.  Because technology is a vital part of the school district curriculum, the Internet will be made available to employees and students.  Appropriate and equitable use of the Internet will allow employees and students to access resources unavailable through traditional means.

Individual student networks accounts will be assigned and used throughout the district.  Students will also be assigned a valid district-controlled email address.  Students will be able to send and receive email from within and outside of the district.  The email account is provided at no additional cost, but Internet access outside of the district will not be provided.  The purpose of this email account is educational and should be treated as a professional-business account.  If a student already has an electronic mail address, the student may be permitted to use the address to send and receive email at school.  Students must use caution when opening email attachments.  Attachments may contain viruses and other malicious code.

The Internet provides a vast collection of educational resources for students and employees.  It is a global network which makes it impossible to control all available information.  Because information appears, disappears and changes constantly, it is not possible to predict or control what students may locate.  The district makes no guarantees as to the accuracy or appropriateness of information received on the Internet.  Although students will be under teacher supervision while on the network, it is not possible to constantly monitor individual students and what they are accessing on the network.  Some students might encounter information that may not be appropriate or of educational value.  Student Internet records and access records are confidential to the extent possible and are treated like other student records.  Students should have no expectation of privacy related to student Internet records.  Student Internet records and access records are subject to access and examination by District Administration.  Students’ Internet activities will be monitored by the district to ensure, to the extent possible, that students are not accessing inappropriate sites.  The school district will use technology protection measures to protect students from inappropriate access.

The school district will monitor the online activities of students and will educate students about appropriate online behavior, including interacting on social networking sites and chat rooms. Students will also be educated on cyberbullying, including awareness and response. Employees will provide age appropriate training for students who use the Internet. The training provided will be designed to promote the school district’s commitment to:

  • The standards and appropriate use of Internet services as set forth in this policy and regulation;
  • Student safety with regard to:
  • safety on the Internet;
  • appropriate behavior while online, on social networking web sites, and in chat rooms; and
  • cyberbullying awareness and response.
  • Compliance with the E-rate requirements of the Children’s Internet Protection Act                                                                                                                    

Employees and students will be instructed on the appropriate use of the Internet.  Parents will be required to sign a form stating they have read and understand the policies related to Internet use.  Students need to have access to the Internet to complete many assignments and to successfully complete the curriculum goals of the district.  Students will sign a form acknowledging they have read and understand the Internet - Appropriate Use policy and regulations, that they will comply with the policy and regulations and understand there are disciplinary consequences for violation of the policy or regulations.

In compliance with federal law, this policy will be maintained at least five years beyond the termination of funding under the Children’s Internet Protection Act (CIPA) or E-rate.

 

 

Legal References:         47 C.F.R 54.520

                                    Iowa Code § 279.8

 

Cross References:       502      Student Rights and Responsibilities

                                    506      Student Records

                                    605.5   Media Centers

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  08/22/2005, 06/15/2009, 09/21/2009, 03/21/2011, 06/18/2012, 04/16/2018, 03/20/2023

Revised:  08/22/2005, 09/21/2009, 03/21/2011, 06/18/2012, 03/20/2023, 03/18/2024

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 13:41

605.06E1 - Internet Access Permission Letter to Parents and Permission Forms

605.06E1 - Internet Access Permission Letter to Parents and Permission Forms

ELEMENTARY INTERNET ACCESS FORM

I have read the District’s Internet - Appropriate Use policy and regulations.  I understand that the Internet is a world-wide connection of millions of computers and network devices and that the Independence Community School District does not control its content.  I understand that, while the district filters content to prevent access to inappropriate sites, the district cannot guarantee complete protection from inappropriate sites.

I understand that students at the Independence Elementary Schools will access the Internet only under direct adult supervision and only for educational purposes.  I further understand that if my child violates the district’s Internet - Appropriate Use policy and regulations, he/she may be subject to disciplinary action.  Finally, I understand that the district is not responsible for student Internet access outside the school setting.

I have read and understand the district’s Internet Policy.  Once the form is signed, it is considered to be in effect while my child attends any elementary building in this district and for the duration my child is continuously enrolled within the district.  Parents and students may review the district’s policy at any time and may ask for clarification from district personnel.  

Student Name:  _________________________________________________     Grade:  ______________________________

School:  _______________________________________________________     Date:  _______________________________

                                              ______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                                  (Parent or Guardian signature)

 

SECONDARY INTERNET ACCESS FORM

As a user of the Independence Community School District’s computer and Internet resources, I hereby agree to comply with the district’s Internet - Appropriate Use policy and regulations and to use these resources in a reliable fashion while honoring all relevant laws and restrictions.

_______________________________     ___________________________________________________________________
(Date)                                                                                         (Student Signature)

 

As the parent/guardian of the above named student, I have read and understand the district’s Internet - Appropriate Use policy and regulations.  I understand that my child is expected to follow the guidelines in said policy and regulations concerning appropriate use of the school district’s computer network.

I further understand that the Internet is a world-wide connection among millions of computers and that the district does not control its content.  I understand that, while the district filters content to restrict access to inappropriate sites, the district cannot guarantee complete protection from inappropriate sites.  Additionally, I understand that there is a potential for my son/daughter to access information on the Internet that is inappropriate for students and that every reasonable effort will be made on the part of the faculty and staff of the district to restrict access to such information, but that my son/daughter is ultimately responsible for restricting himself/herself from inappropriate information.

I realize that if my child violates the district’s Internet - Appropriate Use policy or regulations, he/she may be subject to disciplinary action.

I expect my son/daughter to use the district’s Internet resources in compliance with the policy and regulations.  I further understand if my son/daughter causes expense to the district by inappropriate Internet use, this cost will be passed to the student and to the undersigned.  Once this form is signed it is considered to be in effect while my child continuously attends grades 7-12.  Parents and students may review the district’s policy at any time and may ask for clarification from district personnel.

Student Name:  _________________________________________________     Grade:  ______________________________

School:  _______________________________________________________     Date:  _______________________________

                                              ______________________________________________________________________________
                                                                                  (Parent or Guardian signature)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 13:45

605.06R1 - Internet - Appropriate Use Regulation

605.06R1 - Internet - Appropriate Use Regulation

I.       Responsibility for Internet Appropriate Use.

         A.     The authority for appropriate use of electronic Internet resources is delegated to the licensed employees.  For the purpose of this policy, Internet is defined as:

A collection of interconnected computer networks involving a multitude of computers and users around the world.  It is a collaboration of private, public, educational, governmental and industrial sponsored networks whose operators cooperate to maintain the network infrastructure.

         B.      Instruction in the proper use of the Internet system will be available to licensed employees who will then provide similar instruction to their students.

         C.      Employees are expected to practice appropriate use of the Internet, and violations may result in discipline up to, and including, termination.

II.      Internet Access.

         A.     Access to the Internet is available to teachers and students as a source of information and a vehicle of communication.

         B.      Making Internet access available to students carries with it the potential that some students might encounter information that may not be appropriate for students.  However, on a global network, it is impossible to control all materials.  Because information on the Internet appears, disappears and changes, it is not possible to predict or control what students may locate.

         C.      It is a goal to allow teachers and students access to the rich opportunities on the Internet. 

         D.     The smooth operation of the network relies upon the proper conduct of the end users who must adhere to strict guidelines which require efficient, ethical and legal utilization of network resources.

                   E.   To reduce unnecessary system traffic, users may use electronic conferencing as approved by the supervising teacher.

          F.     Transmission of material, information or software in violation of any board policy or regulation is    prohibited.

         G.     To avoid spreading computer viruses, system users will not disable virus checks on downloaded files.

         H.     The school district makes no guarantees as to the accuracy of information received on the Internet.

III.    Student Use of Internet.

         A.     Equal Opportunity - The Internet shall be available to all students within the school district under supervision.  

         B.      Online Protocol.

                  1.      The use of the network is a privilege and is considered a necessity for successful education.  As a user of the Internet, students may be allowed access to other networks.  Each network may have its own set of policies and procedures.  It is the user's responsibility to abide by the policies and procedures of these other networks.

                  2.      Students should adhere to online protocol:

                           a.      Respect all copyright and license agreements.

                           b.      Cite all quotes, references and sources.

                           c.      Remain on the system long enough to get needed information, then exit the system.

                           d.      Apply the same privacy, ethical and educational considerations utilized in other forms of communication.

                  3.      Student email accounts should adhere to the following guidelines:

                           a.      Keep in mind that e-mail is not confidential and may be read or accessed by third parties.  

                           b.      Inappropriate messages should not be sent.

                           c.      Delete unwanted messages immediately.

                           d.      Use of objectionable language is prohibited.

                           e.      Always sign messages.

         C.      Restricted Material - Students will not intentionally access or download any text file or picture or engage in any conference that includes material which is obscene, libelous, indecent, vulgar, profane or lewd; advertises any product or service not permitted to minors by law; constitutes insulting or fighting words, the very expression of which injures or harasses others; or presents a clear and present likelihood that, either because of its content or the manner of distribution, it will cause a material and substantial disruption of the proper and orderly operation and discipline of the school or school activities, will cause the commission of unlawful acts or the violation of lawful school regulations.

         D.     Unauthorized Costs - If a student gains access to any service via the Internet which has a cost involved or if a student incurs other types of costs, the student accessing such a service will be responsible for those costs.

         E.      If a student is engaged in network activity which causes harm to our district’s network, the district may collect payment from the student to reimburse the district for resulting costs.

IV.     Student Violations--Consequences and Notifications.

                  Students who access restricted items on the Internet will be subject to the appropriate action described in board policy or regulations.

The district does not believe it is in the best interest of the student or our curriculum to indefinitely restrict access to the Internet for violation of policies, however access may need to be restricted for a period of time. We recognize the need to have consequences in place for violation of policy.  These consequences need to be age appropriate and may need to change as the Internet evolves.  As part of the consequences, students/parents will need to review the Internet policy and re-sign their understanding of the policies and regulations.  Students who violate the Internet - Appropriate Use policy will be subject to the appropriate action described in the district’s discipline policy or student handbook.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 13:51

605.07 - Use of Information Resources

605.07 - Use of Information Resources

In order for students to experience a diverse curriculum, the board encourages employees to supplement their regular curricular materials with other resources.  In so doing, the board recognizes that federal law makes it illegal to duplicate copyrighted materials without authorization of the holder of the copyright, except for certain exempt purposes.  Severe penalties may be imposed for plagiarism, unauthorized copying or using of media, including, but not limited to, print, electronic and web-based materials, unless the copying or using conforms to the "fair use" doctrine.  Under the "fair use" doctrine, unauthorized reproduction of copyrighted materials is permissible for such purposes as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship or research providing that all fair use guidelines are met. 

While the school district encourages employees to enrich the learning programs by making proper use of supplementary materials, it is the responsibility of employees to abide by the school district's copying procedures and obey the requirements of the law.  In no circumstances will it be necessary for school district staff to violate copyright requirements in order to perform their duties properly.  The school district will not be responsible for any violations of the copyright law by employees or students.  Violation of the copyright law by employees may result in discipline up to, and including, termination.  Violation of the copyright law by students may result in discipline, up to and including, suspension or expulsion.

Parents or others who wish to record, by any means, school programs or other activities need to realize that even though the school district received permission to perform a copyrighted work does not mean outsiders can copy it and re-play it.  Those who wish to do so should contact the employee in charge of the activity to determine what the process is to ensure the copyright law is followed.  The school district is not responsible for outsiders violating the copyright law or this policy.

Any employee or student who is uncertain as to whether reproducing or using copyrighted material complies with the school district's procedures or is permissible under the law should contact the teacher-librarian who will also assist employees and students in obtaining proper authorization to copy or use protected material when such authorization is required.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal and/or teacher-librarian to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

Note:  This is a mandatory policy.  The policy is based upon federal law.  It is strongly recommended the board seek legal counsel prior to making substantive edits to the policy and sample regulation.

 

 

Legal References:  17 U.S. Code Sec. 101 et al.
  
                              281 I.A.C. 12.3(12).

Cross References:  605.6   Internet Appropriate Use

 

Approved:  11/19/2007

Reviewed:  06/15/2009, 01/21/2013, 04/16/2018, 03/20/2023

Revised:  04/16/2018, 03/20/2023, 09/21/2023

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 13:54

605.7R1 - Use of Information Resources Regulation

605.7R1 - Use of Information Resources Regulation

Employees and students may make copies of copyrighted materials that fall within the following guidelines. Where there is reason to believe the material to be copied does not fall within these guidelines, prior permission will be obtained from the publisher or producer with the assistance of the librarian or teacher-librarian.  Employees and students who fail to follow this procedure may be held personally liable for copyright infringement and may be subject to discipline by the board.

Under the "fair use" doctrine, unauthorized reproduction of copyrighted materials is permissible for such purposes as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship or research.  Under the fair use doctrine, each of the following four standards must be met in order to use the copyrighted document:

  • Purpose and Character of the Use – The use must be for such purposes as teaching or scholarship.
  • Nature of the Copyrighted Work – The type of work to be copied.
  • Amount and Substantiality of the Portion Used – Copying the whole of a work cannot be considered fair use; copying a small portion may be if these guidelines are followed.
  • Effect of the Use Upon the Potential Market for or value of the Copyrighted Work – If resulting economic loss to the copyright holder can be shown, even making a single copy of certain materials may be an infringement, and making multiple copies presents the danger of greater penalties.

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Material Reminders:

  • Materials on the Internet should be used with caution since they may, and likely are, copyrighted.
  • Proper attribution (author, title, publisher, place and date of publication) should always be given.
  • Notice should be taken of any alterations to copyrighted works, and such alterations should only be made for specific instructional objectives.
  • Care should be taken in circumventing any technological protection measures.  While materials copied pursuant to fair use may be copied after circumventing technological protections against unauthorized copying, technological protection measures to block access to materials may not be circumvented.

In preparing for instruction, a teacher may make or have made a single copy of:

  • A chapter from a book;
  • An article from a newspaper or periodical;
  • A short story, short essay or short poem; or,
  • A chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon or picture from a book, periodical or newspaper.

A teacher may make multiple copies not exceeding more than one per pupil, for classroom use or discussion, if the copying meets the tests of “brevity, spontaneity and cumulative effect” set by the following guidelines.  Each copy must include a notice of copyright.

  • Brevity
    • A complete poem, if less than 250 words and two pages long, may be copied; excerpts from longer poems cannot exceed 250 words;
    • Complete articles, stories or essays of less than 2500 words or excerpts from prose works less than 1000 words or 10% of the work, whichever is less may be copied; in any event, the minimum is 500 words;
    • Each numerical limit may be expanded to permit the completion of an unfinished line of a poem or prose paragraph;
    • One chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon or picture per book or periodical issue may be copied.  “Special” works cannot be reproduced in full; this includes children's books combining poetry, prose or poetic prose.  Short special works may be copied up to two published pages containing not more than 10 percent of the work.
  • Spontaneity – Should be at the “instance and inspiration” of the individual teacher when there is not a reasonable length of time to request and receive permission to copy.
  • Cumulative Effect – Teachers are limited to using copied material for only one course for which copies are made.  No more than one short poem, article, story or two excerpts from the same author may be copied, and no more than three works can be copied from a collective work or periodical column during one class term. Teachers are limited to nine instances of multiple copying for one course during one class term.  Limitations do not apply to current news periodicals, newspapers and current news sections of other periodicals.

Copying Limitations

Circumstances will arise when employees are uncertain whether or not copying is prohibited.  In those circumstances, the librarian or teacher-librarian should be contacted.  The following prohibitions have been expressly stated in federal guidelines:

  • Reproduction of copyrighted material will not be used to create or substitute for anthologies, compilations or collective works.
  • Unless expressly permitted by agreement with the publisher and authorized by school district action, there will be no copying from copyrighted consumable materials such as workbooks, exercises, test booklets, answer sheets and the like.
  • Employees will not:
  • Use copies to substitute for the purchase of books, periodicals, music recordings, consumable works such as workbooks, computer software or other copyrighted material. Copy or use the same item from term to term without the copyright owner's permission;
  • Copy or use more than nine instances of multiple copying of protected material in any one term;
  • Copy or use more than one short work or two excerpts from works of the same author in any one term;
  • Copy or use protected material without including a notice of copyright.  The following is a satisfactory notice: NOTICE: THIS MATERIAL MAY BE PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT LAW.
  • Reproduce or use copyrighted material at the direction of someone in higher authority or copy or use such material in emulation of some other teacher's use of copyrighted material without permission of the copyright owner.
  • Require other employees or students to violate the copyright law or fair use guidelines.

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Materials in the Library

A library may make a single copy or three digital copies of:

  • An unpublished work in its collection;
  • A published work in order to replace it because it is damaged, deteriorated, lost or stolen, provided that an unused replacement cannot be obtained at a fair price.
  • A work that is being considered for acquisition, although use is strictly limited to that decision.  Technological protection measures may be circumvented for purposes of copying materials in order to make an acquisition decision.

A library may provide a single copy of copyrighted material to a student or employee at no more than the actual cost of photocopying.  The copy must be limited to one article of a periodical issue or a small part of other material, unless the library finds that the copyrighted work cannot be obtained elsewhere at a fair price.  In the latter circumstance, the entire work may be copied.  In any case, the copy will contain the notice of copyright and the student or staff member will be notified that the copy is to be used only for private study, scholarship or research.  Any other use may subject the person to liability for copyright infringement.

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Music or Dramatic Works

Teachers may:

  • Make a single copy of a song, movement, or short section from a printed musical or dramatic work that is unavailable except in a larger work for purposes of preparing for instruction;   
  • Make multiple copies for classroom use of an excerpt of not more than 10% of a printed musical work if it is to be used for academic purposes other than performance, provided that the excerpt does not comprise a part of the whole musical work which would constitute a performable unit such as a complete section, movement, or song;
  • In an emergency, a teacher may make and use replacement copies of printed music for an imminent musical performance when the purchased copies have been lost, destroyed or are otherwise not available.
  • Make and retain a single recording of student performances of copyrighted material when it is made for purposes of evaluation or rehearsal;
  • Make and retain a single copy of excerpts from recordings of copyrighted musical works for use as aural exercises or examination questions; and,
  • Edit or simplify purchased copies of music or plays provided that the fundamental character of the work is not distorted.  Lyrics will not be altered or added if none exist.

Performance by teachers or students of copyrighted musical or dramatic works is permitted without the authorization of the copyright owner as part of a teaching activity in a classroom or instructional setting.  The purpose shall be instructional rather than for entertainment. 

Performances of nondramatic musical works that are copyrighted are permitted without the authorization of the copyright owner, provided that:

  • The performance is not for a commercial purpose;
  • None of the performers, promoters or organizers are compensated; and,
  • Admission fees are used for educational or charitable purposes only.

All other musical and dramatic performances require permission from the copyright owner.  Parents or others wishing to record a performance should check with the sponsor to ensure compliance with copyright.

Recording of Copyrighted Programs

Television programs, excluding news programs, transmitted by commercial and non-commercial television stations for reception by the general public without charge may be recorded off-air simultaneously with broadcast transmission (including simultaneous cable retransmission) and retained by a school for a period not to exceed the first forty-five (45) consecutive calendar days after date of recording.  Upon conclusion of this retention period, all off-air recordings must be erased or destroyed immediately.  Certain programming such as that provided on public television may be exempt from this provision; check with the teacher librarian or the subscription database, e.g. unitedstreaming.

Off-air recording may be used once by individual teachers in the course of instructional activities, and repeated once only when reinforcement is necessary, within a building, during the first 10 consecutive school days, excluding scheduled interruptions, in the 45 calendar day retention period.  Off-air recordings may be made only at the request of and used by individual teachers, and may not be regularly recorded in anticipation of requests.  No broadcast program may be recorded off-air more than once at the request of the same teacher, regardless of the number of times the program may be broadcast.  A limited number of copies may be reproduced from each off-air recording to meet the legitimate needs of teachers.  Each additional copy will be subject to all provisions governing the original recording.

After the first ten consecutive school days, off-air recordings may be used up to the end of the 45 calendar day retention period only for evaluation purposes, i.e., to determine whether or not to include the broadcast program in the teaching curriculum.  Permission must be secured from the publisher before the recording can be used for instructional purposes after the 10 day period.

Off-air recordings need not be used in their entirety, but the recorded programs may not be altered from their original content.  Off-air recordings may not be physically or electronically combined or merged to constitute teaching anthologies or compilations.  All copies of off-air recordings must include the copyright notice on the broadcast program as recorded.

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Computer Software

Schools have a valid need for high-quality software at reasonable prices.  To assure a fair return to the authors of software programs, the school district will support the legal and ethical issues involved in copyright laws and any usage agreements that are incorporated into the acquisition of software programs.  To this end, the following guidelines will be in effect: 

  • All copyright laws and publisher license agreements between the vendor and the school district will be observed;
  • Staff members will take reasonable precautions to prevent copying or the use of unauthorized copies on school equipment;
  • A back-up copy will be purchased, for use as a replacement when a program is lost or damaged.  If the vendor is not able to supply a replacement, the school district will make a back-up copy that will be used for replacement purposes only;
  • A copy of the software license agreement will be retained by the technology director, librarian or teacher-librarian; and,
  • A computer program may be adapted by adding to the content or changing the language.  The adapted program may not be distributed.

Fair Use Guidelines for Educational Multimedia

Students may incorporate portions of copyrighted materials in producing educational multimedia projects such as videos, Power Points, podcasts and web sites for a specific course, and may perform, display or retain the projects. 

Educators may perform or display their own multimedia projects to students in support of curriculum-based instructional activities.  These projects may be used:

  • In face-to-face instruction;
  • In demonstrations and presentations, including conferences;
  • In assignments to students;
  • For remote instruction if distribution of the signal is limited;
  • Over a network that cannot prevent duplication for fifteen days, after fifteen days a copy may be saved on-site only; or,
  • In their personal portfolios.

Educators may use copyrighted materials in a multimedia project for two years, after that permission must be requested and received.

The following limitations restrict the portion of any given work that may be used pursuant of fair use in an educational multimedia project:

  • Motion media: ten percent or three minutes, whichever is less;
  • Text materials: ten percent or 1,000 words, whichever is less;
  • Poetry: an entire poem of fewer than 250 words, but no more than three poems from one author or five poems from an anthology.  For poems of greater than 250 words, excerpts of up to 250 words may be used, but no more than three excerpts from one poet or five excerpts from an anthology;
  • Music, lyrics and music video: Up to ten percent, but no more than thirty seconds.  No alterations that change the basic melody or fundamental character of the work;
  • Illustrations, cartoons and photographs: No more that five images by an artist, and no more than ten percent or fifteen images whichever is less from a collective work;
  • Numerical data sets: Up to ten percent or 2,500 field or cell entries, whichever is less;

Fair use does not include posting a student or teacher’s work on the Internet if it includes portions of copyrighted materials.  Permission to copy will be obtained from the original copyright holder(s) before such projects are placed online.  The opening screen of such presentations will include notice that permission was granted and materials are restricted from further use.

The librarian or teacher-librarian is responsible for ensuring that appropriate warning devices are posted.  The warnings are to educate and warn individuals using school district equipment of the copyright law.  Warning notices must be posted:

  • On or near copiers;
  • On forms used to request copying services;
  • On video recorders;
  • On computers; and,
  • At the library and other places where interlibrary loan orders for copies of materials are accepted.

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 13:56

605.08 - Student Access to Instructional and Library Materials

605.08 - Student Access to Instructional and Library Materials

Parents or guardians of students enrolled in the district have the ability to request that their student not be able to access certain instructional materials or check out certain library materials. For purposes of prohibiting access to instructional materials, Iowa law has defined instructional materials to mean either printed or electronic textbooks and related core materials that are written and published primarily for use in elementary school and secondary school instruction and are required by a state educational agency or district for use by students in the student’s classes by the teacher of record.  Instructional materials does not include lesson plans.

 

 

Legal Reference:           Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .74, .77; 280.3, .14; 301.

                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(12).

 

Cross Reference:           213       Public Participation in Board Meetings

                                    402.5    Public Complaints About Employees

                                    602       Curriculum Development

                                    605       Instructional Materials

 

 

Approved:  09/21/2023

Reviewed:

Revised:

lschaul@indeek12.org Tue, 09/26/2023 - 11:02

605.08E1 - Request to Prohibit a Student from Checking Out Specific Library Materials

605.08E1 - Request to Prohibit a Student from Checking Out Specific Library Materials

Request to prohibit a student from checking out certain library materials to be submitted to the superintendent.  Please complete one form per student.

 

REQUEST INITIATED BY                                                                            DATE ___________

 

Name  ____________________________________________________________________________

 

Address  __________________________________________________________________________

 

City/State  _________________________ Zip Code__________________ Telephone_____________

 

Name of affected Student  _____________________________________________________________

 

Requester’s Relationship to Student (must be parent/legal guardian)____________________________

 

BOOK OR OTHER PRINTED MATERIAL TO PROHIBIT STUDENT FROM CHECKING OUT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Author

 

Hardcover

 

Paperback

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Publisher (if known)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Publication

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MULTIMEDIA MATERIAL TO PROHIBIT STUDENT FROM CHECKING OUT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Producer (if known)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Type of material (filmstrip, motion picture, etc.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated

 

Signature

 

lschaul@indeek12.org Tue, 09/26/2023 - 11:05

605.08E2 - Request to Prohibit a Student from Accessing Specific Instructional and Library Materials

605.08E2 - Request to Prohibit a Student from Accessing Specific Instructional and Library Materials

Request to prohibit a student from checking out certain instructional materials to be submitted to the superintendent.  Please complete one form per student.

 

REQUEST INITIATED BY                                                                            DATE ___________

 

Name  ____________________________________________________________________________

 

Address  __________________________________________________________________________

 

City/State  _________________________ Zip Code__________________ Telephone_____________

 

Name of affected Student  _____________________________________________________________

 

Requester’s Relationship to Student (must be parent/legal guardian)____________________________

 

BOOK OR OTHER PRINTED MATERIAL TO PROHIBIT STUDENT FROM ACCESSING:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Author

 

Hardcover

 

Paperback

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Publisher (if known)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Publication

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MULTIMEDIA MATERIAL TO PROHIBIT STUDENT FROM ACCESSING:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Producer (if known)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Type of material (filmstrip, motion picture, etc.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated

 

Signature

 

                                             

 

lschaul@indeek12.org Tue, 09/26/2023 - 11:07

606 - Instructional Arrangements

606 - Instructional Arrangements dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 13:59

606.1 - Shared Students

606.1 - Shared Students

The board may make arrangements for sharing students with neighboring school districts in order to expand the opportunities available in the education program or in the operation of the school district.  It will be within the discretion of the board to determine when and with which school district sharing agreements will be made.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to bring to the board's attention opportunities for sharing students with neighboring school districts.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 257.6; 280.15; 282.10-.12 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:        217.3   Board of Directors and Adjoining District Board of Directors

                                    302.3   Administration and Adjoining District Administration

                                    410.2   Shared Licensed Employees

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  05/27/2008, 02/15/2013, 05/21/2018, 03/20/2023

Revised:  03/20/2023

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:01

606.2 - Class Size - Class Grouping

606.2 - Class Size - Class Grouping

It will be within the sole discretion of the board to determine the size of classes and to determine whether class grouping will take place.  The board will review the class sizes annually.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board on class size based upon the financial condition of the school district, the qualifications of and number of licensed employees, and other factors deemed relevant to the board.

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3 (2003).

Cross Reference:  606.9   Insufficient Classroom Space

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  05/27/2008, 02/15/2013, 05/21/2018, 03/20/2023

Revised:  03/20/2023

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:02

606.3 - Homework

606.3 - Homework

Homework, extra class activities or assignments beyond the regular classroom instruction program are a part of the education program.  Homework will be an extension and an enrichment of the classroom instruction.

Homework will be an opportunity for students to practice skills and activities, to share and discuss ideas, to review materials, to become acquainted with resources, to organize thoughts, to prepare for classroom activity, or to make up incomplete assignments.

The amount of homework in grades one through six will be appropriate.  A reasonable amount of homework is required in grades seven through twelve.

Guidelines regarding homework will be developed in conjunction with the curriculum of the education program.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:        501      Student Attendance

                                    606      Instructional Arrangements

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  05/27/2008, 02/15/2013, 05/21/2018, 03/20/2023

Revised:  03/20/2023

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:03

606.4 - School Ceremonies and Observances

606.4 - School Ceremonies and Observances

 

The school district will continue school ceremonies and observances which have become a tradition and a custom of the education program.  These include, but are not limited to, reciting the Pledge of Allegiance and observance of holidays, such as Christmas, Halloween and Easter, by programs and performances.  Such ceremonies or observances will have a secular purpose and will not advocate or sponsor a particular religion.

The district will provide and maintain a suitable flagstaff at each school site and raise the Iowa and United States flags each school day as weather conditions permit.  The district will display the United States flag and administer the Pledge of Allegiance in each 1st through 12th grade classroom on school days.

At school sites with more than two flagstaffs, the following are allowed on the additional flagstaffs:

  • Flags representing the Independence Community School District.
  • Flags representing the cities of Brandon, Independence, Rowley, or Buchanan County, Iowa.
  • Flags representing U.S. armed forces.
  • Flags representing U.S. law enforcement agencies.
  • Flags representing other U.S. government entities.
  • Flags representing schools, including post-secondary institutions, participating in the activity or event at the site.
  • Flags of the nations of currently enrolled foreign students.

 

Students who do not wish to participate in these activities may be silent during the ceremony or observance or receive permission from the principal to be excused from the ceremony for religious reasons in compliance with board policy.

 

Legal Reference:          U.S. Const. amend. I.

                                    Lee v. Weisman, 112 S.Ct. 2649 (1992).

                                    Lemon v. Kurtzman, 403 U.S. 602 (1971).

                                    Graham v. Central Community School District of Decatur County, 608 F.Supp. 531 (S.D. Iowa 1985).

                                    Iowa Code § 279.8, 280.5

                                    Shurtleff v. City of Boston, 596 U.S. ___ (2022)

 

Cross Reference:         603      Instructional Curriculum

                                    604.6   Religious-Based Exclusion from a School Program

                                    906.1   Community Use of School District Facilities & Equipment

                                    604.10  Foreign Students

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  05/27/2008, 02/15/2013, 05/21/2018, 09/20/2021, 03/20/2023

Revised:  09/20/2021, 03/20/2023

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:04

606.5 - Animals in the Classroom

606.5 - Animals in the Classroom

Live animals will not be allowed in school district facilities except under special circumstances and only for an educational purpose.  Permission from the principal will be required of anyone wishing to bring an animal into school district facilities.  Appropriate supervision of animals is required when animals are brought into the school district facilities.

The person bringing the animal must furnish transportation for the animal brought to school.  Animals will not be allowed to travel to and from the student's attendance center on the school bus without prior approval from the principal.

It will be the responsibility of the principal to determine appropriate supervision of animals in the classroom.  This policy is not intended to address the use of service animals, assistive animals, therapy animals or emotional support animals on district property.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code § 279.8

 

Cross Reference:         507      Student Health and Well-Being

                                    107      Assistance Animals

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  05/27/2008, 02/15/2013, 05/21/2018, 09/17/2018, 03/20/2023

Revised:  09/17/2018

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:06

606.6 - Student Production of Materials and Services

606.6 - Student Production of Materials and Services

Materials and services produced by students at the expense of the school district are the property of the school district, unless released by the superintendent.  Materials and services produced by students at the student's expense, except for incidental expense to the school district, are the property of the student.

 

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to determine incidental expense.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:          408.2   Licensed Employee Publication or Creation of Materials

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  05/27/2008, 02/15/2013, 05/21/2018, 03/20/2023

Revised:

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:08

606.7 - Student Field Trips and Excursions

606.7 - Student Field Trips and Excursions

The principal may authorize field trips and excursions when such events contribute to the achievement of education goals of the school district.  The school district will provide transportation for field trips and excursions. 

In authorizing field trips and excursions, the principal shall consider the financial condition of the school district, the educational benefit of the activity, the inherent risks or dangers of the activity, and other factors deemed relevant by the superintendent.  Written parental permission will be required prior to the student's participation in field trips and excursions.  The superintendent's approval will be required for field trips and excursions outside the state.  Board approval will be required for field trips and excursions which involve unusual length or expense.

Field trips and excursions are to be arranged with the principal well in advance.  A detailed schedule and budget must be submitted by the employee.  The school district will be responsible for obtaining a substitute teacher if one is needed.  Following field trips and excursions, the teacher may be required to submit a written summary of the event. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  390 C.F.R. Pt. 390.3(f) (2002).
  
                                    Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 43.9.

Cross Reference:  503.1   Student Conduct
  
                                    503.4   Good Conduct Rule
  
                                    603      Instructional Curriculum
  
                                    711      Transportation

Approved   11/1/2004                            Reviewed                                               Revised 10/27/2008
                                                                                                                                                            02/15/2013
                                                                                                                                                            05/21/2018     

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:09

606.7R1 - Protocols for Contractually Binding the District/Protocols for Student Trips

606.7R1 - Protocols for Contractually Binding the District/Protocols for Student Trips

Protocols For Contractually Binding The District

1.         No teacher has the authority to contractually obligate the district.

2.         Principals and other administrators may contractually obligate the district if there is a specific delegation of authority from the Board of Directors.

3.         The ability to contractually obligate the District is the sole prerogative and obligation of the Board of Directors except to the extent clearly delegated to an employee of the district.

 

Protocols For Student Trips

1.         Any contact between an employee of the district and a third party vendor offering to any extent a district authorized student trip shall immediately contact the superintendent prior to proceeding further.

2.         All negotiations for such a student trip shall be conducted through the superintendent’s office.  The involvement of any teacher and administrator in such negotiations shall be at the request of the superintendent.

3.         At the point that the intended student trip can be adequately described, the proposed trip should be presented to the Board of Directors for its initial authority to proceed.

4.         Due diligence shall be performed by the superintendent’s office, including but not limited to examination of references, satisfactory evidence of vendor’s financial strength, resources, adequate bonding, insurance. The superintendent may have the district’s legal counsel review all vendor contracts and bond documents.

5.         All site visits and designation of chaperones shall occur with the superintendent’s approval or his/her designee’s approval.  Any complimentary offerings by the vendor shall belong to the District for its use in conducting the trip.  Any complimentary offerings will be determined by the Board of Directors or designee (superintendent).  No employee of the district may receive complimentary offerings directly from the vendor. 

6.         Formal board review of due diligence results, contractual documents, and opinion of legal counsel if any and board approval are required prior to a binding contractual obligation which shall be in writing.

7.         All student trips outside of the State of Iowa (three nights or more) may include at least one school district administrator.  Administration shall have final authority on trip.  Board shall determine which trips require an administrator. 

8.         A list of persons traveling with students who are not school district employees must be turned in to the superintendent or his/her designee at least one week prior to departure.

9.         The superintendent or his/her designee shall confirm that the district’s liability policy will cover the trip or that additional insurance has been secured, if necessary.

10.       The superintendent or his/her designee shall receive a copy of all written communications distributed to students or parents.

11.       Trip arrangements must include contingency plans for emergencies and student discipline.

12.       All student fundraising activities must be approved in advance by the building principal, and then submitted to the activities director for final approval.  If the fund raiser is projected to raise more than $3,500.00, prior approval from the Board of Education will be required.

13.       The proceeds from fundraising using the Independence School District name or students are the property of the Independence Community School District.

14.       Preference will be given to vendors who have primary business in Iowa, but it is not an absolute (vendor range will include Iowa and bordering states).

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:12

606.8 - School Assembly

606.8 - School Assembly

The building principal may authorize programs or activities in the form of a school assembly when such events contribute to the achievement of education goals of the school district.  School assemblies will comply with the school calendar.

In authorizing a school assembly, the building principal will consider the financial condition of the school district, the educational benefit of the activity, the inherent risks or dangers of the activity, and other factors the building principal or superintendent consider relevant.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2003).

Cross Reference:  504      Student Activities

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  05/27/2008, 03/18/2013, 09/17/2018, 04/17/2023

Revised:  04/17/2023

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:13

606.9 - Insufficient Classroom Space

606.9 - Insufficient Classroom Space

It is the goal of the district to create learning environments that encourage the growth and development of each student.  Providing classrooms with an appropriate student-teacher ratio is central to achieving this goal.  Insufficient classroom space exists when conditions in the district adversely affect the implementation of the district’s goals and its educational program. 

Insufficient classroom space will be determined on a case-by-case basis. 

In making its determination whether insufficient classroom space exists, the board may consider a number of factors, including but not limited to, the nature of the education program, the grade level, the available licensed employees, the instructional method, the physical space, student-teacher ratios, equipment and materials, facilities either being planned or under construction, facilities planned to be closed, financial condition of the school district and projected to be available, a sharing agreement in force or planned, a bargaining agreement in force, laws or rules governing special education class size, board-adopted school district goals and objectives, and other factors considered relevant by the board.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to make annual recommendations to the board.  In making the recommendations, the superintendent will consider enrollment, space availability, the number of sections per grade level, and consultation with building administrators.  It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to bring this policy to the attention of the board each year.

 

Legal Reference:         Iowa Code § 282.18(13) (2003).

                                    281 I.A.C. 17.6(3).

 

 

Cross Reference:       105      Long-Range Needs Assessment

                                    501.15 Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Receiving District

                                    606.2   Class Size - Class Grouping

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  05/27/2008, 03/18/2013, 09/17/2018, 04/17/2023

Revised:  09/17/2018, 01/17/2022, 04/17/2023

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:15

606.10 - Early Release for Seniors

606.10 - Early Release for Seniors

The school academic year for students will be for a minimum of 1,080 hours of instruction in the school calendar.  Seniors may be excused up to 30 hours of instruction after they have met the district's requirements for graduation.  The board may also excuse graduating seniors from making up days due to inclement weather if the student has met the school district's graduation requirements.

The superintendent has the authority to deny early release, or reduce the number of days for which graduating seniors may be excused, if a senior has failed to meet the requirements for graduation, as a form of discipline for an individual or for the class as a whole, or if the academic year has been disrupted by school closings for severe weather or other emergencies.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.10 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.2(1).

Cross Reference:  501      Student Attendance
  
                            601.1   School Calendar

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  05/27/2008, 03/18/2013, 09/17/2018, 04/17/2023

Revised:  09/17/2018, 04/17/2023

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:16

607 - Services

607 - Services dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:18

607.01 - Student Guidance and Counseling Program

607.01 - Student Guidance and Counseling Program

The board will provide a student guidance and counseling program.  The school counselor will be certified with the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners and hold the qualifications required by the board.  The guidance and counseling program will serve grades pre-kindergarten through twelve.  The program will assist students with their personal, educational, and career development.  The program is coordinated with the education program and involves licensed employees.

Prior to graduation, the district will advise students on how to successfully complete the free application for federal student aid.

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 280.14; 622.10 (2003).
  
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(11).

Cross Reference:           505.6  Graduation Requirements                                                                                                                                             506    Student Records
  
                                     603    Instructional Curriculum
  
                                     604.5 Program for At-Risk Students

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  05/27/2008, 03/18/2013, 09/17/2018, 09/19/2022, 04/17/2023

Revised:  09/17/2018, 09/19/2022, 04/17/2023

                                                        

              

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:18

607.02 - Student Health Services

607.02 - Student Health Services

Health services are an integral part of assisting all students to increase learning, achievement, and performance.  Health services coordinate and support existing programs to assist each student in achievement of an optimal state of physical, mental, and social well-being.  Student health services ensure continuity and create linkages between school, home, and community service providers.  The school district’s needs, and resources determine the linkages.

Except in emergent care situations or child abuse assessments, the district will not administer invasive physical examinations or health screenings of a student that are not required by state or federal law without first obtaining the written consent of the student’s parent or guardian. 

  • Emergent care situation means a sudden or unforeseen occurrence of onset of a medical or behavioral condition that could result in serious injury or harm to a student or others in the event immediate medical attention is not provided.  Emergent care situation includes the need to screen a student or others for symptoms or exposures during an outbreak or public health event of concern as designated by the department of public health. 
  • Invasive physical examination means any medical examination that involves the exposure of private body parts or any act during such examination that includes incision, insertion, or injection into the body, but does not include a hearing, vision or scoliosis screening. 
  • Student health screening means an intentionally planned, periodic process to identify if students may be at risk for a health concern and to determine if a referral for an in-depth assessment is needed to consider appropriate health services.  Student health screening does not include an episodic, individual screening done.

The superintendent, in conjunction with the school nurse, will develop administrative regulations implementing this policy. 

 

Legal Reference:    42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq.

                               34 C.F.R. pt. 99, 104, 200, 300 et seq.

    29 U.S.C. § 794(a)

    28 C.F.R. 35

                               20 U.S.C. 1232g § 1400 6301 et seq.

                               Iowa Code §§ 22.7, 139A.3. .8, .21; 143.1, 152, 256.7(24), .11, 279; 280.23.

    281 I.A.C. 12.3(4), (7), (11); 12.4(12); 12.8.

    282 I.A.C. 15.3(14); 22.

    641 I.A.C. 7.

    655 I.A.C. 6.

 

Cross Reference:    501.04         Entrance - Admissions

                                507            Student Health and Well-Being

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  05/27/2008, 03/18/2013, 09/17/2018, 08/15/2022, 04/17/2023

Revised:  05/27/2008, 08/15/2022, 10/16/2023

               

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:20

607.02R1 - Student Health Services Regulation

607.02R1 - Student Health Services Regulation
  1. Student Health Services – Each school building may develop a customized student health services program based on its unique needs and resources. Scientific advances, laws, and school improvement necessitate supports to students with health needs to receive their education program.

A.     Supports to improve student achievement include:

      1.  Qualified health personnel

      2.  School superintendent, school nurse, and school health team working collaboratively

      3.  Family and community involvement

      4.  Optimal student health services program with commitment to its continuing improvement

B.      Components provided within a coordinated school health program include:

         1.  Health Services

         2.  Nutrition

         3.  Healthy, safe environment

         4.  Staff wellness

         5.  Health Education

         6.  Physical education and activity

         7.  Counseling, psychological, and social services

         8.  Family and community involvement

 

Student health services are provided to identify health needs; facilitate access to health care; provide for health needs related to educational achievement; promote health, well-being, and safety; and plan and develop the health services program.

 

 

    II. Student Health Services Essential Functions

  1. Identify student health needs:

1.   Provide individual initial and annual health assessments

2.   Provide needed health screenings

3.   Maintain and update confidential health records

4.   Communicate (written, oral, electronic) health needs as consistent with confidentiality laws

  1. Facilitate student access to physical and mental health services:

1.   Link students to community resources and monitor follow through

2.   Promote increased access and referral to primary health care financial resources such as Medicaid, HAWK-I, social security, and community health clinics

3.   Encourage appropriate use of health care

  1. Provide for student health needs related to educational achievement:

1.   Manage chronic and acute illnesses

2.   Provide special health procedures and medication including delegation, training, and supervision of qualified designated school personnel

3.   Develop, implement, evaluate, and revise individual health plans (IHPs) for all students with special health needs according to mandates in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), Rehabilitation Act (Section 504), and Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)

                   4.   Provide urgent and emergency care for individual and group illness and injury

5.   Prevent and control communicable disease and monitor immunizations

6.   Promote optimal mental health

7.   Promote a safe school facility and a safe school environment

8.   Participate in and attend team meetings as a team member and health consultant

         D.  Promote student health, well-being, and safety to foster healthy living:

1.   Provide developmentally appropriate health education and health counseling for individuals and groups

2.   Encourage injury and disease prevention practices

3.   Promote personal and public health practices

4.   Provide health promotion and injury and disease prevention education

E.      Plan and develop the student health services program collaboratively with the superintendent, school nurse, and school health team:

1.   Gather and interpret data to evaluate needs and performance

2.   Establish health advisory council and school health team

3.   Develop health procedures and guidelines

4.   Collaborate with staff, families, and community

5.   Maintain and update confidential student school health records

6.   Coordinate program with all school health components

7.   Coordinate with school improvement

8.   Evaluate and revise the health service program to meet changing needs

9.   Organize scheduling and direct health services staff

10. Develop student health services annual status report

11. Coordinate information and program delivery within the school and between school and major constituents

12. Provide health services by qualified health professionals to effectively deliver services, including multiple levels of school health expertise such as registered nurses, physicians, and advanced registered nurse practitioners

13. Provide for professional development for school health services staff

III.  Expanded Health Services – These additional health services address learning barriers and the lack of access to health care. Examples include school-based services in the school, school-linked services connected to the school, primary care, mental health, substance abuse, and dental health.

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:22

607.3 - Musical Instrument Display Night

607.3 - Musical Instrument Display Night

Annually, as a service to students and their parents, the board may hold a musical instrument display night.  The event is designed to provide an opportunity for students and their parents to view, purchase, or rent musical instruments and accessories if they desire.

This policy does not require students and parents to purchase musical instruments from the vendor displaying at this event.  This policy will not limit a student's participation in the band or require a student to participate in band or other activities involving musical instruments.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop guidelines regarding the qualifications a vendor must meet to display at this event.  Vendors, invited by the teacher, must meet those qualifications.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 280.14 (2003).
  
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 580.

Cross Reference:  504      Student Activities
  
                            906      Use of School District Facilities & Equipment

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  05/27/2008, 03/18/2013, 09/17/2018, 04/17/2023

Revised:  04/17/2023

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:24

607.4 - Class Ring Display

607.4 - Class Ring Display

Annually, as a service to students and their parents, the board may provide a class ring display for students in grades nine through twelve.  The service is designed to provide an opportunity for students and their parents to view class rings and accessories.

This policy does not require students or parents to purchase class rings from the vendor displaying at the school.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop guidelines regarding the qualifications a vendor must meet to display at this event.  Vendors are chosen by the principal and must meet the qualifications established by the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 280.14 (2003).
  
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 580.

Cross Reference:  504      Student Activities
  
                            906      Use of School District Facilities & Equipment

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  05/27/2008, 03/18/2013, 09/17/2018, 04/17/2023

Revised:  

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Tue, 02/23/2021 - 14:26

700 - NON-INSTRUCTIONAL OPERATIONS

700 - NON-INSTRUCTIONAL OPERATIONS jen@iowaschool… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 09:44

700 - Purpose of Non-Instructional and Business Services

700 - Purpose of Non-Instructional and Business Services

This series of the board policy manual is devoted to the goals and objectives for the school district's non-instructional services and business operations that assist in the delivery of the education program.  These non-instructional services include, but are not limited to, transportation and the school lunch program.  The board, as it deems necessary, will provide additional non-instructional services to support the education program.  To the extent a group of employees has a recognized collective bargaining unit, the provisions of the master contract regarding such topics shall prevail.

It shall be the goal of the board to provide non-instructional services and to conduct its business operations in an efficient manner.

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  09/21/2009

Revised:  10/20/2014, 06/17/2019

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 06:48

701 - Financial Accounting System

701 - Financial Accounting System dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 07:14

701.00 Fiscal Management

701.00 Fiscal Management

The board recognizes its fiduciary responsibility to oversee the management of school district funds in keeping with the school district vision, mission and goals.  To achieve this purpose, the board may engage in learning about the financial needs, operations and requirements of the district as appropriate for the board’s understanding of the district’s financial position.  The board also commits to engaging in annual financial goal setting for the district based upon measurable data and projections for the district.

After the fiscal year has closed, the Superintendent or their designee will provide to the board concise, timely, well organized financial data.  The board will exercise its oversight responsibilities by reviewing relevant PK-12 public education sector indicators to understand the financial trends of the district. 

The board will establish and review financial goals annually.  The District will measure whether these goals were obtained as of June 30, but only after completion of the Certified Annual Report due September 15th each year.

Providing the best possible educational experience for all students and meeting federal, state, and local academic goals for each student requires maximizing General Fund resources for use in the instructional program. The board may request from the School Budget Review Committee (SBRC) additional modified spending authority (MSA) where it may be available for items such as:

  • Special education deficit balances
  • Advances to support increasing student enrollment
  • Supports for students identified as English Learners
  • At risk / dropout prevention programming
  • Initial staffing associated with opening new buildings or programs
  • Any other lawful purpose

Any award of modified supplement amount will be levied as a cash reserve based on the recommendation of the superintendent/designee and approved by the Board of Education in keeping with the fiscal management performance measures provided for in district policy.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 257.7, 31; 279.8

 

Approved:  05/15/2023  

Reviewed:

Revised: 02/20/2024

                     

lschaul@indeek12.org Mon, 07/03/2023 - 14:20

701.00R1 Financial Metrics

701.00R1 Financial Metrics

The following relevant PK-12 public sector indicators will be provided to the board annually to better understand the financial trends of the district.  These indicators will be an accurate depiction as of June 30th of the preceding fiscal year and will depict at a minimum of 3 years of data. 

  • Total revenues and expenditures by fund and major sources;
  • Financial Solvency Ratio - assigned plus unassigned fund balances divided by total revenue minus AEA flow through;
  • Unspent Authorized Budget Ratio - amount of maximum spending authority left at year end after deducting the general fund expenditures incurred during the year;
  • Unspent Authorized Balance Ratio Net of Restricted Fund Balances (Categorical Fund Balances) - amount of maximum spending authority left at year end after deducting both the general fund expenditures incurred during the year and the total restricted fund balances (categorical fund balances) at year end;
  • Enrollment Trend - funding follows the student so it is important to understand district enrollment numbers;
  • Staff costs as a percent of total general fund.

Financial Projections

Five-year financial projections of the general fund will be prepared and updated annually.  The general fund is the operating fund of the district where the majority of salaries and benefits are funded.  Projections will help the board determine sustainability of the annual operating budget and help make future budgetary decisions.

The district is committed to utilizing the following financial metrics in determining district financial goals:

  1. Unspent Authorized Budget Ratio:  Maintain unspent authorized budget ratio within the 16-18% target range.  The current year’s projected balance will be discussed with the board before staffing and other spending decisions are finalized for the succeeding year.
  2. Unspent Authorized Budget Net of Restricted Fund Balances (Categorical Balances): Maintain unspent authorized budget ratio net of restricted fund balances (categorical balances) within the 8-12% target range. The district will attempt to spend the restricted (categorical) annual allocation in the year received to the extent possible.
  3. Solvency Ratio: Maintain an unrestricted, uncommitted general fund balance within the 15-18% target range with 10% being a minimum goal.  The current year’s projected balance will be discussed with the board before establishing the succeeding year’s cash reserve levy and before staffing and other spending decisions are finalized.
lschaul@indeek12.org Mon, 07/03/2023 - 14:25

701.01 - Fiscal Year

701.01 - Fiscal Year

The school district fiscal year shall begin July 1 and end June 30 each year.  The budget shall state the expenditures for the fiscal year, and it shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to operate the education program within the budget.

It shall be the responsibility of the board to ensure the budget is managed effectively.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 24.2 (2003).

Cross Reference:  703      Budget
  
                            704      Revenue
  
                            705      Expenditures

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  09/21/2009, 10/20/2014, 10/21/2019

Revised:  

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 07:14

701.02 - Depository of Funds

701.02 - Depository of Funds

Each year at its annual/organizational meeting, the board shall designate by resolution the name and location of the Iowa located financial depository institution or institutions to serve as the official school district depository or depositories. The board will also designate the maximum amount which may be kept on deposit in each bank.  This amount will be designated the first time a new depository is identified, and will be reviewed at least once every five years or when an increase or additional depository is needed.  The amount stated in the resolution must be for all depositories and include all of the school district's funds.

It shall be the responsibility of the board secretary to include the resolution in the minutes of the meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 12C; 279.33 (2003).

Cross Reference:  211.01   Annual Meeting
  
                            206.03    Secretary-Treasurer
  
                            704.01   Local - State - Federal - Miscellaneous Revenue

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  09/21/2009, 10/21/2019

Revised:  10/20/2014, 02/20/2024

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 07:15

701.03 - Classification of Accounts

701.03 - Classification of Accounts

The money received from the regular and the voter-approved physical plant and equipment levies, the levy for public educational and recreational activities imposed under chapter 300, the proceeds of the sale of bonds authorized by law, and the proceeds of a tax estimated and certified by the board for the purpose of paying interest and principal on lawful bonded indebtedness shall be deposited in the schoolhouse fund and, except when authorized by the electors, shall be used only for the purpose for which originally authorized or certified.  The money received from the district management levy shall be deposited in a sub-fund of the general fund of the school district.  All other revenue received for any other purpose shall be deposited in the general fund of the school district.  The treasurer shall keep a separate account for each fund and shall not pay an order that fails to state the fund upon which it is drawn and the specific use for which it is to be applied.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 11.23; 291.13 (2009).

Cross Reference:  704      Revenue
  
                            705      Expenditures

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  09/21/2009, 10/20/2014, 10/21/2019

Revised:

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 07:17

701.04 - Transfer of Funds

701.04 - Transfer of Funds

When the necessity for a fund has ceased to exist, the balance may be transferred to another fund or account by board resolution.  School district monies received without a designated purpose may be transferred in this manner.  School district monies received for a specific purpose or upon vote of the people may only be transferred, by board resolution when the purpose for which the monies were received has been completed.  Voter approval is required to transfer monies to the general fund from the capital projects fund and debt service fund.

If all requirements for district use of funds under the Preschool Foundation Aid, Professional Development Supplement, Home School Assistance Program, Teacher Leadership Supplement, or any discontinued fund have been met and funds remain unexpended and unobligated at the end of the fiscal year, the district may transfer all or a portion of remaining funds by passage of a board resolution into the district’s flexibility account in accordance with law.  Before the expenditure of amounts in the flexibility account, the district will publish notice of the time, date, and place of a public hearing on the proposed resolution approving said expenditures. The board must find and certify that the statutory requirements of each original source of funds have been met before adopting the resolution approving the expenditures. The district will present a copy of the signed board resolution to the Department of Education.

The District may transfer by board resolution from the general fund to the student activity fund an amount needed to purchase or refurbish protective and safety equipment required for any extracurricular interscholastic athletic contest or competition sponsored or administered by the Iowa High School Athletic Association of Iowa Girls High School Athletic Union.

If the before and after school program exceeds the amount necessary to operate the program, the excess amount may, following a public hearing, be transferred by resolution of the board of directors of the school corporation for deposit in the general fund of the school corporation to be used for school district general fund purposes. The district will present a copy of the signed board resolution to the Department of Education.

Beginning in FY 2024, unexpended and unobligated dollars that remain at the end of a fiscal year in addition to ongoing revenues may be transferred to the Teacher Salary Supplement (TSS) program from Professional Development Supplement (PDS), Talented and Gifted (TAG), and Teacher Leadership Supplement (TLS) without board action.

The district may choose to request approval from the School Budget Review Committee to transfer funds to make a program whole, prior to its elimination.

Temporary transfers (loans) of funds are permitted between funds but must be repaid to the originating fund, with interest, by October 1 following the end of the fiscal year.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to make recommendations to the board regarding transfers and to provide the documentation justifying the transfer.

 

Legal Reference:         Iowa Code §§ 24.21-.22; 257.10; 279.8; 279.42; 298A.

                                    289 IA.C. 6                 

 

Cross Reference:        701.5   Financial Records

                                    703      Budget

                                    704.2   Sale of Bonds

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  09/21/2009, 10/20/2017, 10/21/2019, 09/20/2021, 06/19/2023

Revised:  09/20/2021, 06/19/2023, 02/20/2024

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 07:18

701.05 - Financial Records

701.05 - Financial Records

Financial records of the school district shall be maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) as required or modified by law.  School district monies shall be received and expended from the appropriate fund and/or account.  The funds and accounts of the school district shall include, but not be limited to:

Governmental fund type:

  • General fund - This fund is the chief operating fund of the district.  It is used to account for all financial                                 resources except those accounted for and reported in another fund.
  • Special revenue fund - These funds account for the proceeds of specific revenue sources other than                                               trusts or major capital projects, that are legally restricted or committed to                                                     expenditure for specified purposes other than debt service or capital projects.

                  --Management levy fund

                  --Public education and recreation levy fund

                  --Student activity fund

  • Capital projects fund - These funds are used to account for financial resources to acquire or construct                                            major capital facilities or other capital assets (other than those of proprietary                                                funds and trust funds) and to account for revenues from SAVE.

                  --Physical plant and equipment levy fund (PPEL)

                  --Secure an Advanced Vision for Education (SAVE)

  • Debt service fund - This fund is used to account for the accumulation of resources for, and the payment                                     of, general long-term debt principal and interest.

Proprietary fund type: - These funds account for operations of the school district operated similar to private                                                          business for which a fee is charged to external users for goods or services, or they account                                            for the costs of providing goods and services provided by one department to other                                                          departments on a cost reimbursement basis. 

  • Enterprise fund

                  --School nutrition fund

                   --Child care fund

                   --Community Education

                   --Preschool (nonvoluntary, state)

Fiduciary funds: - These funds are used to account for monies or assets held by the school district on behalf of,                                          or in trust for, another entity.

  • Trust

                  --Expendable trust funds

                  --Nonexpendable trust funds

                  --Pension trust funds

  • Custodial funds

Non-Fiduciary Scholarship Fund

Account groups: - The groups are the accounting records for capital assets and long-term debt.

  • General capital assets account group
  • General long-term debt account group

The board may establish other funds in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and may certify other taxes to be levied for the funds as provided by state law. The status of each fund must be included in the annual report.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent in conjunction with the school business official to implement this policy and bring necessary changes in the maintenance of the school district's financial records to the attention of the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§291; 298; 298A.

                                    281 I.A.C. 98

 

 

Cross Reference:        704      Revenue

                                    705      Expenditures

 

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  09/21/2009, 10/20/2014, 10/21/2019

Revised:  02/20/2017, 01/18/2021, 10/18/2021, 02/20/2024

 

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 07:19

701.06 - Governmental Accounting Practices

701.06 - Governmental Accounting Practices

School district accounting practices will follow state and federal laws and regulations, generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and the uniform financial accounting system provided by the Iowa Department of Education.  As advised by the school district’s auditor, determination of liabilities and assets, prioritization of expenditures of governmental funds and provisions for accounting disclosures shall be made in accordance with governmental accounting standards.

In Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) Statement No. 54, the board identifies the order of spending unrestricted resources applying the highest level of classification of fund balance - restricted, committed, assigned, and unassigned - while honoring constraints on the specific purposes for which amounts in those fund balances can be spent.  A formal board action is required to establish, modify and or rescind a committed fund balance.  The resolution will state the exact dollar amount.  In the event, the board chooses to make changes or rescind the committed fund balance, formal board action is required.

The Board authorizes the superintendent or board secretary/director of finance to assign amounts to a specific purpose in compliance with GASB 54.  An ‘assigned fund balance’ should also be reported in the order of spending unrestricted resources, but is not restricted or committed. 

Fund Balance Reporting

Financial reporting for the balances in the District’s governmental funds is based on Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) Statement 54, Fund Balance Reporting and Governmental Fund Types Definitions.  Fund balance refers to the difference between assets and liabilities in the governmental funds balance sheets.  GASB 54 established a hierarchy that is based on “the extent to which the government is bound to honor constraints on the specific purpose for which the amounts in those funds can be spent.”

The governmental funds can have up to five fund balance classifications.  The classifications are defined below from most to least restrictive.

Nonspendable Fund Balance includes amounts that cannot be spent because they are either not in spendable form, or legally or contractually required to be maintained intact.  This includes items not expected to be converted to cash, including inventories and prepaid expenses.  It may also include other property acquired for resale and the principal of a permanent fund.

Restricted Fund Balance should be reported when constraints placed on the use of resources are either externally imposed by creditors, grantors, contributors, or law or regulations of other governments; or imposed by law through constitutional provisions or enabling legislation.  This includes “categorical balances.”

Committed Fund Balance reflects specific purposes pursuant to constraints imposed by formal action of the board. Such constraints can only be removed or changed by board action.

Assigned Fund Balance reflects amounts that are constrained by the government’s intent to be used for specific purposes but meet neither the restricted nor committed forms of constraint.  Unless the amount is negative, the assigned fund balance is the residual classification for the governmental funds other than the general fund.  If the amount is negative, then the residual amount is shown as unassigned.

Unassigned Fund Balance is the residual classification for the general fund only.  As noted above, if a negative residual amount exists in other governmental funds then the amount is reported as unassigned.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent and director of finance to develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.  It is also the responsibility of the superintendent and director of finance to make recommendations to the board regarding fund balance designations.  

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 257.31(4); 279.8; 297.22-.25; 298A (2011).

Cross Reference:  701.5   Financial Records
  
                            703      Budget
  
                            704      Revenue

Approved:  06/20/2011

Reviewed:  10/20/2014, 10/21/2019

Revised:  02/20/2024

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 07:23

702 - Cash in School Buildings

702 - Cash in School Buildings

The amount of cash that may be kept in the school building for any one day shall be sufficient for that day's operations.  Funds raised by students will be kept in the authorized depository of the school district.

A minimal amount of cash will be kept in the central administration office at the close of the day.  Excess cash will be deposited in the authorized depository of the school district.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent or the superintendent’s designee to develop administrative regulations to determine the amount of cash necessary for each day's operations, to establish any necessary petty cash accounts, to determine how often deposits must be made, and to comply with this policy.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code § 279.8

 

Cross Reference:          701.2   Depository of Funds

                                    704      Revenue

                                   

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 09/21/2009                           Revised 10/18/2021

                                                                                  10/20/2014

                                                                            10/21/2019

                                                                            10/18/2021

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 07:24

702.1R1 - Gate Receipts

702.1R1 - Gate Receipts

Gate receipts from any given school event have the potential to amount to a substantial sum of cash.  In consideration of the board policy to limit cash in the building offices at the close of the school day, cash receipts should be removed and deposited on the same day of the event whenever possible.

In those instances when same-day deposits are impossible, gate receipts are to be locked in safe until the first business day when a deposit can be made.  The board discourages the individual in charge of collection of the gate receipts from personally holding the receipts except in special circumstances approved by the superintendent.

The activities director shall be responsible for designating the individual who shall be in charge of collecting, counting and depositing the gate receipts.  The superintendent shall provide administrative regulations to be followed by those chosen to handle the receipts.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 07:26

703 - Budget

703 - Budget dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 07:27

703.01 - Budget Planning

703.01 - Budget Planning

Prior to certification of the budget, the board will review the projected revenues and expenditures for the school district and make adjustments where necessary to carry out the education program within the revenues projected.  The budget of the school district is the authority for the expenditures of the school district for the fiscal year for which the budget was adopted and certified.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to operate the school district within the budget.

A budget for the school district will be prepared annually for the board's review.  The budget shall include the following:

  •   the amount of revenues from sources other than taxation;
  •   the amount of revenues to be raised by taxation;
  •   an itemization of the amount to be spent in each fund; and,
  •   a comparison of the amount spent and revenue received in each fund for like purposes in the two prior fiscal years.

It will be the responsibility of the business manager to prepare the budget for review by the board prior to the April 30 deadline each year.  The district will provide all of the information necessary for the Proposed Property Tax Statement to the Department of Management by March 15.

Prior to the adoption of the proposed budget by the board, the public will be apprised of the proposed budget for the school district.  Prior to the adoption of the proposed budget by the board, members of the school district community shall have an opportunity to review and comment on the proposed budget.  A public hearing for the proposed budget of the board shall be held each year in sufficient time to file the adopted budget no later than April 30.

The proposed budget filed by the board with the board secretary and the time and place for the public hearing on the proposed budget will be published in a newspaper designated for official publication in the school district.  It will be the responsibility of the board secretary to publish the proposed budget and public hearing information at least ten but no more than 20 days prior to the public hearing.

The board will adopt and certify a budget for the operation of the school district to the county auditor by April 30.  It will be the responsibility of the board secretary to file the adopted and certified budget with the county auditor and the Iowa Department of Management.

The board may amend the budget for the fiscal year in the event of unforeseen circumstances.  The amendment procedures shall follow the procedures for public review and adoption of the original budget by the board outlined in these policies.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent and the board secretary to bring any budget amendments necessary to the attention of the board to allow sufficient time to file the amendment with the county auditor no later than May 31 of each year.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 24; 257; 279.8; 297; 298; 618.

 

Cross Reference:        104      The People and Their School District

                                    216      Public Hearings

                                    703      Budget

                                    704      Revenue

                                    705      Expenditures

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  09/21/2009, 10/20/2014, 10/21/2019

Revised:  10/18/2021, 02/20/2024

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 07:27

704 - Revenue

704 - Revenue dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 07:32

704.1 - Local - State - Federal - Miscellaneous Revenue

704.1 - Local - State - Federal - Miscellaneous Revenue

Revenues of the school district will be received by the board treasurer.  Other persons receiving revenues on behalf of the school district shall promptly turn them over to the board treasurer.

Revenue, from whatever source, will be accounted for and classified under the official accounting system of the school district.  It will be the responsibility of the board treasurer to deposit the revenues received by the school district in a timely manner.  School district funds from all sources will not be used for private gain or political purposes.

Tuition fees received by the school district will be deposited in the general fund.  The tuition fees for preschool through twelfth grade during the regular academic school year will be set by the board based upon the superintendent's recommendation in compliance with current law.  Tuition fees for summer school, driver's education and adult education will be set by the board prior to the offering of the programs.

The board may charge materials fees for the use or purchase of educational materials.  Materials fees received by the school district shall be deposited in the general fund.  It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to recommend to the board when materials fees will be charged and the amount of the materials fees.

Rental fees received by the school district for the rental of school district equipment or facilities will be deposited in the general fund.  It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to recommend to the board a fee schedule for renting school district property.

Proceeds from the sale of real property will be placed in the Physical Plant and Equipment Levy (PPEL) fund.  However, following a properly noticed public hearing, the board of directors may elect to deposit proceeds from the sale of real property or buildings into any fund under the control of the school corporation.  Notice for the public hearing must be published in a newspaper of general circulation within the district not less than ten and no more than twenty days prior to the proposed public hearing.  Notice of the public hearing must include the date, time and location of the public hearing, and a description of the proposed action.  The proceeds from the sale of other school district property are placed in the fund that was used to purchase the property.  If it is unknown what fund paid for the item, the proceeds will be deposited into the general fund.

The board may claim exemption from the law prohibiting competition with private enterprise for the following activities:

  • Goods and services directly and reasonably related to the educational mission;
  • Goods and services offered only to students, employees or guests which cannot be provided by private enterprise at the same or lower cost;
  • Use of vehicles for charter trips offered to the public, full- or part-time, or temporary students;
  • Goods and services which are not otherwise available in the quantity or quality required by the school district;
  • Telecommunications other than radio or television stations;
  • Sponsoring or providing facilities for fitness and recreation;
  • Food service and sales; and,
  • Sale of books, records, tapes, software, educational equipment, and supplies.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to bring to the board's attention additional sources of revenue for the school district.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 12C; 23A; 24.9; 257.2; 279.8, .41; 282.2, .6, .24; 291.12, .13;

                                    297.9-.12, .22; 301.1.

 

Cross Reference:          701.2   Depository of Funds

                                    701.3   Classification of Accounts

                                    703      Budget

                                    803      Selling and Leasing

                                    906      Use of School District Facilities & Equipment

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/20/2020                           Revised 10/26/2009

                                                                             10/18/2021                                         12/15/2014

                                                                                                                                     01/20/2020

                                                                                                                                     10/18/2021

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 07:32

704.2 - Sale of Bonds

704.2 - Sale of Bonds

The board may conduct an election for the authority to issue bonded indebtedness.  Revenues generated from an approved bond issue shall be used only for the purpose stated on the ballot.  Once the purpose on the ballot is completed, any balance remaining in a capital projects fund may be retained for future capital projects in accordance with the purpose stated on the ballot or any remaining balance may be transferred by board resolution to the debt service fund or the physical plant and equipment levy fund.  Voter approval is required to transfer monies to the general fund from the capital projects fund.

Revenues received from the issuing of bonded indebtedness shall be deposited into the capital projects fund.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 74-76; 278.1; 298; 298A (2003).

Cross Reference:  701      Financial Accounting System
  
                                    704      Revenue

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 10/26/2009                           Revised __________
                                                                                            11/17/2014
                                                                                            01/20/2020                          

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 07:35

704.3 - Investments

704.3 - Investments

School district funds in excess of current needs shall be invested in compliance with this policy.  The goals of the school district's investment portfolio in order of priority are:

  • To provide safety of the principal;
  • To maintain the necessary liquidity to match expected liabilities; and
  • To obtain a reasonable rate of return.

In making investments, the school district shall exercise the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use to meet the goals of the investment program.

School district funds are monies of the school district, including operating funds.  "Operating funds" of the school district are funds which are reasonably expected to be used during a current budget year or within fifteen months of receipt.  When investing operating funds, the investments must mature within three hundred and ninety-seven days or less.  If, during the current budget year an amount of public funds will exceed operating funds by at least thirty-three percent, the amount of public funds that exceed operating funds by greater than thirty-three percent may be invested in certificates of deposit at federally insured depository institutions which mature within sixty-three months or less, in accordance with state and federal laws.  When investing funds other than operating funds, the investments must mature according to the need for the funds.

The board authorizes the secretary/treasurer to invest funds in excess of current needs in the following investments.

  • Interest bearing savings, money market, and checking accounts at the school district's authorized depositories;
  • Iowa Schools Joint Investment Trust Program (ISJIT);
  • Obligations of the United States government, its agencies and instrumentalities;
  • Certificates of deposit and other evidences of deposit at federally insured Iowa depository institutions;

It shall be the responsibility of the secretary-treasurer to oversee the investment portfolio in compliance with this policy and the law.

It shall be the responsibility of the secretary-treasurer to bring a contract with an outside person to invest school district funds, to advise on investments, to direct investments, to act in a fiduciary capacity or to perform other services to the board for review and approval.  The secretary-treasurer shall also provide the board with information about and verification of the outside person's fiduciary bond.  Contracts with outside persons shall include a clause requiring the outside person to notify the school district within thirty days of any material weakness in internal structure or regulatory orders or sanctions against the outside person regarding the services being provided to the school district and to provide the documents necessary for the performance of the investment portion of school district audit.  Contracts with outside persons shall not be based on the performance of the investment portfolio.

The secretary-treasurer shall be responsible for reporting to and reviewing with the board at its regular meetings the investment portfolio's performance, transaction activity and current investments including the percent of the investment portfolio by type of investment and by issuer and maturities.  The report shall also include trend lines by month over the last year and year-to-year trend lines regarding the performance of the investment portfolio.  It shall also be the responsibility of the secretary-treasurer to obtain the information necessary to ensure that the investments and the outside persons doing business with the school district meet the requirements outlined in this policy.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to deliver a copy of this policy to the school district's depositories, auditor and outside persons doing investment business with the school district.

It shall also be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the secretary-treasurer, to develop a system of investment practices and internal controls over the investment practices.  The investment practices shall be designed to prevent losses, to document the officers' and employees' responsibility for elements of the investment process and address the capability of the management.

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 11.2, .6; 12.62; 12B.10, .10A; 12C; 22.1, .14; 28E.2; 257; 279.29; 283A; 285; 502.701; 633.123.

Cross Reference:  206.3   Secretary-Treasurer
  
                                    704      Revenue

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 10/26/2009                           Revised 04/15/2019
                                                                                           11/17/2014
                                                                                           04/15/2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 07:37

704.4 - Gifts - Grants - Bequests

704.4 - Gifts - Grants - Bequests

The board believes gifts, grants, and bequests to the school district may be accepted when they will further the interests of the school district.  The board shall have sole authority to determine whether the gift furthers the interests of the school district.

Gifts, grants, and bequests other than unconditional gifts of cash shall be approved by the board.  Once it has been approved by the board, a board member or the superintendent may accept the gift on behalf of the school district.

Gifts, grants, and bequests once accepted on behalf of the school district shall become the property of the school district.  Gifts, grants, and bequests shall be administered in accordance with terms, if any, agreed to by the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.42; 565.6 (2003).

Cross Reference:  221      Gifts to Board of Directors
  
                                    402.4   Gifts to Employees
  
                                    508.1   Class or Student Group Gifts

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 10/26/2009                           Revised 11/17/2014
                                                                                            01/20/2020                                      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 07:49

704.5 - Student Activities Fund

704.5 - Student Activities Fund

Revenue raised by students or from student activities will be deposited and accounted for in the student activities fund.  This revenue is the property of and will be under the financial control of the board.  Students may use this revenue for purposes approved by the superintendent or superintendent’s designee. 

Whether such revenue is collected from student contributions, special activities, or result from admissions to special events or from other fundraising activities, all funds will be under the jurisdiction of the board and under the specific control of the superintendent or superintendent’s designee.  They will be deposited in a designated depository and will be disbursed and accounted for in accordance with instructions issued by the superintendent.

It will be the responsibility of the board secretary to keep student activity accounts up-to-date and complete.

Any unencumbered class or activity account balances will automatically revert to the general fund of the school when a class graduates or an activity is discontinued.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code § 279.8

 

Cross Reference:          504      Student Activities

                                    701      Financial Accounting System

 

 

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 11/17/2014                           Revised 10/26/2009

                                                                             01/20/2020                                         10/18/2021

                                                                            10/18/2021   

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 07:51

704.6 - Post-Issuance Compliance for Tax-Exempt Obligations

704.6 - Post-Issuance Compliance for Tax-Exempt Obligations

1.  Compliance Coordinator:

a)  The Treasurer ("Coordinator") shall be responsible for monitoring post-issuance compliance.

b)  The Coordinator will maintain a copy of the transcript of proceedings in connection with the issuance of any tax-exempt obligations.  Coordinator will obtain such records as are necessary to meet the requirements of this policy.

c)  The Coordinator shall consult with bond counsel, IRS publications and such other resources as are necessary to understand and meet the requirements of this policy.

d)  Training and education of Coordinator will be sought and implemented upon the occurrence of new developments and upon the hiring of new personnel to implement this policy.

2.  Financing Transcripts.  The Coordinator shall confirm the proper filing of an 8038 Series return, and maintain a transcript of proceedings for all tax-exempt
     obligations issued by the School District, including but 
not limited to all tax-exempt bonds, notes and lease-purchase contracts.  Each transcript shall be maintained
     until eleven (11) years after the tax-exempt obligation it documents has been retired.

3.  Proper Use of Proceeds.  The Coordinator shall review the resolution authorizing issuance for each tax-exempt obligation issued by the School District, and shall:

a)  obtain a computation of the yield on such issue from the School District’s financial advisor; 

b)  create a separate Project Fund (with as many sub-funds as shall be necessary to allocate proceeds among the projects being funded by the issue) into which the proceeds of issue shall be deposited;

c)  review all requisitions, draw schedules, draw requests, invoices and bills requesting payment from the Project Fund;

d)  determine whether payment from the Project Fund is appropriate, and if so, make payment from the Project Fund (and appropriate sub-fund if applicable);

e)  maintain records of the payment requests and corresponding cancelled checks showing payment;

f)  maintain records showing the earnings on, and investment of, the Project Fund;

g)  ensure that investments acquired with proceeds are purchased at fair market value;

h)  identify bond proceeds or applicable debt service allocations that must be invested with a yield restriction and monitor the investments of any yield-restricted funds to ensure that the yield on such investments does not exceed the yield to which such investments are restricted.

4.  Timely Expenditure and Arbitrage/Rebate Compliance.  The Coordinator shall review the Tax-Exemption Certificate (or equivalent) for each tax-exempt obligation
       issued by the School District and the expenditure
records provided in Section 2 of this policy, above, and shall:

a)  monitor and ensure that proceeds of each such issue are spent within the temporary period set forth in such certificate;

b)  if the School District does not meet the "small issuer" exception for said obligation, monitor and ensure that the proceeds are spent in accordance with one or more of the applicable exceptions to rebate as set forth in such certificate;

c)  not less than 60 days prior to a required expenditure date confer with bond counsel if the School District will fail to meet the applicable temporary period or rebate exception expenditure requirements of the Tax-Exemption Certificate; and

d)  in the event the School District fails to meet a temporary period or rebate exception:

i.  procure a timely computation of any rebate liability and, if rebate is due, file a Form 8038-T and arrange for payment of such rebate liability;

ii.  arrange for timely computation and payment of "yield reduction payments" (as such term is defined in the Code and Treasury Regulations), if applicable.

5.  Proper Use of Bond Financed Assets.  The Coordinator shall: 

a)  maintain appropriate records and a list of all bond financed assets.  Such records shall include the actual amount of proceeds (including investment earnings) spent on each of the bond financed assets;

b)  with respect to each bond financed asset, the Coordinator will monitor and confer with bond counsel with respect to all proposed:

             i.  management contracts,

             ii.  service agreements,

            iii.  research contracts,

            iv.  naming rights contracts,

            v.  leases or sub-leases,

            vi.  joint venture, limited liability or partnership arrangements,

            vii.  sale of property; or

            viii.  any other change in use of such asset;

c)  maintain a copy of the proposed agreement, contract, lease or arrangement, together with the response by bond counsel with respect to the proposal for at least three (3) years after retirement of all tax-exempt obligations issued to fund all or any portion of bond financed assets; and

d)  In the event the School District takes an action with respect to a bond financed asset, which causes the private business tests or private loan financing test to be met, the Coordinator shall contact bond counsel and ensure timely remedial action under IRS Regulation Sections 1.141-12.

6.  General Project Records.  For each project financed with tax-exempt obligations, the Coordinator shall maintain, until three (3) years after retirement of the tax-
       exempt obligations or obligations issued to refund 
those obligations, the following:

            a)  appraisals, demand surveys or feasibility studies,

            b)  applications, approvals and other documentation of grants,

            c)  depreciation schedules,

            d)  contracts respecting the project.

7.  Continuing Disclosure.  The Coordinator shall assure compliance with each continuing disclosure certificate and annually, per continuing disclosure agreements,
      file audited annual financial statements and other 
information required by each continuing disclosure agreement.  The Coordinator will monitor material events as
     described in each continuing disclosure agreement and assure compliance with material event disclosure.   Events to be reported shall be reported promptly, but in
     no event not later than ten (10) Business Days after the 
day of the occurrence of the event, and shall include, but not be limited to:

            a)  Principal and interest payment delinquencies;

            b)  Non-payment related defaults, if material;

            c)  Unscheduled draws on debt service reserves reflecting financial difficulties;

            d)  Unscheduled draws on credit enhancements relating to the bonds reflecting financial difficulties;

            e)  Substitution of credit or liquidity providers, or their failure to perform;

            f)  Adverse tax opinions, the issuance by the Internal Revenue Service of proposed or final determinations of taxability, Notices of Proposed Issue (IRS Form 5701-TEB) or other material notices or determinations with respect to the tax-exempt status of the bonds, or material events affecting the tax-exempt status of the bonds;

            g)  Modifications to rights of Holders of the Bonds, if material;          

            h)  Bond calls (excluding sinking fund mandatory redemptions), if material, and tender offers;

            i)  Defeasances of the bonds;

            j)  Release, substitution, or sale of property securing repayment of the bonds, if material;

            k)  Rating changes on the bonds;

            l)  Bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar event of the Issuer;

            m)  The consummation of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition involving the Issuer or the sale of all or   substantially all of the assets of the Issuer, other than in the ordinary course of business, the entry into a definitive agreement to undertake such an action or the termination of a definitive agreement relating to any such actions, other than pursuant to its terms, if material; and

            n)  Appointment of a successor or additional trustee or the change of name of a trustee, if material.

 

 

Approved 11/21/2011                           Reviewed 11/17/2014                           Revised                   
                                                                                            01/20/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 07:52

704.7 - Online Fundraising Campaigns - Crowdfunding

704.7 - Online Fundraising Campaigns - Crowdfunding

The Independence Community School District Board of Education believes online fundraising campaigns, including crowdfunding campaigns, may further the interests of the district. Any person or entity acting on behalf of the district and wishing to conduct an online fundraising campaign for the benefit of the district will begin the process by seeking prior approval from the superintendent or the superintendent’s designee. Any fundraising efforts conducted using the district’s name, symbols or imagery will be conducted in accordance with all polices, regulations and rules for fundraising within the district.  Money or items raised by an online fundraising campaign will be the property of the district only upon acceptance by the board, and will be used only in accordance with the terms for which they were given, as agreed to by the board.

Approval of requests will depend on factors including, but not limited to:

  • Compatibility with the district’s educational program, mission, vision, core values, and beliefs;
  • Congruence with the district and school goals that positively impact student performance;
  • The district’s instructional priorities;
  • The manner in which donations are collected and distributed by the crowdfunding platform; 
  • Equity in funding; and
  • Other factors deemed relevant or appropriate by the district.

If approved, the requestor will be responsible for preparing all materials and information related to the online fundraising campaign and keeping district administration apprised of the status of the campaign.

The requestor is responsible for compliance with all state and federal laws and other relevant district policies and procedures. All items and money generated are subject to the same controls and regulations as other district property and will be deposited or inventoried accordingly. No money raised or items purchased will be distributed to individual employees.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 279.42; 565.6.

 

Cross Reference:          508.1   Class or Student Group Gifts

                                    504.6   Student Fundraising

                                    704.4   Gifts – Grants – Bequests

                                    905.2   Advertising and Promotion

 

 

Approved 11/15/2021                                      Reviewed 11/15/2021                           Revised ______                 

lschaul@indeek12.org Fri, 11/19/2021 - 10:36

705 - Expenditures

705 - Expenditures dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 07:59

705.1 - Purchasing – Bidding

705.1 - Purchasing – Bidding

The board supports economic development in Iowa, particularly in the school district community. As permitted by law, purchasing preference will be given to Iowa goods and services from locally-owned businesses located within the school district or Iowa based companies if the cost and other considerations are relatively equal and meet the required specifications. However, when spending federal Child Nutrition Funds, geographical preference is allowed only for unprocessed agricultural food items as a part of response evaluation. Other statutory purchasing preferences will be applied as provided by law, including goals and reporting with regard to procurement from certified targeted small businesses, minority-owned businesses, and female owned businesses.

Goods and Services

The board will enter into goods and services contract(s) as the board deems to be in the best interest of the school district. It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to approve purchases, except those requiring board approval as described below or as provided by in law. The superintendent may coordinate and combine purchases with other governmental bodies to take advantage of volume price breaks. Joint purchases with other political subdivisions will be considered in the purchase of equipment, accessories, or attachments with an estimated cost of $50,000 or more.

Purchases for goods and services will conform to the following:

  • The superintendent will have the authority to authorize purchases without prior board approval and without competitive request for proposals, quotations, or bids for goods and services up to $75,000.
  • For goods and services costing at least $75,001 and up to $135,000, the superintendent will receive proposals, quotations, or bids for the goods and services to be purchased prior to board approval. The quotation process may be informal, and include written or unwritten quotations.
  • For goods and services exceeding, $135,000, the competitive request for proposal (RFP) or competitive bid process will be used and received prior to board approval. RFPs and bids are formal, written submissions via sealed process.

In the event that only one quotation or bid is submitted, the board may proceed if the quotation or bid meets the contract award specifications.

The contract award may be based on several cost considerations including, but not limited to the following:

  • The cost of the goods and services being purchased;
  • Availability of service and/or repair;
  • The targeted small business procurement goal and other statutory purchasing preferences; and
  • Other factors deemed relevant by the board.

The board may elect to exempt certain professional services contracts from the thresholds and procedures outlined above.

The thresholds and procedures related to purchases of goods and services do not apply to public improvement projects.

Public Improvements

The board will enter into public improvement contract(s) as the board deems to be in the best interest of the school district. ‘Public improvement’ means “a building or construction work which is constructed under the control of a governmental entity and for which either of the following applies: (1) has been paid for in whole or in part with funds of the governmental entity, (2) a commitment has been made prior to construction by the governmental entity to pay for the building or construction work in whole or in part with funds of the governmental entity.  This includes a building or improvement constructed or operated jointly with any public or private agency.”

The district will follow all requirements, timelines, and processes detailed in Iowa law related to public improvement projects. The thresholds regarding when competitive bidding or competitive quotations is required will be followed. Competitive bidding is required for public improvement contracts exceeding the minimum threshold stated in law. Competitive quotations are required for public improvement projects that exceed the minimum threshold amount stated in law, but do not exceed the minimum set for competitive bidding. The board will approve competitive bids and competitive quotes. If the total cost of the public improvement does not warrant either competitive bidding or competitive quotations, the district may nevertheless proceed with either of these processes, if it so chooses.

The award of all contracts for the public improvement will be awarded to the lowest responsive, responsible bidder. In the event of an emergency requiring repairs to a school district facility that exceed bidding and quotation thresholds, please refer to Policy No. 802.3.

The district will comply with all federal and state laws and regulations required for procurement, including the selection and evaluation of contractors.  The superintendent or designee is responsible for developing an administrative process to implement this policy, including, but not limited to, procedures related to suspension and debarment for transactions subject to those requirements.

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 26; 28E; 72; 73; 73A; 285; 297; 301.
  
                                    261 I.A.C. 54.
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 43.25.

Cross Reference:          705      Expenditures
                                      801.5   Site Acquisition
  
                                    802      Maintenance, Operation and Management
  
                                    802.3   Emergency Repairs
  
                                    803      Selling and Leasing

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  10/26/2009, 11/21/2011, 06/18/2012, 12/15/2014, 02/16/2015, 05/16/2016, 10/15/2018, 01/20/2020,                                     01/18/2021, 07/20/2023

Revised:  10/26/2009, 11/21/2011, 06/18/2012, 12/15/2014, 02/16/2015, 05/16/2016, 10/15/2018, 01/18/2021,                                    07/20/2023

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 08:00

705.1R1 - Suspension and Debarment of Vendors and Contractors Procedure

705.1R1 - Suspension and Debarment of Vendors and Contractors Procedure

In connection with transactions subject to federal suspension and debarment requirements, the district is prohibited from entering into transactions with parties that are debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded from or ineligible for participation in federal assistance programs or activities.

When soliciting bids or otherwise preparing to enter into such a transaction, the superintendent or designee will use at least one of the following verification methods to ensure that any parties to the transaction are not suspended or debarred prior to committing to any sub-award, purchase, or contract:

  1. Obtaining a certification of a party’s compliance with the federal suspension and debarment requirements in connection with any application, bid, or proposal;
  2. Requiring compliance with the federal suspension and debarment requirements as an express condition of any sub-award, purchase, or contract in question; or
  3. Prior to committing to any sub-award, purchase, or contract, check the online federal System for Award Management at https://sam.gov/portal/SAM/##11 to determine whether the relevant party is subject to any suspension or debarment restrictions.  

2 CFR Part 200 Subpart B-General Provisions
200.113 Mandatory Disclosures

A non-Federal entity or applicant for a Federal award must disclose, in a timely manner, in writing to the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity all violations of Federal criminal law involving fraud, bribery, or gratuity violations potentially affecting the Federal award. Non-Federal entities that have received a Federal award including the term and condition outlined in Appendix XII—Award Term and Condition for Recipient Integrity and Performance Matters are required to report certain civil, criminal, or administrative proceedings to SAM. Failure to make required disclosures can result in any of the remedies described in §200.338 Remedies for noncompliance, including suspension or debarment. (See also 2 CFR part 180, 31 U.S.C. 3321, and 41 U.S.C. 2313.)  It is the responsibility of the Superintendent to timely report to the relevant federal or pass through agency any violations of federal criminal law involving fraud, bribery or gratuity potentially impacting a federal grant.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 08:04

705.1R2 - Using Federal Funds in Procurement Contracts

705.1R2 - Using Federal Funds in Procurement Contracts

In addition to the District’s standard procurement and purchasing procedures, the following procedures for vendors/contractors paid with federal funds are required.  When federal, state, and local requirements conflict, the most stringent requirement will be followed.

2 CFR Part 200, Subpart D Subsection §200.318 (c)(1)
No District employee, officer, or agent may participate in the selection, award and administration of contracts supported by a Federal award if he or she has a real or apparent conflict of interest.  Such a conflict of interest would arise when the employee, officer, or agent, any member of his or her immediate family, his or her partner, or an organization which employs or is about to employ any of the parties indicated herein, has a financial or other interest in or a tangible personal benefit from a firm considered for a contract.  District officers, employees, and agents may neither solicit nor accept gratuities, favors, or anything of monetary value from contractors or parties to subcontracts.  However, for situations where the financial interest is not substantial or the gift is an unsolicited item of nominal value, district employees must abide by all relevant board policies. Violation of this requirement may result in disciplinary action for the District employee, officer, or agent.

2 CFR Part 200, Subpart D Subsection §200.320 (e)(1-4)
Procurement for contracts paid with federal funds may be conducted by noncompetitive (single source) proposals when one or more of the following circumstances apply: (1) the item is only available from a single source; (2) public exigency or emergency will not permit the delay resulting from competitive bids; (3) the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity expressly authorizes noncompetitive proposals in response to a written request from the non-Federal entity; or (4) after solicitation of a number of sources, competition is inadequate.

2 CFR Part 200, Subpart D Subsection §200.321
The District will take all necessary affirmative steps to assure that minority businesses, women's business enterprises, and labor surplus area firms are used when possible. Affirmative steps must include: (1) placing such businesses on solicitation lists; (2) soliciting such businesses whenever they are potential sources; (3) when economically feasible, dividing contracts into smaller tasks or quantities to allow participation from such businesses; (4) establishing delivery schedules that encourage participation by such businesses; (5) when appropriate, utilizing the Small Business Administration and the Minority Business Development Agency of the Department of Commerce; and (6) requiring the primary contractor to follow steps (1) through (5) when subcontractors are used.

The district will include the following provisions in all procurement contracts or purchase orders include the following provisions when applicable:

2 CFR Part 200 Appendix II
(A) Contracts for more than the simplified acquisition threshold currently set at $150,000, which is the inflation adjusted amount determined by the Civilian Agency Acquisition Council and the Defense Acquisition Regulations Council (Councils) as authorized by 41 U.S.C. 1908, must address administrative, contractual, or legal remedies in instances where contractors violate or breach contract terms, and provide for such sanctions and penalties as appropriate.

(B) All contracts in excess of $10,000 must address termination for cause and for convenience by the non-Federal entity including the manner by which it will be effected and the basis for settlement.

(C) Equal Employment Opportunity. Except as otherwise provided under 41 CFR Part 60, all contracts that meet the definition of “federally assisted construction contract” in 41 CFR Part 60-1.3 must include the equal opportunity clause provided under 41 CFR 60-1.4(b), in accordance with Executive Order 11246, “Equal Employment Opportunity” (30 FR 12319, 12935, 3 CFR Part, 1964-1965 Comp., p. 339), as amended by Executive Order 11375, “Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity,” and implementing regulations at 41 CFR part 60, “Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor.”

(D) Davis-Bacon Act, as amended (40 U.S.C. 3141-3148). When required by Federal program legislation, all prime construction contracts in excess of $2,000 awarded by non-Federal entities must include a provision for compliance with the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 3141-3144, and 3146-3148) as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5, “Labor Standards Provisions Applicable to Contracts Covering Federally Financed and Assisted Construction”). In accordance with the statute, contractors must be required to pay wages to laborers and mechanics at a rate not less than the prevailing wages specified in a wage determination made by the Secretary of Labor. In addition, contractors must be required to pay wages not less than once a week. The non-Federal entity must place a copy of the current prevailing wage determination issued by the Department of Labor in each solicitation. The decision to award a contract or subcontract must be conditioned upon the acceptance of the wage determination. The non-Federal entity must report all suspected or reported violations to the Federal awarding agency. The contracts must also include a provision for compliance with the Copeland “Anti-Kickback” Act (40 U.S.C. 3145), as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 3, “Contractors and Subcontractors on Public Building or Public Work Financed in Whole or in Part by Loans or Grants from the United States”). The Act provides that each contractor or subrecipient must be prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person employed in the construction, completion, or repair of public work, to give up any part of the compensation to which he or she is otherwise entitled. The non-Federal entity must report all suspected or reported violations to the Federal awarding agency.

(E) Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 3701-3708). Where applicable, all contracts awarded by the non-Federal entity in excess of $100,000 that involve the employment of mechanics or laborers must include a provision for compliance with 40 U.S.C. 3702 and 3704, as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5). Under 40 U.S.C. 3702 of the Act, each contractor must be required to compute the wages of every mechanic and laborer on the basis of a standard work week of 40 hours. Work in excess of the standard work week is permissible provided that the worker is compensated at a rate of not less than one and a half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in the work week. The requirements of 40 U.S.C. 3704 are applicable to construction work and provide that no laborer or mechanic must be required to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous. These requirements do not apply to the purchases of supplies or materials or articles ordinarily available on the open market, or contracts for transportation or transmission of intelligence.

(F) Rights to Inventions Made Under a Contract or Agreement. If the Federal award meets the definition of “funding agreement” under 37 CFR §401.2 (a) and the recipient or subrecipient wishes to enter into a contract with a small business firm or nonprofit organization regarding the substitution of parties, assignment or performance of experimental, developmental, or research work under that “funding agreement,” the recipient or subrecipient must comply with the requirements of 37 CFR Part 401, “Rights to Inventions Made by Nonprofit Organizations and Small Business Firms Under Government Grants, Contracts and Cooperative Agreements,” and any implementing regulations issued by the awarding agency.

(G) Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q.) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387), as amended—Contracts and sub-grants of amounts in excess of $150,000 must contain a provision that requires the non-Federal award to agree to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387). Violations must be reported to the Federal awarding agency and the Regional Office of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 

(H) Debarment and Suspension (Executive Orders 12549 and 12689)—A contract award (see 2 CFR 180.220) must not be made to parties listed on the government wide exclusions in the System for Award Management (SAM), in accordance with the OMB guidelines at 2 CFR 180 that implement Executive Orders 12549 (3 CFR part 1986 Comp., p. 189) and 12689 (3 CFR part 1989 Comp., p. 235), “Debarment and Suspension.” SAM Exclusions contains the names of parties debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded by agencies, as well as parties declared ineligible under statutory or regulatory authority other than Executive Order 12549.

(I) Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment (31 U.S.C. 1352)—Contractors that apply or bid for an award exceeding $100,000 must file the required certification. Each tier certifies to the tier above that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant or any other award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Each tier must also disclose any lobbying with non-Federal funds that takes place in connection with obtaining any Federal award. Such disclosures are forwarded from tier to tier up to the non-Federal award.

(J) See §200.322 Procurement of recovered materials.

 

 

Legal Reference:

Title 2 Code of Federal Regulation (C.F.R.) Grants and Agreements, Part 200 Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 08:05

705.2 - Requisitions and Purchase Orders

705.2 - Requisitions and Purchase Orders

Supplies, equipment, and services may only be approved for purchase by the Superintendent or Director of Finance.  Requisition for supplies, equipment, and services shall be made by employees to their immediate supervisor.  Only those purchases approved by the Superintendent or Director of Finance shall be processed by the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  705      Expenditures

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 11/17/2014                           Revised 10/26/2009
                                                                                            01/20/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 08:07

705.3 - Receiving Goods and Services

705.3 - Receiving Goods and Services

To assure goods and services procured by the school district are properly accounted for and are of the quality and type ordered, goods will be received by the secretary.  Goods and services which do not meet the requirements specified in the purchase order or contract will not be paid for or accepted.

If goods must be delivered to and received by someone other than the secretary, it shall be the responsibility of that person to inform the secretary, to assure the goods and services are properly accounted for, and to ensure they are of the quality and type ordered.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  705      Expenditures

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 10/26/2009                           Revised                   
                                                                                           11/17/2014  
                                                                                           01/20/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 08:09

705.4 - Payment for Goods and Services

705.4 - Payment for Goods and Services

The board authorizes the issuance payment of claims against the school district for goods and services.  The board will allow the payment after the goods and services have been received and accepted in compliance with board policy.

The board authorizes the board secretary, upon approval of the superintendent, to issue payment for verified bills, for reasonable and necessary expenses, when the board is not in session.  The board secretary will examine the claims and verify bills. The board will approve payment for the bills at the board’s regular board meeting.

The secretary will determine to the secretary's satisfaction that the claims presented to the board are in order and are legitimate expenses of the school district.  It is the responsibility of the secretary to bring claims to the board.

The board president and board secretary may sign warrants by use of a signature plate or rubber stamp.  If the board president is unavailable to personally sign warrants, the vice president may sign warrants on behalf of the president.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:   Love v. City of Des Moines, 210 Iowa 90, 230 N.W. 373 (1930).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .29, .30, .36; 291.12; 721.2(5) (2005).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).
  
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 102, 160, 720.
  
                                    1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 69.
  
                                    1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 130, 180, 392, 456, 651.
  
                                    1936 Op. Att'y Gen. 375.

Cross Reference:  705      Expenditures

Approved   7/17/2006                           Reviewed 10/26/2009               Revised 6/19/2006  
                                                   11/17/2014
                                                   01/20/2020  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 08:10

705.5 - Unpaid Warrants

705.5 - Unpaid Warrants

Generally, the board shall authorize claims to be paid only when sufficient revenue is available for such claims.  The board may authorize the payment of claims for which insufficient funds are available.

When the board deems it necessary to authorize warrants without sufficient funds available, stamped warrants or anticipatory warrants may be authorized.

It shall be the responsibility of the board secretary to issue anticipatory warrants when needed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code chs. 74; 74A (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).

Cross Reference:  705      Expenditures

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 10/26/2009                           Revised                   
                                                                                            11/17/2014
                                                                                            01/20/2020                                                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 08:12

705.6 Credit Cards

705.6 Credit Cards

 

Employees may use school district credit cards for the actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of work-related duties.  Actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of work-related duties include, but are not limited to, fuel for school district transportation vehicles used for transporting students to and from school and for school-sponsored events, payment of claims related to professional development of the board and employees, and other expenses required by employees and the board in the performance of their duties.

Employees and officers using a school district credit card must submit a detailed receipt in addition to a credit card receipt indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense for each claim item.  Failure to provide a proper receipt will make the employee responsible for expenses incurred.  Those expenses will be reimbursed to the school district no later than ten working days following use of the school district's credit card.  In exceptional circumstances, the superintendent or board may allow a claim without proper receipt.  Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances will be maintained as part of the school district's record of the claim.

The school district may maintain a school district credit card for actual and necessary expenses incurred by employees and officers in the performance of their duties.  The superintendent may maintain a school district credit card for actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of the superintendent's duties.  The transportation director may maintain a school district credit card for fueling school district transportation vehicles in accordance with board policy.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to determine whether the school district credit card use is for appropriate school business.  It will be the responsibility of the board to determine through the audit and approval process of the board whether the school district credit card use by the superintendent and the board is for appropriate school business.

The superintendent will be responsible for developing administrative regulations regarding actual and necessary expenses and use of a school district credit card.  The administrative regulations will include the appropriate forms to be filed for obtaining a credit card.

 

Note: Previously Policy Code No. 401.16; Changed 06/19/2023 per IASB Policy Primer

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Constitution, Art. III, § 31.

                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .29, .30 (2003).

                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).

 

Cross Reference:          219.3   Board of Directors' Member Compensation and Expenses

                                    401.12 Employee Travel Compensation

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  09/17/2007, 08/15/2011, 09/19/2016, 03/21/2022, 06/19/2023

Revised:  03/21/2022, 06/19/2023

 

lschaul@indeek12.org Wed, 07/05/2023 - 07:48

706 - Payroll Procedures

706 - Payroll Procedures dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 08:13

706.1 - Payroll Periods

706.1 - Payroll Periods

The payroll period for the school district shall be monthly.  Employees shall be paid on the 20th day of each month.  If this day is a holiday, recess, or weekend, the payroll shall be paid on the last working day prior to the holiday, recess or weekend.

It shall be the responsibility of the secretary to issue payroll to employees in compliance with this policy.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in a collective bargaining unit and the board regarding payroll periods of such employees shall be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 91A.

Cross Reference:  706.2   Payroll Deductions

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 11/16/2009                           Revised 12/15/2014
                                                                                            06/17/2019                                            06/17/2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 08:14

706.2 - Payroll Deductions

706.2 - Payroll Deductions

Ease of administration shall be the primary consideration for payroll deductions, other than those required by law.  Payroll deductions will be made for federal income tax withholdings, Iowa income tax withholdings, federal insurance contributions, and the Iowa Public Employees' Retirement System.

The district may deduct wages as required or allowed by state or federal law or by order of a court of competent jurisdiction.  Employees may elect to have amounts withheld from their pay for items authorized by law, subject to agreement of the district.  Requests for these deductions will be made in writing to the superintendent. 

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent or superintendent’s designee to determine which additional payroll deductions will be allowed.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 91A.2(4), .3; 294.8-.9, .15-.16.

 

Cross Reference:          406.6   Licensed Employee Tax Shelter Programs

                                    412.4   Classified Employee Tax Shelter Programs

                                    706.1   Payroll Periods

 

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 11/16/2009                           Revised 12/15/2014

                                                                             06/17/2019                                         06/17/2019

                                                                             10/18/2021                                       10/18/2021

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 08:15

706.3 - Pay Deductions

706.3 - Pay Deductions

The district provides leaves of absences to allow employees to be absent from work to attend to important matters outside of the workplace. As public employers, school districts are expected to record and monitor the work that employees perform and to conform to principles of public accountability in their compensation practices.

Consistent with principles of public accountability, it is the policy of the district that, when an employee is absent from work for less than one work day and the employee does not use accrued leave for such absence, the employee’s pay will be reduced or the employee will be placed on leave without pay if:

  • the employee has not sought permission to use paid leave for this partial-day absence,
  • the employee has sought permission to use paid leave for this partial-day absence and permission has been denied,
  • the employee’s accrued paid leave has been exhausted, or
  • the employee chooses to use leave without pay.

In each case in which an employee is absent from work for part of a work day, a deduction from compensation will be made or the employee will be placed on leave without pay for a period of time which is equal to the employee’s absence from the employee’s regularly scheduled hours of work on that day.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. Sec. 2 13(a)
                                     
29 C.F.R. Part 541

Cross References:  409.8   Licensed Employee Unpaid Leave
                                        414.8   
Classified Employee Unpaid Leave

Approved 11/1/2004                              Reviewed 11/16/2009                           Revised                       
                                                                                             12/15/2014
                                                                                             01/20/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 08:16

706.3R1 - Pay Deduction Regulation

706.3R1 - Pay Deduction Regulation

The district complies with all applicable laws with respect to payment of wages and benefits to employees including laws such as the federal Fair Labor Standards Act and the Iowa Wage Payment Collection Act.  The district will not make pay deductions that violate either the federal or state laws.

Any employee who believes that the district has made an inappropriate deduction or has failed to make proper payment regarding wages or benefits is encouraged to immediately consult with the appropriate supervisor. Alternatively, any employee may file a formal written complaint with the board secretary.   Within 15 business days of receiving the complaint, the board secretary will make a determination as to whether the pay deductions were appropriate and provide the employee with a written response that may include reimbursement for any pay deductions that were not appropriately made.

This complaint procedure is available in addition to any other complaint process that also may be available to employees.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 08:19

707 - Fiscal Reports

707 - Fiscal Reports dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 08:20

707.1 - Secretary's Reports

707.1 - Secretary's Reports

The secretary/treasurer shall report to the board each month about the receipts, disbursements and balances of the various funds.  This report shall be in written form and sent to the board with the agenda for the board meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 291.7 (2003).

Cross Reference:  206.3   Secretary-Treasurer
  
                                    211.1   Annual Meeting
  
                                    707      Fiscal Reports

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 11/16/2009                           Revised                   
                                                                                            12/15/2014
                                                                                            01/20/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 08:20

707.2 - Secretary/Treasurer's Annual Report

707.2 - Secretary/Treasurer's Annual Report

Upon certification of the Certified Annual Report (CAR), the secretary/treasurer shall give the annual report stating the amount held over, received, paid out, and on hand in the general and all other funds.  This report will be in written form and sent to the board with the agenda for the board meeting.  The secretary/treasurer will also furnish the board with a statement from each depository showing the balance then on deposit.

It will be the responsibility of the secretary/treasurer to submit this report to the board annually.

 

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 279.31, .33.

 

Cross Reference:          206.3   Secretary-Treasurer

                                    211.1   Annual Meeting

                                    707      Fiscal Reports

 

 

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/15/2014                           Revised 11/16/2009

                 01/20/2020                                         10/18/2021                                                  10/18/2021

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 08:21

707.3 - Publication of Financial Reports

707.3 - Publication of Financial Reports

Each month the schedule of bills allowed by the board shall be published in a newspaper designated as a newspaper for official publication.  Annually, the total salaries paid to employees regularly employed by the school district shall also be published in a newspaper designated as a newspaper for official publication.

It shall be the responsibility of the secretary/treasurer to publish these reports in a timely manner.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.35, .36; 618 (2003).
  
                                    1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 133.

Cross Reference:  206.3   Secretary-Treasurer

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 11/16/2009                           Revised                   
                                                                                            12/15/2014
                                                                                            01/20/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 08:22

707.4 - Audit

707.4 - Audit

In accordance with state law, to review the funds and accounts of the school district, the board will employ an independent auditor to perform an annual audit of the financial affairs of the school district.  The superintendent will use a request for proposal procedure in selecting an auditor.  The administration will cooperate with the auditors.  Annual audit reports will remain on file as permanent records of the school district.

 

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code § 11.6.

 

 

Cross Reference:          701      Financial Accounting System

                                    707      Fiscal Reports

 

 

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 11/16/2009                           Revised 10/18/2021     

                                                                            12/15/2014

                                                                            01/20/2020

                                                                           10/18/2021

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 08:24

707.5 - Internal Controls

707.5 - Internal Controls

 

The Board expects all board members, employees, volunteers, consultants, vendors, contractors, students and other parties maintaining any relationship with the school district to act with integrity, due diligence, and in accordance with all laws in their duties involving the school district’s resources.  The board is entrusted with public dollars and no one connected with the school district should do anything to erode that trust.

Internal control is the responsibility of all employees of the school district. The superintendent, business manager and board secretary shall be responsible for developing internal controls designed to prevent and detect fraud, financial impropriety, or fiscal irregularities within the school district subject to review and approval by the board.  Administrators shall be alert for any indication of fraud, financial impropriety, or irregularity within the administrator’s area of responsibility.

Any employee who suspects fraud, impropriety, or irregularity shall report their suspicions immediately to his/her immediate supervisor and the superintendent.  The superintendent shall have primary responsibility for any necessary investigations and shall coordinate investigative efforts with the board’s legal counsel, auditing firm, and other internal or external departments and agencies, including law enforcement officials, as the superintendent may deem appropriate.

Employees bringing forth a legitimate concern about a potential impropriety will not be retaliated against and those who do retaliate against such an employee will be subject to disciplinary action up to, and including, discharge.

In the event the concern or complaint involves the superintendent, the concern shall be brought to the attention of the board president or vice-president who shall be empowered to contact the board’s legal counsel, Auditor of State’s office, insurance agent, auditing firm, and any other agency to investigate the concern or complaint.

Upon approval of the board, the superintendent may contact the State Auditor or elect to employ the school district’s auditing firm or State Auditor to conduct a complete or partial forensic/internal control/SAS99 audit annually or otherwise as often as deemed necessary.  The superintendent is authorized to order a complete forensic audit if, in the superintendent’s judgment, such an audit would be useful and beneficial to the school district.  The superintendent or board president shall ensure the Auditor of State’s office is notified as required by law of any suspected embezzlement, theft, or financial irregularity pursuant to Iowa law.  In the event there is an investigation, records will be maintained for use in the investigation.  Individuals found to have altered or destroyed records will be subject to disciplinary action, up to, and including termination.

 

Legal References:         American Competitiveness and Corporate Accountability Act of 2002,

Pub. L. No. 107-204.

 

 

Iowa Code ch. 11, 279.8.

 

 

Cross References:         707.6   Audit Committee

 

 

Approved 8/21/2006                       Revised 11/16/2009                                Reviewed 10/18/2021

                                                                     12/15/2014

                                                                    01/20/2020

                                                                    10/18/2021

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 08:25

707.5 R1 - Internal Controls Procedures

707.5 R1 - Internal Controls Procedures

Fraud, financial improprieties, or irregularities include, but are not limited to:

  • Forgery or unauthorized alteration of any document or account belonging to the district.
  • Forgery or unauthorized alteration of a check, bank draft, or any other financial document.
  • Misappropriation of funds, securities, supplies, or other assets.
  • Impropriety in the handling of money or reporting of financial transactions.
  • Profiteering because of “insider” information of district information or activities.
  • Disclosing confidential and/or proprietary information to outside parties.
  • Accepting or seeking anything of material value, other than items used in the normal course of advertising, from contractors, vendors, or persons providing services to the district.
  • Destroying, removing, or inappropriately using district records, furniture, fixtures, or equipment.
  • Failing to provide financial records to authorized state or local entities.
  • Failure to cooperate fully with any financial auditors, investigators or law enforcement.
  • Any other dishonest or fraudulent act involving district monies or resources.

The superintendent will notify the State Auditor’s office of any suspected fraud, embezzlement or financial irregularities as required by law.  The district will comply with all investigation procedures and scope as directed by the State Auditor’s office.  All employees involved in the investigation shall be advised to keep information about the investigation confidential.  The superintendent may engage qualified independent auditors to assist in the investigation.

If an investigation substantiates the occurrence of a fraudulent activity, the superintendent, the board president, or board vice-president if the investigation centers on the superintendent, shall issue a report to the board and appropriate personnel.  The results of the investigation shall not be disclosed to or discussed with anyone other than those individuals with a legitimate right to know until the results are made public.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 08:26

708 - Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records

708 - Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records

School district records shall be housed in the central administration office of the school district.  It will be the responsibility of the superintendent and board secretary to oversee the maintenance and accuracy of the records.  The following records will be kept and preserved according to the schedule below:

Secretary's financial records

Permanently

Treasurer's financial records

Permanently

Open meeting minutes of the Board of Directors

Permanently

Annual audit reports

Permanently

Annual budget

Permanently

Permanent record of individual pupil

Permanently

School election results

Permanently

Real property records (e.g., deeds, abstracts)

Permanently

Records of payment of judgments against the school district

20 years

Bonds and bond coupons

11 years after maturity, cancellation, transfer, redemption, and/or replacement

Written contracts

11 years

Cancelled warrants, check stubs, bank statements, bills, invoices, and related records

5 years

Recordings and minutes of closed meetings

1 year

Program grants

As determined by the grant

Non-payroll personnel records

7 years after leaving district

Payroll personnel records

3 years after leaving district

Employment applications

2 years

Payroll records

3 years

School meal programs accounts/records

3 years after submission of the final claim for reimbursement

In the event that any federal or state agency requires a record be retained for a period of time longer than that listed above for audit purposes or otherwise, the record will be retained beyond the listed period as long as is required for the resolution of the issue by the federal or state agency.

Employees' records will be housed in the central administration office of the school district.  The employees' records will be maintained by the superintendent, the building administrator, the employee's immediate supervisor, and the secretary/treasurer.

An inventory of the furniture, equipment, and other non-consumable items other than real property of the school district will be conducted annually under the supervision of the superintendent.  This report will be filed with the secretary/treasurer.

The permanent and cumulative records of students currently enrolled in the school district will be housed in the office of the attendance center where the student attends.  Permanent records will be housed in a fire resistant safe or vault or electronically with a secure backup file.  The building administrator will be responsible for keeping these records current.  Permanent records of students who have graduated or are no longer enrolled in the school district will be housed in the Junior-Senior High School and will be retained permanently.  These records will be maintained by the superintendent.

Special education records will be maintained in accordance with law.

The superintendent may digitize or otherwise electronically retain stored school district records and may destroy paper copies of the records.  An electronic record which accurately reflects the information set forth in the paper record after it was first generated in its final form as an electronic record, and which remains accessible for later reference meets the same legal requirements for retention as the original paper record.

 

 

Legal Reference:  City of Sioux City v. Greater Sioux City Press Club, 421 N.W.2d 895 (Iowa 1988).
  
                                    City of Dubuque v. Telegraph Herald, Inc., 297 N.W.2d 523 (Iowa 1980).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 22.3, .7; 279.8, .15, .16; 304 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).

Cross Reference:  206.3   Secretary-Treasurer
  
                                    218      Board of Directors' Records
  
                                    401.6   Employee Records
  
                                    506      Student Records
​​​​​                                         901.1   Public Examination of School District Records

 

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  11/16/2009, 01/20/2020, 06/19/2023

Revised:  02/16/2015, 05/16/2016, 06/19/2023

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 08:27

709 - Insurance

709 - Insurance dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 08:31

709.1 - Insurance Program

709.1 - Insurance Program

The board will maintain a comprehensive insurance program to provide adequate coverage against major types of risk, loss, or damage, as well as legal liability.  The board will purchase insurance at replacement values, when possible, after reviewing the costs and availability of such insurance.  The comprehensive insurance program shall be reviewed once every three years.  Insurance will only be purchased through legally licensed Iowa insurance agents.

The school district will assume the risk of property damage, legal liability, and dishonesty in cases in which the exposure is so small or dispersed that a loss does not significantly affect the operation of the education program or financial condition of the school district.

Insurance of buildings, structures, or property in the open will not generally be purchased to cover loss exposures below $ 500 unless such insurance is required by statute or contract. 

The board may retain a private organization for fixed assets management services. 

Administration of the insurance program, making recommendations for additional insurance coverage, placing the insurance coverage and loss prevention activities shall be the responsibility of the superintendent.  The business manager shall be responsible for maintaining the fixed assets management system, processing claims and maintaining loss records.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 85.2; 279.12, .28; 285.5(6), .10(6); 296.7; 298A; 517A.1; 670.7 (2003).
  
                                    1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 171.
  
                                    1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 676.

Cross Reference:  205.2   Board Member Liability
  
                                    804      Safety Program

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 11/16/2009                           Revised                                
                                                                                            12/15/2014
                                                                                            01/20/2020

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 08:31

709.2 - Insurance Report

709.2 - Insurance Report

At the annual meeting each year, the board shall receive a written report indicating the types, amounts of, and cost of the insurance for the school district.  This report shall include bonds purchased for employees and board officers.  It shall be in written form and sent to the board with the agenda for the board meeting.

It shall be the responsibility of the secretary/treasurer to file this report with the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  709.1   Insurance Program

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 11/16/2009                           Revised                               
                                                                                            12/15/2014
                                                                                            01/20/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 08:33

710 - School Food Services

710 - School Food Services dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 08:34

710.1 - School Food Program

710.1 - School Food Program

 

The school district will operate a school nutrition program in each attendance center.  The school nutrition program will include meals through participation in the National School Lunch Program.  Students may bring their own food from home and purchase milk and other incidental items.

School nutrition program facilities are provided to serve students and employees when school is in session and during school-related activities during the school day.  They may also be used under the supervision of the Director of Food Service for food service to employee groups, parent-teacher meetings, civic organizations meeting for the purpose of better understanding the schools, and senior citizens in accordance with law and board policy.

The school nutrition program is operated on a nonprofit basis.  The revenues of the school nutrition program will be used only for the operation or improvement of such programs.  Supplies of the school nutrition program shall only be used for the school nutrition program. 

The board will set, and annually review, the prices for school nutrition programs.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation regarding the prices of school nutrition programs, in accordance with federal and state law.

It is the responsibility of the Director of Food Service to administer the program and to cooperate with the superintendent and appropriate personnel for the proper functioning of the school nutrition program.

The district shall comply with all federal and state laws and regulations required for procurement, including the selection and evaluation of contractors.  The superintendent or designee is responsible for developing an administrative process to implement this policy, including, but not limited to, procedures related to suspension and debarment for transactions subject to those requirements.

 

 

Legal Reference:          42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq..

                                    7 C.F.R. Pt. 210 et seq..

                                    Iowa Code ch. 283A.

                                    281 I.A.C. 58.

 

 

Cross Reference:          710      School Food Services

                                    710.2   Free or Reduced Cost Meals Eligibility

                                    710.3   Vending Machines

                                    710.4   Meal Charge Policy

                                    906      Use of School District Facilities and Equipment

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/21/2009                           Revised 12/21/2009

                                                                             01/19/2015                                         06/19/2017

                                                                             06/19/2017                                         09/17/2018

                                                                             09/17/2018                                         08/15/2022

                                                                             01/20/2020

                                                                             08/15/2022

                                                               

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 09:02

710.1E1 - School Nutrition Program Notices of Nondiscrimination

710.1E1 - School Nutrition Program Notices of Nondiscrimination

USDA Nondiscrimination Statement

In accordance with Federal civil rights law and U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) civil rights regulations and policies, the USDA, its Agencies, offices, and employees, and institutions participating in or administering USDA programs are prohibited from discriminating based on race, color, national origin, sex, disability, age, or reprisal or retaliation for prior civil rights activity in any program or activity conducted or funded by USDA.

Persons with disabilities who require alternative means of communication for program information (e.g. Braille, large print, audiotape, American Sign Language, etc.), should contact the Agency (State or local) where they applied for benefits. Individuals who are deaf, hard of hearing or have speech disabilities may contact USDA through the Federal Relay Service at 800-877-8339.  Additionally, program information may be made available in languages other than English.

To file a program complaint of discrimination, complete the USDA Program Discrimination Complaint Form, (AD-3027) found online at: https://www.usda.gov/oascr/how-to-file-a-program-discrimination-complaint, any USDA office, or write a letter addressed to USDA and provide in the letter all of the information requested in the form.  To request a copy of the complaint form, call 866-632-9992. Submit your completed form or letter to USDA by:

  1. Mail: U.S. Department of Agriculture
    Office of the Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights
    1400 Independence Avenue, SW
     Washington, D.C. 20250-9410
     
  2. Fax: 202-690-7442
     
  3. Email: program.intake@usda.gov

This institution is an equal opportunity provider.

Iowa Nondiscrimination Statement

It is the policy of this CNP provider not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, color, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, disability, age, or religion in its programs, activities, or employment practices as required by the Iowa Code section 216.6, 216.7, and 216.9. If you have questions or grievances related to compliance with this policy by this CNP Provider, please contact the Iowa Civil Rights Commission, Grimes State Office Building, 400 E 14th St, Des Moines, IA 50319-1004; phone number 515-281-4121 or 800-457-4416; website: https://icrc.iowa.gov/.

lschaul@indeek12.org Thu, 08/18/2022 - 14:25

710.1E2 - Child Nutrition Programs Civil Rights Complaint Form

710.1E2 - Child Nutrition Programs Civil Rights Complaint Form

Complaint Contact Information:

Name: ______________________________________________________________________________

Street Address, City, State, Zip:  __________________________________________________

County:                                                             Area Code/Phone:  _________________________

Email Address: ____________________________________________________________________________________

Complaint information:

      1. Specific name and location of the entity and individual delivering the service or benefit:
      2. Describe the incident or action of the alleged discrimination or give an example of the situation that has a discriminatory effect on the public, potential program participants, or current participants:
      3. On what basis does the complainant feel discrimination exists (race, color, national origin, sex, age, disability, creed, sexual orientation, religion, gender identity, political party affiliation, actual/potential parental/family/marital status)?
      4. List the names, titles, and business addresses of persons who may have knowledge of the alleged discriminatory action:
      5. List the date(s) during which the alleged discriminatory actions occurred, or if continuing, the duration of such actions:
      6. Date complaint received:                                                                                                          
      7. Person receiving complaint:                                                                                                      
      8. Action(s) taken:

USDA is the cognizant agency for the Child Nutrition Programs listed and therefore is the first contact for the six protected classes of race, color, national origin, sex, age, and disability for complaints received within 180 days.  Civil rights complaints must be submitted to the USDA Office of Civil Rights within five calendar days of receipt and no later than 180 days of the discriminatory act.  The link for submission of a complaint is: program.intake@usda.gov.

In Iowa, protected classes also include sexual orientation, gender identity, religion or creed and complaints can be filed up to 300 days of occurrence.  The address for Iowa complaints is: Iowa Civil Rights Commission, Grimes State Office building, 400 E. 14th St. Des Moines, IA 50319-1004; phone number 515-281-4121, 800-457-4416; website: https://icrc.iowa.gov/.

This institution is an equal opportunity provider.12/2021

lschaul@indeek12.org Thu, 08/18/2022 - 14:27

710.1R1 - School Nutrition Program Civil Rights Complaint Procedure

710.1R1 - School Nutrition Program Civil Rights Complaint Procedure

USDA Child Nutrition Programs in Iowa

 

Procedures for Handling a Civil Rights Complaint

  1. Civil rights complaints related to the National School Lunch Program, School Breakfast Program, Afterschool Care Snack Program, Summer Food Service Program, Seamless Summer Option, or Child and Adult Care Food Program are written or verbal allegations of discrimination based on USDA protected classes of race, color, national origin, sex, age, and disability.
  2. Any person claiming discrimination has a right to file a complaint within 180 days of the alleged discrimination.  See below for additional Iowa Civil Rights information. A civil rights complaint based on the protected classes listed in #1 above must be forwarded to the address on the nondiscrimination statement.
  3. All complaints, whether written or verbal, must be accepted by the School Food Authority (SFA)/Sponsor/Organization and forwarded to USDA at the address or link on the nondiscrimination statement within 5 calendar days of receipt. An anonymous complaint should be handled the same way as any other.  Complaint forms may be developed, but their use cannot be required.  If the complainant makes the allegations verbally or in a telephone conversation and is reluctant or refuses to put them in writing, the person who handles the complaint must document the description of the complaint.
  4. There must be enough information to identify the agency or individual toward which the complaint is directed and indicate the possibility of a violation.  Every effort should be made to obtain at least the following information:
    • Name, address, and telephone number or other means of contacting the complainant;
    • The specific location and name of the organization delivering the program service or benefit;
    • The nature of the incident(s) or action(s) that led the complainant to feel there was discrimination;
    • The basis on which the complainant feels discrimination occurred (race, color, national origin, sex, age, or disability);
    • The names, titles, and addresses of people who may have knowledge of the discriminatory action(s); and
    • The date(s) when the alleged discriminatory action(s) occurred or, if continuing, the duration of such action(s).
  5. USDA is the cognizant agency for the Child Nutrition Programs listed and therefore is the first contact for the six protected classes listed in #1 above, for complaints received within 180 days.  Civil rights complaints must be submitted to the USDA Office of Civil Rights within five calendar days of receipt and no later than 180 days of the discriminatory act.  The link for submission of a complaint is: program.intake@usda.gov
  6. In Iowa, protected classes also include sexual orientation, gender identity, religion or creed and complaints can be filed up to 300 days of occurrence.  The address for Iowa complaints is: Iowa Civil Rights Commission, Grimes State Office building, 400 E. 14th St. Des Moines, IA 50319- 1004; phone number 515-281-4121, 800-457-4416; website: https://icrc.iowa.gov/.

 

Bureau of Nutrition and Health, IDOE, 12/2021

lschaul@indeek12.org Thu, 08/18/2022 - 14:29

710.2 - Free or Reduced Cost Meals Eligibility

710.2 - Free or Reduced Cost Meals Eligibility

Students enrolled and attending school in the school district who meet the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) eligibility guidelines will be provided the school nutrition program services at no cost or at a reduced price.  The school district shall make reasonable efforts to prevent the overt identification of students who are eligible for free and reduced price meals.

The district shall at least twice annually notify all families of the availability, eligibility criteria, and application procedures for free or reduced price meals in accordance with state and federal law.

It shall be the responsibility of Director of Food Service to determine the eligibility of students for free or reduced price school nutrition programs, in accordance with criteria established by state and federal law.  If school personnel have knowledge of a student who is in need of free or reduced price meals, school personnel shall contact the Director of Food Service.

If a student owes money for five or more meals, the Director of Food Service may contact the student’s parent or guardian to provide information regarding the application for free or reduced price meals.  The school is encouraged to provide reimbursable meals to students who request reimbursable meals unless the students’ parent or guardian has specifically provided written direction to the school to withhold a meal from the student.

Employees will be required to pay for meals consumed.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for implementing this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq.
  
                                    7 C.F.R. §§ 210 et seq.
  
                                    Iowa Code § 283A
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 58.

Cross Reference:  710.1   School Nutrition Program
  
                                    710.3   Vending Machines
  
                                    710.4   Meal Charge Policy

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/19/2015                           Revised 12/21/2009
                                                                                            12/17/2018                                            06/19/2017
                                                                                             01/20/2020                                           12/17/2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 09:04

710.3 - Vending Machines

710.3 - Vending Machines

Food served or purchased by students during the school day and food served or purchased for other than special circumstances shall be approved by the superintendent and follow the school’s Wellness Policy.  Purchases from the vending machines shall not be made during the breakfast or lunch periods.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for the use of vending machines that the students have access to as stated in the school’s Wellness Policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq. (1994).
  
                                    7 C.F.R. Pt. 210 et seq. (2002).
  
                                    Iowa Code ch. 283A (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 58.

Cross Reference:  504.6   Student Fundraising
  
                                    710      School Food Services

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/19/2015                           Revised 12/21/2009
                                                                                            01/20/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 09:06

710.4 - Meal Charges

710.4 - Meal Charges

In accordance with state and federal law, the Independence Community School District adopts the following policy to ensure school district employees, families, and students have a shared understanding of expectations regarding meal charges. The policy seeks to allow students to receive the nutrition they need to stay focused during the school day, prevent the overt identification of students with insufficient funds to pay for school meals, and maintain the financial integrity of the nonprofit school nutrition program.

Payment of Meals

Students have use of a meal account.  Families may add money to student accounts using electronic payment options, cash, or check.

Students who qualify for free meals shall never be denied a reimbursable meal, even if they have accrued a negative balance from previous purchases.  Schools are encouraged to provide a reimbursable meal to students with outstanding meal charge debt.  If an alternate meal is provided, the meal must be the same meal presented in the same manner to any student requesting an alternate meal.   

Employees have use of a meal account, but will not be allowed to charge any amount.

Negative Account Balances

The school district will make reasonable efforts to notify families when meal account balances are low. Additionally, the school district will make reasonable efforts to collect unpaid meal charges classified as delinquent debt. The school district will coordinate communications with the student’s parent or guardian to resolve the matter of unpaid charges. Parents or guardians will be notified of an outstanding negative balance once the student owes five meals or more. Parents or guardians will be notified by personal phone calls to the number on file with the school, emails, and letters. Negative balances of more than the value of five meals not paid prior to end of the semester will be turned over to the superintendent or superintendent’s designee for collection. Options for collection may include:  collection agencies, small claims court, or any other legal method permitted by law.

Unpaid Student Meals Account

The district will establish an unpaid student meals account in a school nutrition fund.  Funds from private sources and funds from the district flexibility account may be deposited into the unpaid school meals account in accordance with law.  Funds deposited into this account shall be used only to pay individual student meal debt at the discretion of the superintendent. 

Communication of the Policy

The policy and supporting information regarding meal charges shall be provided in writing to:

  • All households at or before the start of each school year;
  • Students and families who transfer into the district, at time of transfer; and
  • All staff responsible for enforcing any aspect of the policy. 

Records of how and when the policy and supporting information were communicated to households and staff will be retained.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for implementing this policy.  

 

 

Legal Reference:  42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq.
  
                                    7 C.F.R. §§ 210 et seq.
                                     
U.S. Dep’t of Agric., SP 46-2016, Unpaid Meal Charges: Local Meal Charge Policies (2016).
                                      
U.S. Dep’t of Agric., SP 47-2016, Unpaid Meal Charges: Clarification on Collection of Delinquent Meal Payments (2016).
                                     
U.S. Dep’t of Agric., SP 57-2016, Unpaid Meal Charges: Guidance and Q&A (2016).
  
                                   Iowa Code 283A.
  
                                   281 I.A.C. 58.                                

Cross Reference:  710.1   School Nutrition Program
   
                                   710.2   Free or Reduced Price Meals Eligibility
  
                                   710.3   Vending Machine

Approved 06/19/2017                           Reviewed 12/17/2018                           Revised 12/17/2018
                                                                                             01/20/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 09:08

710.5 - Records and Reports

710.5 - Records and Reports

The records of the school food program shall be accurate and up-to-date.  It shall be the responsibility of the Director of Food Service to maintain the records of the program in compliance with this policy and the accounting system of the school district.

The Director of Food Service shall report the food service activities to the board on a monthly basis.

 

 

Legal Reference:  42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq. (1994).
  
                                    7 C.F.R. Pt. 210 et seq. (2002).
  
                                    Iowa Code ch. 283A (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 58.

Cross Reference:  710      School Food Services

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/21/2009                           Revised                   
                                                                                           01/19/2015
                                                                                           01/20/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 09:14

711 - Transportation

711 - Transportation dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 09:16

711.1 - Student School Transportation Eligibility

711.1 - Student School Transportation Eligibility

Elementary and middle school students living more than two miles from their designated school attendance centers and high school students living more than three miles from their designated attendance centers shall be entitled to transportation to and from their attendance center at the expense of the school district.

Transportation of students who require special education services shall generally be provided as for other students, when appropriate.  Specialized transportation of a student to and from a special education instructional service is a function of that service and, therefore, an appropriate expenditure of special education instructional funds generated through the weighting plan.

Transportation of a student to and from a special education support service is a function of that service, and shall be specified in the individualized education program or the individualized family service plan (IFSP).  When the IEP team determines that unique transportation arrangements are required and the arrangements are specified in the IEP or IFSP, the school district will provide one or more of the following transportation arrangements for instructional services and the AEA for support services:

  • Transportation from the student's residence to the location of the special education and back to the student's residence, or child care placement for students below the age of six.
  • Special assistance or adaptations in getting the student to and from and on and off the vehicle, en route to and from the special education.
  • Reimbursement of the actual costs of transportation when by mutual agreement the parents provide transportation for the student to and from the special education.

The school district is not required to provide reimbursement to parents who elect to provide transportation in lieu of agency-provided transportation.

A student may be required, at the board's discretion, to meet a school vehicle without reimbursement up to three-fourths of a mile.  The board may require the parent to transport their children up to two miles to connect with school bus vehicles at the expense of the school district when conditions deem it advisable.  It shall be within the discretion of the board to determine such conditions.  Parents of students who live where transportation by bus is impracticable or unavailable may be required to furnish transportation to and from the designated attendance center at the expense of the school district.  Parents, who transport their children at the expense of the school district, shall be reimbursed at the rate per mile set by the state. 

Transportation arrangements made by agreement with a neighboring school district shall follow the terms of the agreement.  Students, who choose to attend a school in a school district other than their resident school district, shall provide transportation to and from the school at their own expense.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. §§ 1401, 1701 et seq. (1994).
  
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 300 et seq. (2002).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 256B.4; 285; 321 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 41.98; 43.

Cross Reference:  501.17 Homeless Children and Youth
  
                                    507.8   Student Special Health Services
  
                                    603.3   Special Education
  
                                    711      Transportation

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/21/2009                           Revised                   
                                                                                            01/19/2015
                                                                                            01/20/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 09:16

711.2 - Student Conduct On School Transportation

711.2 - Student Conduct On School Transportation

Students utilizing school transportation shall conduct themselves in an orderly manner fitting to their age level and maturity with mutual respect and consideration for the rights of the school vehicle driver and the other passengers.  Students who fail to behave in an orderly manner will be subject to disciplinary measures.

The driver will have the authority to maintain order on the school vehicle.  It will be the responsibility of the driver to report misconduct to the building administrator.

The board supports the use of recording devices on school buses used for transportation to and from school as well as for field trips, curricular or extracurricular events.  The recording devices will be used to monitor student behavior and may be used as evidence in a student disciplinary proceeding.  The recordings are student records subject to school district confidentiality, board policy and administrative regulations.

After one warning for bad conduct, the building principal will have the authority to suspend transportation privileges of the student or impose other appropriate discipline.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the building principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding student conduct and discipline when utilizing school district transportation.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 285; 321 (2003).

 

Cross Reference:          503      Student Discipline

                                    506      Student Records

                                    804.6   Use of Recording Devices on School Property

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/20/2020                           Revised 12/21/2009

                                                                            11/15/2021                                       02/16/2015

                                                                                                                                     01/20/2020

                                                                                                                                     11/15/2021

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 09:19

711.2R1 - Student Conduct on School Transportation Regulation

711.2R1 - Student Conduct on School Transportation Regulation

All persons riding in school district vehicles will adhere to the following rules.  The driver, sponsor or chaperones are to follow the school bus discipline procedure for student violations of this policy.  Video cameras may be in operation on the school buses.

1.      Bus riders will be at the designated loading point before the bus arrival time.

2.      Bus riders will wait until the bus comes to a complete stop before attempting to enter.

3.      Riders must not extend arms or heads out of the windows at any time.

4.      Aisles must be kept clear at all times.

5.      All bus riders will load and unload through the right front door.  The emergency door is for emergencies only.

6.      A bus rider will depart from the bus at the designated point unless written permission to get off at a different location is given to the driver.

7.      A rider may be assigned a seat by the driver.

8.      Riders who damage seats or other equipment will reimburse the district for the cost of the repair or replacement.

9.      Riders are not permitted to leave their seats while the vehicle is in motion.

10.    Waste containers are provided on all buses for bus riders' use.

11.    Permission to open windows must be obtained from the driver.

12.    Classroom conduct is to be observed by students while riding the bus except for ordinary conversation.

13.    The driver is in charge of the students and the vehicle, and the driver is to be obeyed promptly and cheerfully.

14.    Students will assist in looking after the safety and comfort of younger students.

15.    A bus rider who must cross the roadway to board or depart from the bus shall pass in front of the bus (no closer than 10 feet), look in both directions and proceed to cross the road or highway only on signal from the driver.

16.    Students will not throw objects about the vehicle nor out through the windows.

17.    Shooting paper wads, squirt guns or other material in the vehicle is not permitted.

18.    Students will keep feet off the seats.

19.    Roughhousing in the vehicle is prohibited.

20.    Students will refrain from crowding or pushing.

21.    The use or possession of alcohol, tobacco, vaping devices, or look alike substances (Board Policy 502.9)    are prohibited in the vehicle.

22.    The Activity Standards Policy (Board Policy 503.4) is in effect.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 09:21

711.2R2 - Use of Video Cameras on School Buses Regulation - Rescinded

711.2R2 - Use of Video Cameras on School Buses Regulation - Rescinded

Rescinded per Policy Primer Vol.29, Number 5 (Student Publications) Board Reviewed and Approved 11/15/2021

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 09:21

711.3 - Student Transportation for Extracurricular Activities

711.3 - Student Transportation for Extracurricular Activities

The board in its discretion may provide school district transportation for extracurricular activities including, but not limited to, transporting student participants and other students to and from extracurricular events.

Students participating in extracurricular events, other than those held at the school district facilities, may be transported to the extracurricular event by school district transportation vehicles or by another means approved by the superintendent.  Students attending extracurricular events, other than those held at the school district facilities may be transported to the extracurricular event by school district transportation vehicles.

Students, who are provided transportation in school district transportation vehicles for extracurricular events, shall ride both to and from the event in the school vehicle unless arrangements have been made with the building principal prior to the event.  A student's parent may personally appear and request to transport the student home from a school-sponsored event in which the student traveled to the event on a school district transportation vehicle.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually as to whether the school district shall provide the transportation authorized in this policy.  In making the recommendation to the board, the superintendent shall consider the financial condition of the school district, the number of students who would qualify for such transportation, and other factors the board or superintendent deem relevant.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256B.4; 285.1-.4; 321 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 41.98; 43.

Cross Reference:  504      Student Activities
  
                                    711      Transportation

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/21/2009                           Revised                   
                                                                                           01/19/2015
                                                                                           01/20/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 09:24

711.4 - Transportation Equipment

711.4 - Transportation Equipment

The school district shall purchase transportation vehicles which meet the requirements of the board and the Iowa Department of Education.  The purchase of such vehicles shall be in compliance with board policy.

School district student transportation vehicles shall be inspected by the Iowa Department of Education.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to arrange for the inspection of the school district transportation vehicles requiring inspection and to develop a program for routine maintenance of school district vehicles.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 285.10(3) (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 43.30-.31, .41.

Cross Reference:  705.4   Purchasing - Bidding
  
                                    711      Transportation

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/21/2009                           Revised                   
                                                                                           01/19/2015
                                                                                           01/20/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 09:25

711.5 - School Vehicle Routes

711.5 - School Vehicle Routes

The board may annually approve and review the school district bus routes.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the school bus routes keeping in mind the safety of the students, the size of the school buses, the length of the route, the cost to the school district, and other factors deemed relevant by the superintendent.  The superintendent shall also develop emergency school bus routes that may be necessary due to weather or other conditions.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 285.10-.11 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 43.1-.2.

Cross Reference:  711      Transportation

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/21/2009                           Revised                   
                                                                                           01/19/2015
                                                                                           01/20/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 09:26

711.6 - Discretionary Stops by School Vehicles

711.6 - Discretionary Stops by School Vehicles

The school district is required to provide a certain level of transportation service to its resident students.  The board has complete discretion to provide additional transportation service to its resident and nonresident students.  School district transportation vehicles may, at the discretion of the board, make special stops on the bus route as a courtesy to the passengers.  Changes in the bus route for discretionary stops must be reviewed by the board.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to recommend to the board whether a school vehicle will make a discretionary stop.  In making this recommendation, the superintendent shall consider the safety of the students, the size of the school buses, the length of the route, the cost to the school district, and other factors deemed relevant by the board or superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 285.10 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 43.10.

Cross Reference:  711      Transportation

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/21/2009                           Revised                   
                                                                                           01/19/2015
                                                                                           01/20/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 09:27

711.7 - Summer School Program Transportation Service

711.7 - Summer School Program Transportation Service

The school district may use school vehicles for special education transportation to and from summer extracurricular activities.  The superintendent may make a recommendation to the board annually regarding their use.

Transportation to and from the student's attendance center for summer school instructional programs shall be within the discretion of the board.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation regarding transportation of students in summer school instructional programs at the expense of the school district.  In making the recommendation to the board, the superintendent shall consider the financial condition of the school district, the number of students involved in summer school programs, and other factors deemed relevant by the board or the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 285.10 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 43.10.

Cross Reference:  711      Transportation

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/21/2009                           Revised                   
                                                                                           01/19/2015
                                                                                           01/20/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 09:28

711.8 - Transportation of Nonresident and Nonpublic School Students

711.8 - Transportation of Nonresident and Nonpublic School Students

The board has sole discretion to determine the method to be utilized for transporting nonresident and nonpublic students.  Resident students and nonresident students paying tuition may be attending a nonpublic school accredited by the State Department of Education, and they will be transported on an established public school vehicle route as long as such transportation does not interfere with resident public students' transportation.  Nonresident and nonpublic school students shall obtain the permission of the superintendent prior to being transported by the school district.  Permission must be received by the nonresident student’s school district.

Parents of resident students who provide transportation for their children attending a nonpublic school accredited by the Iowa Department of Education will be reimbursed at the established state rate.  This reimbursement shall be paid only if the school district receives the funds from the state.  If less than the amount of funds necessary to fully reimburse parents of the nonpublic students is received by the school district, the funds shall be prorated.

The charge to the nonresident students shall be determined based on the students' pro rata share of the actual costs for transportation.  The parents of these students shall be billed for the student's share of the actual costs of transportation.  The billing shall be according to the schedule developed by the superintendent.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to determine the amount to be charged and report it to the board secretary for billing.

Continued transportation of nonresident and nonpublic school students on a public school vehicle route will be subject to resident public school students' transportation needs.  The superintendent shall make a recommendation annually to the board regarding the method to be used.  In making a recommendation to the board, the superintendent shall consider the number of students to be transported, the capacity of the school vehicles, the financial condition of the school district and other factors deemed relevant by the board or the superintendent.

Nonresident and nonpublic school students shall be subject to the same conduct regulations as resident public students as prescribed by board policy, and to other policies, rules, or regulations developed by the school district regarding transportation of students by the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 285.1-.2, .10, .16 (2003).

Cross Reference:  711      Transportation

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/19/2015                           Revised 12/21/2009
                                                                                            01/20/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 09:29

711.9 - Transportation of Nonschool Groups

711.9 - Transportation of Nonschool Groups

School district vehicles may be available to local nonprofit entities which promote cultural, educational, civic, community, or recreational activities for transporting to and from nonschool-sponsored activities within the state as long as the transportation does not interfere with or disrupt the education program of the school district and does not interfere with or delay the transportation of students.  The local nonprofit entity must pay the cost of using the school district vehicle as determined by the superintendent.  Prior to making the school district transportation vehicle available to the local nonprofit entity, the "school bus" signs shall be covered and the flashing warning lamps and the stop arm made inoperable.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for use of school district transportation vehicles to transport students and others to school-sponsored events within the state and for application for, use of, and payment for using the school district transportation vehicles by local nonprofit entities for a nonschool-sponsored activity.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 285.1(21), .10(9), (10) (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 43.10.

Cross Reference:  711      Transportation
  
                                    900      Principles and Objectives for Community Relations

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/21/2009                           Revised                   
                                                                                           01/19/2015
                                                                                           01/20/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 09:31

711.10 - School Bus Safety Instruction

711.10 - School Bus Safety Instruction

The school district shall conduct school bus safe riding practices instruction and emergency safety drills twice a year for students who utilize school district transportation.

Each school bus vehicle shall have, in addition to the regular emergency safety drill, a plan for helping those students who require special assistance to safety during an emergency. This shall include, but not be limited to, students with disabilities.

School district vehicle drivers are required to attend each safety drill.

Employees shall be responsible for instructing the proper techniques to be followed during an emergency, as well as safe riding practices.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 321 (2003).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 43.40.

Cross Reference:  503      Student Discipline
  
                                    507      Student Health and Well-Being
  
                                    804.2   Warning Systems and Emergency Plans

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 12/21/2009                           Revised                   
                                                                                           01/19/2015
                                                                                           01/20/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 09:32

711.11 - Transportation in Inclement Weather

711.11 - Transportation in Inclement Weather

School district buses will not operate when weather conditions due to fog, rain, snow or other natural elements make it unsafe to do so.  Because weather conditions may vary around the school district and may change quickly, the best judgment possible will be used with the information available.

The final judgment as to when conditions are unsafe to operate will be made by the superintendent.  The superintendent will be assisted by the actual "on location" decisions and reports of the drivers.

Several drivers each year will be specially designated to report weather and road conditions by bus radio when requested to do so.  Other drivers and students will be notified by an automated calling system and local media when school is cancelled or temporarily delayed.  When school is cancelled because of weather anywhere in the school district, all schools will be closed.

When weather conditions deteriorate during the day after school has begun, cancellation notices will be announced by an automated calling system and local media.  Students will be returned to their regular drop-off sites unless weather conditions prevent it.  In that case, students will be kept at or returned to school until they are picked up by the parents.

The following information is provided to make parents aware that in the event school is open but roads may not be accessible, the district may implement a Hard Surface Route schedule for students. 

  • In the event that road conditions are unsafe for school buses, the district will announce that Hard Surface Routes will be used.
  • That announcement will be:
  • We will be picking up and dropping off students at intersections of gravel and paved roads. If you happen to live on a paved road and currently use busing in the morning and after school, those times may have changed.
  • If you plan on riding from one of the available stops, you will need to be there at least 5 minutes before to make sure that we don’t hold up traffic on the roads.
  • For safety reasons, we will not be letting students off at an intersection if there isn’t someone there to pick them up. If this happens, that student will be taken back to their school, where they will have to have someone come and pick them up.
  • If Hard Surface Routes are used in the morning, they will be used that afternoon as well.
  • Hard Surface Routes also apply to the Preschool take home and pick up.
  • If you know in advance where you will be riding from, please let the driver know or contact the bus garage and we will inform the bus driver.
  • If you have any questions please contact the bus garage at (319) 334-7435.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  601.2   School Day

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/19/2015                           Revised 12/21/2009
                                                                                           01/20/2020                                           01/20/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 09:33

711.12 - District Vehicle Idling

711.12 - District Vehicle Idling

The board recognizes that it has a role in reducing environmental pollutants and in assisting students and others be free from pollutants that may impact their respiratory health.  Unnecessary vehicle idling emits pollutants and wastes fuel.  The board directs the superintendent, in conjunction with the Director of Transportation, to work on administrative regulations to implement this policy and reduce school vehicle idling time.

 

 

Legal References:  Iowa Code §279.8 (2007).

Cross References:  403      Employee Health and Well-Being
  
                                      507      Student Health and Well-Being
  
                                      711      Transportation

Approved 4/16/2007                               Reviewed 12/21/2009                             Revised __________          
                                                                                              01/19/2015
                                                                                              01/20/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 09:35

711.12R1 - District Vehicle Idling

711.12R1 - District Vehicle Idling

Applicability:  This regulation applies to the operation of every district owned school bus.

Rationale:  Diesel exhaust from idling school buses can accumulate in and around the bus pose a health risk to children, drivers and the community at large.  Exposure to diesel exhaust can cause lung damage and respiratory problems.  Diesel exhaust also exacerbates asthma and existing allergies, and long-term exposure is thought to increase the risk of lung cancer.  Idling buses also waste fuel and financial resources.

Purpose:  Eliminate all unnecessary idling by district school buses such as idling time is minimized in all aspects of school bus operation.

Guidance: 

  1. When school bus drivers arrive at loading or unloading areas to drop off or pick up passengers, they should turn off their buses as soon as possible to eliminate idling time and reduce harmful emissions.  The school bus should be started 1-3 minutes before departure time.  Exceptions include conditions that would compromise passenger safety, such as,

a.  Extreme Weather Conditions

b.  Idling in Traffic

  1. At school bus depots, limit the idling time during early morning warm up to what is recommended by the manufacturer (generally 3-5 minutes) in all but coldest weather. 
  2. Buses should not idle while waiting for students during field trips, extracurricular activities or other events where students are transported off school grounds.  Exception in cold weather, an activities bus may be left unattended and running as long as it is not in loading and unloading zone.
  3. In colder weather, if the warmth of the bus is an issue, idling is to be at a very minimum and occur outside the school zone.  The warmed bus is to enter the school zone as close to pick up time as possible to maintain warmth and then shut down.  Exception in cold weather. 
  4. In colder weather, schools are directed to provide space inside the school where the drivers who arrive early can wait.
  5. All service delivery vehicles shall turn off the engines while making deliveries to school buildings.
  6. All drivers shall receive a copy of this bulletin at the beginning of every school year.

 

Driver’s Signature that rules have been read and understood:

 

________________________________________________

               

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 09:36

712 - Technology and Data Security

712 - Technology and Data Security

The Independence Community School District (ICSD) recognizes the increasingly vital role technology plays in society.  It is the goal of the district to embrace technology as a resource to further educate our students, and better prepare students for the future.  It is the intent of the district to support secure data systems in the district, including security for all personally identifiable information (PII) that is stored digitally on district-maintained devices, computers and networks.  Technology also has incredible potential to support increased efficiency, communication and growth through collaboration among administration, students, staff, employees, and volunteers.

However, with this growth opportunity comes increased potential for valuable sensitive data to become public.  The district takes seriously its responsibility to protect private data.  The purpose of this policy is to ensure the secure use and handling of all district data, computer systems, devices and technology equipment by district students, employees, and data users.

The district supports the use of third-party vendors to perform necessary education functions for the district.  Utilizing third party vendors to outsource functions the district would traditionally perform provides a cost-effective means to deliver high quality educational opportunities to all students.  However, it is paramount that third party vendors with access to sensitive data and PII of district students, employees and data users be held to the highest standards of data privacy and security.

The selection of third-party vendors shall be in accordance with appropriate law and policy.  Third-party vendors with access to PII shall meet all qualifications to be designated as a School Official under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA).  The board shall ensure that any approved contract with a third-party vendor will require that the vendor comply with all applicable state and federal laws, rules, or regulations, regarding the privacy of PII.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop procedures for the district to enhance the security of data and the learning environment.  The procedures shall address, but not be limited to, the following topics:

Access Control – Access control governs who may access what information within the district and the way users may access the information.  Increased access to secure networks and data will inevitably increase the risk of security compromise to those networks and data.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop procedures for determining which individuals will have access to district networks, devices and data; and to what extent such access will be granted.  System and network access will be granted based upon a need-to-have requirement, with the least amount of access to data and programs by the user as possible.

Security Management – Security management addresses protections and security measures used to protect digital data.  These include measures related to audits and remediation, as well as security plans for responding to, reporting and remediating security incidents.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop procedures to govern the secure creation, storage and transmission of any sensitive data and personally identifiable information (PII).  The superintendent or designee shall implement network perimeter controls to regulate data moving between trusted internal resources to external entities.

Technology and Data Use Training – Technology and data use training addresses acceptable use best practices to safeguard data for students, employees and staff.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop procedures for creating and administering a training program on proper data and technology use.  The training shall address the proper use and security of all district owned or controlled technology, devices, media and data.  Training should be administered to all district data users during the Fall Staff Professional Development training days or as hired during the academic school year.

In furtherance of this policy, the superintendent or designee shall be responsible for overseeing district-wide data and technology security, to include development of standards and procedures and adherence to the administrative procedures defined in this document.

 

 

Legal References:  20 U.S.C. §1232g; 34 C.F.R. Part 99
  
                                                47 U.S.C. §254
  
                                                20 U.S.C. §6777
  
                                                Iowa Code §§ 279.70; 715C

Cross References:  401.13   Staff Technology Use/Social Networking
  
                                                506.1     Student Records
  
                                                605.4     Technology in the Classroom

Approved 06/17/2019                             Reviewed 06/17/2019                             Revised __________             

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 09:49

712R1 - Security Requirements of Third-Party Vendors Regulation

712R1 - Security Requirements of Third-Party Vendors Regulation

The district must ensure proper safeguards and procedures exist to use third-party vendors as a resource to further educational functions.  The following procedures shall be used to investigate and contract only with qualifying third-party vendors for the performance of necessary educational functions of the district; and to ensure that third-party vendors meet the required standards to be designated under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) as a School Official to handle personally identifiable information (PII) within the district.

Third-party vendors may be designated by the district as a School Official when the vendor:

  1. Performs an institutional service or function for which the school or district would otherwise use its own employees;
  2. Has met the criteria set forth in the district's annual notification of FERPA rights for being a school official with a legitimate educational interest in the education records;
  3. Is under the direct control of the district regarding the use and maintenance of education records; and
  4. Uses education records only for authorized purposes and may not re-disclose PII from education records to other parties (unless the provider has specific authorization from the district to do so and is otherwise permitted by FERPA).

Third party vendor data use requirements shall include, but not be limited to the following:

  1. The vendor implement and maintain security procedures and practices consistent with current industry standards; and
  2. The vendor be prohibited from collecting and using PII for:
    1. Targeted advertising;
    2. Amassing a profile about a student or students except in furtherance of educational purposes;
    3. Selling or renting PII for any purpose other than those expressly permitted by law; and
    4. Disclosing PII for any purposes other than those expressly permitted by law.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 02/19/2021 - 09:51

713 - Responsible Technology Use and Social Networking

713 - Responsible Technology Use and Social Networking

Computers, electronic devices and other technology are powerful and valuable education and research tools and, as such, are an important part of the instructional program. In addition, the school district depends upon technology as an integral part of administering and managing the schools’ resources, including the compilation of data and recordkeeping for personnel, students, finances, supplies, and materials. This policy outlines the board’s expectations in regard to these different aspects of the school district’s computer technology resources. Students, staff, and volunteers must conduct themselves in a manner that does not disrupt the educational process and failure to do so may result in discipline, up to and including student discipline under all relevant district policies, and termination for employees.

General Provisions

The superintendent is responsible for designating a Technology Director who will oversee the use of school district technology resources. The Technology Director will prepare in-service programs for the training and development of school district staff and relevant volunteers in technology skills, appropriate use of district technology, and for the incorporation of technology use in subject areas.

The superintendent, working with appropriate staff, shall establish regulations governing the use and security of the school district’s technology resources. The school district will make every reasonable effort to maintain the security of the district networks and devices. All users of the school district’s technology resources, including students, staff and volunteers, shall comply with this policy and regulation, as well as others impacting the use of school equipment and facilities. Failure to comply may result in disciplinary action, up to and including termination, or expulsion as well as suspension and/or revocation of technology access privileges.

Usage of the school district’s technology resources is a privilege, not a right, and that use entails responsibility. District-owned technology and district maintained Internet-based collaboration software, social media, and e-mail accounts are the property of the school district. Therefore, users of the school district’s network must not expect, nor does the school district guarantee, privacy for use of the school district’s network including web sites visited. The school district reserves the right to access and view any material stored on school district equipment, within district-owned software, or any material used or accessed in conjunction with the school district’s network.

The superintendent, working with the appropriate staff, shall establish procedures governing management of technology records in order to exercise appropriate control over technology records, including financial, personnel and student information. The procedures will address at a minimum:

  • passwords,
  • system administration,
  • separation of duties,
  • remote access,
  • data back-up (including archiving of e-mail),
  • record retention, and
  • disaster recovery plans.

Social Networking or Other External Web Sites

For purposes of this policy any website, other than the school district web site or school-school district sanctioned web sites, are considered external web sites. Employees and volunteers shall not post confidential or proprietary information, including photographic images, about the school district, its employees, students, agents, or others on any external web site without prior written consent of the superintendent. Employees and volunteers shall adhere to all applicable privacy and confidentiality policies adopted by the school district when on external web sites. Employees, students and volunteers shall not use the school district logos, images, iconography, etc. on external web sites unless authorized in advance by school administration.  Employees, students and volunteers need to realize that the internet is not a closed system and anything posted on an external site may be viewed by others. Employees, students and volunteers who don’t want school administrators to know their personal information, should refrain from sharing it on the internet. Employees and volunteers should not connect with students via external web sites without consent of the building level administrator.

Employees and volunteers who wish to connect with students through an Internet-based software application that is not District-approved must first obtain the prior written consent of the building administrator.  At all times, no less than two licensed employees must have access to all accounts and interactions on the software application. Employees and volunteers who would like to start a social media site for school district sanctioned activities, should obtain prior written consent from the superintendent.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.

 

Legal Reference:       Iowa Code § 279.8.

                                  282 I.A.C. 25, 26.

 

Cross Reference:      106      Anti-Bullying/Harassment

                                  307      Administrator Code of Ethics

                                  401.01 Employee Orientation

                                  407      Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

  413      Classified Employee Termination of Employment

                                  605      Instructional Materials

 

Approved:  03/18/2024

Reviewed:

Revised:

 

lschaul@indeek12.org Tue, 03/19/2024 - 11:17

713 - Responsible Technology Use and Social Networking

713 - Responsible Technology Use and Social Networking

Computers, electronic devices and other technology are powerful and valuable education and research tools and, as such, are an important part of the instructional program. In addition, the school district depends upon technology as an integral part of administering and managing the schools’ resources, including the compilation of data and recordkeeping for personnel, students, finances, supplies, and materials. This policy outlines the board’s expectations in regard to these different aspects of the school district’s computer technology resources. Students, staff, and volunteers must conduct themselves in a manner that does not disrupt the educational process and failure to do so may result in discipline, up to and including student discipline under all relevant district policies, and termination for employees.

General Provisions

The superintendent is responsible for designating a Technology Director who will oversee the use of school district technology resources. The Technology Director will prepare in-service programs for the training and development of school district staff and relevant volunteers in technology skills, appropriate use of district technology, and for the incorporation of technology use in subject areas.

The superintendent, working with appropriate staff, shall establish regulations governing the use and security of the school district’s technology resources. The school district will make every reasonable effort to maintain the security of the district networks and devices. All users of the school district’s technology resources, including students, staff and volunteers, shall comply with this policy and regulation, as well as others impacting the use of school equipment and facilities. Failure to comply may result in disciplinary action, up to and including termination, or expulsion as well as suspension and/or revocation of technology access privileges.

Usage of the school district’s technology resources is a privilege, not a right, and that use entails responsibility. District-owned technology and district maintained Internet-based collaboration software, social media, and e-mail accounts are the property of the school district. Therefore, users of the school district’s network must not expect, nor does the school district guarantee, privacy for use of the school district’s network including web sites visited. The school district reserves the right to access and view any material stored on school district equipment, within district-owned software, or any material used or accessed in conjunction with the school district’s network.

The superintendent, working with the appropriate staff, shall establish procedures governing management of technology records in order to exercise appropriate control over technology records, including financial, personnel and student information. The procedures will address at a minimum:

  • passwords,
  • system administration,
  • separation of duties,
  • remote access,
  • data back-up (including archiving of e-mail),
  • record retention, and
  • disaster recovery plans.

Social Networking or Other External Web Sites

For purposes of this policy any website, other than the school district web site or school-school district sanctioned web sites, are considered external web sites. Employees and volunteers shall not post confidential or proprietary information, including photographic images, about the school district, its employees, students, agents, or others on any external web site without prior written consent of the superintendent. Employees and volunteers shall adhere to all applicable privacy and confidentiality policies adopted by the school district when on external web sites. Employees, students and volunteers shall not use the school district logos, images, iconography, etc. on external web sites unless authorized in advance by school administration.  Employees, students and volunteers need to realize that the internet is not a closed system and anything posted on an external site may be viewed by others. Employees, students and volunteers who don’t want school administrators to know their personal information, should refrain from sharing it on the internet. Employees and volunteers should not connect with students via external web sites without consent of the building level administrator.

Employees and volunteers who wish to connect with students through an Internet-based software application that is not District-approved must first obtain the prior written consent of the building administrator.  At all times, no less than two licensed employees must have access to all accounts and interactions on the software application. Employees and volunteers who would like to start a social media site for school district sanctioned activities, should obtain prior written consent from the superintendent.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.

 

Legal Reference:       Iowa Code § 279.8.

                                  282 I.A.C. 25, 26.

 

Cross Reference:      106      Anti-Bullying/Harassment

                                  307      Administrator Code of Ethics

                                  401.01 Employee Orientation

                                  407      Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

  413      Classified Employee Termination of Employment

                                  605      Instructional Materials

 

Approved:  03/18/2024

Reviewed:

Revised:

lschaul@indeek12.org Tue, 03/19/2024 - 11:21

713R1 - Responsible Technology Use and Social Networking Regulation

713R1 - Responsible Technology Use and Social Networking Regulation

General

The following rules and regulations govern the use of the school district's network systems, employee access to the internet, and management of digital records:

  • Employees will be issued a school district e-mail account. Passwords must be changed periodically.
  • Each individual in whose name an access account is issued is responsible at all times for its proper use.
  • Employees are expected to review their e-mail regularly, and shall reply promptly to inquiries with information that the employee can reasonably be expected to provide.
  • Communications with parents and/or students must be made from a school account, unless in the case of an emergency.
  • Employees shall refrain from using technology resources for personal use, including access to social networking sites.
  • Use of the school district technology and school e-mail address is a public record. Employees cannot have an expectation of privacy in the use of the school district’s network and technology.
  • Use of technology resources in ways that violate the acceptable use and conduct regulation, outlined below, will be subject to discipline, up to and including discharge.
  • Use of the school district’s network is a privilege, not a right.  Inappropriate use may result in network restrictions placed on a device or an account.
  • Off-site access to the school district network will be determined by the superintendent in conjunction with appropriate personnel.
  • All network users are expected to abide by the generally accepted rules of network etiquette. This includes being polite and using only appropriate language. Abusive language, vulgarities and swear words are all inappropriate.
  • Network users identifying a security problem on the school district's network must notify appropriate staff. Any network user identified as a security risk or having a history of violations of school district technology use guidelines may be denied access to the school district's network.
  • Employees are representatives of the district at all times and must model appropriate character, both on and off the worksite.  This applies to material posted with personal devices and on personal websites and/or social media accounts.  Posted messages or pictures which diminish the professionalism or discredit the capacity to maintain respect of students and parents may result in disciplinary action up to and including termination if the content posted is found to be disruptive to the educational environment and adversely impacts the employee’s ability to effectively serve as a role model or perform his/her job duties for the district.  The type of material that would affect an employee’s ability to serve as an appropriate role model includes, but is not limited to, text or depictions involving hate speech, nudity, obscenity, vulgarity or sexually explicit content.  Employee communications with students should be limited as appropriate.  If there is any uncertainty, employees should consult their building administrator.

Prohibited Activity and Uses

The following is a list of prohibited activity for all employees concerning use of the school district's network.  Any violation of these prohibitions may result in discipline, up to and including discharge, or other appropriate penalty, including suspension or revocation of a user's access to the network.

  • Using the network for commercial activity, including advertising, or personal gain
  • Infringing on any copyrights or other intellectual property rights, including copying, installing, receiving, transmitting or making available any copyrighted software on the school district network. See Policy 605.07, Use of Information Resources for more information.
  • Using the network to receive, transmit or make available to others obscene, offensive, or sexually explicit material
  • Using the network to receive, transmit or make available to others messages that are racist, sexist, and abusive or harassing to others.
  • Use of another’s account or password.
  • Attempting to read, delete, copy or modify the electronic mail (e-mail) of other system users.
  • Forging or attempting to forge e-mail messages.
  • Engaging in vandalism. Vandalism is defined as any malicious attempt to harm or destroy school district equipment or materials, data of another user of the school district’s network or of any of the entities or other networks that are connected to the Internet. This includes, but is not limited to, creating and/or placing a virus on the network.
  • Using the network to send anonymous messages or files.
  • Revealing the personal address, telephone number or other personal information of oneself or another person.
  • Intentionally disrupting network traffic or crashing the network and connected systems.
  • Installing personal software or using personal technology on the school district’s technology and/or network without the permission of the Director of Technology.
  • Using the network in a fashion inconsistent with directions from teachers and other staff and generally accepted network etiquette.

Other Technology Issues

Employees should contact students and their parents through the school district's technology or phone system unless in the case of an emergency or with prior consent of the principal. Employees should not release their cell phone number, personal e-mail address, etc. to students or their parents.

lschaul@indeek12.org Tue, 03/19/2024 - 11:39

800 - BUILDINGS & SITES

800 - BUILDINGS & SITES jen@iowaschool… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 09:44

800 - Objectives of Buildings & Sites

800 - Objectives of Buildings & Sites

This series of the board policy manual sets forth the board objectives and goals for the school district's buildings and sites.  It shall be the goal of the board to provide sufficient school district buildings and sites for the education program.  The board shall strive to provide an environment which will encourage and support learning.

In providing this environment the school district buildings and sites will accommodate the organizational and instructional patterns that support the education program.  The board shall have final authority to determine what is necessary to meet the needs of the education program.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to oversee the day-to-day operations of the school buildings and sites and to notify the board of areas in need of improvement.

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/18/2010                           Revised                   
                                                                                       02/16/2015
                                                                                       10/19/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:19

801 - Site Acquisition and Building Construction

801 - Site Acquisition and Building Construction dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:21

801.1 - Buildings & Sites Long Range Planning

801.1 - Buildings & Sites Long Range Planning

As part of the board's long range plan for the school district's education program, the board shall include the buildings and sites needs for the education program.  The long-term needs for building and sites shall be discussed and determined by the board.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to provide information including, but not limited to, enrollment projections and education program requirements to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 280.3, .12, .14; 297 (2003).

Cross Reference:  105      Long-Range Needs Assessment

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/18/2010                           Revised                   
                                                                                      02/16/2015
                                                                                      10/19/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:21

801.2 - Buildings & Sites Surveys

801.2 - Buildings & Sites Surveys

The board may engage the services of consultants or other personnel to study the needs of the school district's buildings and sites in providing the education program.  The results of these services will be considered in planning the education program and in making decisions about the improvement and acquisition of additional buildings and sites.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the need for such services and who should perform such services for the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 280.3, .14; 297 (2003).

Cross Reference:  105      Long-Range Needs Assessment
  
                                    801      Site Acquisition and Building Construction

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/18/2010                           Revised                   
                                                                                      02/16/2015
                                                                                      10/19/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:23

801.3 - Educational Specifications for Buildings & Sites

801.3 - Educational Specifications for Buildings & Sites

Buildings and sites considered for purchase or construction by the board or currently owned by the school district and used for the education program must meet, or upon improvement be able to meet, the specifications set by the board.  The board will make this determination.

Prior to remodeling or other construction of buildings and sites, the board may appoint a committee of consultants, employees, citizens, or others to assist the board in developing the specifications for the new or improved buildings and sites.  These specifications will be consistent with the education program, and they will provide the architect with the information necessary to determine what is expected from the facility.  It is within the discretion of the board to determine whether a committee is appointed.

The education specifications will include, but not be limited to, the financial resources available for the project, the definition and character of classrooms, the functional use to be made of the rooms, description of specialized needs, and other pertinent information as the board deems necessary.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the specifications of buildings and sites.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Cedar Rapids Community School District, Linn County v. City of Cedar Rapids, 252 Iowa 205, 106 N.W.2d 655 (1960).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 73A.2, .18; 280.3, .14; 297; 544A (2003).
  
                                    1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 529.

Cross Reference:  801      Site Acquisition and Building Construction

Approved 11/1/2004                       Reviewed 01/18/2010                     Revised                   
                                                                                 02/16/2015
                                                                                 10/19/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:24

801.4 - Selection of an Architect

801.4 - Selection of an Architect

The board shall have the authority to select the architect for construction projects.  The financial condition of the school district, the ability of the architect to meet the building and site specifications, the experience of the architect and other factors deemed relevant by the board will be considerations for selection of an architect.

It shall be the responsibility of the board to interview the architects and make a decision.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code chs. 297; 544A (2003).

Cross Reference:  801      Site Acquisition and Building Construction

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/18/2010                           Revised                   
                                                                                      02/16/2015
                                                                                      10/19/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:25

801.5 - Site Acquisition

801.5 - Site Acquisition

Sites (real estate) acquired by the board will meet or, upon improvement, be able to meet the specifications set out by the board prior to using the site for the education program.  The board may meet in closed session to discuss potential purchases of specific sites in compliance with applicable laws.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to assist the board and to make recommendations concerning the acquisition of sites.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 21.5(j); 297.

 

Cross Reference:          213      Closed Sessions

                                    705.1   Purchasing - Bidding

                                    801      Site Acquisition and Building Construction

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/18/2010                           Revised 11/15/2021

                                                                            02/16/2015

                                                                            10/19/2020

                                                                            11/15/2021

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:26

801.7 - Financing Sites and Construction

801.7 - Financing Sites and Construction

Prior to the approval of a construction contract, except emergency construction, the board shall review methods for financing the project.  The board may use the means it deems necessary to pay for the purchase of sites and construction.  In determining the means of financing for these purposes, the board shall consider the financial condition of the school district and the uses allowed for the monies of the school district.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to analyze the various methods of financing for the purchase of sites and construction and make a recommendation to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Harney v. Clear Creek Community School District, 261 Iowa 315, 154 N.W.2d 88 (1967).
  
                                    Liggett v. Abbott, 192 Iowa 742, 185 N.W. 569 (1921).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 73A; 74; 74A; 75; 278.1; 296; 297; 298 (2003).
  
                                    1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 598.
  
                                    1938 Op. Att'y Gen. 167.
  
                                    1936 Op. Att'y Gen. 423.

Cross Reference:  705      Expenditures
  
                                    801      Site Acquisition and Building Construction

Approved   11/1/2004                           Reviewed 01/18/2010                           Revised                   
                                                                                      02/16/2015
                                                                                      10/19/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:27

801.8 - Supervision of Construction

801.8 - Supervision of Construction

Construction authorized by the board must be supervised for proper execution.  The board will tour the completed construction area before allowing final payment on the project.

It shall be the responsibility of the architect to supervise construction projects of the school district as they are completed.  The superintendent shall work closely with the architect and provide the board with progress reports at each meeting until the construction is completed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  801      Site Acquisition and Building Construction

Approved   11/1/2004                           Reviewed 01/18/2010                           Revised                   
                                                                                      02/16/2015
                                                                                      10/19/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:29

802 - Maintenance, Operation and Management

802 - Maintenance, Operation and Management dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:30

802.1 - Maintenance Schedule

802.1 - Maintenance Schedule

The school district buildings and sites, including the grounds, buildings and equipment, will be kept clean and in good repair.  Employees should notify the building principal when something is in need of repair or removal, including graffiti.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to maintain the school district buildings and sites.  As part of this responsibility, a maintenance schedule shall be created and adhered to in compliance with this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2003).

Cross Reference:  502.2   Care of School Property/Vandalism
  
                                    502.7   Student Lockers
  
                                    802      Maintenance, Operation and Management
  
                                    804.1   Facilities Inspections

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/18/2010                           Revised                   
                                                                                      03/16/2015
                                                                                      10/19/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:30

802.2 - Requests for Improvements

802.2 - Requests for Improvements

Generally, except for emergency situations, requests for improvements or repairs shall be made to the superintendent by building principals and the director of buildings and grounds.  Requirements for requests outlined in the maintenance schedule shall be followed.

Minor improvements, not exceeding a cost of $75,000, may be approved by the superintendent.  Improvements exceeding $75,000 must be approved by the board.  Routine maintenance and repairs outlined in the maintenance schedule shall be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2003).

Cross Reference:  802.1   Maintenance Schedule
  
                                    802.3   Emergency Repairs

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 01/18/2010                           Revised 03/16/2015
                                                                                       10/19/2020                                       10/19/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:35

802.3 - Emergency Repairs

802.3 - Emergency Repairs

In the event an emergency requiring repairs in excess of $75,000 to a school district facility are necessary to correct or control the situation and to prevent the closing of school, the provisions relating to bidding shall not apply. 

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to obtain certification from the area education agency administrator stating such repairs in excess of $75,000 were necessary to prevent the closing of school.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to notify the board as soon as possible considering the circumstances of the emergency.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 280.3, .14; 297.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  705.1   Purchasing - Bidding
  
                                    802      Maintenance, Operation and Management

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 10/19/2020                           Revised 10/26/2009
                                                                                                                                               03/16/2015

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:36

802.4 - Capital Assets

802.4 - Capital Assets

The school district will establish and maintain a capital assets management system for reporting capitalized assets owned or under the jurisdiction of the school district in its financial reports in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) as required or modified by law; to improve the school district's oversight of capital assets by assigning and recording them to specific facilities and programs and to provide for proof of loss of capital assets for insurance purposes.

Capital assets, including tangible and intangible assets, are reported in the government-wide financial statements (i.e. governmental activities and business type activities) and the proprietary fund financial statements.  Capital assets reported include school district buildings and sites, construction in progress, improvements other than buildings and sites, land and machinery and equipment.  Capital assets reported in the financial reports will include individual capital assets with an historical cost equal to or greater than $5,000, except for intangible right-to-use lease assets.  The Federal regulations governing school lunch programs require capital assets attributable to the school lunch program with a historical cost of equal to or greater than $500 be capitalized.  Additionally, capital assets are depreciated over the useful life of each capital asset. 

All intangible assets (except for intangible right-to-lease assets) with a purchase price equal to or greater than $25,000 with useful life of two or more years, are included in the intangible asset inventory for capitalization purposes.  Such assets are recorded at actual historical cost and amortized over the designated useful lifetime applying a straight-line method of depreciation.  If there are no legal, contractual, regulatory, technological or other factors that limit the useful life of the asset, then the intangible asset needs to be considered to have an indefinite useful life and no amortization should be recorded.

If an intangible asset that meets the threshold criteria is fully amortized, the asset must be reported at the historical cost and the applicable accumulated amortization must also be reported.  It is not appropriate to “net” the capital asset and amortization to avoid reporting.   For internally generated intangible assets, outlays incurred by the government's personnel, or by a third-party contractor on behalf of the government, and for development of internally generated intangible assets should be capitalized.

The district recognizes the importance of classifying leases of intangible assets as assets or liabilities in financial statements.  When operating as a lessor, the district will recognize a lease liability and an intangible right-to-use lease asset.  When operating as a lessee, the district will recognize a lease receivable and a deferred inflow of resources consistent with the requirements established in GASB 87.

The District recognizes a lease liability and an intangible right-to-use lease asset with an initial value of $5,000 or more. At the commencement of a lease, the District initially measures the lease liability at the present value of payments expected to be made during the lease term.  Subsequently, the lease liability is reduced by the principal portion of lease payments made.  The lease asset is initially measured as the initial amount of the lease liability, adjusted for lease payments made at or before the lease commencement date plus certain initial direct costs to place the asset in service.  The lease asset is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease.

The capital assets management system must be updated monthly to account for the addition/acquisition, disposal, relocation/transfer of capital assets.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent, and/or other designated staff, to count and reconcile the capital assets with capital assets management system on June 30 each year.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, and/or other designated staff, to develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.  It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent, and/or other designated staff, to educate employees about this policy and its supporting administrative regulations.  

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 257.31(4); 279.8; 297.22-.25; 298A (2009).

Cross Reference:  709      Insurance Program
  
                                    701.3     Financial Records

Approved   11/1/2004                           Reviewed 03/16/2015                           Revised 03/15/2010
                                                                              10/19/2020                                         09/20/2010

                                                                              11/21/2022                                         11/21/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:38

802.4R1 - Capital Assets Regulation

802.4R1 - Capital Assets Regulation

A.           Capital Assets Management System

              The superintendent, and/or other designated staff, shall:

              1)   Conduct the fixed assets physical count;

              2)   Develop the fixed assets listing;

              3)   Tag fixed assets included in the fixed assets management system with a bar code identification number; 

              4)   Make a recommendation of a computer software program for managing the fixed assets management system;

              5)   Enter the necessary data into the fixed capital assets management system and compile the appropriate reports;

              6)   Develop forms and procedures for maintaining the integrity of the fixed capital assets management system; and,

              7)   Maintain responsibility for an accurate fixed capital assets management system. 

 

B.           Determining historical cost

        1.   The historical cost of a capital asset is based on the actual costs expended in making the capital assets serviceable.     

        2.   Gifts of capital assets are valued at the estimated fair market value at the addition/acquisition date. 

        3.   Fixed assets purchased under a capital lease are valued at historical cost of the net present value of the minimum lease payments on the addition/acquisition date.                   

        4.   The historical cost of capital assets must include capitalized interest.

 

C.           Annual capital assets listing reconciliation

        1.   The superintendent, and/or other designated staff, in conjunction with the capital assets management team, will conduct an annual capital assets physical count to develop the annual capital assets listing in a manner similar to the initial capital assets listing process in B above.  At least every three years, someone other than the person in custody of the capital assets in the building/department/room will perform the capital assets physical count for the building/department/room.

      2.     Upon completion of the annual capital assets listing, the capital assets listing is reconciled to the capital assets management system data base.                                                           

      3.     Capital assets found to have been excluded from the data base are added to the capital assets management system.  The capital assets management system process should be reviewed to prevent future incidents of excluding a capital asset.

      4.     Capital assets unaccounted for are reported to the superintendent who contacts the supervisor of and the individual in charge/control/custody of the capital asset.  The individual in charge/control/custody of the capital asset has thirty days to account for the capital asset.                  

5.     Capital assets unaccounted for after thirty days are reported to the superintendent for appropriate action and documentation.  "Appropriate action" may include discipline, up to and including discharge, and may require the employee/person in charge/control/custody of the capital asset to replace the asset.

      6.     The superintendent, and/or other designated staff, is responsible for documenting the reasons each asset was not reconciled to the capital assets management system.                      

 

 D.       Addition/acquisition of capital assets. 

        1.   The school district's purchasing policy and administrative regulations must be followed when acquiring capital assets.  The school district's policy and administrative regulations must be followed for receiving a gift of capital assets.  

        2.   The capital assets addition/acquisition documentation must be completed for each additional capital assets with an addition/acquisition cost of equal to or greater than $5,000.  The following information should be collected, if applicable:

              a.   Name of location-building/department/room;

              b.   Location-building/department/room code;

              c.   Balance sheet accounting/class code;

              d.   Government or BTA program;

              e.   Addition/acquisition date;

              f.    Check/purchase order number or gift;

              g.   Bar code identification number assigned to and placed on the capital asset;

              h.   Serial/model number;                                                                                                                   

              i.    Cost-historical;

              j.    Fair market value on acquisition date (donated assets only);

              k.   Estimated useful life;

              l.    Vendor;

              m.  Purchasing fund and function;

              n.   Description of capital asset;

              o.   Department/person charged with custody,

              p.     Method of addition/acquisition-purchase, trade, gift etc.,

              q.    Quantity;

              r.     Replacement cost;

              s.     Addition/acquisition authorization; and,

              t.     Function for depreciation.

        3.   Capital assets acquired in a month must be entered into the capital assets management system in the same month.

        4.  The actual costs of construction in progress, other than infrastructure, is entered into the capital assets management system in the month in which costs are incurred until the total cost of addition/acquisition is entered.  Upon completion of construction, the total costs accumulated over the period of construction are reclassified to buildings.

        5.   Capital assets acquired in a month must be entered into the capital assets management system in the same month.

 

E.     Relocation/transfer of machinery and equipment capital assets.

        1.   A capital assets relocation/transfer documentation must be completed prior to removing machinery and equipment capital assets from their current location.  The following information must be collected:

              a.   Relocation/transfer date;

              b.   Quantity;

              c.   Bar code identification number;

              d.   Current location-building/department/room code;

              e.   Name of current location-building/department/room;

              f.    New location-building/department/room code;

g.   Name of new location-building/department/room;

      h.   Date placed at new location-building/department/room;

              i.    Department/person charged with custody; and

      j.    Relocation/transfer authorization.

        2.   Capital assets relocated/transferred in a month must be entered into the capital assets management system in the same month.

 

F.     Disposal of capital assets

        1.   A Capital Assets disposal documentation must be completed prior to disposing of real property.  The following information must be collected:

              a.   Disposal date;

      b.   Quantity;

      c.   Bar code tag identification number;

              d.   Legal description,

              e.   Location/Address;

              f.    Purchaser;

              g.   Disposal methods for real property trade, sale, stolen, etc.; and,

              h.   Disposal authorization.

        2.   Capital assets disposed of in a month must be entered into the capital assets management system in the same month.

        3.   When assets are sold or disposed of, it is necessary to calculate and report a gain or loss in the statement of activities.  The gain/loss is calculated by subtracting the net book value (historical cost less any accumulated amortization) from the net amount realized on the sale or disposal.

 

G.    Lost, damaged or stolen capital assets.

        1.   A Lost, Damaged or Stolen Capital Assets Report must be completed when a capital asset has been lost, damaged or stolen. The following information must be collected:

              a.    Date of loss, damage or theft;

              b.    Employee/person discovering;

              c.    Quantity;

              d.     Description of capital asset;

              e.     Bar code tag identification number;

              f.     Location-building/department/room;

              g.     Description of loss, damage, etc.;

              h.     Filing of police report-yes or no;

              i.      Filing of insurance report-yes or no;

              j.      Sent for repair-yes or no;

              k.     Date returned from repair;

              l.      Date returned to location-building/department/room;

              m.    Department/person charged with custody; and,

              n.     Authorization.                                                                            

        2.   Capital assets damaged, lost or stolen in a month must be entered into the capital assets management system in the same month.

             

H.          Capital assets reports

        1.         Annual reports for June 30 each year.                                            

              a.    Capital assets listing including the following items:

                    1) Balance sheet accounting/class code;

                    2) Purchasing fund, function and depreciation function;

                    3) Bar code tag identification number;

                    4) Description of the capital asset;

                    5) Historical cost or other;

                    6) Location;

                    7) Current year depreciation/expense; and,

                    8) Accumulated depreciation/amortization.

               b.     capital assets listing by location/building;

               c.     capital assets listing by department/employee/person charged with custody; and,

               d.     capital assets listing by replacement cost. 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:39

802.4R2 - Capital Assets Management System Definitions

802.4R2 - Capital Assets Management System Definitions

Back trending/standard costing - an estimate of the historical original cost using a known average installed cost for like units as of the estimated addition/ acquisition date.  This cost is only applied to the capital assets initially counted upon implementation of the capital assets management system when the historical original cost cannot be determined.  It is inappropriate to apply the back trending/standard costing method to any capital assets acquired after the assets management system implementation date.

Balance sheet accounting/class codes - the codes set out for assets in the Iowa Department of Education Uniform Accounting Manual.  They are:  200-capital assets; 211- land and land improvements; 221-site improvements; 222-accumulated depreciation on site improvements; 231-buildings and building improvements; 232-accumulated depreciation on buildings and building improvements; 241-machinery and equipment; 242-accumulated depreciation on machinery and equipment, 251-works of art and historical treasures; 252-accumulated depreciation on works of art and historical treasures, 261-infrastructure, 262-accumulated depreciation on infrastructure, and 271-construction in progress.

Book value - the value of capital assets on the records of the school district, which can be the cost or the cost less the appropriate allowances, such as depreciation.

Buildings and building improvements - a capital assets account reflecting the addition/acquisition cost of permanent structures owned or held by a government and the improvements thereon.

Business-type activities – one of two classes of activities reported in the government-wide financial statements.  Business-type activities are financed in the whole or in part by fees charged to external parties for goods or services.  These activities are usually reported in enterprise funds.

Capital expenditures/expenses - expenditures/expenses resulting in the addition/acquisition of or addition/acquisition to the school district's capital assets.

Capital assets - Capital assets with a value of equal to or greater than $5,000 based on the historical cost include:  long-lived assets obtained or controlled as a result of past transactions, events or circumstances.  Capital assets include buildings, construction in progress, improvements other than facilities, land, machinery and equipment, and intangible assets.

Capitalization policy - the criteria used by the school district to determine which capital assets will be reported as capital assets on the school district’s financial statements and records.

Capitalization threshold - The dollar value at which a government elects to capitalize tangible or intangible assets that are used in operations and that have initial useful lives extending beyond a single reporting period.

Capitalized interest - interest accrued and reported as part of the cost of the capital assets during the construction phase of a capital project.  The construction phase extends from the initiation of pre-construction activities until the time the asset is placed in service. 

Construction in progress - buildings in the process of being constructed other than infrastructure.

Cost - the amount of money or other consideration exchanged for goods or services.

Depreciation/Amortization - expiration in the service life of capital assets, other than wasting assets, attributable to wear and tear, deterioration, action of the physical elements, inadequacy and obsolescence.  In accounting for depreciation/amortization, the cost of a capital asset, less any salvage value, is prorated over the estimated service life of such an asset, and each period is charged with a portion of such cost.

Fixtures - attachments to buildings that are not intended to be removed and cannot be removed without damage to the buildings.  Those fixtures with a useful life presumed to be as long as that of the building itself are considered a part of the building.  Other fixtures are classified as machinery and equipment. 

General capital assets - capital assets that are not capital assets of any fund, but of the governmental unit as a whole.  Most often these capital assets arise from the expenditure of the financial resources of governmental funds.

General capital assets account group (GCAAG) - a self-balancing group of accounts established to account for capital assets of the school district, not accounted for through specific proprietary funds.

Government activities – activities generally financed through taxes, intergovernmental revenues, and other non-exchange revenues.  These activities are usually reported in governmental funds and internal service funds.

Government-wide financial statements – Financial statements that incorporate all of a government's governmental and business-type activities, as well as its nonfiduciary component units.  There are two basic government-wide financial statements: the statement of net assets and the statement of activities.  Both basic government-wide financial statements are presented using the economic resources measurement focus and the accrual basis of accounting.

Historical (acquisition) cost - the actual costs expended to place a capital asset into service.  For land and buildings, costs such as legal fees, recording fees, surveying fees, architect fees and similar fees are included in the historical cost.  For machinery and equipment, costs such as freight and installation fees and similar fees are included in the historical cost.

Improvements – An addition made to, or change made in, a capital asset, other than maintenance, to prolong its life or to increase the efficiency or capacity.  The cost of the addition or change is added to the book value of the asset.

Improvements other than buildings - attachments or annexation to land that are intended to remain so attached or annexed, such as sidewalks, trees, drives, tunnels, drains and sewers.  Sidewalks, curbing, sewers and highways are sometimes referred to as "betterments," but the term "improvements" is preferred.

Infrastructure – long-lived capital assets that normally are stationary in nature and normally can be preserved for a significantly greater number of years than most capital assets.  Examples of infrastructure assets include; roads, bridges, tunnels, drainage systems, water and sewer systems, dams, and lighting systems.

Investment in general capital assets - an account in the GCAAG representing the school district's investment in general capital assets. The balance in this account generally is subdivided according to the source of the monies that finance the capital assets addition/acquisition, such as general fund revenues and special assessments. 

Land and buildings - real property owned by the school district.

Machinery and equipment - capital assets which maintain their identity when removed from their location and are not changed materially or consumed immediately (e.g., within one year) by use.  Machinery and equipment are often divided into specific categories such as:  transportation machinery and equipment which includes school buses and school district owned automobiles, trucks and vans; other motor machinery and equipment which includes lawn maintenance machinery and equipment, tractors, motorized carts, maintenance machinery and equipment, etc.; other machinery and equipment which includes furniture and machinery and equipment contained in the buildings whose original cost is equal to or greater than $5,000, and capital assets under capital leases and capital assets being acquired under a lease/purchase agreement.

Proprietary funds – Funds that focus on the determination of operating income, changes in net assets (or cost recovery), financial position, and cash flows.  There are two different types of proprietary funds:  enterprise funds and internal service funds.

Replacement cost - the amount of cash or other consideration required today to obtain the same capital assets or its equivalent.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:42

802.5 - Buildings & Sites Adaptation for Persons with Disabilities

802.5 - Buildings & Sites Adaptation for Persons with Disabilities

The board recognizes the need for access to its buildings and sites by persons with disabilities.  School district buildings and sites currently in use will be altered to be accessible to persons with disabilities unless the alteration would cause an undue hardship for the school district.  Renovated and new buildings and sites shall be accessible to persons with disabilities.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, upon board approval, to take the necessary action to ensure school district buildings and sites are accessible to persons with disabilities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (1994).
  
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (1994).
  
                                    Iowa Code chs. 104A; 216 (2003).

Cross Reference:  103      Equal Educational Opportunity
  
                                    603.2   Special Education

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 02/22/2010                           Revised                   
                                                                                       03/16/2015
                                                                                       10/19/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:45

802.6 - Parking

802.6 - Parking

Employees shall park only in the areas designated as employee parking and abide by school district parking regulations.

Visitors to the school district shall park in the parking area designated for visitor parking.  Students shall abide by board policies dealing with the use of bicycles and motor vehicles.  Parking areas designated for persons with disabilities may be used only by persons with disabilities.

Failure to comply with this policy or school district regulations will be reason for revocation of school district parking privileges.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 104A.7; 279.8; 321 (2003).
  
                                    661 I.A.C. 18.1-.8.

Cross Reference:  502      Student Rights and Responsibilities
  
                                    904.4   Public Conduct on School Premises

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 02/22/2010                           Revised                   
                                                                                      03/16/2015
                                                                                      10/19/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:46

802.7 - Vandalism

802.7 - Vandalism

The board believes everyone should treat school district buildings and sites and property with respect for the benefit of the education program.  Users of school district property shall treat it with care.  Employees discovering vandalism should report it to the building principal as soon as possible.

Persons suspected, found or proven to have destroyed or otherwise harmed school district property may be subject to discipline by the school district, if the person is under the jurisdiction of the school district, and may be reported to local law enforcement officials.  Persons who are not under the jurisdiction of the school district and who are suspected, found or proven to have destroyed or otherwise harmed school district property shall be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  502      Students Rights and Responsibilities
  
                                    904.4   Public Conduct on School Premises

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 02/22/2010                           Revised                   
                                                                                      03/16/2015
                                                                                      11/16/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:48

802.8 - Energy Conservation

802.8 - Energy Conservation

In concert with the board's goal to utilize public funds in an effective and efficient manner, employees and students shall practice energy conservation methods when utilizing the school district's buildings and sites.  These methods include, but are not limited to, turning off lights and equipment when not in use, reducing the temperature of the facility, particularly when it is not in use, and keeping windows and doors properly closed or open, depending upon the weather.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop energy conservation guidelines for employees and students.  Employees and students shall abide by these guidelines.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.44; 473.19-.20 (2003).

Cross Reference:  700      Purpose of Noninstructional and Business Services

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 02/22/2010                           Revised                   
                                                                                     03/16/2015
                                                                                     11/16/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:49

802.9 - Contract for Maintenance Services

802.9 - Contract for Maintenance Services

The board may contract for custodial and other maintenance services for the school district buildings and sites.  The superintendent is authorized to contract for such services.  Except in the case of an emergency, the board shall approve the contracts for these services if the cost exceeds $75,000.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to consider the financial condition of the school district and other factors deemed relevant by the superintendent in making such contracts.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  703      Budget
  
                                    705      Expenditures
  
                                    802.3   Emergency Repairs

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 02/22/2010                           Revised 03/16/2015
                                                                                           11/16/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:50

802.10 - Intangible Assets

802.10 - Intangible Assets

Identifiable

An intangible asset should be recognized in the statement of net assets only if it is identifiable which means the asset is either:

a)   separable (i.e. it can be separated/divided from the government and sold, transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged) or

b)   arose from contractual or other legal rights, regardless of whether those rights are transferable or separable.

Criteria

GASB Statement 51 defines intangible assets as assets that are identifiable and possess all of the following characteristics:

  • lack of physical substance,
  • nonfinancial nature (not in monetary form like cash or investment securities) and
  • initial useful life extending beyond a single reporting period.

Examples of intangible assets include easements, land use rights (i.e. water rights, timber rights and mineral rights), patents, trademarks and copyrightsIn addition, intangible assets include computer software that is purchased, licensed or internally generated (including websites) as well as outlays associated with an internally generated modification of computer software.

Intangible assets can be purchased or licensed, acquired through nonexchange transactions or internally generated.

All intangible assets subject to the provisions of GASB Statement 51 should be classified as capital assets.  Accordingly, existing authoritative guidance related to the accounting and financial reporting for capital assets (i.e. recognition, measurement, presentation, disclosure, etc.) should be applied to intangible assets as applicable.

Exclusions

GASB Statement 51 applies to all intangible assets except:  (a) assets acquired or created primarily for purposes of directly obtaining income or profit (these intangible assets should be considered investments), (b) assets from capital lease transactions reported by lessees, except licensing agreements to lease commercially available computer software, and (c) goodwill created through the combination of a government and another entity.

Threshold for Capitalization

The establishment of an intangible asset capitalization threshold policy has been recommended by the County Finance Committee and adapted for LEAs and AEAs.  The policy should be approved by the Board of Education.  The threshold is to be consistently applied by all departments and offices of the District for financial reporting purposes.  All intangible assets at or above $25,000 must be reported for the audit and Certified Annual Report (CAR), all other intangible assets are excluded.

Measurement/Recognition

Effective July 1, 2009, intangible assets exceeding the District’s threshold should be recorded at actual historical cost.  For business-type activities and enterprise funds capitalized interest and ancillary charges, if any, should be included in the historical cost.

Only direct costs will be capitalized (indirect costs will not be included).

Intangible assets received in a nonexchange transaction (i.e. donated) are to be recorded at their estimated fair value at the time of acquisition.

  • The fair value of an asset is the amount at which the asset could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in forced or liquidation sale.  Therefore, it would be inappropriate to arbitrarily assign a nominal value to a donated intangible asset without applying a rational technique to estimate its fair value.

The threshold for intangible assets applies to individual assets and it is not acceptable to account for items in aggregate to meet the threshold limitations.

For internally generated intangible assets (see next page), outlays incurred by the government’s personnel, or by a third-party contractor on behalf of the government, for development of internally generated intangible assets should be capitalized.

For internally generated computer software, outlays incurred during the application development stage (see next page) will be capitalized if they exceed the threshold.  These outlays include the initial purchase of the computer software/license and modifications made to the software before it is placed into operation.  The initial purchase of the software/license and modifications made should be analyzed separately for capitalization purposes (do not aggregate).

  • Costs incurred prior to July 1, 2009, for internally generated computer software projects in the application development stage will not be capitalized.  However, costs incurred July 1, 2009 and beyond, for these projects will be capitalized if exceeding the District’s threshold.

Computer software licenses purchased/renewed will not be aggregated.  Each individual license purchased/renewed will be measured against the District’s threshold and the useful life must extend beyond a single reporting period in order for the license to be capitalized.

Internally Generated Intangible Assets

Internally generated intangible assets are created or produced by the government or an entity contracted by the government, or they are acquired from a third party but require more than minimal incremental effort on the part of the government to begin to achieve their expected level of service capacity.

Outlays related to the development of an internally generated intangible asset that is identifiable should be capitalized only upon the occurrence of all three of the following:

Specified-Conditions Criteria

  1. Determination of the specific objective of the project and the nature of the service capacity that is expected to be provided by the intangible asset upon completion of the project.
  2. Demonstration of the technical or technological feasibility for completing the project so that the intangible asset will provide its expected service capacity.
  3. Demonstration of the current intention, ability, and presence of effort to complete or, in the case of a multiyear project, continue development of the intangible asset.

Only outlays incurred subsequent to meeting the above criteria should be capitalized; outlays incurred prior to this point should be expensed.

Internally Generated Computer Software

Computer software is considered internally generated if it is developed in-house by the government’s personnel or by a third-party contractor on behalf of the government.

Commercially available software that is purchased or licensed by the government and modified using more than minimal incremental effort before being put into operation should be considered internally generated.

The development and installation of internally generated computer software can be grouped into three stages:

  1. Preliminary Project Stage:  involves conceptual formulation and evaluation of alternatives, determination of the existence of needed technology and final selection of alternatives for development of the software.  Expense all outlays in this stage.
  2. Application Development Stage:  includes the design of the chosen path (i.e. software configuration, software interfaces), coding, installation to hardware, and testing.  Data conversion activities could be included in this phase if those activities are deemed necessary to make the software operational.  Capitalize all outlays incurred during this stage once the Specified-Conditions Criteria are met.  (Note:  the Specified-Conditions Criteria are considered met when the Preliminary Project Stage is complete and management authorizes/commits to funding the project.)  Capitalization should cease when the computer software is substantially complete and operational.
  3. Post-Implementation/Operation Stage:  includes application training and software maintenance.  Data conversion activities would be included in this stage if not deemed necessary to make the software operational.  Expense all outlays in this stage.

Outlays associated with an internally generated modification of computer software that is already in operation should be capitalized if the modification results in any of the following:

  1. increase in functionality of the software (able to perform tasks that it was previously incapable of performing),
  2. increase in efficiency of the software (increase in level of service provided without the ability to perform additional tasks) or
  3. extension of the estimated useful life.

If the modification does not result in any of the three outcomes, the modification should be considered maintenance and expensed accordingly.

Amortization (Use Straight-Line Method)

The useful life of an intangible asset that arises from contractual or other legal rights should not exceed the period to which the service capacity of the asset is limited by those contractual or legal provisions.  Contract renewal periods may be considered in determining the useful life of the intangible asset if there is evidence the government will seek and be able to achieve renewal and the anticipated outlay for renewal is nominal in relation to the level of service capacity obtained.

If there are no legal, contractual, regulatory, technological or other factors that limit the useful life of an intangible asset, then the intangible asset should be considered to have an indefinite useful life and no amortization should be recorded.

A useful life that must be estimated does not mean indefinite useful life.

Impairment

If changes in factors and conditions result in the useful life of an intangible asset no longer being indefinite, the asset should be tested for impairment because a change in the expected duration of use of the asset has occurred.  The carrying value of the intangible asset, if any, following the recognition of any impairment loss should be amortized in subsequent reporting periods over the remaining estimated useful life of the asset.

A common indicator of impairment for internally generated intangible assets is development stoppage, such as stoppage of development of computer software due to changes in the priorities of management.

Retroactive Reporting

The District will not retroactively report the following intangible assets:

  1. Those considered to have indefinite useful lives as of June 30, 2009.
  2. Those that would be considered internally generated as of June 30, 2009.
  3. Costs incurred prior to July 1, 2009, for internally generated computer software projects in the application development stage will not be capitalized.  However, costs incurred July 1, 2009 and beyond, for these projects will be capitalized if exceeding the District’s threshold.

Intangible assets (and related amortization) requiring retroactive reporting (for the period July 1, 1980 through June 30, 2009) will be reported at actual historical cost.  This includes purchased software that is still in use, even if fully amortized as of June 30, 2009.  [Note: Phase 3 districts are not required to retroactively report any intangible assets.]

NOTE:  If actual historical cost cannot be determined for these intangible assets due to lack of sufficient records, estimated historical cost will be used.

Miscellaneous

This policy must be applied to all intangible assets.  If an intangible asset that meets the threshold criteria is fully amortized, the asset must be reported at the historical cost and the applicable accumulated amortization must also be reported.  It is not appropriate to “net” the intangible asset and amortization to avoid reporting. 

When intangible assets are sold or disposed of, it is necessary to calculate and report a gain or loss in the statement of activities.  The gain/loss is calculated by subtracting the net book value (historical cost less any accumulated amortization) from the net amount realized on the sale or disposal.

 

 

Approved 06/21/2010                           Reviewed 03/16/2015                           Revised                   
                                                                                            11/16/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:51

803 - Selling and Leasing

803 - Selling and Leasing dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:54

803.1 - Disposition of Obsolete Equipment

803.1 - Disposition of Obsolete Equipment

School property, such as equipment, furnishings, or supplies (hereafter equipment), will be disposed of when it is determined to be of no further use to the school district.  It shall be the objective of the school district in disposing of the equipment to achieve the best available price or most economical disposal.

Obsolete equipment or property other than real property having a value of no more than $25,000 may be sold or disposed of in a manner determined by the board.  The board gives the superintendent the sole discretion to dispose of or sell any equipment valued at no more than $25,000.   However, the sale of equipment, furnishings or supplies disposed of in this manner shall be published in a newspaper of general circulation. 

A public hearing shall be held regarding the disposal of the equipment with a value of $25,000 or more prior to the board's final decision.  The board shall adopt a resolution announcing the proposed sale and will publish notice of the time and place of the public hearing and the description of the property shall be in the resolution.  Notice of the public hearing shall be published at least once, but not less than 10 days and not more than 20 days, prior to the hearing date unless otherwise required by law.  Upon completion of the public hearing, the board may dispose of the equipment.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the method for disposing of equipment of no further use to the school district.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 24.9; 297.22-.25.

 

Cross Reference:          704      Revenue

                                    705.1   Purchasing - Bidding

                                    803      Selling and Leasing

 

 

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 02/22/2010                           Revised 08/18/2014

                                                                            04/20/2015                                       09/20/2021

                                                                            11/16/2020

                                                                            09/20/2021

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:55

803.2 - Lease, Sale or Disposal of School District Buildings & Sites

803.2 - Lease, Sale or Disposal of School District Buildings & Sites

Decisions regarding the lease, sale, or disposal of school district real property shall be made by the board.  In making its decision the board will consider the needs of the education program and the efficient use of public funds.

Prior to the board's final decision regarding real property, a public hearing shall be held.  The board shall adopt a resolution announcing the proposed sale which shall contain notice of the time and place of the public hearing and the description of the property or locally known address.  Notice of the time and place of the public hearing shall be published at least once, but not less than 10 days and not more than 20 days, prior to the hearing date.  Upon completion of the public hearing, the board may dispose of the property.

If the real property contains less than two acres, is located outside of a city, is not adjacent to a city and was previously used as a schoolhouse site, the property may revert to the owner of the tract from whom the property was taken following the procedures set forth in Iowa Code §§ 297.15-.25.

In the case of the razing of a school district facility, at a cost of $25,000 or more, the board will advertise and take bids for the purpose of awarding the contract for the project.

The superintendent shall be responsible for coordinating the action necessary for the board to accomplish the lease, sale, or disposal of school district real property, including student-constructed buildings.  It shall also be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the use of school district real property not being utilized for the education program.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 297.15-.25 (2003).

Cross Reference:  704      Revenue
  
                                    705.1   Purchasing - Bidding
  
                                    803      Selling and Leasing

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 02/22/2010                           Revised 04/19/2010
                                                                                      04/20/2015
                                                                                      11/16/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:56

803.3 - Vacant Facilities

803.3 - Vacant Facilities

School district facilities which have been vacated by the school district and are available for lease or purchase shall be reported to the city, county, and Iowa Department of General Services.

It shall be the responsibility of the board secretary to complete and send this notice.  The board secretary should also notify the school district insurance carrier.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 297.4 (2003).

Cross Reference:  803      Selling and Leasing

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 02/22/2010                           Revised                   
                                                                                      04/20/2015
                                                                                      11/16/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:57

804 - Safety Program

804 - Safety Program dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:58

804.01 - Facilities Inspections

804.01 - Facilities Inspections

A program for annual inspection, in addition to those conducted by authorized agencies, of the equipment, facilities, and grounds shall be conducted as part of the maintenance schedule for school district buildings and sites.  The results of this inspection shall be reported to the board at its annual meeting.  Further, the board may conduct its own inspection of the school district buildings and sites annually.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  802      Maintenance, Operation and Management

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 02/22/2010                           Revised                   
                                                                                      04/20/2015
                                                                                      11/16/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 14:03

804.02 - District Emergency Operations Plans

804.02 - District Emergency Operations Plans

The safety and security of the school community is paramount to the Independence Community School District.  While there is no absolute guarantee of safety, it is the goal of the district to encourage and support a physically secure learning and working environment within its buildings.  The district shall work in conjunction with community stakeholders including local emergency management coordinators and local law enforcement agencies to create emergency operations plans for all district buildings and school buildings where students are educated.

The superintendent shall be responsible for the development, review and implementation of the district emergency operations plan.  The plan shall include procedures for transmitting alerts regarding emergency situations to school personnel, students, and employers for non-school employees whose presence is regularly required in the school building.  The emergency operations plan shall be updated and reviewed annually by the board and shall address responses to natural disasters, active shooter scenarios and other emergencies as determined by the district.  The emergency operations plans are confidential and shall not be subject to disclosure under Iowa Code Chapter 22.  However, the district shall publish procedures for students, school personnel, parents, and family members to report possible safety threats on school grounds and at school activities. 

The administration shall hold annual emergency operations drills at each district building covered by an emergency operations plan in accordance with law.  The district shall determine which school personnel shall participate and whether local law enforcement and students participate in annual drills.  

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code 280.30      

Cross Reference:  800      Objectives of Building and Sites

Approved 05/20/2019                           Reviewed 05/20/2019                           Revised                   
                                                                                      11/16/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 14:05

804.03 - First Aid

804.03 - First Aid

The board encourages employees to be trained in emergency first aid care and cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR).  The school district may provide a program annually for those employees who wish to learn or update emergency first aid care.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 613.17 (2003).

Cross Reference:  403.2   Employee Injury on the Job
  
                                    507.4   Student Illness or Injury at School

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 02/22/2010                           Revised                   
                                                                                      04/20/2015
                                                                                      11/16/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 14:06

804.04 - Facilities Security

804.04 - Facilities Security

To protect the school district buildings and sites and equipment, the facilities shall be locked when school is not in session.  When school activities or public activities are held in the school district facilities, only the appropriate doors, as determined by the superintendent and the building principals, shall be unlocked for access to the school district facilities.

It shall be the responsibility of employees and users of the school district facilities to abide by this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2003).

Cross Reference:  401.9   Use of School District Facilities & Equipment by Employees
  
                                    709      Insurance
  
                                    906      Use of School District Facilities & Equipment

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 02/22/2010                           Revised                   
                                                                                      04/20/2015
                                                                                      11/16/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 14:07

804.05 - Employee Safety Inservice

804.05 - Employee Safety Inservice

The administration and custodians may conduct in-services for employees to review safety practices and accident prevention.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2003).

Cross Reference:  804      Safety Program

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 02/22/2010                           Revised                   
                                                                                      04/20/2015
                                                                                      11/16/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 14:08

804.06 - Use of Recording Devices on School Property

804.06 - Use of Recording Devices on School Property

District-Generated Recordings

The district believes in the importance of providing a safe and enriching learning environment possible for its students.  The district uses digital recording devices on school property including school transportation vehicles to help protect the safety of district students, employees and community members; and to safeguard district property which is funded using public resources.  Additionally, district-generated recordings of students engaging in the district’s educational and extracurricular programs can be essential to engage positively with the school community and promote the value of public education.

In order to balance privacy and safety interests, no recording devices will be utilized on district property where individuals maintain a reasonable expectation of privacy.  These areas include but are not limited to: the school nurse’s office, restrooms, locker rooms, changing areas, lactation spaces and employee break areas.

Recordings of students have the potential to be considered education records.  Any recordings will be maintained and accessed in compliance with the requirements of the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act and the district’s policy on student records. 

Recordings will be digitally maintained and stored for an appropriate amount of time to maintain the safety of the educational environment and to safeguard district property, after which they will be destroyed.  The superintendent or superintendent’s designee will establish any necessary regulations related to the secure storage, maintenance, viewing and destruction of digital recordings.

Non-District Generated Recordings

The use of non-district owned recording devices on school property and at school events will be regulated.  Students, parents and community members will not be permitted to take recordings of other students or employees during school hours unless the recording is authorized in advance by building administration.  Students and employees found to violate this policy will be subject to disciplinary measures consistent with board policy and applicable student and employee handbooks.  This policy will not be construed or enforced in a way that infringes on employee activity otherwise protected by law. 

It is important to foster a community spirit and sense of unity within the district.  However, the district acknowledges that not every student or staff member feels comfortable or safe being recorded.  At district-sponsored extracurricular events and activities, the use of non-district owned recording devices by the public may be monitored by administration if a concern is made known to district administration by a student, employee or parent.  Any individuals determined to be making recordings considered bothersome to students or staff may be asked to stop or destroy their recording and may be asked to leave the event. 

 

Legal Reference:           20 USC 1232

                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8

 

Cross Reference:           506.01      Student Records

                                   

Approved 11/15/2021                           Reviewed 11/15/2021                           Revised                   

lschaul@indeek12.org Fri, 11/19/2021 - 10:23

804.06R1 - Use of District Owned Recording Devices on District Property Regulation

804.06R1 - Use of District Owned Recording Devices on District Property Regulation

The board supports the use of recording devices on district property as a means to monitor and maintain a safe environment for students and employees.  District property includes district-owned land, buildings, vehicles, buses and any other property as needed.  The contents of the recordings may be used as evidence in a student or employee disciplinary proceeding.

Student Records

The content of the recordings may be a student record subject to federal and state law, board policy and administrative regulations regarding confidential student records.  Generally, surveillance video that does not capture any specific incident is not a student record or personnel record and may be disclosed as a public record upon request.  Only those persons with a legal basis or legitimate educational purpose may view the recordings.  In most instances, individuals with a legitimate educational purpose may be the superintendent, building principal, classroom teacher, transportation director, bus driver, HR director and special education staffing team.  A parent may inspect, review or be informed of the content of the recording without consent from any student or parent of a minor student also shown in the recording, whether the student is a bystander to an incident or directly involved.  The district may, but is not obligated by law to provide a copy of a recording to a parent or student upon request.  A recording during a school-sponsored trip, such as an athletic event, may also be accessible to the sponsor or coach of the activity.  If the content of the recording becomes the subject of a student disciplinary proceeding, it will be treated like other evidence in the proceeding.

Notice

The school district will annually provide the following notice to students, employees, and parents:

The Independence Community School District Board of Directors has authorized the use of recording devices on school district owned property.  The recording devices will be used to enhance safety and security within the educational environment.  Students, employees, and parents are hereby notified that the content of the recording may be used in a student or employee disciplinary proceeding.  The content of the recordings may be considered confidential student records and will be retained with other student records.  Recordings will only be retained if necessary for use in a student or employee disciplinary proceeding or other matter as determined necessary by the administration.  Parents may request to view the recording of their child.

The following notice will also be placed on all school buses equipped with recording devices:

        This building/bus is equipped with a recording /audio monitoring system.

Review of Recording Devices

The school district will review the recordings when necessary, as a result of an incident reported by an employee or student.  The recordings may be re-circulated for erasure after 30 days.

If not public records, the viewing of the recordings is limited to the individuals having a legitimate educational purpose.  A written log, as appropriate, may be kept of those individuals viewing the recordings stating the time, name of individual viewing and the date the recordings was viewed.

Student Conduct

Students are prohibited from tampering with the recording devices on the school property.  Students found in violation of this regulation will be disciplined in accordance with the school district discipline policy and Activity Standards Policy and will reimburse the school district for any repairs or replacement necessary as a result of the tampering.

Employee Conduct

District-generated recordings may be used as evidence in employee disciplinary matters, as appropriate.  Employees are prohibited from tampering with recording devices on school property.  Employees found to be in violation of this regulation will be subject to disciplinary action as outlined in the employee handbook and relevant board policies.

lschaul@indeek12.org Fri, 11/19/2021 - 10:28

804.07 - Asbestos Containing Material

804.07 - Asbestos Containing Material

Friable and nonfriable asbestos containing materials will be maintained in good condition and appropriate precautions will be followed when the material is disturbed.  If there is a need to replace asbestos it will be replaced with nonasbestos containing materials.  Each school building will maintain a copy of the asbestos management plan.

The school district will annually notify, appoint and train appropriate employees as necessary.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. §§ 3601 et seq. (1994).
  
                            40 C.F.R. Pt. 763.84 (2002).
  
                            Iowa Code §§ 279.52-.54 (2003).

Cross Reference:  403.04   Hazardous Chemical Disclosure
  
                            802      Maintenance, Operation and Management

Approved 11/1/2004                             Reviewed 02/22/2010                           Revised                   
                                                                                       04/20/2015
                                                                                       11/16/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 14:09

804.08 - Stock Medication for Life Threatening Incidents

804.08 - Stock Medication for Life Threatening Incidents

The Independence Community School District seeks to provide a safe environment for students, staff, and visitors who are at risk of potentially life-threatening incidents including severe allergic reactions, respiratory distress and opioid overdose. Therefore, it is the policy of the district to annually obtain a prescription for epinephrine auto-injectors, bronchodilator canisters and spacers and/or opioid antagonists from a licensed health care professional, in the name of the school district, for administration by a school nurse or personnel trained and authorized to administer to a student or individual who may be experiencing an anaphylactic reaction, respiratory distress or acute opioid overdose.

Procurement and maintenance of supply: The district shall stock a minimum of the following for each attendance center:

  • One pediatric dose and one adult dose epinephrine auto-injector, 
  • One pediatric and one adult dose bronchodilator canister and spacer;
  • One dose of naloxone or other opioid antagonist.

The supply of such medication shall be maintained in a secure easily accessible area for an emergency within the school building, or in addition to other locations as determined by the school district.

The school nurse shall routinely check stock of medication and document in a log monthly:

  • The expiration date;
  • Any visualized particles; or color change for epinephrine auto-injectors; or
  • Bronchodilator canister damage.

The employee shall be responsible for ensuring the district replaces, as soon as reasonably possible, any logged epinephrine auto-injector, bronchodilator canister or spacer, or opioid antagonist that is empty after use, damaged, or close to expiration.   The district shall dispose of stock medications and delivery devices in accordance with state laws and regulations.

Training: A school nurse or personnel trained and authorized may provide or administer any of the medications listed in the policy from a school supply to a student or individual if the authorized personnel or school nurse reasonably and in good faith believes the student or individual is having an anaphylactic reaction, respiratory distress, asthma or other airway-constricting disease, or opioid overdose. Training to obtain a signed certificate to become personnel authorized to administer an epinephrine auto-injectors, bronchodilator canisters or spacers or opioid antagonists shall consist of the requirements of medication administration established by law and an annual anaphylaxis, asthma, other airway-constricting disease, opioid overdose training program approved by the Department of Education.

Authorized personnel will be required to retake the medication administration course, training program and  provide a procedural skills demonstration to the school nurse demonstrating competency in the administration of stock epinephrine auto-injectors, bronchodilator canisters or spacers and opioid antagonists to retain authorization to administer these medications if the following occur:

  • Failure to administer an epinephrine auto-injector, bronchodilator canisters or spacers or opioid antagonists according to generally accepted standards of practice (“medication error”); or
  • Accidental injury to school personnel related to improperly administering the medication (“medication incident”). 

Reporting:  Authorized personnel will contact the school nurse or emergency medical services (911) immediately after a stock bronchodilator canister is administered to a student or individual.  The school nurse retains accountability for professional nursing judgment with the administration of stock bronchodilator and whether to contact emergency medical services in accordance with Iowa laws.

The district will contact emergency medical services (911) immediately after any stock epinephrine auto-injector, or stock opioid antagonists is administered to a student or individual. The school nurse or authorized personnel will remain with the student or individual until emergency medical services arrive.

Within 48 hours, the district will report to the Iowa Department of Education:

  • Each medication incident with the administration of stock epinephrine; bronchodilator canisters or spacers or opioid antagonists;
  • Each medication error with the administration of stock epinephrine; bronchodilator canisters or spacers or opioid antagonists or
  • The administration of a stock epinephrine auto-injector, bronchodilator canisters or spacers or opioid antagonists.

As provided by law, the district, board, authorized personnel or school nurse, and the prescriber shall not be liable for any injury arising from the provision, administration, failure to administer, or assistance in the administration of an epinephrine auto-injector, bronchodilator canisters or spacers or opioid antagonists provided they acted reasonably and in good faith.

The superintendent may develop an administrative process to implement this policy.

 

 

 

Legal Reference:         Iowa Code §§ 135.185; .190; 279.8.

                                    281 I.A.C. 14.3.

                                      655 IAC 6.2(2).

Cross Reference:          507.02   Administration of Medication

 

Approved:  05/16/2016

Reviewed:  11/16/2020

Revised:  08/15/2022, 10/16/2023

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 14:10

804.08E1 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of a Voluntary School Supply of Stock Medication for Life Threatening Incidents

804.08E1 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of a Voluntary School Supply of Stock Medication for Life Threatening Incidents

_________________________________           ___/___/___     _________________    ___/___/___

Student's Name (Last), (First), (Middle)    Birthday                    School                   Date

 

The district seeks to provide a safe environment for students, staff, and visitors who are at risk of potentially life-threatening incidents.  The district supplies the following prescription medications for life threatening incidents that are listed below. Generic brands may be substituted, (select all that apply):

•           Epinephrine auto-injectors

•           Bronchodilator

•           Bronchodilator Canisters and Spacers

•           Opioid Antagonist

Pursuant to state law, the school district and its employees are to incur no liability for any injury arising from the provision, administration, failure to administer, or assistance in the administration of the selected prescription medications supplied by the school for life threatening incidents provided they have acted reasonably and in good faith.

 

The parent or guardian shall sign consent for the student to receive the voluntary school supply of stock medication listed for life threatening incidents and sign a statement acknowledging that the school district is to incur no liability as a result of administration of a prescription medication for life threatening incidents provided the school district to have acted reasonably and in good faith.

Electronic signature meets the requirement of written signature.

  • I request the above-named student be administered the voluntary stock supply of prescription medication, in the name of the school district, by a school nurse or personnel trained and authorized to administer to a student who acting reasonably and in good faith perceives the student may be experiencing symptoms associated with a life threatening incident following the administration instructions listed as identified in the required annual awareness training associated with the stock medication(s) above and after completion of the medication administration course requirements.
  • I understand the school district and its employees acting reasonably and in good faith shall incur no liability as a result of administration of the prescription medication(s) for life threatening incidents provided the school district to have acted reasonably and in good faith.

 

______________________________________             __________________________________

Parent/Guardian Signature                                              Date

(agreed to the above statement)

lschaul@indeek12.org Thu, 10/19/2023 - 15:32

804.9 - Radon Mitigation

804.9 - Radon Mitigation

The district recognizes the importance of providing healthy learning environments for students, employees and community members in district buildings.  The district will take appropriate measures as required by law to assess radon levels in attendance centers and provide for mitigation or other measures where appropriate. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to create administrative regulations necessary to carry out this policy. 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 280.32

                                   

 

Cross Reference:

 

 

Approved 08/15/2022                           Reviewed 08/15/2022                           Revised                   

lschaul@indeek12.org Thu, 08/18/2022 - 14:00

804.9R1 - Radon Mitigation Regulation

804.9R1 - Radon Mitigation Regulation

 

The district will create and the board will approve a plan to assess levels of radon gas present in district attendance centers.  Funding for any costs related to radon testing or mitigation will be paid from the state school foundation aid received to the district or from revenues received from the Secure an Advanced Vision for Education fund. 

Each district attendance center will undergo a short-term test for the presence of radon gas at least once by July 1, 2027.  Short-term test means a test using a device that remains in an area for two to seven days to determine the amount of radon in the air.

Radon testing will be performed by an individual certified to conduct such testing pursuant to Iowa Code section 136B.1 or by district employees who have completed a school radon testing training program approved by the Iowa Department of Education and the Iowa Department of Public Health. 

If the results of any short-term test at an attendance center are at or above four picocuries per liter, the district will conduct a second short term test in spaces with elevated levels within sixty days of the first test.  If the averaged test results of the first and second tests are at or above four picocuries per liter, the district will retain an individual credentialed to develop a radon mitigation plan. 

The plan may include further diagnostic testing, corrective measures, and active mitigation.  The mitigation plan will be completed within two years of first short-term test unless the district plans to abandon or renovate the attendance center within five years and renovation includes radon mitigation. 

All new school construction will include radon resistant construction techniques. 

 

 

 

lschaul@indeek12.org Thu, 08/18/2022 - 14:01

804.9 Radon Mitigation

804.9 Radon Mitigation

The district recognizes the importance of providing healthy learning environments for students, employees and community members in district buildings.  The district will take appropriate measures as required by law to assess radon levels in attendance centers and provide for mitigation or other measures where appropriate. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to create administrative regulations necessary to carry out this policy. 

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 280.32

                                   

Cross Reference:

 

 

 

Approved:  08/15/2022

Reviewed:  05/15/2023

Revised:  05/15/2023

 

 

 

lschaul@indeek12.org Mon, 07/03/2023 - 14:34

804.9R1 - Radon Mitigation Regulation

804.9R1 - Radon Mitigation Regulation

 

The district will create and the board will approve a plan to assess levels of radon gas present in district attendance centers.  Funding for any costs related to radon testing or mitigation will be paid from the state school foundation aid received to the district or from revenues received from the Secure an Advanced Vision for Education fund. 

Each district attendance center will undergo a short-term test for the presence of radon gas at least once by July 1, 2027.  Short-term test means a test using a device that remains in an area for two to seven days to determine the amount of radon in the air.  Repeated short-term testing will occur every five years following the date of the first test.

Radon testing will be performed by an individual certified to conduct such testing pursuant to Iowa Code section 136B.1 or by district employees who have completed a school radon testing training program approved by the Iowa Department of Education and the Iowa Department of Public Health. 

If the results of any short-term test at an attendance center are at or above four picocuries per liter, the district will conduct a second short-term test in spaces with elevated levels within sixty days of the first test.  If the averaged test results of the first and second tests are at or above four picocuries per liter, the district will retain an individual credentialed to develop a radon mitigation plan. 

The plan may include further diagnostic testing, corrective measures, and active mitigation.  The mitigation plan will be completed within two years of first short-term test unless the district plans to abandon or renovate the attendance center within five years and renovation includes radon mitigation. 

All new school construction will include radon-resistant construction techniques. 

 

 

 

lschaul@indeek12.org Mon, 07/03/2023 - 14:36

900 - SCHOOL DISTRICT COMMUNITY RELATIONS

900 - SCHOOL DISTRICT COMMUNITY RELATIONS jen@iowaschool… Thu, 02/04/2021 - 09:44

900 - Principles and Objectives for Community Relations

900 - Principles and Objectives for Community Relations

Successful education programs require the support of the school district community.  The board addresses the importance of the role of the school district community in the school district in this series of the policy manual.  The board recognizes this support is dependent on the school district community's understanding of participation in the efforts, goals, problems and programs of the school district.

In this section, the board sets out its policies defining its relationship with the school district community.  In striving to obtain the support of the school district community, the board will:

  • Provide access to school district records;
  • Inform the school district community of the school district's goals, objectives, achievements, and needs;
  • Invite the input of the school district community; and,
  • Encourage cooperation between the school district and the school district community.

 

 

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 03/15/2010                             Revised                   
                                                                                       05/18/2015
                                                                                       12/21/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:23

901 - Public Communications

901 - Public Communications dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:25

901.1 - Public Examination of School District Records

901.1 - Public Examination of School District Records

 

Public records of the school district may be viewed by the public during the regular business hours of the administration offices of the school district.  These hours are 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, except for holidays and recesses.

Persons wishing to view the school district's public records will contact the board secretary and make arrangements for the viewing.  The board secretary will make arrangements for viewing the records as soon as practicable, depending on the nature of the request.

Persons may request copies of public records by telephone or in writing, including electronically.  The school district may require pre-payment of the costs prior to copy and mailing.

Persons wanting copies may be assessed a reasonable fee for the copy.  Persons wanting compilation of information may be assessed a reasonable fee for the time of the employee to review and compile the requested information.  The district will make every effort to provide the public record requested at no cost other than copying costs for a record which takes less than thirty minutes to produce.

Costs for legal services utilized for the redaction or review of legally protected confidential information may also be assessed to the individual requesting the records. Printing of materials for the public at the expense of the school district will only occur when the event is sponsored by the school district.

Pursuant to Iowa law, the board has determined certain records need to be confidential as their disclosure could jeopardize the safety of persons or property and include, but are not limited to, the following:

  • Security procedures
  • Emergency preparedness procedures
  • Evacuation procedures
  • Security codes and passwords

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to maintain accurate and current records of the school district.  It is the responsibility of the board secretary to respond in a timely manner to requests for viewing and receiving public information of the school district.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 21.4; 22; 291.6 (2003).

                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 88.

                                    1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 158.

                                    1968 Op. Att'y Gen. 656.

 

 

Cross Reference:          218      Board of Directors' Records

                                    401.6   Employee Records

                                    506      Student Records

                                    708      Care, Maintenance, and Disposal of School District Records

                                    902.1   News Media Relations

 

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 11/20/2006                     Revised 12/19/2006

                                                                             12/19/2006                                08/15/2022

                                                                             03/15/2010

                                                                             05/18/2015

                                                                             12/21/2020

                                                                             08/15/2022

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:26

901.2 - Board of Directors and Community Relations

901.2 - Board of Directors and Community Relations

The board recognizes the need for a communications program to provide effective two-way communication between the school district and the school district community.  The school district's communications program shall strive to meet the following goals.

  • To keep citizens informed through a regular flow of information about the school district and its programs;
  • To encourage and organize the interchange of ideas between the school district and the community by developing and implementing techniques for community involvement in the school district and for school district involvement in the community; and
  • To assess public knowledge, attitudes and concerns on a regular basis.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to establish and maintain an on-going communications program with the community.  The superintendent shall make a recommendation to the board annually for changes in the communications program.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 22; 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  104      The People and Their School District
  
                                    209      Committees of the Board of Directors
  
                                    217      Board of Directors' Relationships
  
                                    302      Administration Relationships
  
                                    402      Employees and Outside Relations
  
                                    902      Press, Radio and Television News Media
  
                                    904      Public Participation in the School District

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 03/15/2010                             Revised                   
                                                                                       05/18/2015
                                                                                       12/21/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:28

902 - Press, Radio, and Television News Media

902 - Press, Radio, and Television News Media dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:29

902.1 - News Media Relations

902.1 - News Media Relations

The board recognizes the value of and supports open, fair and honest communication with the news media.  The board will maintain a cooperative relationship with the news media.  As part of this cooperative relationship, the board and the media will develop a means for sharing information while respecting each party's limitations.

Members of the news media are encouraged and welcome to attend open board meetings.  The board president shall be the spokesperson for the board, and the superintendent shall be the spokesperson for the school district.  It shall be the responsibility of the board president and superintendent to respond to inquiries from the news media about the school district.

Members of the news media seeking information about the school district shall direct their inquiries to the superintendent.  The superintendent shall accurately and objectively provide the facts and board positions in response to inquiries from the news media about the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.4; 22; 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  901      Public Communications
  
                                    902      Press, Radio and Television News Media

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 03/15/2010                             Revised                   
                                                                                       05/18/2015
                                                                                       12/21/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:29

902.2 - News Conferences and Interviews

902.2 - News Conferences and Interviews

The superintendent, on behalf of the board and the school district, may hold a news conference or respond to a request for an interview with the news media.

The superintendent shall respond accurately, openly, honestly, and objectively to inquiries from the news media about the school district.

News conferences and interviews planned or pre-arranged for school district activities shall include the board and the superintendent.  News conferences for issues requiring an immediate response may be held by the superintendent.  It shall be within the discretion of the superintendent to determine whether a news conference or interview shall be held to provide an immediate response to an issue.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board apprised of news conferences and interviews.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.4; 22; 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  901      Public Communications
  
                                    902      Press, Radio and Television News Media

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 03/15/2010                            Revised                   
                                                                                       05/18/2015
                                                                                       12/21/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:31

902.3 - News Releases

902.3 - News Releases

The superintendent shall determine when a news release about internal school district and board matters will be issued.  In making this determination, the superintendent shall strive to keep the media and the school district community accurately and objectively informed.  Further, the superintendent shall strive to create and maintain a positive image for the school district.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to approve news releases originating within the school district prior to their release.

News releases will be prepared and disseminated to news media in the school district community.  Questions about news releases shall be directed to the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Widmer v. Reitzler, 182 N.W.2d 177 (Iowa 1970).
  
                                    Dobrovolny v. Reinhardt, 173 N.W.2d 837 (Iowa 1970).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 21.4; 22.2 (2003).
  
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 73.
  
                                    1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 133.

Cross Reference:  902      Press, Radio and Television News Media

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 03/15/2010                             Revised                   
                                                                                       05/18/2015
                                                                                       12/21/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:32

902.4 - Students and the News Media

902.4 - Students and the News Media

Generally, students may not be interviewed during the school day by members of the news media. The students, while on the school district premises, shall refer interview requests and information requests from the news media to their principal.

It shall be within the discretion of the principal, after consulting with the superintendent, to allow or disallow the news media to interview and to receive information from the student while the student is under the control of the school district.  The principal may also contact the student's parents.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  502.11 Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies
  
                                    902      Press, Radio and Television News Media

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 03/15/2010                            Revised                   
                                                                                       05/18/2015
                                                                                       12/21/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:33

902.5 - Employees and the News Media

902.5 - Employees and the News Media

Employees shall refer interview requests and information requests from the news media to the superintendent's office.  Employees may be interviewed or provide information about school district matters after receiving permission from the superintendent.

It shall be within the discretion of the superintendent to allow the news media to interview and to receive information from employees.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop guidelines for assisting employees in complying with this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  901      Public Communications
  
                                    902      Press, Radio and Television News Media

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 03/15/2010                            Revised                   
                                                                                       05/18/2015
                                                                                       12/21/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:34

902.6 - Live Broadcast or Videotaping

902.6 - Live Broadcast or Videotaping

Individuals may broadcast or videotape public school district events, including open board meetings, as long as it does not interfere with or disrupt the school district event and it does not create an undue burden in adapting the buildings and sites to accommodate the request.

It shall be within the discretion of the superintendent to determine whether the request is unduly burdensome and whether the broadcast or videotaping will interfere with or disrupt the school district event.

Videotaping of classroom activities will be allowed at the discretion of the superintendent.  Parents will be notified prior to videotaping of classroom activities.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations outlining the procedures for making the request and the rules for operation if the request is granted.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.4, .7; 22; 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  901.2   Board of Directors and Community Relations
  
                                    902.1   News Media Relations
  
                                    904.3   Visitors to School District Buildings and Sites

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 03/15/2010                             Revised                   
                                                                                       05/18/2015
                                                                                       12/21/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:35

902.7 - Unmanned Aircraft or Aerial Systems

902.7 - Unmanned Aircraft or Aerial Systems

The use or possession of unmanned aircraft or aerial systems (UAS), also known as drones, is prohibited for any purpose by any person or entity at any District-sponsored event, game, match, tournament, or anywhere in, on or directly above property or premises owned, maintained, or used by the District for any purpose. 

An exception to this policy may be granted in writing by the Superintendent or Superintendent’s designee, in his or her sole discretion, to law enforcement, public safety agencies, media, or other entities or individuals.  Such exceptions would be required to sign an agreement with the District.  All photos/videos taken will become the sole property of the District.  All operators will be required to comply with applicable local, state and federal laws.

This prohibition applies to all school owned premises, including but not limited to, the area above and upon all spectator areas, fields of play, courts, arenas, stadiums, mats, gym floor or pool, practice facilities, parking areas, and includes a ban on the entire facility or property being used as part of the event.

For purposes of this policy, a UAS is any unmanned airborne device or aircraft.  The District reserves the right to refuse admission to anyone possessing, operating, or attempting to operate a UAS or to request the immediate removal of any person using or attempting to use a UAS in violation of this policy.

 

Approved 01/18/2016                                    Reviewed 12/21/2020                         Revised 10/17/2016                  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:37

903 - Other Intra-district Relations

903 - Other Intra-district Relations

The board shall work with other local government units, colleges and universities, technical schools, businesses and industries, private schools, education associations, local community organizations and associations to provide additional education opportunities for the students in the school district.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to bring opportunities for cooperation to the attention of the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  217      Board of Directors' Relationships
  
                                    302      Administration Relationships
  
                                    402      Employees and Outside Relations

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 04/19/2010                             Revised                   
                                                                                       05/18/2015
                                                                                       12/21/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:39

904 - Public Participation in the School District

904 - Public Participation in the School District dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:41

904.1 - School - Community Groups

904.1 - School - Community Groups

 

The board values the participation and the support of school district-community groups which strive for the betterment of the school district and the education program.  The board will work closely with these groups.

Prior to any purchase of, or fund raising for, the purchase of goods or services for the school district, the group shall confer with the superintendent to assist the group in purchasing goods or services to meet the school district's needs.

Funds raised by these groups for the school district are separate from the accounts of the school district.

It will be the responsibility of the building principal to be the liaison with the school district-community groups affiliated with the building principal's attendance center.

 

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 279.8

 

 

Cross Reference:          104      The People and Their School District

                                    904      Public Participation in the School District

 

 

 

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 06/15/2015                             Revised 04/19/2010

                                                                             12/21/2020                                         10/18/2021

                                                                             10/18/2021   

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:41

904.2 - Community Resource Persons and Volunteers

904.2 - Community Resource Persons and Volunteers

 

The board recognizes the valuable resource it has in the members of the school district community.  When possible and in concert with the education program, members of the school district community may be asked to make presentations to the students or to assist employees in duties other than teaching.  The school district may officially recognize the contributions made by volunteers.

Recruitment, training, utilization, and the maintenance of records for the purposes of insurance coverage and/or recognition of school district volunteers is the responsibility of the superintendent.

Volunteers within the district are held to the same high standards of behavior as school employees and will be subject to background checks prior to interacting with student in a volunteer capacity.  It will be the responsibility of the superintendent or the superintendent’s designee to create regulations necessary to carry out this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 670.

 

 

Cross Reference:          603.1   Basic Instruction Program

                                    904.3   Visitors to School District Buildings and Sites

 

 

 

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 04/19/2010                            Revised 10/18/2021

                                                                            06/15/2015

                                                                            12/21/2020

                                                                            10/18/2021

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:42

904.3 - Visitors to School District Buildings & Sites

904.3 - Visitors to School District Buildings & Sites

The board welcomes the interest of parents and other members of the school district community and invites them to visit the school buildings and sites.  Visitors, which include persons other than employees or students, must notify the principal of their presence in the facility upon arrival.

Persons who wish to visit a classroom while school is in session are asked to notify the principal and obtain approval from the principal prior to the visit so appropriate arrangements can be made and so class disruption can be minimized.  Teachers and other employees shall not take time from their duties to discuss matters with visitors.

Visitors shall conduct themselves in a manner fitting to their age level and maturity and with mutual respect and consideration for the rights of others while attending school events.  Visitors failing to conduct themselves accordingly may be asked to leave the premises.  Children who wish to visit school must be accompanied by a parent or responsible adult.

It shall be the responsibility of employees to report inappropriate conduct.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent and principals to take the action necessary to cease the inappropriate conduct.  If the superintendent or principals are not available, a school district employee shall act to cease the inappropriate conduct.

General Principles

1.  The Volunteer Program of the Independence Community School District operates with the approval of the  

     Board of Education and the School Administration, and it is at all times guided by the principles and policies

     of the school district.

2.  Volunteers serve only in an auxiliary capacity under the direction and supervision of professional school  

      personnel.

3.  A volunteer supplies supplemental and supportive service and is not a substitute for a member of a school staff.

4.  Wherever possible, volunteers are assigned to the particular school where they wish to serve.

5.  A volunteer does not have access to confidential files and records.

6.  The relationship between volunteers and the school staff should be one of mutual respect and

confidence.

 

VolunteersScreening Statement

A screening statement is required of all volunteers whose primary role is that of working directly with students or assisting staff on a regular basis; supervising/chaperoning students; or acting as an authority figure.

              a.         Categories of volunteers included in screening statement:

Classroom volunteers/teacher assistants
             
Field trip supervisor, trip chaperones
             
Business Partnership Volunteers
             
Volunteer sport coaches/assistants

              b.         Categories of volunteers excluded from the screening statement:
      (i.e. volunteers whose primary role is not the supervision of students)

                                      Classroom resource speakers
                                      Concession workers, ticket-takers, etc.

The screening statement shall be collected on a separate card and kept on file in the district office. This protects the privacy of the volunteers and keeps the cards readily available and in a central location.

The screening statement can be completed in conjunction with the Volunteer registration information, or at the time volunteer assignment is made, depending on operational procedures at the building.

 

Coaching Volunteers

All Volunteer Coaches, in order to work with Independence Community Student-Athletes must possess a current Coaching Authorization or Coaching Endorsement.  The Coaching Authorization or Coaching Endorsement, background checks and any other necessary paperwork must be on file with the Central Administration Office before the Candidate has contact with the athletic team or individuals. Volunteer Coaches must have the permission of the Head Varsity Coach and the Candidate must also be approved by the Independence School Activities Director before any student contact.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 716.7 (2003).

Cross Reference:  220      School Visitation by Board of Directors
  
                                    902      Press, Radio and Television News Media
  
                                    904.2   Community Resource Persons and Volunteers

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 06/15/2015                             Revised 12/21/2009
                                                                                          12/21/2020                                       06/18/2012

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:43

904.3E1 - Volunteer Interest Information

904.3E1 - Volunteer Interest Information

SCHOOL _________________   NAME ____________________________________________ 

__ Parent    __ Non-Parent   __ Senior Citizen   __ Youth        DOB (mm/dd/yy) ____/____/____

Street Address_________________________________________________________________

City/State Zip______________________________________ Phone _____________________

 

Volunteer Disclosure Statement

It is the policy of the Independence Community School District Board of Education to make every reasonable effort to provide a safe learning environment for students working with volunteers.  Therefore, the district requires the following information:

Have you ever been convicted of a felony?  _____YES _____ NO

Have you ever been convicted, or had an administrative finding, of violating any law involving child abuse, sexual abuse, physical abuse, sexual harassment or exploitation, or any other crime related to children? _____ YES _____ NO

Do you currently have charges pending relating to any of the aforementioned?  _____ YES _____ NO

 

As a volunteer for the Independence Community School District, I understand that it is my responsibility to treat information about students, staff, and other situations of a professional nature as confidential.

 

Signature                                                                              Date                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:46

904.4 - Public Conduct on School Premises

904.4 - Public Conduct on School Premises

School sponsored or approved activities are an important part of the school program and offer students the opportunity to participate in a variety of activities not offered during the regular school day.  School sponsored or approved activities are provided for the enjoyment and opportunity for involvement they afford the students.

Spectators are permitted to attend school sponsored or approved activities only as guests of the school district, and, accordingly as a condition of such permission, they must comply with the school district's rules and policies.  Spectators will not be allowed to interfere with the enjoyment of the students participating, other spectators or with the performance of employees and officials supervising the school sponsored or approved activity.  Spectators, like the student participants, are expected to display mature behavior and sportsmanship.  The failure of spectators to do so is not only disruptive but embarrassing to the students, the school district and the entire community.

To protect the rights of students to participate without fear of interference, and to permit the sponsors and officials of sponsored or approved activities to perform their duties without interference, the following provisions are in effect:

  •                Abusive, verbal or physical conduct of spectators directed at participants, officials or sponsors of sponsored or approved activities or at other spectators will not be tolerated.
  •                Verbal or physical conduct of spectators that interferes with the performance of students, officials or sponsors of sponsored or approved activities will not be tolerated.
  •                The use of vulgar, obscene or demeaning expression directed at students, officials or sponsors participating in a sponsored or approved activity or at other spectators will not be tolerated.

If a spectator at a sponsored or approved activity becomes physically or verbally abusive, uses vulgar, obscene or demeaning expression, or in any way impedes the performance of an activity, the spectator may be removed from the event by the individual in charge of the event and the superintendent may recommend the exclusion of the spectator at future sponsored or approved activities.  The WAMAC Athletic Conference has approved this policy for conference-wide implementation.

Upon recommendation of the superintendent, the board shall cause a notice of exclusion from sponsored or approved activities to be sent to the spectator involved.  The notice shall advise the spectator of the school district's right to exclude the individual from school district activities and events and the duration of the exclusion.  If the spectator disobeys the school official or district's order, law enforcement authorities may be contacted and asked to remove the spectator.  If a spectator has been notified of exclusion and thereafter attends a sponsored or approved activity, the spectator shall be advised that his/her attendance will result in prosecution.  The school district may obtain a court order for permanent exclusion from future school sponsored or approved activities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 716.7 (2003).

Cross Reference:  205.1   Board Security and Protection
  
                                    504      Student Activities
  
                                    802.6   Parking
  
                                    802.7   Vandalism
  
                                    904      Public Participation in the School District

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 04/19/2010                             Revised                   
                                                                                      06/15/2015
                                                                                      12/21/2020 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:47

904.5 - Distribution of Materials

904.5 - Distribution of Materials

The board recognizes that students, employees, parents or citizens may want to distribute materials within the school district that are non-curricular.  Non-curricular materials to be distributed must be approved by the building principal and meet certain standards prior to their distribution.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the building principals to draft administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. amend. I.
  
                                    Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).
  
                                    Bethel School District v. Fraser, 478 U.S. 675 (1986).
  
                                    New Jersey v. T.L.O., 469 U.S. 325 (1985).
  
                                    Tinker v. Des Moines Ind. Comm. Sch. Dist., 393 U.S. 503 (1969).
                                      Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.22 (2003).

Cross References:  502.5   Freedom of Expression
  
                                    503.1   Student Conduct
  
                                    504      Student Activities
  
                                    603.8   Academic Freedom

Approved   11/01/2004                          Reviewed 04/19/2010                            Revised 07/28/2015
                                                                                            12/21/2020                          

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:50

904.5R1 - Distribution of Materials Regulation

904.5R1 - Distribution of Materials Regulation

I.       Guidelines.

Individuals, including students, may have the right to distribute on school premises, at reasonable times and places, unofficial written material, petitions, buttons, badges or other insignia, except expression which:

         1.      is obscene to minors;

         2.      is libelous;

         3.      contains indecent, vulgar, profane or lewd language;

         4.      advertises any product or service not permitted to minors by law;

         5.      constitutes insulting or fighting words, the very expression of which injures or harasses other people (e.g., threats of violence, defamation of character or of a person's race, color, creed, religion, gender, socioeconomic status, disability, sexual orientation, gender identity, marital status or national origin);

         6.      presents a clear and present likelihood that, either because of its content or the manner of distribution, it will cause a material and substantial disruption of the proper and orderly operation and discipline of the school or school activities, will cause the commission of unlawful acts or the violation of lawful school regulations.

Distribution on school premises of material in categories (1) through (4) to any student is prohibited.  Distribution on school premises of material in categories (5) and (6) to a substantial number of students is prohibited.

 

  1. Procedures.

Anyone wishing to distribute unofficial written material must first submit for approval a copy of the material to the building principal at least twenty-four hours in advance of desired distribution time, together with the following information:

         1.      Name and phone number of the person submitting request and, if a student, the homeroom number;

         2.      Date(s) and time(s) of day of intended display or distribution;

         3.      Location where material will be displayed or distributed;

         4.      The grade(s) of students to whom the display or distribution is intended.

Within twenty-four hours of submission, the principal will render a decision whether the material violates the guidelines in subsection I or the time, place and manner restrictions in subsection III of this policy.  In the event that permission to distribute the material is denied, the person submitting the request should be informed in writing of the reasons for the denial.  Permission to distribute material does not imply approval of its contents by either the school, the administration, the board or the individual reviewing the material submitted.

If the person submitting the request does not receive a response within twenty-four hours of submission, the person shall contact the building principal's office to verify that the lack of response was not due to an inability to locate the person.  If the person has made this verification and there is no response to the request, the material may be distributed in accordance with the time, place and manner provisions in subsection III.

If the person is dissatisfied with the decision of the principal, the person may submit a written request for appeal to the superintendent.  If the person does not receive a response within three school days of submitting the appeal, the person shall contact the superintendent to verify that the lack of response is not due to an inability to locate the person.  If the person has made this verification and there is no response to the appeal, the material may be distributed in accordance with the time, place and manner provisions in subsection III.

At every level of the process the person submitting the request shall have the right to appear and present the reasons, supported by relevant witnesses and material, as to why distribution of the written material is appropriate.

Permission to distribute material does not imply approval of its contents by either the school district, the board, the administration or the individual reviewing the material submitted.

 

III.    Time, place and manner of distribution.

The distribution of written material is prohibited when it blocks the safe flow of traffic within corridors and entrance ways of the school or otherwise disrupts school activities.  The distribution of unofficial material shall be limited to a reasonable time, place and manner as follows:

         1.      The material shall be distributed from a table set up for the purpose in a location designated by the principal, which location shall not block the safe flow of traffic or block the corridors or entrance ways, but which shall give reasonable access to students.

         2.      The material shall be distributed either before and/or after the regular

instructional day.                      

         3.      No written material may be distributed during and at the place of a normal school activity if it is reasonably likely to cause a material and substantial disruption of that activity.

 

IV.    Definitions.

The following definitions apply to the following terms used in this policy:

         1.      "Obscene to minors" is defined as:

                  (a)    The average person, applying contemporary community standards, would find that the written material, taken as a whole, appeals to the prurient interest of minors of the age to whom distribution is requested;

                  (b)    The material depicts or describes, in a manner that is patently offensive to prevailing standards in the adult community concerning how such conduct
                        should be presented to minors of the age to whom distribution is requested, sexual conduct such as intimate sexual acts (normal or perverted),
                        masturbation, excretory functions, and lewd exhibition of the genitals; and

(c)     The material, taken as a whole, lacks serious literary, artistic, political or scientific value for minors.

2.      "Minor" means any person under the age of eighteen.

        3.      "Material and substantial disruption" of a normal school activity is defined as follows:

                  (a)     Where the normal school activity is an educational program of the district for which student attendance is compulsory, "material and substantial disruption" is defined as any disruption which interferes with or impedes the implementation of that program.

  (b)     Where the normal school activity is voluntary in nature (including, without limitation, school athletic events, school plays and concerts, and lunch periods), "material and substantial disruption" is defined as student rioting, unlawful seizures of property, widespread shouting or boisterous demonstration, sit-in, stand-in, walk-out, or other related forms of activity. 

                  In order for expression to be considered disruptive, there must exist specific facts upon which the likelihood of disruption can be forecasted including past experience in the school, current events influencing student activities and behavior, and instances of actual or threatened disruption relating to the written material in question.

         4.      "School activities" means any activity of students sponsored by the school and includes, by way of example but not limited to, classroom work, library activities, physical education classes, official assemblies and other similar gatherings, school athletic contests, band concerts, school plays and in-school lunch periods.

         5.      "Unofficial" written material includes all written material except school newspapers, literary magazines, yearbooks, and other publications funded and/or sponsored or authorized by the school.  Examples include leaflets, brochures, flyers, petitions, placards and underground newspapers, whether written by students or others.

         6.      "Libelous" is a false and unprivileged statement about a specific individual that tends to harm the individual's reputation or to lower him/her in the esteem of the community.  

         7.      "Distribution" means circulation or dissemination of written material by means of handing out free copies, selling or offering copies for sale and accepting donations for copies.  It includes displaying written material in areas of the school which are generally frequented by students.

 

V.     Disciplinary action.

         Distribution by any student of unofficial written material prohibited in subsection I or in violation of subsection III may be halted, and students may be subject to discipline including suspension and expulsion.  Any other party violating this policy may be requested to leave the school property immediately and, if necessary, local law enforcement officials will be called.

 

VI.    Notice of policy to students.

         A copy of this policy will be published in student handbooks and posted conspicuously in school buildings.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:52

905 - Community Activities Involving Students

905 - Community Activities Involving Students dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:55

905.1 Transporting Students in Private Vehicles

905.1 Transporting Students in Private Vehicles

Generally, transporting students for school purposes will be done in a vehicle owned by the school district and driven by a school bus driver.  Students may be transported in private vehicles for school purposes on an as-needed basis.  It will be within the discretion of the superintendent to determine when this is appropriate.

Individuals transporting students for school purposes in private vehicles must have the permission of the superintendent and meet all applicable requirements set by the district.  Prior to transporting students in private vehicles, the district may require the following:

  • The vehicle used to transport the student(s) is in good condition and meets all applicable safety requirements;
  • The driver transporting the student(s) possesses a valid drivers’ license;
  • Proof of insurance has been supplied to the superintendent and the insurance satisfies the minimum coverage requirements for driving personal vehicles in the State of Iowa; and;
  • The parents of the students to be transported have given written permission to the superintendent.

The school district assumes no responsibility for those students who have not received the approval of the superintendent and who ride in private vehicles for school purposes.  If transportation is not provided by the school district, or if transportation provided by the school district is declined by the student or parent/guardian, then the responsibility and corresponding liability for transportation for school purposes shall rest solely with the student and parent/guardian.

 This policy statement applies to transportation of students for school purposes in addition to transporting students to and from their designated attendance center.  This policy statement also applies to the transportation of students for school purposes inclusive of extracurricular activities.  The superintendent may develop an administrative process to implement this policy.

 

Legal Reference:          Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 285; 321.

                                    281 I.A.C. 43.

 

Cross Reference:       401.11 Transporting of Students by Employees

                                    401.12 Employee Travel Compensation

                                    711      Transportation

 

 

 

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 04/19/2010                             Revised 05/16/2016

                                                                             06/15/2015                                            01/17/2022

                                                                            12/21/2020

                                                                            01/17/2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:56

905.2 - Advertising and Promotion

905.2 - Advertising and Promotion

The use of students, the school district name, school logos, or its buildings and sites for advertising and promoting products and/or services of entities and organizations operating for a profit shall be disallowed.  Nonprofit entities and organizations may be allowed to use students, the school district name, school logos, or its buildings and sites if the purpose is educationally related and prior approval has been obtained from the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2003).

Cross Reference:  402.9   Solicitations from Outside
  
                                    504.6   Student Fund Raising
  
                                    905      Community Activities Involving Students

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 04/19/2010                             Revised 08/17/2015
                                                                                       12/21/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:58

905.3 - Weapons in the School District

905.3 - Weapons in the School District

The board believes weapons, other dangerous objects and look-a-likes in school district facilities and at school district-approved events cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present a threat to the health and safety of students, employees and visitors on the school district premises or property within the jurisdiction of the school district.

All weapons, dangerous objects and look-a-likes are prohibited to be carried, possessed, transported or otherwise stored on school district property and to school district-approved events.  Exceptions to this policy include weapons carried by the following individuals in performance of their official duties:

  • law enforcement;
  • military personnel;
  • corrections officers;
  • individuals approved in writing by the Superintendent, and;
  • students and individuals approved in writing by the Superintendent who are actively engaging in a school district approved firearms safety course, hunter education course or shooting sports activity.

Individuals found to be in violation of this district policy will be required to immediately remove the weapon, dangerous object or look-a-likes from the school district property or event.  Students found to be in violation of this policy or any other board policies related to weapons will be subject to disciplinary proceedings. 

 

Legal Reference:           18 U.S.C. § 921

                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.21B; 483A.27(11), 724

                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(6)

 

Cross Reference:           502      Student Rights and Responsibilities

                                    503      Student Discipline

                                    507      Student Health and Well-Being

 

 

Approved 09/20/2021                           Reviewed 09/20/2021                                Revised                 

lschaul@indeek12.org Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:27

906 - Use of School District Facilities & Equipment

906 - Use of School District Facilities & Equipment dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:59

906.1 - Community Use of School Facilities & Equipment

906.1 - Community Use of School Facilities & Equipment

The use of District facilities as centers for community participation should be encouraged whenever those activities are beneficial to the community-at-large.

Activities should be scheduled so they do not conflict with the District’s academic or co-curricular programs, with due consideration given to the conservation of energy and District’s expense.

The Board of Education reserves the right to deny the use of District facilities at any time.

Community Use of Facilities--General Guidelines

1.  Persons who attend activities must confine themselves to the area of the facility requested. Use of hallways,   

     foyers, and other common areas of buildings, where safe egress is blocked are strictly prohibited.

2.  Charges will begin with the time designated for opening of the building and terminate with the closing.

3.  Failure on the part of the renter to notify the Activities Director or Facility Manager by 2:00 p.m., of the cancellation of a       meeting or event scheduled for any time after 5:00 p.m., of that date will render the renter liable for payment of the minimum rental fee. Group I users will be liable for payment of any custodial overtime that may result.

4.  Three cancellations or “no shows” in a multi-day contract may result in termination of the contract.

5.  The use of buildings and/or facilities by outside organizations will be automatically canceled when schools must close         due to inclement weather or other emergency conditions.

6.  Renters must assume full responsibility for crowd control. Satisfactory sponsorship and adequate adult supervision must be provided. This will include police
     and/or fire protection where necessary, or when requested by the District.

7.  Disrespectful behavior by renter or renter’s participants will not be tolerated and may result in contract termination.

8.  The District will provide for normal custodial services in connection with the use of the building and/or grounds.

9.  The renter will indemnify the District for any damages to the school property. Damages must be immediately reported to a District staff member.

10.  Organizations will provide the District a “Certificate of Insurance” naming the District as additional insured or purchase liability insurance in accordance with the current requirements of the District.

11.  Approval will not be granted for any activity, which may be prejudicial to the best interests of the schools.

12.  Gambling (e.g., bingo, raffles, lotteries) may be permitted in schools or on school grounds only in strict accordance with Iowa Gaming Commission.

13.  The possession or use of intoxicating beverages or controlled substances will not be permitted on school premises.             The use of tobacco of any kind is strictly prohibited.

14.  Gym shoes will be required for all activity-type games such as basketball, volleyball and badminton, played on any gymnasium floor. Street shoes are prohibited. 

15.  Users will be required to remove, or reimburse the District for the removal of any materials, equipment, furnishings or rubbish left after use of facilities.

16.  The appropriate building administrator must approve all decorations or the application of materials to walls or floors.             Such decorations will be subject to state and local fire regulations. Displayed flags will conform to School Ceremonies and Observations policy 606.4.

17.  The use of candles or other flammable material will be prohibited.

18.  Specially equipped rooms, such as life skills, computer labs, science labs, industrial technology, libraries, storage rooms, and administrative offices, etc., will not be made available for use, except by specific permission from the appropriate building administrator.

19.  The appropriate building administrator must approve the use of school-owned equipment when requested by the renter.

20.  Public address systems (except at the stadium), lighting and special stage equipment must be approved by the activities coordinator and operated by experienced operators provided by the District. Charges will be assessed to the renter for these services.

21.  Any unusual or unique electrical appliances or equipment furnished by the user must have the approval of the appropriate building administrator.

22.  Furniture arrangement must be approved by the appropriate building administrator.

23.  Kitchen equipment must be operated by an authorized Food and Nutrition Department employee. The user will be billed for the labor cost, which shall be paid to the District rather than the employee.

24.  All regulations of the District governing the use of school facilities will be observed and are considered a part of the formal contract.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 8D; 276; 278.1(4); 279.8; 288; 297.9-.11 (2003).
  
                                    751 I.A.C. 14.
  
                                    1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 561.
  
                                    1940 Op. Att'y Gen. 232.
  
                                    1936 Op. Att'y Gen. 196.

Cross Reference: 704      Revenue

                                606.4  School Ceremonies and Observances

Approved:  11/01/2004

Reviewed:  06/15/2009, 09/20/2010, 11/18/2013, 06/15/2015, 12/19/2016, 12/21/2020, 03/20/2023

Revised:  06/15/2009, 11/18/2013, 12/19/2016, 03/20/2023

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:59

906.1E1 - Community Use of School District Facilities & Equipment – Categories

906.1E1 - Community Use of School District Facilities & Equipment – Categories

The following categories have been established for the purpose of determining rental fees:

Category I
School Sponsored Groups - Any organized group or organization directly connected with Independence Community Schools (student councils, school bands, choirs, drama presentations, student lectures, workshops, student art displays, athletic teams, etc.).  Must have a designated faculty member to supervise.

Category II
School Community Groups - (Booster Club, Music Boosters, PTO/Parent groups, Mustang Foundation, Mentors, and other groups) whose primary purpose is school related.  Fees may be charged on the basis of services rendered.

Category III
Community Non-Profit Groups - Community non-profit groups are defined as governmental agencies or groups (Scouts, P.A.C., 4-H, church groups, Lions Club, Rotary, parochial schools), primarily comprised of District residents providing civic, educational, cultural activities, plus all higher educational institutions.  Rent and service fees will be charged.

Category IV
Any private, non-district and/or profit-making group whose interests are limited primarily to the membership or for profit; e.g., for-profit businesses, vendors, entrepreneurs, commercial institutions, private agencies.  Rent and service fees will be charged.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:04

906.2 - Tobacco/Nicotine-Free Environment

906.2 - Tobacco/Nicotine-Free Environment

TOBACCO/NICOTINE-FREE ENVIRONMENT

Tobacco and nicotine use, including the use of look alikes where the original would include the use of nicotine products that are not FDA (Federal Drug Administration) approved for tobacco cessation, is prohibited on school district facilities and grounds, including school vehicles.  This requirement extends to students, employees and visitors.  This policy applies at all times, including school-sponsored and nonschool-sponsored events.  Persons failing to abide by this request are required to extinguish their smoking material, dispose of the tobacco, nicotine or other product or leave the school district premises immediately.  It is the responsibility of the administration to enforce this policy.

 

 

 

Legal Reference:          20 U.S.C. 6083

                                    Iowa Code §§ 142D; 279.8, .9; 297.

 

Cross Reference:          502.9   Smoking - Drinking - Drugs

                                    904.4   Public Conduct on School Premises

                                    906.1   Community Use of School District Buildings & Sites & Equipment

 

 

Approved 11/01/2004                           Reviewed 04/19/2010                           Revised 09/15/2008

                                                                             06/15/2015                                          01/21/2013

                                                                             12/21/2020                                       09/16/2013

                                                                             11/15/2021                                       11/15/2021  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:05

907 - District Operations During Public Emergencies and District Operations

907 - District Operations During Public Emergencies and District Operations

The district believes that student learning is the heart of its core mission.  While traditional in-person teaching continues to provide the greatest learning opportunity to all students, there may be rare and unusual circumstances that prevent the school community from convening in traditional in-person settings.  At times of a public emergency declared by federal, state or local officials, the district will seek guidance and recommendations from federal, state and local agencies to assist in determining the safety of convening traditional in-person learning. 

During a declared public emergency, the school board delegates to the superintendent the authority to determine whether to close school buildings to traditional in-person learning if the superintendent determines in-person learning would hinder the health and safety of the school community. The district will instead utilize remote or hybrid learning opportunities permitted by law.

Following guidance and recommendations from federal, state, and local agencies when reasonably possible, the administration will create regulations related to district operations during a public emergency, including, but not limited to, student, employee and visitor safety and security; the use and safeguarding of district property; public meetings and events, and when applicable, measures to prevent or slow the spread of infectious disease.

These measures will be enforced for the period of time of the public emergency, or until the superintendent, in consultation with federal, state and local agencies determine it is appropriate for the safety measures to end.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Senate File 2310
  
                                    Iowa Code ch. 279.8

Cross Reference:  403.3   Communicable Diseases - Employees
  
                                    506      Student Records
  
                                    507      Student Health and Well-Being

Approved 07/20/2020                           Reviewed 07/20/2020                           Revised                   
                                                                                            12/21/2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:06

907.R1 - District Operations During a Public Health Emergency Regulation

907.R1 - District Operations During a Public Health Emergency Regulation

During a public health emergency, the district will seek guidance and recommendations from federal, state and local agencies that monitor and respond to the emergency.  The district will follow any mandatory closures or other mandatory measures imposed by such agencies. 

The superintendent, in conjunction with relevant government agencies and/or athletic and activity associations, will determine under what circumstances the district will restrict or cancel in-person learning, student events or activities including sporting events, extracurricular clubs or meetings for students, and the use of district facilities by outside organizations. 

The district will promote and follow other recommended measures and guidance from federal, state and local agencies to the extent reasonably practicable under the circumstances.  These measures may include, but are not limited to the following:

On-line learning, hybrid models of learning, or modified in-person learning may occur dependent on the circumstances and in accordance with applicable law. 

Hand washing and any other recommended hygiene practices will be taught to all students and employees.

Non-medical-grade face masks are encouraged to be worn by all individuals on school grounds, including students, employees and volunteers.  Masks will be provided to individuals who request them.  Reusable masks should be washed regularly by individuals wearing them. 

Employees, volunteers and students are encouraged to monitor their temperatures each morning prior to traveling to any school building or event.  Individuals with a temperature over 100.3 degrees may not enter school buildings or attend school events.

Due to the increased cost to the district of providing additional cleaning and disinfecting measures, and in order to preserve cleaning supplies for school use during the time of a public health emergency, the superintendent has discretion to restrict the use of school buildings and facilities for non-school groups in a neutral and non-discriminatory manner. 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:07